november 22, 2016 mcleod county board meeting will be held at the

november 22, 2016 mcleod county board meeting will be held at the
NOVEMBER 22, 2016
MCLEOD COUNTY
BOARD MEETING WILL
BE HELD AT
THE GLENCOE CITY
CENTER
TH
1107 11 SREET E
GLENCOE, MN
Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx
Page 1
* Board Action Requested
McLEOD COUNTY
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
PROPOSED MEETING AGENDA
NOVEMBER 22, 2016
1 9:00
CALL TO ORDER
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Recognition of Ray Bandas’ retirement and presentation of a plaque in appreciation
for his thirty-seven years of service to the McLeod County Highway Department from
June 18, 1979 through December 16, 2016.
2 9:01
CONSIDERATION OF AGENDA ITEMS*
3 9:02
CONSENT AGENDA*
A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
H.
I.
J.
K.
L.
November 1, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis.
November 8, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis.
November 4, 2016 Auditor's Warrants.
November 10, 2016 Auditor's Warrants.
Authorize the purchase of gift basket for annual Association of Minnesota Counties
conference from Crow River Winery.
Appoint Emily Ward to the McLeod County Extension Committee as a youth
member.
Set a bid closing date for the 2017 Official McLeod County Newspaper and Second
Publication for January 3, 2017 by 4:30 PM with the award scheduled for Friday,
January 6, 2017.
Approve printing of the 2015 Financial Statement to McLeod Publishing Inc. for
the amount of $730.
Adopt Resolution 16-CB-36 FY2017 Grant Program Authorization.
Adopt Resolution 16-CB-37 CAP Grant Authorization.
Approve payment to McLeod County Dare and Hunger Free McLeod’s Backpack
program in an amount not to exceed $5,000 for the final reimbursement of the
Penny per Pound program for PET plastic collected from March 2016 to December
2016.
Approve 30 day notice to Adult Training & Habilitation Center (Watertown, MN)
to discontinue recycling management oversight of the Douglas Kugler Eco-Site
effective January 1, 2017.
4
PAYMENT OF BILLS - COMMISSIONER WARRANT LIST*
5
PAYMENT OF BILLS - ADDITIONAL MISCELLANEOUS BILLS TO BE PAID BY AUDITORS
WARRANTS*
6 9:05
SOCIAL SERVICES – Social Worker Brenda Sandquist
Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx
Page 2
* Board Action Requested
A. Congratulate Region 6 Minnesota Social Service Association’s Child Foster Parents
of the Year – Todd and Sarah Randall.
7 9:10
CENTRAL MN JOBS AND TRAINING - Workforce Development Coordinator Cathy
Baumgartner, Placement Specialist Jodi Grams, Regional Supervisor Colleen McNab
and Regional Manager Eric Day
A. Annual Update.
8 9:25
HUMAN RESOURCES – Director Mary Jo Wieseler
A. Consider recommendations from the November 15, 2016 Personnel Committee.*
9 9:30
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY – Director Vince Traver
A. Consider approval to renew our Enterprise Licensing Agreement with Microsoft
(MS) for a term of three years quote from SHI quote #12456593 for the cost of
$45,234 annually.*
McLeod County completed a six year agreement with Microsoft and has to renew
the licensing agreement with them. This allows McLeod County to use MS outlook
for mail, SQL server databases, MS Server Operating Systems, allow people to
connect to our environment, etc. MS no longer does six year agreements so this is
a three year agreement with an annual cost. The numbers have been looked
several times to get the best cost for what is needed to be in compliance for the
licenses that are used at McLeod County and to remain allowing end users access
to the software needed.
B. Consider approval to accept proposal from UHL (Maple Grove, MN) for security
and surveillance project base option for a cost of $172,369.*
Meeting has been held with UHL and McLeod County is satisfied with the product UHL
will use for the door security and for the camera surveillance. Information Technology
and Building Maintenance have met with the Budget Committee and believe the money
for this proposal would be coming from some left over funds that were allocated to the
HHS building after all the items have been completed there.
Additional proposals received: NAC (Vadnais Heights, MN) $399,500 and
Honeywell (Golden Valley, MN) $421,354.
10 9:45
JAIL – Administrator Kate Jones
A. Consider approval to purchase a new copier from Metro Sales Inc. (Mankato, MN)
at a cost of $9,201 with funding coming from the 2016 Jail budget.*
11 9:50
SHERIFF DEPARTMENT – Deputy Sheriff Tim Langenfeld
Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx
Page 3
* Board Action Requested
A. Approval to enter into a contract with the City of Stewart for police services for 2017 for
a total of $107,174.10.*
Due to ongoing negotiations, a one year contract was agreed to instead of the normal 2
year agreement.
12 9:55
PARKS – Director Al Koglin
A. Consider approval to award bid to install 4 inch plastic tile around inner circle of
fairgrounds and along 4H building to Luedke Contracting (Hutchinson, MN) at a cost of
$13,973.*
Pools of water are currently forming by building entrances after heavy rains and during
snow thawing causing a safety concern when the public has to cross these areas to enter
a building.
Additional bid received: Hjerpe Contracting (Hutchinson, MN) $19,957.
13
COUNTY ADMINISTRATION
•
•
Review of Commissioners Calendar
Commissioner reports of committee meetings attended since November 8, 2016.
A. Consider approval for fee schedule Public Hearing on 12/20 at 9:30 a.m.*
B. Consider authorizing the Auditor/Treasurer to create a dedicated fund for Fairgrounds
capital repair projects and allocate $100,000 from reserves in 2016. Thereafter schedule
annual review of the Fairgrounds fund to determine if additional money should be set
aside for this account.*
C. Consider approval to set next Solid Waste Advisory Committee (SWAC) meeting for
December 21st, 2016 at 9:30 am in the Solid Waste Large Conference Room.
14
CLOSED MEETING
Discuss negotiations with City West Holdings for tax petitions filed for the payable
years 2014, 2015 and 2016.
15
CLOSED MEETING
Continuation of County Administrator Pat Melvin’s performance evaluation.
OTHER
Open Forum
Press Relations
RECESS
Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx
Page 4
* Board Action Requested
Next board meeting December 1, 2016 at 4:30 p.m. at the Glencoe City Center.
Nov 22, 2016 Board Agenda.docx
Page 5
* Board Action Requested
McLEOD COUNTY
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
PROPOSED MEETING MINUTES – November 1, 2016
CALL TO ORDER
The regular meeting of the McLeod County Board of Commissioners was called to
order at 9:00 a.m. by Chair Paul Wright at the Glencoe City Center. Commissioners
Nies, Shimanski, Nagel and Krueger were present. County Administrator Patrick
Melvin, Administrative Assistant Donna Rickeman and County Attorney Michael
Junge were also present.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
At the request of the Board Chair, all present recited the Pledge of Allegiance.
CONSIDERATION OF AGENDA ITEMS
A) Add under Administration Item B: Consider setting closed session to discuss
2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting.
Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda as revised.
CONSENT AGENDA
A)
B)
C)
D)
E)
F)
October 18, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis.
October 14, 2016 Auditor's Warrants.
October 14, 2016a Auditor's Warrants.
October 18, 2016 Auditor's Warrants.
October 21, 2016 Auditor's Warrants.
Approve renewal of the Annual Support Plan between AWS (Chippewa Falls,
WI) and McLeod County Solid Waste for the maintenance and product
support of the scale software used to collect recycling and HHW data for the
annual cost of $2,500.
G) Approve reinstatement of the Household Hazardous Waste Facility hours to
Monday through Friday 8am to 4pm.
H) Approve setting Solid Waste Advisory Committee (SWAC) meeting for
November 14th @ 9:30 am at the Solid Waste Facility.
Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda.
November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting
PAYMENT OF BILLS – COMMISSIONER WARRANT LIST
General Revenue Fund
Road & Bridge Fund
Solid Waste Fund
$49,867.06
$4,171.81
$59,957.65
Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills
totaling $113,996.52 from the aforementioned funds.
ROAD AND BRIDGE –Highway Engineer John Brunkhorst
A)
John Brunkhorst gave an update on State Aid Projects 43-603-30, 43-60331, and 43-615-14 which are 2017 reconstruction projects on County State
Aid Highway 3 (between County Road 1 and the Carver County line) and
County State Aid Highway15 (from County Road 22 to Highway 7).
Work has begun on acquiring right-of-way for the projects. There are 64
parcels of property involved and negotiations have begun on behalf of the
county with property owners along the two roads. Acquisition of the rightof-way will cost about $67,000 per mile, about 6.5 percent of the total project
cost which is anticipated to be $6,000,000.
The goal is to get the projects out for bid in April or May of 2017, with
construction beginning that summer and running into 2018. This timeline
may be impacted if the county has to go to condemnation (eminent domain)
to acquire right-of way.
ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES – Environmental Technician Emily Gable
A) Emily Gable requested adoption of Resolution 16-CB-35 relating to the Minnesota
Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Clean Water Partnership; Authorizing the
County to borrow up to $300,000 from the MPCA and to lend money to eligible
participants to fund projects for the control and abatement of water pollution
(through the upgrade of failing septic systems).
Previous loans for septic upgrades within this watershed have been very
successful; McLeod County has a need for this money to help homeowners with
low-interest loan money for the replacement or upgrade of existing failing systems
in the Crow River Watershed.
Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to adopt 16-CB-35 relating to the
Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Clean Water Partnership; Authorizing
the County to borrow up to $300,000 from the MPCA and to lend money to eligible
November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting
participants to fund projects for the control and abatement of water pollution
(through the upgrade of failing septic systems).
B) Emily Gable requested approval of general obligation note for the lowinterest loan project (SRF 0306).
Nies/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve general obligation note for the
low-interest loan project (SRF 0306).
HUMAN RESOURCES – Director Mary Jo Wieseler
A) Mary Jo Wieseler requested approval to hire a full-time Correctional Officer
(grade 15) due to resignation.
Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire full-time Correctional Officer
(grade 15) due to resignation.
PIONEERLAND LIBRARY – Head Librarians Jackie Fountain and Katy Hilner
A) Jackee Fountain, head librarian for Glencoe and Brownton, and Katy Hilner, head
librarian for Hutchinson and Winsted appeared before the board to give an update
on McLeod County libraries.
In the past year the following have been improvements made to the libraries: new
display cases, new shelving, additional audio books, large print books, additional
teen books, upgraded computers, additional tablets and installed wireless.
Brownton Library includes: open 20 hours a week, 5 public computers, 57 children’s
programs, 13 young adult programs and 12 adult programs.
Glencoe Library includes: open 48 hours a week, 19 public computers, 227
children’s programs, 19 young adult programs and 57 adult programs.
Hutchinson Library includes: open 58 hours a week, 13 public computers, 93
children’s programs, 17 young adult programs and 45 adult programs.
Winsted Library includes: open 21 hours a week, 3 public computers, 55
children’s programs and 4 adult programs.
JAIL – Administrator Kate Jones
A) Kate Jones requested approval to implement an Upgrade to Jail portion of
the Sheriff’s Office Records System. There is no cost for the upgrade itself;
however Law Enforcement Technology Group (LETG) does have a cost for
November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting
configuration and training up to $5000.00 with funding coming from the 2016
Jail budget.
LETG has been implementing their new jail module which is a much more
robust and user friendly format throughout their customer base. McLeod
County has been on the waiting list for this for over a year. This additional
functionality will be covered under the same comprehensive maintenance and
support plan which applies to the rest of the currently installed LETG
solution. There are no additional maintenance costs with the upgrade.
Shimanski/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve an upgrade to Jail portion
of the Sheriff’s Office Records System at a cost of $5,000 with funding coming from
the 2016 Jail budget.
PARKS – Director Al Koglin
A) Al Koglin requested approval to purchase a new Ferris 72 inch zero turn
mower including trade in from L&P Supply (Hutchinson, MN) for $5,500 with
funding coming from the 2016 Parks budget.
Additional quote: Midwest Machinery Company (Glencoe, MN) including
trade in of $5,700.
Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve the purchase a new Ferris
72 inch zero turn mower including trade in from L&P Supply (Hutchinson, MN) for
$5,500 with funding coming from the 2016 Parks budget.
COUNTY ADMINISTRATION
A) Pat Melvin requested approval to add Joe Nagel to the voting delegates for
Association of Minnesota Counties (AMC).
Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to add Joe Nagel to the voting delegates
for Association of Minnesota Counties (AMC).
B) Pat Melvin requested approval to set closed session to discuss 2017
negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting.
Nies/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session to
discuss 2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting.
November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting
CLOSED SESSION
Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 11:31 a.m. to
conduct County Administrator Pat Melvin’s performance evaluation.
Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 12:49 p.m.
Nies/Nagel motion carried unanimously to adjourn at 12:50 p.m. until 9:00 a.m.
November 8, 2016 at the Trailblazer Transit Building.
ATTEST:
_____________________________
Paul Wright, Board Chair
November 1, 2016 County Board Meeting
___________________________________
Patrick Melvin, County Administrator
McLEOD COUNTY
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
SYNOPSIS – November 1, 2016
1. Commissioners Wright, Shimanski, Krueger, Nies and Nagel were present.
2. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda as revised.
3. Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda
including October 18, 2016 Meeting Minutes and Synopsis; October 14, 2016
Auditor's Warrants; October 14, 2016a Auditor's Warrants; October 18, 2016
Auditor's Warrants; October 21, 2016 Auditor's Warrants; Approve renewal of
the Annual Support Plan between AWS (Chippewa Falls, WI) and McLeod
County Solid Waste for the maintenance and product support of the scale
software used to collect recycling and HHW data for the annual cost of $2,500;
Approve reinstatement of the Household Hazardous Waste Facility hours to
Monday through Friday 8am to 4pm; Approve setting Solid Waste Advisory
Committee (SWAC) meeting for November 14th @ 9:30 am at the Solid Waste
Facility.
4. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills
totaling $113,996.52 from the aforementioned funds.
5. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to adopt 16-CB-35 relating to
the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA) Clean Water Partnership;
Authorizing the County to borrow up to $300,000 from the MPCA and to lend
money to eligible participants to fund projects for the control and abatement of
water pollution (through the upgrade of failing septic systems).
6. Nies/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve general obligation note for
the low-interest loan project (SRF 0306).
7. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire full-time Correctional
Officer (grade 15) due to resignation.
8. Shimanski/Nies motion carried unanimously to approve an upgrade to Jail
portion of the Sheriff’s Office Records System at a cost of $5,000 with funding
coming from the 2016 Jail budget.
9. Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve the purchase a new
Ferris 72 inch zero turn mower including trade in from L&P Supply
(Hutchinson, MN) for $5,500 with funding coming from the 2016 Parks budget.
10. Krueger/Nies motion carried unanimously to add Joe Nagel to the voting delegates for
Association of Minnesota Counties (AMC).
11. Nies/Nagel motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session to discuss
2017 negotiations for November 8th following the board meeting.
12. Krueger/Nagel motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 11:31 a.m. to
conduct County Administrator Pat Melvin’s performance evaluation.
13. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 12:49 p.m.
Complete minutes are on file in the County Administrator’s Office. The meeting
adjourned at 12:50 p.m. until November 8, 2016.
Attest:
Paul Wright, Board Chair
Patrick Melvin, County Administrator
McLEOD COUNTY
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
PROPOSED MEETING MINUTES – November 8, 2016
CALL TO ORDER
The regular meeting of the McLeod County Board of Commissioners was called to
order at 9:00 a.m. by Chair Paul Wright at the Glencoe City Center. Commissioners
Shimanski, Nagel and Krueger were present. Commissioner Nies had an excused
absence. County Administrator Patrick Melvin, Administrative Assistant Donna
Rickeman and County Attorney Michael Junge were also present.
PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
At the request of the Board Chair, all present recited the Pledge of Allegiance.
CONSIDERATION OF AGENDA ITEMS
Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda.
CONSENT AGENDA
A) October 28, 2016 Auditor's Warrants.
B) Approve out of state travel for Highway Engineer to attend the National
Association of County Engineers (NACE) annual conference April 9-13, 2017
in Cincinnati (OH). Approximate cost including early bird registration, hotel,
and airfare is $1,700.
C) Approve increasing the guardian/conservator compensation from the current
$15/hr with a monthly cap of $100 and after 3 months a monthly cap of $60
with no mileage reimbursement to $150 per month effective January 1, 2017
and re-evaluate the situation in 12 months. This increase is estimated to
result in an additional $25,000 expense.
D) Approve renewal of shared services agreement between McLeod County
Public Health and Southwestern Minnesota Adult Mental Health Consortium
for the contract period of November 1, 2016 – August 28, 2017. McLeod
County Public Health provides medication education to meet Adult
Rehabilitation Mental Health Services (ARMHS) criteria.
E) Approve 2017 contract for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod
County Public Health and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted
hourly rate of $61.46. This is a continuation of the current contract.
Contract renewal and rate was approved by MTP Board of Directors on
October 17, 2016. 2017 contracted hourly rate of $61.46 is an increase from
November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting
the current rate of $44.00, which has been in place and unchanged for many
years. This increased rate was recommended and approved by the McLeod
County Public Health Advisory Committee when Public Health fees were
reviewed early this year.
The following items were revised or removed from the Consent Agenda prior
to approval:
1. Revise item D to: Approve increasing the guardian/conservator
compensation from the current Tier 1 monthly cap of $60 for less intensive
and less detailed services and Tier 2 monthly cap of $100 for more intensive and
more detailed services to $150 per month for both Tiers effective January 1,
2017 and re-evaluate the situation in 12 months. This increase is
estimated to result in an additional $25,000 expense.
2. Remove and move to Item E under Administration: Approve 2017 contract
for Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health
and McLeod Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46.
This is a continuation of the current contract.
Contract renewal and rate was approved by MTP Board of Directors on
October 17, 2016. 2017 contracted hourly rate of $61.46 is an increase
from the current rate of $44.00, which has been in place and unchanged
for many years. This increased rate was recommended and approved by
the McLeod County Public Health Advisory Committee when Public
Health fees were reviewed early this year.
Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda.
PAYMENT OF BILLS – COMMISSIONER WARRANT LIST
General Revenue Fund
Road & Bridge Fund
Solid Waste Fund
$36,356.09
$111,931.48
$35,505.94
Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills
totaling $183,793.51 from the aforementioned funds.
CONTEGRITY GROUP – Construction Manager Sam Lauer
A) Sam Lauer with Contegrity informed the Board due to nice stretch of weather
rapid progress is being made. Load-bearing walls for the first floor of the jail
addition are done, the lower level floors have been poured, and the topping is
ready for the first floor.
November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting
Sam also reported that the contractors will be able to use natural gas from
the permanent service line to heat the addition during the remaining
construction, rather than having to use liquid propane which will save
significantly on heating costs over the winter.
Judd Avenue between 10th and 11th streets, located east of the Courthouse
parking lot, is close to being opened. The first two lifts have been paved and
the third will be paved in the spring. New road should be ready for traffic
once appropriate signage is put in place.
ASSESSORS OFFICE – Assessor Sue Schulz
A) Sue Schulz requested approval to hire Michael Bownik Appraisals Inc. (White
Bear Lake, MN) to conduct an appraisal for Menards Tax Court at a cost of
$12,850 with funding coming from general reserves.
Assessor currently is recommending $40 a square foot for payable years 2014,
2015 and 2016.
Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve hiring Michael Bownik
Appraisals Inc. (White Bear Lake, MN) to conduct an appraisal for Menards Tax
Court at a cost of $12,850 with funding coming from general reserves.
Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session
following the November 22nd board meeting to discuss negotiations with City West
Holdings for tax petitions filed for the payable years 2014, 2015 and 2016.
DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES – Area Wildlife Supervisor Joe
Stangel
A) Joe Stangel notified the board that McLeod County Chapter of Pheasants
Forever has recently donated 45 acres of land in Section 29, Lynn Township
to the Minnesota DNR, Division of Wildlife to become a state wildlife
management area (WMA). Payment in Lieu of Property Taxes (PILT) will be
$386.26 per year.
This area has many diverse habitat features that will enhance wildlife
populations. The Ras-Lynn WMA and corresponding private habitat is the
counties premiere pheasant and white-tailed deer hunting destination. The
area will be open to public hunting with restrictions worked out with
property owners only for firearms, trapping, and nature observation.
SHORT ELLIOT HENDRICKSON (SEH) – Project Manager Chuck Vermeersch
November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting
A) Chuck Vermeersch gave an update to the board on County Ditch 20 and County
Ditch 22. County Ditch 22 tile flows into the recently replaced County Ditch 20 tile.
Hutton Drainage, the contractor, began the project back in mid-August by boring
and jacking a new 12” tile crossing Highway 15. That work was completed,
however; since that time 10 to 12 inches of rain has been received which has
prevented further work on the tile replacement.
From May 2016 to November 1, 2016 the project area has received 28 inches of
precipitation. Due to the large watershed being drained, the undersized pipe and
shallow pipe grades, the system is very slow to drain. County Ditch 20 and County
Ditch 22 pipes were not upsized because of wetland and permitting issues. The
petitioners opted to go with replacement of the existing system as this would at
least provide a more reliable tile that would not require frequent repair as the old
tile did.
At this time, the system will continue to be monitored to verify it is still draining.
Once the water has receded enough, the replacement of County Ditch 22 tile will be
completed. However, with the amount of water there is to pass, it will take some
time for the project to dry out enough to complete the replacement. It is likely the
project will not be completed this year.
A letter with the above information and more details will be sent out to property
owners.
COUNTY ADMINISTRATION
A) Pat Melvin requested approval to hire a Household Hazardous Waste
Technician (grade 17) to fill vacancy in Solid Waste Department due to
promotion.
Wright/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire a Household Hazardous
Waste Technician (grade 17) to fill vacancy in Solid Waste Department due to
promotion.
B) Pat Melvin requested approval to set closed session for continuation of Pat
Melvin’s performance review for November 22nd following the board meeting.
Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session
to have continuation of Pat Melvin’s performance review for November 22nd
following the board meeting.
C) Pat Melvin led discussion on future consent agenda items. It was discussed
and agreed upon to allow Pat Melvin as County Administrator to use more
discretion when putting things on the agenda.
November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting
D) Pat Melvin notified the board of the upcoming Legislative Round Table
Discussion, Thursday, November 17th 8:00 am to Noon at University of
Minnesota, Morris.
E) Commissioner Shimanski requested approval of 2017 contract for Registered
Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod
Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46 with the noted
change to Section B Item 13 to state “Monitor and evaluate RN Contract
budget, not to exceed $10,509.66 for 2017”. This is a continuation of the
current contract.
Contract renewal and rate was approved by MTP Board of Directors on
October 17, 2016. 2017 contracted hourly rate of $61.46 is an increase from
the current rate of $44.00, which has been in place and unchanged for many
years. This increased rate was recommended and approved by the McLeod
County Public Health Advisory Committee when Public Health fees were
reviewed early this year.
Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve the 2017 contract for
Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod
Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46.
CLOSED SESSION
Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 10:22 a.m. to
discuss 2017 labor negotiations.
Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 11:25 a.m.
Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to recess at 11:26 a.m. until 9:00
a.m. November 22, 2016 at the Glencoe City Center.
ATTEST:
_____________________________
Paul Wright, Board Chair
November 8, 2016 County Board Meeting
___________________________________
Patrick Melvin, County Administrator
McLEOD COUNTY
BOARD OF COMMISSIONERS
SYNOPSIS – November 8, 2016
1. Commissioners Wright, Shimanski, Krueger, Nies and Nagel were present.
2. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the agenda.
3. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve the consent agenda
including October 28, 2016 Auditor's Warrants; Approve out of state travel for
Highway Engineer to attend the National Association of County Engineers
(NACE) annual conference April 9-13, 2017 in Cincinnati (OH); Approve
increasing the guardian/conservator compensation from the current Tier 1
monthly cap of $60 for less intensive and less detailed services and Tier 2 monthly cap
of $100 for more intensive and more detailed services to $150 per month for both Tiers
effective January 1, 2017 and re-evaluate the situation in 12 months; Approve
renewal of shared services agreement between McLeod County Public Health
and Southwestern Minnesota Adult Mental Health Consortium for the contract
period of November 1, 2016 – August 28, 2017.
4. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve payment of bills
totaling $183,793.51 from the aforementioned funds.
5. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve hiring Michael Bownik
Appraisals Inc. (White Bear Lake, MN) to conduct an appraisal for Menards Tax
Court at a cost of $12,850 with funding coming from general reserves.
6. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed session
following the November 22nd board meeting to discuss negotiations with City
West Holdings for tax petitions filed for the payable years 2014, 2015 and 2016.
7. Wright/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to hire a Household Hazardous
Waste Technician (grade 17) to fill vacancy in Solid Waste Department due to
promotion.
8. Krueger/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve setting a closed
session to have continuation of Pat Melvin’s performance review for November
22nd following the board meeting.
9. Nagel/Shimanski motion carried unanimously to approve the 2017 contract for
Registered Nursing Services between McLeod County Public Health and McLeod
Treatment Programs at a contracted hourly rate of $61.46.
10. Nagel/Krueger motion carried unanimously to close the meeting at 10:22 a.m. to
discuss 2017 labor negotiations.
11. Shimanski/Krueger motion carried unanimously to open the meeting at 11:25 a.m.
Complete minutes are on file in the County Administrator’s Office. The meeting
recessed at 11:26 a.m. until November 22, 2016.
Attest:
Paul Wright, Board Chair
Patrick Melvin, County Administrator
POOL
11/4/16
********* McLeod County IFS *********
11:24AM
Print List in Order By:
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
2
1
2
3
4
-
Fund (Page Break by Fund)
Department (Totals by Dept)
Vendor Number
Vendor Name
Explode Dist. Formulas?:Y
Paid on Behalf Of Name
on Audit List?:
N
Type of Audit List:
D
Save Report Options?:
N
D - Detailed Audit List
S - Condensed Audit List
Page Break By:
1
1 - Page Break by Fund
2 - Page Break by Dept
Page 1
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
1
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
0
DEPT
2811
132
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
...
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
01-000-000-0000-2048
535.18
LONG TERM CARE GENERAL FUND
11/01/2016
2811
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Page 2
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
690
28
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
01-000-000-0000-2010
690 UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA
535.18
Long Term Care Payable
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
0
DEPT Total:
31
DEPT
1886
30
BMO
01-031-000-0000-6241
1886 BMO
31
DEPT Total:
75
DEPT
1886
49
50
BMO
01-075-000-0000-6338
01-075-000-0000-6338
1886 BMO
75
DEPT Total:
76
DEPT
1886
51
52
BMO
01-076-000-0000-6205
01-076-000-0000-6205
1886 BMO
SUMMER INSTITUTE RS & LS
785.18
...
Unclaimed Property
1 Transactions
2 Vendors
2 Transactions
COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR'S
360.00
360.00
STAR TRIBUNE
1627
360.00
COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR'S
Printing And Publishing
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS
5.88
9.00
14.88
MENARDS
KWIK TRIP
1650
1650
14.88
CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS
Motor Pool Expenses
Motor Pool Expenses
2 Transactions
1 Vendors
2 Transactions
CENTRAL SERVICES-COUNTY WIDE
6.80
174.05
180.85
USPS
USPS
1650
9909
Postage And Postal Box Rental
Postage And Postal Box Rental
2 Transactions
5906
5
4
CENTURYLINK
01-076-000-0000-6203
01-076-000-0000-6203
5906 CENTURYLINK
250.00
250.00
307.47
2,455.62
2,763.09
LOCAL SVC
LOCAL SVC
313623769
314019358
2 Transactions
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Communications
Communications
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
1
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
11580
8
CENTURYLINK
01-076-000-0000-6203
01-076-000-0000-6203
9
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
640.67
LONG DISTANCE
320439462
Communications
38.65
10/21/2016
LONG DISTANCE
320439462
Communications
Amount
10/21/2016
11580
CENTURYLINK
679.32
11/20/2016
11/20/2016
2 Transactions
5771
24
NU-TELECOM
01-076-000-0000-6203
5771 NU-TELECOM
Page 3
76
DEPT Total:
91
DEPT
1886
29
DEPT Total:
103
DEPT
1886
81854811
5,106.91
CENTRAL SERVICES-COUNTY WIDE
Communications
1 Transactions
4 Vendors
7 Transactions
790.00
790.00
AMAZON.COM
790.00
COUNTY ATTORNEY'S
1643
Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory)
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
COUNTY ASSESSOR'S
BMO
01-103-000-0000-6402
01-103-000-0000-6450
01-103-000-0000-6612
01-103-000-0000-6612
1886 BMO
103
DEPT Total:
117
DEPT
1886
31
32
33
34
35
EXT PRI SW B1
COUNTY ATTORNEY'S
BMO
01-091-000-0000-6612
1886 BMO
91
72
71
73
74
1,483.65
1,483.65
80.68
22.86
990.00
495.00
1,588.54
AMAZON.COM
BEEN VERIFIED
AMAZON.COM
AMAZON.COM
1,588.54
COUNTY ASSESSOR'S
9891
9891
9891
9891
Office Supplies
Subscriptions
Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory)
Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory)
4 Transactions
1 Vendors
4 Transactions
FAIRGROUNDS
BMO
01-117-000-0000-6402
01-117-000-0000-6402
01-117-000-0000-6402
01-117-000-0000-6402
01-117-000-0000-6425
34.93
32.19
9.62
254.23
5.36
EXPRESSION VINYL
JO-ANN
WALMART
WALMART
SEARS
1700
1700
1700
1700
1700
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Office Supplies
Office Supplies
Office Supplies
Office Supplies
Repair And Maintenance Supplies
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
1
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
1886
BMO
117
DEPT Total:
201
DEPT
1886
40
41
42
43
44
11580
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
FAIRGROUNDS
CENTURYLINK
01-201-000-0000-6203
145.82
150.00
75.00
250.00
250.00
870.82
5771
27
CENTURYLINK
NU-TELECOM
01-201-000-0000-6203
NU-TELECOM
201
DEPT Total:
251
DEPT
1886
38
36
37
70.82
LONG DISTANCE
70.82
143.68
Shooting Supplies For Firearms Program
Training - Patrol
Training - Patrol
Training - Patrol
Training - Patrol
320439462
Communications
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
111-2290 SPEC ACC VOICE
143.68
1,085.32
1585
1585
1585
1585
1585
81877739
Communications
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE
3 Vendors
7 Transactions
COUNTY JAIL
BMO
01-251-000-0000-6327
01-251-000-0000-6461
01-251-000-0000-6461
1886 BMO
251
DEPT Total:
485
DEPT
1886
75
77
5 Transactions
5 Transactions
11/01/2016
5771
1 Vendors
AMAZON.COM
MN BCA
MN BCA
MN BCA
MN BCA
10/21/2016
11580
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
5 Transactions
336.33
336.33
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Page 4
COUNTY SHERIFF'S OFFICE
BMO
01-201-000-0000-6456
01-201-206-0000-6360
01-201-206-0000-6360
01-201-206-0000-6360
01-201-206-0000-6360
1886 BMO
10
********* McLeod County IFS *********
50.98
41.16
64.48
156.62
MILLS FLEET FARM
AMAZON.COM
AMAZON.COM
156.62
COUNTY JAIL
1528
1528
1528
General Auto Maintenance
Inmate Supplies
Inmate Supplies
3 Transactions
1 Vendors
3 Transactions
COUNTY PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING
BMO
01-485-000-0000-6810
01-485-000-0000-6350
114.84
5.92
FITBIT INC
WALMART
9549
9556
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Refunds And Reimbursements
Other Services & Charges
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
1
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
76
78
79
81
80
01-485-000-0000-6402
01-485-000-0000-6402
01-485-000-0000-6402
01-485-000-0000-6402
01-485-000-0000-6451
1886 BMO
11580
11
CENTURYLINK
01-485-000-0000-6203
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
21.11
260.72
35.44
14.00
108.94
560.97
67.51
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
AMAZON.COM
MENARDS
AMAZON.COM
AMAZON.COM
AMAZON.COM
9556
9556
9556
9556
9556
Office
Office
Office
Office
Books
CENTURYLINK
485
DEPT Total:
LONG DISTANCE
520
DEPT
5906
7
6
CENTURYLINK
01-520-000-0000-6203
01-520-000-0000-6203
5906 CENTURYLINK
320439462
Communications
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
COUNTY PUBLIC HEALTH NURSING
2 Vendors
8 Transactions
COUNTY PARK'S
65.86
89.31
155.17
525 CARETAKER OFFICE PHONE
525 SHOP
313540758
314102204
Communications
Communications
2 Transactions
5771
25
NU-TELECOM
01-520-000-0000-6203
5771 NU-TELECOM
67.51
628.48
Supplies
Supplies
Supplies
Supplies
7 Transactions
10/21/2016
11580
Page 5
520
DEPT Total:
603
DEPT
1886
39
BMO
01-603-000-0000-6351
1886 BMO
41.23
41.23
196.40
PIEPENBURG 587-2082
81854811
Communications
1 Transactions
COUNTY PARK'S
2 Vendors
3 Transactions
COUNTY EXTENSION
257.95
257.95
NATIONAL 4-H COUNCIL
COUNTY EXTENSION
603
DEPT Total:
257.95
1
Fund Total:
11,306.61
1668
After School Program
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
1 Transactions
44 Transactions
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
3
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
0
DEPT
2811
133
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
0
DEPT Total:
105
DEPT
1886
57
58
59
BMO
03-105-000-0000-6336
03-105-000-0000-6336
03-105-000-0000-6336
1886 BMO
105
DEPT Total:
330
DEPT
1886
60
56
53
54
55
BMO
03-330-000-0000-6245
03-330-000-0000-6205
03-330-000-0000-6245
03-330-000-0000-6245
03-330-000-0000-6245
1886 BMO
330
DEPT Total:
340
DEPT
1083
93
95
94
340
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
...
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
03-000-000-0000-2048
131.01
LONG TERM CARE HIGHWAY FUND
11/01/2016
2811
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Page 6
WEX BANK
03-340-000-0000-6455
03-340-000-0000-6455
03-340-000-0000-6567
1083 WEX BANK
DEPT Total:
131.01
131.01
Long Term Care Payable
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
...
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
COUNTY SURVEYING & GIS
427.02
284.68
142.34
854.04
INN ON LAKE SUPERIOR
INN ON LAKE SUPERIOR
INN ON LAKE SUPERIOR
9937
9937
9937
854.04
COUNTY SURVEYING & GIS
Meals, Lodging, Parking & Miscellaneous
Meals, Lodging, Parking & Miscellaneous
Meals, Lodging, Parking & Miscellaneous
3 Transactions
1 Vendors
3 Transactions
HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION
110.00
54.35
215.00
600.00
1,150.00
2,129.35
VP MINNESOTA TRANSPORT
USPS
U OF M CONT LEARNING
MINNESOTA STATE COLLEGE
MINNESOTA STATE COLLEGE
2,129.35
HIGHWAY ADMINISTRATION
9929
9937
9937
9937
9937
Dues And Registration Fees
Postage And Postal Box Rental
Dues And Registration Fees
Dues And Registration Fees
Dues And Registration Fees
5 Transactions
1 Vendors
5 Transactions
HIGHWAY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
477.20
18.061,727.53
2,186.67
UNLEADED FUEL-OCTOBER
MISC PREV PER REBATE
DIESEL FUEL OCTOBER
2,186.67
HIGHWAY EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE
47423474
47423474
47423474
Motor Fuels And Lubrication
Motor Fuels And Lubrication
Diesel Fuel & Tax
3 Transactions
1 Vendors
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
3 Transactions
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
3
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
3
Fund Total:
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
5,301.07
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Page 7
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
12 Transactions
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
5
SOLID WASTE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
391
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
DEPT
1886
12
CENTURYLINK
05-391-000-0000-6203
234.98
56.35
39.51
409.83
740.67
6.21
ARAMARK
ARAMARK
ARAMARK
ARAMARK
CENTURYLINK
391
DEPT Total:
393
DEPT
1886
97
11580
LONG DISTANCE
6.21
746.88
Uniform Allowance
Uniform Allowance
Uniform Allowance
Public Education
320439462
Communications
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
SOLID WASTE TIP FEE
CENTURYLINK
05-393-000-0000-6203
587.22
587.22
2 Vendors
8.90
ARAMARK
5 Transactions
CENTURYLINK
Uniform Allowance
LONG DISTANCE
8.90
320439462
Communications
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
664
130
131
LENTSCH TRUCKING
05-393-000-0000-6269
05-393-000-0000-6269
664 LENTSCH TRUCKING
1550
1 Transactions
10/21/2016
11580
1550
1550
1550
1550
MATERIALS RECOVERY FACILITY
BMO
05-393-000-0000-6145
1886 BMO
13
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
4 Transactions
10/21/2016
11580
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
SOLID WASTE TIP FEE
BMO
05-391-000-0000-6145
96
05-391-000-0000-6145
99
05-391-000-0000-6145
100
05-391-000-0000-6243
102
1886 BMO
11580
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 8
393
DEPT Total:
397
DEPT
1886
BMO
05-397-000-0000-6145
98
05-397-000-0000-6145
101
1886 BMO
790.00
4,030.00
4,820.00
RECYCLABLES PICKED UP
RECYCLED MATL SHIPPING
5,416.12
MATERIALS RECOVERY FACILITY
Contracts
Contracts
2 Transactions
3 Vendors
4 Transactions
HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE
86.14
39.51
125.65
ARAMARK
ARAMARK
1550
1550
2 Transactions
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Uniform Allowance
Uniform Allowance
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
5
SOLID WASTE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
11580
14
CENTURYLINK
05-397-000-0000-6203
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
0.06
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
LONG DISTANCE
320439462
Communications
10/21/2016
11580
CENTURYLINK
0.06
397
DEPT Total:
125.71
5
Fund Total:
6,288.71
Page 9
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
HOUSEHOLD HAZARDOUS WASTE
2 Vendors
SOLID WASTE FUND
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
3 Transactions
12 Transactions
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
11 HUMAN SERVICE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
420
47
46
45
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
DEPT
1886
15
CENTURYLINK
11-420-600-0010-6203
67.81
481.22
200.02
749.05
GRANDVIEW LODGE
ARROWWOOD
BEST WESTERN PLUS
2811
134
289.35
LONG DISTANCE
CENTURYLINK
289.35
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
11-420-000-0000-2048
210.41
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
420
DEPT Total:
430
DEPT
1886
104
105
110
113
121
123
124
126
128
106
103
107
108
111
112
114
115
116
9531
9531
9531
Meals Lodging & Parking - Director
210.41
1,248.81
Meals Lodging & Parking-Financial Workrs
Meals Lodging & Parking Expense
320439462
Communications/Postage
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
LONG TERM CARE WELFARE FUND
11/01/2016
2811
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
3 Transactions
10/21/2016
11580
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
INCOME MAINTENANCE
BMO
11-420-600-0002-6336
11-420-600-0007-6336
11-420-640-0010-6336
1886 BMO
11580
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 10
Long Term Care Payable
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
INCOME MAINTENANCE
3 Vendors
5 Transactions
INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES
BMO
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0000-6033
11-430-709-0008-6245
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
172.15
5.60
73.06
37.67
16.09
143.55
7.52
59.50
40.53
424.00
68.00
50.37
9.27
31.61
133.13
5.21
26.18
8.00
TARGET
TARGET
WALMART
DOLLAR GENERAL
JOANN FABRIC
WALMART
WALMART
WALMART
MENARDS
MARRCH
DEER LAKE ORCHARD
WALMART
CASHWISE
WALMART
BUFFALO WILD WINGS
STANDARD PRINTING
DOLLAR GENERAL
FALL HARVEST ORCHARD
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Mental Hlth Pilot Project-Discretionary
Dues and Registration Fees - MH Unit
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
11 HUMAN SERVICE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
117
118
119
120
122
125
127
129
109
82
89
83
84
88
85
86
87
48
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-741-4030-6071
11-430-763-6410-6078
11-430-709-0008-6359
11-430-709-0008-6359
11-430-710-1160-6040
11-430-710-1160-6040
11-430-710-1160-6040
11-430-710-1980-6062
11-430-710-1980-6062
11-430-710-1980-6062
11-430-700-0002-6336
1886 BMO
11580
16
CENTURYLINK
11-430-700-0010-6203
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
37.86
24.70
192.80
103.21
6.44
124.71
16.52
17.15
495.00
245.00
500.00
200.00
25.00
50.00
14.38
32.71
111.46
158.20
3,666.58
124.00
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
CARLSON ORCHARD
DAIRY QUEEN
ART AS YOU LIKE IT
PERKINS
JOANN FABRIC
WALMART
MENARDS
SHOPKO
AMAZON.COM
U OF M CONT LEARNING
WALMART
SA
SA
SA
WALMART
WALMART
SUBWAY
GRANDVIEW LODGE
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
0940
3758
3758
3758
3758
3758
3758
3758
3758
9531
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
Client Outreach - CSP
CADI Waiver - Adult Supplies and Equip
CWTCM Dedicated
CWTCM Dedicated
Social Service Transportation
Social Service Transportation
Social Service Transportation
Foster Care Licensing & Resource Develop
Foster Care Licensing & Resource Develop
Foster Care Licensing & Resource Develop
Meals Lodging & Parking - Director
36 Transactions
LONG DISTANCE
10/21/2016
11580
2811
135
CENTURYLINK
124.00
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
11-430-000-0000-2048
103.02
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
320439462
103.02
Communications/Postage
11/20/2016
1 Transactions
LONG TERM CARE INC MAINT FUND
11/01/2016
2811
Page 11
Long Term Care Payable
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
430
DEPT Total:
3,893.60
INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES
3 Vendors
38 Transactions
11
Fund Total:
5,142.41
HUMAN SERVICE FUND
43 Transactions
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
25 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
15
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
DEPT
6
90
DEPT Total:
121
DEPT
319
121
DEPT Total:
285
DEPT
5771
149.43
149.43
MN FAMILY LAW PRACTICE
NU-TELECOM
DEPT Total:
618
DEPT
1220
KUBASCH EXCAVATING INC
25-618-000-0000-6350
1220 KUBASCH EXCAVATING INC
618
DEPT Total:
619
DEPT
3856
2
Books
149.43
LAW LIBRARY
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
9.54
9.54
DEPOSIT SLIPS ACCT#4117054
9.54
VETERAN SERVICES
Printed Paper Supplies
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
E-911 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE - GRANT
NU-TELECOM
25-285-000-0000-6203
285
21
86191322
1 Transactions
588.30
587-0405 E-911
11/01/2016
5771
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
VETERAN SERVICES
FIRST MINNESOTA BANK NA
25-121-000-0000-6403
319 FIRST MINNESOTA BANK NA
26
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
LAW LIBRARY
MATTHEW BENDER & CO INC
25-015-000-0000-6451
6 MATTHEW BENDER & CO INC
15
19
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 12
BORKA EXCAVATING
25-619-000-0000-6350
3856 BORKA EXCAVATING
619
DEPT Total:
694
DEPT
81878133
588.30
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
588.30
E-911 SYSTEM MAINTENANCE - GRANT
1 Vendors
Communications - Telephone Equipment
1 Transactions
SSTS GRANT
13,858.35
13,858.35
SEPTIC SYSTEM G BESTUL
13,858.35
SSTS GRANT
Other Services & Charges
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
CROW RIVER SEPTIC SYSTEM LOANS-7
11,700.00
11,700.00
SEPTIC SYSTEM A OTTO
09_13_16-2
11,700.00
CROW RIVER SEPTIC SYSTEM LOANS-7
Other Services & Charges
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
AQUATIC INVASIVE SPECIES
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
1 Transactions
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
25 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
2742
1
ALLOVER MEDIA LLC
25-694-000-0000-6241
2742 ALLOVER MEDIA LLC
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 13
694
DEPT Total:
886
DEPT
1457
91
1457
1,050.00
1,050.00
INDOOR ADVERTISING &PRODUCTION
1,050.00
AQUATIC INVASIVE SPECIES
PRINTING AND PUBLISHING
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
COUNTY FEEDLOT PROGRAM
PRO AUTO & TRANSMISSION REPAIR INC
25-886-000-0000-6338
PRO AUTO & TRANSMISSION REPAIR INC
606.66
606.66
2006 CHEV SILVERADO
COUNTY FEEDLOT PROGRAM
886
DEPT Total:
606.66
25
Fund Total:
27,962.28
3061714
Motor Pool Expenses
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
1 Transactions
7 Transactions
********* McLeod County IFS *********
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
82 COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
852
67
65
Rpt
Accr
Amount
DEPT
1886
DEPT Total:
853
DEPT
1886
2811
65.00
6.45
71.45
CONSTANT CONTACT
USPS
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
82-853-000-0000-2048
CNA GROUP LONG TERM CARE
853
DEPT Total:
856
DEPT
41
3
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
0955
0955
Communications
Postage And Postal Box Rental
71.45
PROJECT HARMONY GRANT
2 Transactions
659.95
587.79
12.56
2.50
46.36
12.93
2.50
87.00
1,411.59
10.54
NATIONAL CNCL
LITTLE AMERICA
LITTLE AMERICA
UTA
TEXAS STEAKHOUSE
SQUATTERS
UTA
MSP AIRPORT
1 Vendors
2 Transactions
LONG TERM CARE CHS FUND
10.54
1,422.13
0955
0955
0955
0955
0955
0955
0955
0955
Printing And Publishing
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
Meals, Lodging, Parking &
LONG TERM CARE PAYABLE
11/30/2016
1 Transactions
LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH GRANT
2 Vendors
9 Transactions
FPSP
CASH WISE PHARMACY
82-856-000-0000-6439
41 CASH WISE PHARMACY
PRESCRIPTION MMS CHS RX#
Prescriptions
1 Transactions
4006
17
18
FAMILY REXALL DRUG
82-856-000-0000-6439
82-856-000-0000-6439
4006 FAMILY REXALL DRUG
117.95
117.95
2412
22.48
18.48
40.96
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
8 Transactions
11/01/2016
2811
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH GRANT
BMO
82-853-000-0000-6241
82-853-000-0000-6336
82-853-000-0000-6336
82-853-000-0000-6336
82-853-000-0000-6336
82-853-000-0000-6336
82-853-000-0000-6336
82-853-000-0000-6336
1886 BMO
136
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 14
PROJECT HARMONY GRANT
BMO
82-852-000-0000-6203
82-852-000-0000-6205
1886 BMO
852
66
64
68
69
70
61
62
63
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
PRESCRIPTION MMS CHS
PRESCRIPTION MMS CHS
RX 16130556
RX 16130556
2 Transactions
GLENCOE REGIONAL HEALTH SERVICES
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Prescriptions
Prescriptions
********* McLeod County IFS *********
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
82 COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
20
Rpt
Accr
82-856-000-0000-6261
2412 GLENCOE REGIONAL HEALTH SERVICES
856
DEPT Total:
862
DEPT
1420
92
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
ST PAULS LUTHERAN SCHOOL
82-862-000-0000-6350
1420 ST PAULS LUTHERAN SCHOOL
Page 15
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
169.38
169.38
EXAMS MMS CHS
ACCT #42806
Physical Examinations
328.29
FPSP
Amount
1 Transactions
3 Vendors
4 Transactions
SHIP
849.99
849.99
SHIP PARTNER EXPENSE-SCHOOLS
SHIP
862
DEPT Total:
849.99
82
Fund Total:
2,671.86
Other Services & Charges
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
1 Transactions
16 Transactions
POOL
11/4/16
11:24AM
86 TRUST & AGENCY FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
975
DEPT
509
23
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
MINNESOTA DNR
975
DEPT Total:
976
DEPT
509
22
295.50
DNR
Collections For Other Agencies
295.50
295.50
10/31/2016
1 Transactions
DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT
MINNESOTA DNR
86-976-000-0000-6850
152.50
G&F
Collections For Other Agencies
10/25/2016
509
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT
MINNESOTA DNR
86-975-000-0000-6850
10/25/2016
509
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Page 16
MINNESOTA DNR
152.50
10/31/2016
1 Transactions
976
DEPT Total:
152.50
GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT
86
Fund Total:
448.00
TRUST & AGENCY FUND
Final Total:
59,120.94
53 Vendors
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
2 Transactions
136 Transactions
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
POOL
11/4/16
********* McLeod County IFS *********
11:24AM
Recap by Fund
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Fund
AMOUNT
Page 17
Name
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
1
11,306.61
3
5,301.07
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
5
6,288.71
SOLID WASTE FUND
11
5,142.41
HUMAN SERVICE FUND
25
27,962.28
82
2,671.86
86
448.00
All Funds
59,120.94
SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICE FUND
TRUST & AGENCY FUND
Total
Approved by,
......................................
......................................
......................................
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
POOL
11/10/16
********* McLeod County IFS *********
9:26AM
Print List in Order By:
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
2
1
2
3
4
-
Fund (Page Break by Fund)
Department (Totals by Dept)
Vendor Number
Vendor Name
Explode Dist. Formulas?:Y
Paid on Behalf Of Name
on Audit List?:
N
Type of Audit List:
D
Save Report Options?:
N
D - Detailed Audit List
S - Condensed Audit List
Page Break By:
1
1 - Page Break by Fund
2 - Page Break by Dept
Page 1
POOL
11/10/16
9:26AM
1
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
0
DEPT
3028
8
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
01-000-000-0000-2056
7
01-000-000-0000-2056
9
01-000-000-0000-2056
11
01-000-000-0000-2056
12
317.48
CHILD SUPPORT
10/29/2016
117.67
10/16/2016
CHILD SUPPORT
10/29/2016
257.96
10/16/2016
CHILD SUPPORT
10/29/2016
130.13
10/16/2016
CHILD SUPPORT
10/29/2016
148.59
10/16/2016
CHILD SUPPORT
10/29/2016
327.64
10/16/2016
CHILD SUPPORT
10/16/2016
3028
MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT
0
DEPT Total:
75
DEPT
1160
6
1160
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
001124208702
Child Support Garnishment Payable
001436294701
Child Support Garnishment Payable
001447664801
Child Support Garnishment Payable
001499730601
Child Support Garnishment Payable
001527027301
Child Support Garnishment Payable
001530953002
Child Support Garnishment Payable
...
MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT
01-000-000-0000-2056
01-000-000-0000-2056
10
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 2
1,299.47
1,299.47
10/29/2016
6 Transactions
...
1 Vendors
6 Transactions
CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS
MCLEOD COUNTY AUDITOR TREASURER
01-075-000-0000-6338
MCLEOD COUNTY AUDITOR TREASURER
DUP STICKERS 2008 IMPALA
1,405.29
1,405.29
FUEL OCTOBER MOTOR POOL
1,416.29
CENTRAL SERVICES-CHARGE BACKS
Motor Pool Expenses
1 Transactions
1083
19
WEX BANK
01-075-000-0000-6338
1083 WEX BANK
11.00
11.00
75
DEPT Total:
112
DEPT
4147
18
Motor Pool Expenses
2 Vendors
2 Transactions
NORTH COMPLEX BUILDING
WEST CENTRAL SANITATION INC
01-112-000-0000-6257
85.83
GARBAGE REMOVAL
10/01/2016
4147
47424037
1 Transactions
WEST CENTRAL SANITATION INC
112
DEPT Total:
117
DEPT
85.83
85.83
10732025
Sewer, Water And Garbage
10/31/2016
1 Transactions
NORTH COMPLEX BUILDING
1 Vendors
FAIRGROUNDS
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
1 Transactions
POOL
11/10/16
9:26AM
1
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
5771
16
NU-TELECOM
01-117-000-0000-6203
01-117-000-0000-6203
17
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
92.40
PHONE FOR OCT
81855031
Communications
92.40
10/01/2016
PHONE FOR NOV
81878137
Communications
Amount
11/01/2016
5771
NU-TELECOM
Page 3
184.80
117
DEPT Total:
184.80
1
Fund Total:
2,986.39
10/31/2016
11/30/2016
2 Transactions
FAIRGROUNDS
1 Vendors
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
2 Transactions
11 Transactions
POOL
11/10/16
9:26AM
3
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
0
DEPT
3328
4
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
683730
Garnishments Payable
...
GURSTEL CHARGO PA
03-000-000-0000-2055
277.00
GARNISHMENT
10/16/2016
3328
Page 4
GURSTEL CHARGO PA
277.00
0
DEPT Total:
277.00
...
3
Fund Total:
277.00
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
10/29/2016
1 Transactions
1 Vendors
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
1 Transactions
1 Transactions
POOL
11/10/16
9:26AM
11 HUMAN SERVICE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
430
DEPT
3028
13
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES
MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT
11-430-000-0000-2056
276.88
CHILD SUPPORT
10/16/2016
3028
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Page 5
MINNESOTA CHILD SUPPORT PAYMENT CNT
276.88
001486828601
Child Support Garnishment Payable
10/29/2016
1 Transactions
430
DEPT Total:
276.88
1 Vendors
INDIVIDUAL AND FAMILY SOCIAL SERVICES
1 Transactions
11
Fund Total:
276.88
HUMAN SERVICE FUND
1 Transactions
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
POOL
11/10/16
9:26AM
25 SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
224
1
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
DEPT
92
ARROW BUILDING CENTER
25-224-000-0000-6612
92 ARROW BUILDING CENTER
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
4069630
Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory)
NEW CANINE ACCOUNT
1,149.78
1,149.78
TRAINING COURE MATERIAL
1 Transactions
5967
3
GLENCOE FLEET SUPPLY INC
25-224-000-0000-6612
5967 GLENCOE FLEET SUPPLY INC
Warrant Description
Service Dates
Page 6
224
DEPT Total:
613
DEPT
6009
5
INNOVATIVE OFFICE SOLUTIONS LLC
25-613-000-0000-6402
6009 INNOVATIVE OFFICE SOLUTIONS LLC
613
DEPT Total:
807
DEPT
6906
2
GLENCOE CO OP ASSN
25-807-000-0000-6610
6906 GLENCOE CO OP ASSN
1,387.71
TRAINING EQUIP MATERIAL
641492
Capital - $100-$5,000 (Inventory)
1 Transactions
NEW CANINE ACCOUNT
2 Vendors
2 Transactions
WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT-GRANT
203.91
203.91
OFFICE SUPPLIES
IN1376478
203.91
WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT-GRANT1 Vendors
Office Supplies
1 Transactions
1 Transactions
DESIGNATED FOR CAPITAL ASSETS
1,568.70
1,568.70
DIESEL FOR NEW GENERATOR
5,315.72
5,315.72
SECURITY IMPROVEMENT PLANNING
137000
Capital - Over $5,000 (Fixed Assets)
1 Transactions
1116
20
WOLD ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS INC
25-807-000-0000-6610
1116 WOLD ARCHITECTS & ENGINEERS INC
237.93
237.93
51347
Capital - Over $5,000 (Fixed Assets)
1 Transactions
807
DEPT Total:
6,884.42
DESIGNATED FOR CAPITAL ASSETS
25
Fund Total:
8,476.04
SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
2 Vendors
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
2 Transactions
5 Transactions
POOL
11/10/16
9:26AM
86 TRUST & AGENCY FUND
Vendor Name
No. Account/Formula
975
DEPT
509
15
********* McLeod County IFS *********
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Rpt
Accr
Amount
Warrant Description
Service Dates
MINNESOTA DNR
975
DEPT Total:
976
DEPT
509
14
406.50
DNR
Collections For Other Agencies
406.50
406.50
11/07/2016
1 Transactions
DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT
MINNESOTA DNR
86-976-000-0000-6850
220.00
G&F
Collections For Other Agencies
10/31/2016
509
Account/Formula Description
On Behalf of Name
DNR CLEARING ACCOUNT
MINNESOTA DNR
86-975-000-0000-6850
10/31/2016
509
Invoice #
Paid On Bhf #
Page 7
MINNESOTA DNR
220.00
11/07/2016
1 Transactions
976
DEPT Total:
220.00
GAME & FISH CLEARING ACCOUNT
86
Fund Total:
626.50
TRUST & AGENCY FUND
Final Total:
12,642.81
14 Vendors
1 Vendors
1 Transactions
2 Transactions
20 Transactions
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
POOL
11/10/16
********* McLeod County IFS *********
9:26AM
Recap by Fund
Audit List for Board AUDITOR'S VOUCHERS ENTRIES
Fund
AMOUNT
Name
GENERAL REVENUE FUND
1
2,986.39
3
277.00
ROAD & BRIDGE FUND
11
276.88
HUMAN SERVICE FUND
25
8,476.04
SPECIAL REVENUE FUND
86
626.50
TRUST & AGENCY FUND
All Funds
12,642.81
Total
Approved by,
......................................
......................................
......................................
Copyright 2010-2015 Integrated Financial Systems
Page 8
County of McLeod
830 11th Street East
Glencoe, Minnesota 55336
FAX (320) 864-1809
___________________________________________________________________________________________
COMMISSIONER RON SHIMANSKI
1st District
Phone (320) 327-0112
23808 Jet Avenue
Silver Lake, MN 55381
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER DOUG KRUEGER
2nd District
Phone (320) 864-5944
9525 County Road 2
Glencoe, MN 55336
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER PAUL WRIGHT
3rd District
Phone (320) 587-7332
15215 County Road 7
Hutchinson, MN 55350
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER SHELDON NIES
4th District
Phone (320) 587-5117
1118 Jefferson Street South
Hutchinson, MN 55350
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER JOE NAGEL
5th District
Phone (320) 587-8693
20849 196th Road
Hutchinson, MN 55350
[email protected]
COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR
PATRICK MELVIN
Phone (320) 864-1363
830 11th Street East, Suite 110
Glencoe, MN 55336
[email protected]
Resolution 16-CB-36
FY2017 Environmental Assistance Grant Program
WHEREAS, McLeod County Solid Waste has applied for a grant from the Minnesota Pollution
Control Agency (MPCA), under its FY2017 Environmental Assistance Grant Program; and
WHEREAS, if MPCA funding is received, McLeod County Solid Waste is committed to
implementing the proposed project as described in the grand application; and
WHEREAS, MPCA requires that McLeod County Solid Waste provide a 25% financial, or “inkind” match to the requested $250,000.
BE IT RESOLVED THAT the McLeod County Board of Commissioners hereby support the
application requesting financial assistance to the McLeod County Solid Waste Department for
the purpose of processing and recycling agricultural wrap.
Dated this 22nd day of November, 2016.
Board Chair, Paul Wright
Pat Melvin, County Administrator
1 | Page
County of McLeod
830 11th Street East
Glencoe, Minnesota 55336
FAX (320) 864-1809
___________________________________________________________________________________________
COMMISSIONER RON SHIMANSKI
1st District
Phone (320) 327-0112
23808 Jet Avenue
Silver Lake, MN 55381
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER DOUG KRUEGER
2nd District
Phone (320) 864-5944
9525 County Road 2
Glencoe, MN 55336
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER PAUL WRIGHT
3rd District
Phone (320) 587-7332
15215 County Road 7
Hutchinson, MN 55350
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER SHELDON NIES
4th District
Phone (320) 587-5117
1118 Jefferson Street South
Hutchinson, MN 55350
[email protected]
COMMISSIONER JOE NAGEL
5th District
Phone (320) 587-8693
20849 196th Road
Hutchinson, MN 55350
[email protected]
COUNTY ADMINISTRATOR
PATRICK MELVIN
Phone (320) 864-1363
830 11th Street East, Suite 110
Glencoe, MN 55336
[email protected]
Resolution 16-CB-37
Capital Assistance Program Grant
WHEREAS, McLeod County Solid Waste plans to submit an application for a Capital Assistance
Program (CAP) grant from the Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA), and
WHEREAS, if CAP funding is received, McLeod County Solid Waste is committed to
implementing the proposed project as described in the grand application; and
WHEREAS, MPCA requires that McLeod County Solid Waste financially support 50% of the
total project cost, therefore
BE IT RESOLVED THAT the McLeod County Board of Commissioners hereby support
submission of an application requesting financial assistance to the McLeod County Solid Waste
Department for the purpose of program expansion and waste diversion.
Dated this 22nd day of November, 2016.
Board Chair, Paul Wright
Pat Melvin, County Administrator
1 | Page
Personnel Committee
Tuesday, November 15, 2016
AGENDA
A. Discuss full-time Technical Clerk vacancy at Public Health.
Recommendation: Hire 2 full-time Technical Clerks (grade 12) in
Public Health due to resignations.
B. Discuss Mental Health Professional vacancy for Tri-Star ACT
Team.
Recommendation: Hire Mental Health Professional (grade 28)
for Tri-Star ACT Team for up to 28 hours per week due to
resignation. Position is dependent on reimbursement of all
expenses from SW Mental Health Consortium of at least 105%.
C. Discuss reduction in hours for employee at Tri-Star ACT Team
Recommendation: Approve reduction in hours for Tri-Star ACT
Team Community Support Technician (grade 16) from 40 hours
per week to 32 hours per week. (Position is reimbursed at 105%
from SW Mental Health Consortium).
D. Discuss hours for Child Support Officers.
Recommendation: Increase hours for part-time Child Support
Officer (grade 17) from 20 to 28 hours per week and hire parttime Child Support Officer at 20 hours per week. These hours
are to replace the hours vacated by the resignation of a 40 hour
per week Child Support Officer. This will result in reduction of
12 hours per week.
E. Discuss Social Worker vacancy.
Recommendation: Hire full-time Social Worker, Chemical
Dependency Rule 25 Assessor, (grade 22) to fill vacancy due to
resignation.
F. Discuss HHW Tech vacancy.
Recommendation: Hire full-time Household Hazardous Waste
Technician (grade 17) due to promotion of Household Hazardous
Waste Technician to Household Hazardous Waste Lead (grade
20).
Please note that the Committee Chairperson has responsibility to invite staff
not copied on this Agenda and expected to attend the meeting.
CC:
All Commissioners
All Department Heads
Mary Jo Wieseler
Pat Melvin
Pricing Proposal
Quotation #: 12456593
Created On: 10/31/2016
Valid Until: 11/30/2016
MN MCLEOD COUNTY
Account Executive
Vincent Traver
Greg Rohleder
830 11th Street East, Suite 111
Glencoe, MN 55336
UNITED STATES
Phone: 320-864-1204
Fax: 320-864-3410
Email: [email protected]
MN State Contract #436392
Phone: (888) 455-0510
Fax: (651) 455-0977
Email: [email protected]
All Prices are in US Dollar (USD)
Product
Qty
Your Price
Total
1 CoreCAL ALNG SA MVL UsrCAL
Microsoft - Part#: W06-00446
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
332
$45.00
$14,940.00
2 ExchgEntCAL ALNG SA MVL UsrCAL wSrvcs
Microsoft - Part#: PGI-00270
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
332
$23.00
$7,636.00
3 ExchgSvrEnt ALNG SA MVL
Microsoft - Part#: 395-02504
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
1
$661.00
$661.00
4 ExchgSvrStd ALNG SA MVL
Microsoft - Part#: 312-02257
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
1
$116.00
$116.00
5 SharePointSvr ALNG SA MVL
Microsoft - Part#: H04-00268
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
1
$1,109.00
$1,109.00
6 SQLSvrEntCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic
Microsoft - Part#: 7JQ-00343
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
4
$2,243.00
$8,972.00
7 SQLSvrStdCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic
Microsoft - Part#: 7NQ-00292
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
4
$585.00
$2,340.00
70
$22.00
$1,540.00
8 WinRmtDsktpSrvcsCAL ALNG SA MVL UsrCAL
Microsoft - Part#: 6VC-01254
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
9 WinSvrDCCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic
Microsoft - Part#: 9EA-00278
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
56
$126.00
$7,056.00
10 WinSvrSTDCore ALNG SA MVL 2Lic CoreLic
Microsoft - Part#: 9EM-00270
Coverage Term: 12/1/2016 – 11/30/2017
Note: Annual Payment
48
$18.00
$864.00
Total
$45,234.00
Additional Comments
*Please email all quote requests to [email protected]*
*Please email all order requests to [email protected] OR fax 732-564-8280*
The Products offered under this proposal are subject to the SHI Return Policy posted at www.shi.com/returnpolicy, unless there is
an existing agreement between SHI and the Customer.
Enterprise Enrollment
Enterprise Enrollment number
(Microsoft to complete)
Previous Enrollment number
(Reseller to complete)
86213446
State and Local
Framework ID
(if applicable)
7468728
This Enrollment must be attached to a signature form to be valid.
This Microsoft Enterprise Enrollment is entered into between the entities as identified in the signature
form as of the effective date. Enrolled Affiliate represents and warrants it is the same Customer, or an
Affiliate of the Customer, that entered into the Enterprise Agreement identified on the program signature
form.
This Enrollment consists of: (1) these terms and conditions, (2) the terms of the Enterprise Agreement
identified on the signature form, (3) the Product Selection Form, (4) the Product Terms, (5) the Online
Services Terms, (6) any Supplemental Contact Information Form, Previous Agreement/Enrollment form,
and other forms that may be required, and (7) any order submitted under this Enrollment. This Enrollment
may only be entered into under a 2011 or later Enterprise Agreement. By entering into this Enrollment,
Enrolled Affiliate agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions of the Enterprise Agreement.
All terms used but not defined are located at http://www.microsoft.com/licensing/contracts. In the event of
any conflict the terms of this Agreement control.
Effective date. If Enrolled Affiliate is renewing Software Assurance or Subscription Licenses from one or
more previous Enrollments or agreements, then the effective date will be the day after the first prior
Enrollment or agreement expires or terminates. If this Enrollment is renewed, the effective date of the
renewal term will be the day after the Expiration Date of the initial term. Otherwise, the effective date will
be the date this Enrollment is accepted by Microsoft. Any reference to “anniversary date” refers to the
anniversary of the effective date of the applicable initial or renewal term for each year this Enrollment is in
effect.
Term. The initial term of this Enrollment will expire on the last day of the month, 36 full calendar months
from the effective date of the initial term. The renewal term will expire 36 full calendar months after the
effective date of the renewal term.
Terms and Conditions
1.
Definitions.
Terms used but not defined in this Enrollment will have the definition in the Enterprise Agreement. The
following definitions are used in this Enrollment:
“Additional Product” means any Product identified as such in the Product Terms and chosen by Enrolled
Affiliate under this Enrollment.
“Community” means the community consisting of one or more of the following: (1) a Government, (2) an
Enrolled Affiliate using eligible Government Community Cloud Services to provide solutions to a
Government or a qualified member of the Community, or (3) a Customer with Customer Data that is
subject to Government regulations for which Customer determines and Microsoft agrees that the use of
Government Community Cloud Services is appropriate to meet Customer’s regulatory requirements.
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 1 of 10
Document X20-10634
Membership in the Community is ultimately at Microsoft’s discretion, which may vary by Government
Community Cloud Service.
“Enterprise Online Service” means any Online Service designated as an Enterprise Online Service in the
Product Terms and chosen by Enrolled Affiliate under this Enrollment. Enterprise Online Services are
treated as Online Services, except as noted.
“Enterprise Product” means any Desktop Platform Product that Microsoft designates as an Enterprise
Product in the Product Terms and chosen by Enrolled Affiliate under this Enrollment. Enterprise Products
must be licensed for all Qualified Devices and Qualified Users on an Enterprise-wide basis under this
program.
“Expiration Date” means the date upon which the Enrollment expires.
“Federal Agency” means a bureau, office, agency, department or other entity of the United States
Government.
“Government” means a Federal Agency, State/Local Entity, or Tribal Entity acting in its governmental
capacity.
“Government Community Cloud Services” means Microsoft Online Services that are provisioned in
Microsoft’s multi-tenant data centers for exclusive use by or for the Community and offered in accordance
with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Special Publication 800-145. Microsoft
Online Services that are Government Community Cloud Services are designated as such in the Use
Rights and Product Terms.
“Industry Device” (also known as line of business device) means any device that: (1) is not useable in its
deployed configuration as a general purpose personal computing device (such as a personal computer),
a multi-function server, or a commercially viable substitute for one of these systems; and (2) only employs
an industry or task-specific software program (e.g. a computer-aided design program used by an architect
or a point of sale program) (“Industry Program”). The device may include features and functions derived
from Microsoft software or third-party software. If the device performs desktop functions (such as email,
word processing, spreadsheets, database, network or Internet browsing, or scheduling, or personal
finance), then the desktop functions: (1) may only be used for the purpose of supporting the Industry
Program functionality; and (2) must be technically integrated with the Industry Program or employ
technically enforced policies or architecture to operate only when used with the Industry Program
functionality.
“Managed Device” means any device on which any Affiliate in the Enterprise directly or indirectly controls
one or more operating system environments. Examples of Managed Devices can be found in the Product
Terms.
“Qualified Device” means any device that is used by or for the benefit of Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise and
is: (1) a personal desktop computer, portable computer, workstation, or similar device capable of running
Windows Pro locally (in a physical or virtual operating system environment), or (2) a device used to
access a virtual desktop infrastructure (“VDI”). Qualified Devices do not include any device that is: (1)
designated as a server and not used as a personal computer, (2) an Industry Device, or (3) not a
Managed Device. At its option, the Enrolled Affiliate may designate any device excluded above (e.g.,
Industry Device) that is used by or for the benefit of the Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise as a Qualified
Device for all or a subset of Enterprise Products or Online Services the Enrolled Affiliate has selected.
“Qualified User” means a person (e.g., employee, consultant, contingent staff) who: (1) is a user of a
Qualified Device, or (2) accesses any server software requiring an Enterprise Product Client Access
License or any Enterprise Online Service. It does not include a person who accesses server software or
an Online Service solely under a License identified in the Qualified User exemptions in the Product
Terms.
“Reseller” means an entity authorized by Microsoft to resell Licenses under this program and engaged by
an Enrolled Affiliate to provide pre- and post-transaction assistance related to this agreement;
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 2 of 10
Document X20-10634
“Reserved License” means for an Online Service identified as eligible for true-ups in the Product Terms,
the License reserved by Enrolled Affiliate prior to use and for which Microsoft will make the Online Service
available for activation.
"State/Local Entity" means (1) any agency of a state or local government in the United States, or (2) any
United States county, borough, commonwealth, city, municipality, town, township, special purpose district,
or other similar type of governmental instrumentality established by the laws of Customer’s state and
located within Customer’s state’s jurisdiction and geographic boundaries.
“Tribal Entity” means a federally-recognized tribal entity performing tribal governmental functions and
eligible for funding and services from the U.S. Department of Interior by virtue of its status as an Indian
tribe.
“Use Rights” means, with respect to any licensing program, the use rights or terms of service for each
Product and version published for that licensing program at the Volume Licensing Site. The Use Rights
supersede the terms of any end user license agreement (on-screen or otherwise) that accompanies a
Product. The Use Rights for Software are published by Microsoft in the Product Terms. The Use Rights
for Online Services are published in the Online Services Terms.
“Volume Licensing Site” means http://www.microsoft.com/licensing/contracts or a successor site.
2.
Order requirements.
a. Minimum order requirements. Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise must have a minimum of 250
Qualified Users or Qualified Devices. The initial order must include at least 250 Licenses for
Enterprise Products or Enterprise Online Services.
(i) Enterprise commitment. Enrolled Affiliate must order enough Licenses to cover all
Qualified Users or Qualified Devices, depending on the License Type, with one or more
Enterprise Products or a mix of Enterprise Products and the corresponding Enterprise
Online Services (as long as all Qualified Devices not covered by a License are only used
by users covered with a user License).
(ii) Enterprise Online Services only. If no Enterprise Product is ordered, then Enrolled
Affiliate need only maintain at least 250 Subscription Licenses for Enterprise Online
Services.
b. Additional Products. Upon satisfying the minimum order requirements above, Enrolled
Affiliate may order Additional Products.
c. Use Rights for Enterprise Products. For Enterprise Products, if a new Product version has
more restrictive use rights than the version that is current at the start of the applicable initial
or renewal term of the Enrollment, those more restrictive use rights will not apply to Enrolled
Affiliate’s use of that Product during that term.
d. Country of usage. Enrolled Affiliate must specify the countries where Licenses will be used
on its initial order and on any additional orders.
e. Resellers. Enrolled Affiliate must choose and maintain a Reseller authorized in the United
States. Enrolled Affiliate will acquire its Licenses through its chosen Reseller. Orders must be
submitted to the Reseller who will transmit the order to Microsoft. The Reseller and Enrolled
Affiliate determine pricing and payment terms as between them, and Microsoft will invoice the
Reseller based on those terms. Throughout this Agreement the term “price” refers to
reference price. Resellers and other third parties do not have authority to bind or impose any
obligation or liability on Microsoft.
f.
Adding Products.
(i) Adding new Products not previously ordered. New Enterprise Products or Enterprise
Online Services may be added at any time by contacting a Microsoft Account Manager or
Reseller. New Additional Products, other than Online Services, may be used if an order
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 3 of 10
Document X20-10634
is placed in the month the Product is first used. For Additional Products that are Online
Services, an initial order for the Online Service is required prior to use.
(ii) Adding Licenses for previously ordered Products. Additional Licenses for previously
ordered Products other than Online Services may be added at any time but must be
included in the next true-up order. Additional Licenses for Online Services must be
ordered prior to use, unless the Online Services are (1) identified as eligible for true-up in
the Product Terms or (2) included as part of other Licenses.
g. True-up requirements. Enrolled Affiliate must submit an annual true-up order that accounts
for any changes since the initial order or last order. If there are no changes, then an update
statement must be submitted instead of a true-up order.
(i) Enterprise Products. For Enterprise Products, Enrolled Affiliate must determine the
number of Qualified Devices and Qualified Users (if ordering user-based Licenses) at the
time the true-up order is placed and must order additional Licenses for all Qualified
Devices and Qualified Users that are not already covered by existing Licenses, including
any Enterprise Online Services.
(ii) Additional Products. For Additional Products that have been previously ordered under
this Enrollment, Enrolled Affiliate must determine the maximum number of Additional
Products used since the latter of the initial order, the last true-up order, or the prior
anniversary date and submit a true-up order that accounts for any increase.
(iii) Online Services. For Online Services identified as eligible for true-up in the Product
Terms, Enrolled Affiliate may place a reservation order for the additional Licenses prior to
use and payment may be deferred until the next true-up order. Microsoft will provide a
report of Reserved Licenses ordered but not yet invoiced to Enrolled Affiliate and its
Reseller. Reserved Licenses will be invoiced retroactively to the month in which they
were ordered.
(iv) Subscription License reductions. Enrolled Affiliate may reduce the quantity of
Subscription Licenses at the Enrollment anniversary date on a prospective basis if
permitted in the Product Terms, as follows:
1) For Subscription Licenses that are part of an Enterprise-wide purchase, Licenses
may be reduced if the total quantity of Licenses and Software Assurance for an
applicable group meets or exceeds the quantity of Qualified Devices and Qualified
Users (if ordering user-based Licenses) identified on the Product Selection Form, and
includes any additional Qualified Devices and Qualified Users added in any prior
true-up orders. Step-up Licenses do not count towards this total count.
2) For Enterprise Online Services that are not a part of an Enterprise-wide purchase,
Licenses can be reduced as long as the initial order minimum requirements are
maintained.
3) For Additional Products available as Subscription Licenses, Enrolled Affiliate may
reduce the Licenses. If the License count is reduced to zero, then Enrolled Affiliate’s
use of the applicable Subscription License will be cancelled.
Invoices will be adjusted to reflect any reductions in Subscription Licenses at the true-up
order Enrollment anniversary date and effective as of such date.
(v) Update statement. An update statement must be submitted instead of a true-up order if,
since the initial order or last true-up order, Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise: (1) has not
changed the number of Qualified Devices and Qualified Users licensed with Enterprise
Products or Enterprise Online Services; and (2) has not increased its usage of Additional
Products. This update statement must be signed by Enrolled Affiliate’s authorized
representative.
(vi) True-up order period. The true-up order or update statement must be received by
Microsoft between 60 and 30 days prior to each Enrollment anniversary date. The third-
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 4 of 10
Document X20-10634
year true-up order or update statement is due within 30 days prior to the Expiration Date,
and any license reservations within this 30 day period will not be accepted. Enrolled
Affiliate may submit true-up orders more often to account for increases in Product usage,
but an annual true-up order or update statement must still be submitted during the annual
order period.
(vii)Late true-up order. If the true-up order or update statement is not received when due,
Microsoft will invoice Reseller for all Reserved Licenses not previously invoiced and
Subscription License reductions cannot be reported until the following Enrollment
anniversary date (or at Enrollment renewal, as applicable).
h. Step-up Licenses. For Licenses eligible for a step-up under this Enrollment, Enrolled
Affiliate may step-up to a higher edition or suite as follows:
(i) For step-up Licenses included on an initial order, Enrolled Affiliate may order according to
the true-up process.
(ii) If step-up Licenses are not included on an initial order, Enrolled Affiliate may step-up
initially by following the process described in the Section titled “Adding new Products not
previously ordered,” then for additional step-up Licenses, by following the true-up order
process.
3.
i.
Clerical errors. Microsoft may correct clerical errors in this Enrollment, and any documents
submitted with or under this Enrollment, by providing notice by email and a reasonable
opportunity for Enrolled Affiliate to object to the correction. Clerical errors include minor
mistakes, unintentional additions and omissions. This provision does not apply to material
terms, such as the identity, quantity or price of a Product ordered.
j.
Verifying compliance. Microsoft may, in its discretion and at its expense, verify compliance
with this Enrollment as set forth in the Enterprise Agreement.
Pricing.
a. Price Levels. For both the initial and any renewal term Enrolled Affiliate’s Price Level for all
Products ordered under this Enrollment will be Level “D” throughout the term of the
Enrollment.
b. Setting Prices. Enrolled Affiliate’s prices for each Product or Service will be established by
its Reseller. Except for Online Services designated in the Product Terms as being exempt
from fixed pricing, As long as Enrolled Affiliate continues to qualify for the same price level,
Microsoft’s prices for Resellers for each Product or Service ordered will be fixed throughout
the applicable initial or renewal Enrollment term. Microsoft’s prices to Resellers are
reestablished at the beginning of the renewal term.
4.
Payment terms.
For the initial or renewal order, Enrolled Affiliate may pay upfront or elect to spread its payments over the
applicable Enrollment term. If an upfront payment is elected, Microsoft will invoice Enrolled Affiliate’s
Reseller in full upon acceptance of this Enrollment. If spread payments are elected, unless indicated
otherwise, Microsoft will invoice Enrolled Affiliate’s Reseller in three equal annual installments. The first
installment will be invoiced upon Microsoft’s acceptance of this Enrollment and remaining installments will
be invoiced on each subsequent Enrollment anniversary date. Subsequent orders are invoiced upon
acceptance of the order and Enrolled Affiliate may elect to pay annually or upfront for Online Services and
upfront for all other Licenses.
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 5 of 10
Document X20-10634
5.
End of Enrollment term and termination.
a. General. At the Expiration Date, Enrolled Affiliate must immediately order and pay for
Licenses for Products it has used but has not previously submitted an order, except as
otherwise provided in this Enrollment.
b. Renewal option. At the Expiration Date of the initial term, Enrolled Affiliate can renew
Products by renewing this Enrollment for one additional 36-month term or by signing a new
Enrollment. Microsoft must receive a Renewal Form, Product Selection Form, and renewal
order prior to or at the Expiration Date. Microsoft will not unreasonably reject any renewal.
Microsoft may make changes to this program that will make it necessary for Customer and its
Enrolled Affiliates to enter into new agreements and Enrollments at renewal.
c. If Enrolled Affiliate elects not to renew.
(i) Software Assurance. If Enrolled Affiliate elects not to renew Software Assurance for
any Product under its Enrollment, then Enrolled Affiliate will not be permitted to order
Software Assurance later without first acquiring a new License with Software Assurance.
(ii) Online Services eligible for an Extended Term. For Online Services identified as
eligible for an Extended Term in the Product Terms, the following options are available at
the end of the Enrollment initial or renewal term.
1) Extended Term.
Licenses for Online Services will automatically expire in
accordance with the terms of the Enrollment. An extended term feature that allows
Online Services to continue month-to-month (“Extended Term”) for up to one year,
unless designated in the Product Terms to continue until cancelled, is available.
During the Extended Term, Online Services will be invoiced monthly at the thencurrent published price as of the Expiration Date plus a 3% administrative fee. If
Enrolled Affiliate wants an Extended Term, Enrolled Affiliate must submit a request to
Microsoft at least 30 days prior to the Expiration Date.
2) Cancellation during Extended Term. At any time during the first year of the
Extended Term, Enrolled Affiliate may terminate the Extended Term by submitting a
notice of cancellation to Microsoft for each Online Service. Thereafter, either party
may terminate the Extended Term by providing the other with a notice of cancellation
for each Online Service. Cancellation will be effective at the end of the month
following 30 days after Microsoft has received or issued the notice.
(iii) Subscription Licenses and Online Services not eligible for an Extended Term. If
Enrolled Affiliate elects not to renew, the Licenses will be cancelled and will terminate as
of the Expiration Date. Any associated media must be uninstalled and destroyed and
Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise must discontinue use. Microsoft may request written
certification to verify compliance.
d. Termination for cause. Any termination for cause of this Enrollment will be subject to the
“Termination for cause” section of the Agreement. In addition, it shall be a breach of this
Enrollment if Enrolled Affiliate or any Affiliate in the Enterprise that uses Government
Community Cloud Services fails to meet and maintain the conditions of membership in the
definition of Community.
e. Early termination. Any early termination of this Enrollment will be subject to the “Early
Termination” Section of the Enterprise Agreement.
For Subscription Licenses, in the event of a breach by Microsoft, or if Microsoft terminates an
Online Service for regulatory reasons, Microsoft will issue Reseller a credit for any amount
paid in advance for the period after termination.
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 6 of 10
Document X20-10634
6.
Government Community Cloud.
a. Community requirements. If Enrolled Affiliate purchases Government Community Cloud
Services, Enrolled Affiliate certifies that it is a member of the Community and agrees to use
Government Community Cloud Services solely in its capacity as a member of the Community
and, for eligible Government Community Cloud Services, for the benefit of end users that are
members of the Community. Use of Government Community Cloud Services by an entity
that is not a member of the Community or to provide services to non-Community members is
strictly prohibited and could result in termination of Enrolled Affiliate’s license(s) for
Government Community Cloud Services without notice. Enrolled Affiliate acknowledges that
only Community members may use Government Community Cloud Services.
b. All terms and conditions applicable to non-Government Community Cloud Services also
apply to their corresponding Government Community Cloud Services, except as otherwise
noted in the Use Rights, Product Terms, and this Enrollment.
c. Enrolled Affiliate may not deploy or use Government Community Cloud Services and
corresponding non-Government Community Cloud Services in the same domain.
d. Use Rights for Government Community Cloud Services. For Government Community
Cloud Services, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Use Rights:
(i) Government Community Cloud Services will be offered only within the United States.
(ii) Additional European Terms, as set forth in the Use Rights, will not apply.
(iii) References to geographic areas in the Use Rights with respect to the location of
Customer Data at rest, as set forth in the Use Rights, refer only to the United States.
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 7 of 10
Document X20-10634
Enrollment Details
1.
Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise.
a. Identify which Agency Affiliates are included in the Enterprise. (Required) Enrolled Affiliate’s
Enterprise must consist of entire offices, bureaus, agencies, departments or other entities of
Enrolled Affiliate, not partial offices, bureaus, agencies, or departments, or other partial
entities. Check only one box in this section. If no boxes are checked, Microsoft will deem the
Enterprise to include the Enrolled Affiliate only. If more than one box is checked, Microsoft
will deem the Enterprise to include the largest number of Affiliates:
 Enrolled Affiliate only
 Enrolled Affiliate and all Affiliates
 Enrolled Affiliate and the following Affiliate(s) (Only identify specific affiliates to be included
if fewer than all Affiliates are to be included in the Enterprise):
 Enrolled Affiliate and all Affiliates, with following Affiliate(s) excluded:
b. Please indicate whether the Enrolled Affiliate’s Enterprise will include all new Affiliates
acquired after the start of this Enrollment: Exclude future Affiliates
2.
Contact information.
Each party will notify the other in writing if any of the information in the following contact information
page(s) changes. The asterisks (*) indicate required fields. By providing contact information, Enrolled
Affiliate consents to its use for purposes of administering this Enrollment by Microsoft, its Affiliates, and
other parties that help administer this Enrollment. The personal information provided in connection with
this Enrollment will be used and protected in accordance with the privacy statement available at
https://www.microsoft.com/licensing/servicecenter.
a. Primary contact. This contact is the primary contact for the Enrollment from within Enrolled
Affiliate’s Enterprise. This contact is also an Online Administrator for the Volume Licensing
Service Center and may grant online access to others. The primary contact will be the default
contact for all purposes unless separate contacts are identified for specific purposes
Name of entity (must be legal entity name)* McLeod County
Contact name* First Vincent Last Traver
Contact email address* [email protected]
Street address* 830 11th Street East suite 111
City* Glencoe
State/Province* MN
Postal code* 55336-2200(For U.S. addresses, please provide the zip + 4, e.g. xxxxx-xxxx)
Country* United States
Phone* 320-864-1204
Tax ID
* indicates required fields
b. Notices contact and Online Administrator. This contact (1) receives the contractual
notices, (2) is the Online Administrator for the Volume Licensing Service Center and may
grant online access to others, and (3) is authorized to order Reserved Licenses for eligible
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 8 of 10
Document X20-10634
Online Servies, including adding or reassigning Licenses and stepping-up prior to a true-up
order.
 Same as primary contact (default if no information is provided below, even if the box is not
checked).
Contact name* First Vincent Last Traver
Contact email address* [email protected]
Street address* 830 11th Street East suite 111
City* Glencoe
State/Province* MN
Postal code* 55336-2200(For U.S. addresses, please provide the zip + 4, e.g. xxxxx-xxxx)
Country* United States
Phone* 320-864-1204
Language preference. Choose the language for notices. English
 This contact is a third party (not the Enrolled Affiliate). Warning: This contact receives
personally identifiable information of the Customer and its Affiliates.
* indicates required fields
c. Online Services Manager. This contact is authorized to manage the Online Services
ordered under the Enrollment and (for applicable Online Services) to add or reassign
Licenses and step-up prior to a true-up order.
Same as notices contact and Online Administrator (default if no information is provided
below, even if box is not checked)
Contact name*: First Vincent Last Traver
Contact email address* [email protected]
Phone* 320-864-1204
 This contact is from a third party organization (not the entity). Warning: This contact
receives personally identifiable information of the entity.
* indicates required fields
d. Reseller information. Reseller contact for this Enrollment is:
Reseller company name* SHI International Corp.
Street address (PO boxes will not be accepted)* 290 Davidson Ave
City* Somerset
State/Province* NJ
Postal code* 08873
Country* United States
Contact name* Kristin Colin
Phone* 888-764-8888
Contact email address* [email protected]
* indicates required fields
By signing below, the Reseller identified above confirms that all information provided in this
Enrollment is correct.
Signature*
Printed name*
Printed title*
Date*
* indicates required fields
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 9 of 10
Document X20-10634
Changing a Reseller. If Microsoft or the Reseller chooses to discontinue doing business
with each other, Enrolled Affiliate must choose a replacement Reseller. If Enrolled Affiliate or
the Reseller intends to terminate their relationship, the initiating party must notify Microsoft
and the other party using a form provided by Microsoft at least 90 days prior to the date on
which the change is to take effect.
e. If Enrolled Affiliate requires a separate contact for any of the following, attach the
Supplemental Contact Information form. Otherwise, the notices contact and Online
Administrator remains the default.
(i) Additional notices contact
(ii) Software Assurance manager
(iii) Subscriptions manager
(iv) Customer Support Manager (CSM) contact
3.
Financing elections.
Is a purchase under this Enrollment being financed through MS Financing?  Yes,  No.
If a purchase under this Enrollment is financed through MS Financing, and Enrolled Affiliate chooses not
to finance any associated taxes, it must pay these taxes directly to Microsoft.
EA2016EnrGov(US)SLG(ENG)(Nov2016)
Page 10 of 10
Document X20-10634
Previous Enrollment(s)/Agreement(s) Form
Entity Name: McLeod County
Contract that this form is attached to: State Local Government
For the purposes of this form, “entity” can mean the signing entity, Customer, Enrolled Affiliate,
Government Partner, Institution, or other party entering into a volume licensing program
agreement.
Please provide a description of the previous Enrollment(s), Agreement(s), Purchasing Account(s),
and/or Affiliate Registration(s) being renewed or consolidated into the new contract identified above.
a. Entity may select below any previous contract(s) from which to transfer MSDN
subscribers to this new contract. Entity shall ensure that each MSDN subscriber
transferred is either properly licensed under the new contract or is removed.
b. Entity may select below only one previous contract from which to transfer the Software
Assurance (SA) Benefit contact details, i.e., benefits contact (not the SA manager) and
the program codes, to this new contract.
c. An Open License cannot be used to transfer either the SA Benefit details or MSDN
subscribers.
d. The date of the earliest expiring Enrollment/Agreement that contains SA or Online
Services will be the effective date of the new contract (or SA coverage period for Select
Plus).
e. Please insert the number of the earliest expiring Enrollment/Agreement with SA or Online
Services in the appropriate fields of the new contract.
Enrollment/Agreement/
Purchasing Account/Affiliate
Registration Description
Standard Enrollment
PrevEnrAgrForm(WW)(ENG)(Apr2016)
Enrollment/Agreement/
Purchasing Account/Affiliate
Registration Public Customer
Number
7468728
Transfer
SA Benefit
Contact
Transfer
MSDN
Subscribers
X
X
Page 1 of 1
Program Signature Form
MBA/MBSA number
Agreement number
01E73816
Note: Enter the applicable active numbers associated with the documents below.
requires the associated active number be indicated here, or listed below as new.
Microsoft
For the purposes of this form, “Customer” can mean the signing entity, Enrolled Affiliate,
Government Partner, Institution, or other party entering into a volume licensing program
agreement.
This signature form and all contract documents identified in the table below are entered into between
the Customer and the Microsoft Affiliate signing, as of the effective date identified below.
Contract Document
Number or Code
Enterprise Enrollment (Indirect)
Product Selection Form
X20-10634
0541699.005_PSF
By signing below, Customer and the Microsoft Affiliate agree that both parties (1) have received, read
and understand the above contract documents, including any websites or documents incorporated by
reference and any amendments and (2) agree to be bound by the terms of all such documents.
Customer
Name of Entity (must be legal entity name)* McLeod County
Signature*
Printed First and Last Name*
Printed Title
Signature Date*
Tax ID
* indicates required field
Microsoft Affiliate
Microsoft Corporation
Signature
Printed First and Last Name
Printed Title
Signature Date
(date Microsoft Affiliate countersigns)
Agreement Effective Date
(may be different than Microsoft’s signature date)
ProgramSignForm(MSSign)(NA,LatAm)ExBRA,MLI(ENG)(Aug2014)
Page 1 of 2
Optional 2
nd
Customer signature or Outsourcer signature (if applicable)
Customer
Name of Entity (must be legal entity name)*
Signature*
Printed First and Last Name*
Printed Title
Signature Date*
* indicates required field
Outsourcer
Name of Entity (must be legal entity name)*
Signature*
Printed First and Last Name*
Printed Title
Signature Date*
* indicates required field
If Customer requires physical media, additional contacts, or is reporting multiple previous Enrollments,
include the appropriate form(s) with this signature form.
After this signature form is signed by the Customer, send it and the Contract Documents to
Customer’s channel partner or Microsoft account manager, who must submit them to the following
address. When the signature form is fully executed by Microsoft, Customer will receive a confirmation
copy.
Microsoft Corporation
Dept. 551, Volume Licensing
6100 Neil Road, Suite 210
Reno, Nevada 89511-1137
USA
ProgramSignForm(MSSign)(NA,LatAm)ExBRA,MLI(ENG)(Aug2014)
Page 2 of 2
STATE OF MINNESOTA COUNTY OF McLeod
CONTRACT
McLeod County Security and Surveillance System
nd
This agreement, made this
November 22 , 2016
, between the County of McLeod in the State of Minnesota,
party of the first part, hereinafter called the County, and, UHL Company, 9065 Zachary Ln N, Maple Grove, MN
55369, party of the second part, hereinafter called the Contractor. Witnesseth, that the contractor, for and in
consideration of the payment or payments herein specified and by the County to be made, hereby covenants and
agrees to furnish all materials (except such as is specified to be furnished by the County), all necessary tools and
equipment and to do and perform all the work and labor in the completion of the McLeod County Security and
Surveillance System, as shown on approved plans and stipulated in the RFP Document provided by the
County for the price and compensation set forth and specified in the proposal of $172,369.00 for Option1, signed by
the Contractor and hereto attached and hereby made a part of this agreement, said work to be done and performed in
accordance with the Plans, Specifications, and Special Provision therefore on file in the office of the County
Auditor of said County, which Plans, Specifications, and Special Provision are hereby made a part of this
agreement.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, This said County has caused these presents to be executed and the contractor
has hereunto subscribed their name.
Dated at Glencoe, this 22nd day of November, 2016
___________________ Date
County of McLeod
By ______________________________________
Chairman County Board, and
County Administrator
President or Vice President
Secretary or Treasurer
Contractor
Approved as to form and execution this _______________ day of _________________ , ___________ .
County Attorney
COMPANY
www.uhlcompany.com
763 • 425 • 7226
The UHL Company Presents ...
McLeod County
Security/Surveillance
System
RFP Response
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
C
B
C
B
C
B
HDWR
#16
C
B
C
C
B
IT Access/UPS
IT Access
HDWR #33
C
Existing DVRs
B
HDWR #32
C
Existing Access
Control Panels
C
HDWR #35
C
B
B
B
C
B
HDWR #31
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
HDWR #11
C
B
C
B
Blue Devices are Existing
Green Devices are “NEW”
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
HDWR
#34
C
B
C
180
IT Closet
C
B
C
C
180
C
B
C
B
180
IT Data
Center
C
B
C
B
HDWR
# 16
C
B
C
C
B
HDWR #7
C
B
HDWR #8
C C
B B
HDWR
#31 (x2)
HDWR #2
C
B
HDWR #3
C
B
C
B
C
180
90
C
B
C
C
B
90
C
C
B
180
C
C
B
HDWR
#16
C
B
• •
C
B
,
~ ~~ Lr-..°!
I
I
I
-
-
-[]
C
270
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
B
C
IT Rack
C
B
C
B
C
C
B
C
180
Blue Devices are Existing
Green Devices are “NEW”
C
B
180
C
B
C
B
C
C
B
C
C
IT Rack
C
B
C
B
Blue Devices are Existing
Green Devices are “NEW”
ANNEX
C
B
C
360
C
B
IT
Rack
C
B
C
B
C
B
180
C
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
270
C
270
C
B
C
180 degree pole-mounted
camera
C
B
C
B
C
B
360
C
B
C
C
B
C
B
C
B
C21
C
C
C
C22
C15
C8
C
C2
C
C9 C
C
B
C
B
C
C
C
B
C14
C10
H7
C
B
C
2'-3"
C
C
C13
C
B
C7
C
C
B
Up
H6
C
B
C
B
C
C
C1
Up
H9
H5
C
IT Rack on Upper Level
Up
H4
C
H3
C
C
B
C
C
B
C
B
C3
8'-9"
C
C
B
C11
H2
3'-0"
C
C
C
B
C20
Up
C
B
C
B
H1
C
C4
C12
4'-4 1/2"
C
C
C
B
C5
C
10'-0"
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C6
C18
C
C
C17
C
C19
C
Up
C
B
C
B
IT Rack Access
C
B
Down
C
B
FAIRGROUNDS
C
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
B
C
C
C BC
B C
B
C
C
B
C
B
UHL
LOMFANI
www. unlc ompony.co m
763 425 · 7226
Thursday, September 29, 2016
9065 ZACHARY LANE N
MAPLE GROVE, MN 55369
UHL is pleased to provide you a fu lly int egrated system consisting of industry leading S2 Access
Control and Panasonic Videoln sight Video Management. The proposed systems have many
f eatures that greatly lower th e cost of ownership while providing t he best of the best f eature
set s. These products have proven themselves to be the go to industry st and ard for municipal
applications due to their unique architecture such as browser based control with zero client
licenses as wel l as lifetime camera licenses and no cost android and iOS applications. The
proposed syst ems have proven themselves to be the most stable products on t he market with
an architecture that allows for continued growth of the system for years to come. All w ith the
lowest cost of ownership available today.
Our company has been selling and installing these systems for over 10 years and we have been
in business sin ce 1917. We specialize in multi-site munici pal installations and provide value add
services that our com petitors simple can not.
We also have a large number of employees that reside in or around t he McLeod area that can
be utilized for service and installation needs
UHL has ext ensive background in all aspects of the proposed inst allation; our tech nicians carry
all t he necessa ry certifications. We provide our services to many municipalities and have
developed many long lasting working relationships based on our expertise and ability to meet
construction schedules.
Base Bid Total
$172,369.00
Add/Alt Option 1
$21,316.00
Prepared and Provided By:
#!~
Jeff Eichenberger
About the UHL Company:
Our Mission Statement: To provide top quality products and services to our customers and create a
workplace environment that promotes career growth and technical excellence..
Company History: Founded in 1917 By Ed and Bill Uhl representing Vulcan Radiation. Entered Temperature
Control Business in 1954 with Barber-Colman Product Line. Today we are Proudly a Schneider Electric
Strategic Partner with offices in Maple Grove MN, Duluth MN, Rochester MN, Bismarck ND, & Mohawk MI.
UHL Security/FIRE Division: Security Division initially formed in 2000 to bring the thought of complete
building automation to reality. Over the last 15 years we have made significant growth in all areas of low
voltage including the addition of Voice/Data Services for our customers. We pride ourselves on our
extensive design and installation abilities on our track record of providing the most state of the art stable
systems available today. We have also experienced extensive growth of our Fire Division with the addition
of a NICET certified master electrician who brings 15 years of experience in fire alarm design. UHL Company is
also fully UL Certified to satisfy your Fire Alarm installation, testing/service, & monitoring needs.
Security/FIRE Division References:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Gaviidae Commons
Southdale Shopping Center
Rosedale Shopping Center
City of Eagan, MN
City of St. Louis Park, MN
Enbridge, Duluth/Superior
City of Hermantown
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
City of Woodbury, MN
Fairview Ridges
Central Lakes College
So. Washington County Schools
St. Cloud Area Schools
Erik’s Bike Shops
US Bank
Security Division Access Control Product Lines:
Security Division CCTV Product Lines:
Security Division Intrusion Monitoring Product Lines:
FIRE Division Product Line:
Summary/Overview:
Install and implement a complete county wide integrated IP Based Access Control and IP Based Video
Surveillance System with industry leading products consisting of S2 IP Access Control and Panasonic
VideoInsight Video Management (VI). Our material list is based on the RFP we received as well as our
time spent walking through the faculties during the design phase of this project beginning last year. We
have also had the pleasure of being your access control vendor for the Solid Waste Facility and
Fairgrounds for many years where we provided very cost effective solutions. We understand the
necessity of providing rock solid stable low cost of ownership solutions. We fully understand the scope
and intention of this countywide project.
The proposed systems are fully Virtual Machine compatible and offer industry leading features such as
web browser based control which provides zero cost for client connections. These systems have proven
to be very stable and offer a very low cost of ownership while being full featured in fact both platforms
software interfaces are the same enterprise level package not matter if you have a small system or a
large distributed architecture system. This means they are NOT tier solutions where once you get to a
certain quantity of doors or cameras you must move to a new software package. With our proposed
systems you will have the ability to grow your system without concern of needing to replace the control
systems. The combination of S2 and VI have become the industry standard for municipal installations
and allow for unlimited remote locations and with a very easy to use interface that can be configured to
allow for any level of access to an at the site user all the way to system wide access for administrators.
The proposed Panasonic VideoInsight VMS includes LIFETIME cameras license’s that are FREE with
purchase of all new Panasonic/i-Pro and Panasonic/Advidia brand cameras, But lifetime licenses are also
available for any other brand/model of camera. This offers massive annual cost savings as most VMS
manufactures require an annual per camera fee. Panasonic VideoInsight includes lifetime software
upgrades at no additional charge to you.
The proposed S2 Access Control system includes the first year of Software Upgrade and Support
Program (SUSP) we have included costs for 3 and 5 year extensions. This is an optional program UNLIKE
many other products on the market that are MANDATORY. This gives you the option to decide if you
want to upgrade or not without losing any system functionality which happens on system with
mandatory upgrades. The S2 system upgrades have the added benefit of being very easy to deploy. In
fact the process only takes minutes to complete and automatically updates all controllers on the system
no matter where they are located though any speed of network connection. The system also fully
backups up itself meaning if a catastrophic failure occurred the backup is easily loaded onto new
hardware and you are and running in a very short period of time.
We are confident the systems we have proposed and the staff we employ will meet and exceed the
design criteria provided in your RFP. We have many long term ongoing relationships providing systems
on this scale.
We also have a large presence of employees that live in or around the county that we can utilize for your
installation and service needs today and into the future. In fact one of our owners Tim Jilek is a lifetime
resident of the area and his family still operates a family farm.
UHL is well rooted in the community; here is a short list of the many employees that are an active part in
the McLeod County area:
Electricians:
Mike Victorian
Cory Albers
Jeff Deyonge
Rory Hench
Ryan Dalman
Mark Lubrant
Technicians:
Brian Chistianson
Bob Vasko
Randell Wilson
Darrin Nubarth
Sales:
Retired:
Chris Jilek
Jake Lehman
Randy Halvka
Dirk Lehman
~;lAIA Document A310™ -2010
Bond No. UB001391
Bid Bond
CONTRACTOR:
·\lame. legal stnft1.1· and address)
Uhl Company, Inc.
9065 Zachary Lane North
SURETY:
(Name, legal swtus and pl'i11cipa/ place of
bus/11(:ss)
Maple Grove, MN 55369
United Fire & Casualty Company
P.O. Box 73909
11 8 • 2nd Ave SE (Zip 52401)
Cedar Rapids, IA 52407
OWNER:
(Name. lcgal .1·t<J111s and addresJ)
This document has Important legal
consequences. Consultat ion with
an attorney Is encouraged wilh
respect to Its completion or
modification.
Any singular reference to
Contractor, Surety, Owner or
other party shall be considered
plural where applicable.
McLeod County
BOND AMOUNT: Five Percent of the Bid Amount (5% of Bid Amount)
PROJECT: Mcl eod County Security/Surveillance System
(Name, location or address, and Project 1111111bcr. (/ any)
The Co ntrnclor and Suroly nre bound to the Owner in the omounl set forth above, for the payment of which the Contractor
nnd Surely bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns,jointly nnd severally, as provided
herein. The conditions of this Bond urc such thnt if the Owner accepts the bid of the Conlractor within the time specified in
lhc bid documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, nnd the Contractor either
(I) enters into a contract with the Owner In nccordance wi th th e terms of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be
specified in the bidding or Contract Documents, with u surety admitted in tho jurisdiction of the Project and Olherwise
acceptable to the Owner, for the faithful performance or such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor nnd muterial
furnished in the prosec ution thereof: or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between
the amount specified in said bid nnd such larger amount fo r which the Owner may in good foith contrnct with another party to
perform the work covered by said bid, then this obligntion shall be null and vo id, otherwise to remain in full force and effect.
The Surety hereby waives any notice or an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the
Owner may nccept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the
nggrcgntc beyond the time fo r oeceptancc of bids spcci lied in the bid documents, and the Owner und Contractor shall obtain
the Surety's consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days.
If this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontrac tor's bid to a Contractor, the term Contrnctor in this Bond shall be
deemed to be Subeontrnctor and the term Owner shnll be deemed to be Contractor.
When thi s Bond has been furnished to comply with II statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any
provision in this Bond eonnicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted hcrcfrom and provisions
conforming 10 such statutory or other legal requ irement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent
is that this Bond shnll be constrncd as a Slllllltory bond nnd nol as u common law bond.
Signed and scnled this 28th day of September, 2016
~
·\1\9)
~
l lQa_;eld
~~
(Witness)
{Seal)
(Seal)
CAUnON: You shoultl sir1n 0 11 o rl9l11ol AIi\ Co11trnc:t Oocun11.; ril", 011 w hich
ch .ingc~ wlll not Ile obscuroct.
lnlt
AXA Document AJlO'M- 2010. Copyright «)1963, 1970 and 2010 by 1'he l\mcrlcan Institute of l\rchltcclS. All rights roscrvcd. WARNIN G: If,,! /\IA''
o,,curn1~nt 1~ pr o1c1c:l1!d 1>1 US. C<Jpyrl\1111 l.1\\'J <1nd lnh.. 11\1\, 11,,1 T1ttJll\."'i J11,lulh,Hl!cd ,cp1och1r,tlo111Jr dl~l rli:>utlo111J t 1hl: ldA• i10, 11Utt!r'II , o r
.uw ~H>1t1()n ~H 1t, mJy re~ull In t1~v1:1~ l"l\ 11 un(J cr1m11,,:1 1:r11;11tlc• , ·1111.1 'ii •I ll~ p r~:icf.UtNJ to tlH! mi,vir1111n, ..!"tt:nl pv',ill>W undo1 tl\r fAV;
Purchnscrs are permitted lo reproduce ten (10) copies or this docornent whon con1plctcd. ,.o report copyright violations or /\IA Contract Oocurncnts, e·mall
The American lnstilute or llrchitccls' legal counsel, [email protected]
O'lrn~
UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, CEDAR RAPIDS, IA
Inquiries: Surety Department
UNITED FlRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, WEBSTER, TX
118 Second A,•c SE
FINANCIAL PACrFIC ~SURANCE COMPANY, ROCKLfN, CA
CERTIFIED COPY OF POWER OF AITORNEY
Cedar Rnpids, IA 52401
(original on file at Home Office of Company - See Certificalion)
KI\OW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, Thot UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, n corporation duly organized and existing under
the laws of the Slate of[own; UNITED FIRE & INDEt-lfNITY COMPANY, n corporation du ly organized and existing under the laws of the State of
Texas· and FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY, a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the State of Califomi.1
(herei;, collectively called che Companies), nnd having their col'J)orate headquarters in Cedar RaRids, State of Iowa, docs make, constitute and appoint
ulOll
THOMAS G. KEMP, OR THOMAS M. LAHL, OR ZACHARY PATE, OR TROY STAPLES, ALL INDIVIDUALLY of HUDSON WI
their tnie and lawJ\11 Allomcy(s)-in-Fact with power and authority hereby conferred to sign, seal and execu1e in its behalf all lnwful bonds, undertakings
and 01hcr obligatory instruments of similar nature provided that no ~ingle obligation shall exceed $50,000,000. oo
and to bind 1he Companies 1hcreby 11s fully and lo the same extent as if such instnunents were signed by the duly aU1hori2ed officers of !he Companies
and all of the acts of said Attorney, pursuant to lhc authority hereby given and hereby ratified and conlim1ed.
The Authority hereby granted is continuous and shall remain in full force and effect until revoked by UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY,
UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, AND FINANCIAL PACIFIC INSURANCE COMPANY.
Tltis Power of Attorney is mnde and executed pursuant to and by a111hority of the following bylaw duly adopted on May 15, 2013, by the Doards of
Direc1ors of UNITED FIR£ & CASUALTY COMPANY, UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, aml FINANCIAL PACU:IC INSURANCE
COMPANY.
" Article VI - Surety Bonds nnd U11dcrtakings"
Sec1ion 2, Appointment of Allomcy-in-Fncl. "The President or nny Vice President, or any other officer of lhe Companies may, from time to
1ime, appoint by written certificates nnomeys-in-fact 10 eel in behalf of the Companies in the execution of policies of insurnnce, bonds,
undertakings and olher obligatory inslntments of like nature. The signature of any officer authorized hereby, and the Corporate seal, may be
affixed by facsimile to any power of attorney or special pow1:r of attorney or certification of either authorized hereby; such signature and seal,
when so used, being adopted by the Companies as the original signature of such officer and the original seal of the Companies, to be valid ond
binding upon the Companies wilh the same force nnd efTecr as though manually affixed. Such auomeys-in-fact, subject to the limitations set
forlh in their respective certificates of alllhority shall have full power to bind the Compatlies by their signature nnd execution of any such
instrumenls and 10 attach the seal of the Companies thereto. The President or any Vice President, the Boord ofDireclors or any other officer of
the Companies may at any time revoke all power and authority previously given to any altomey-in-fact.
,,,~~'
!1i:~~'''
...-.
.,.
~
~
~~~'
~:~
~I:; conrtlRATF \ \~
-• -•- ~=
~/
SI.AL
.. ~ ,
..
i
~ .:-
,,,,;-i~b.,,,o•'l~
,, ,,...
,,,,,11"''\
,,,•"'~·~:11,,,,,,
"1v
,,,,,111111:s'"'""'
IN• WITNESS
WHEREOF,
the COMPANIES have
these presents to be signed by its
•
•
flieach caused
'
vice president nnd 11s corporate seallo be hereto a ixed 1lus 24th day of October, 2014
lp conroRATr\1: f~~r,O
~~\
UNITEDPIRE&CASUALTYCOMPANY
gi: - • - ,e 1 :s1 11JLv2, 10 5
,~"' St:AL Ii ~\ ~ ,ue ·~ ,lij
UNITEDFIRE&INDEMNITYCOMPANY
t1
1-,.,J~...
.~·~,,.f
,,_":r'
·
·,
1
li,nv,.f,.,·
'
'r1t
FINANCIAL
PAClFIC INSURANCE COMPANY
,,,, • , . I' \\,....
,,
•,,.;,'•• •
~,..,.._,
,f°'.,,•
1 :,&.
~~'~\ti1, '1R]~;,
' ' \ /\c.~'.,·'i,po'ii/!1{(,\
~u ,~\
''"111111~\,,
,,,,,,
~
. ,,,...
.
'"'""""''""
By:
n~~ /l. /J, ()
~
'tr ' ~ President
On 24th day of October, 20 14, before me personally came Dennis J. Richmann
lo me known, who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that h..: resides in Cedar Rapids, State of Iowa; tho! he is n Vice President of UNITED
FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY, n Vice President of UNITED FIRE & INDEMNITY COMPANY, and a Vice President of FINANCIAL PACIPIC
INSURANCE COMPANY the corporations described in and which executed 1he above instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporations; thnt the
seal offixcd to the said instmment is such corporate seal; thal it was so affixed pursuant lo authority given by the Board ofDirec1ors of said corporations
nnd thnt he signed his name thereto pursuant to like authority, and acknowledges same to be 1hc act ond deed of said corporatioc(n
s.
to~:::~·rl~~~:01
Commission number 173041
My commission Expires 0412312018
•
.
t
A
F\
Nolary Public
My commission expires: 04/23/2018
I, David A. Lange, Secretary of UNITED FIRE & CASUALTY COMPANY und Assistan1 Secretary of 1 !TED FlRE & INDENINITY COMPANY,
and Assistunl Secretary of FINANCIAL PACIJllC INSURANCE COMPANY, do hereby certify that I have compared lhe foregoing copy of lhe Power
of A1tomey nnd affiduvlt, nnd the copy of the Scclion of the bylaws nnd resohllions ofsnid Corporntions as set forth in said Power ofAllomey, with 1he
ORIGINALS ON FILE IN THE HOME OFFICE OF SAID CORPORATIONS, and chat the same are correct transcripts thereof, and of the whole of the
said originals, and chat the said Power of Attorney has not been revoked and is now in full force and effect.
In testi.mony whereof I have hereunto subscribed my name and affixed lhe corporate ~eal of the said Corporations
chis Z8tb
day of September
, 20~.
Secretary, UF&C
Assistant Secrclary, UF&l/FPlC
l3POA00·19 0 I I 5
I
I
I
J
Stale oflowa, County of Linn, ss:
11)
• r
[
I
I
I
I
ACORD®
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
~
I
DA TE (MMIDD/YYYY)
9/29/2016
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.
IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s).
CONTACT
NAME:
Nick Hauqan
763-746-8000
~~...A~~cc. [email protected]
PRODUCER
Marsh & McLennan Agency LLC
7225 Northland Dr N #300
Minneapolis MN 55428
;/\~~NrJn
Cv+I•
INSURER A
UHLINCO
;f;~
Mnl•
212-948-9954
INSURER/SI AFFORDING COVERAGE
-·
INSURED
I
NAIC#
:General Casualty Companies
18821
INSURER 8:
Uhl Company Inc
9065 Zachary Lane No.
Maple Grove MN 55369
INSURER C:
INSURER D:
·-
INSURER E:
INSURER F:
CERTIFICATE NUMBER· 1995111167
COVERAGES
REVISION NUMBER·
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS ANO CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
ADDL :suSR
INSR
I POLICY EFF
TYPE OF INSURANCE
LIMITS
LTR
POLICY NUMBER
INSD WVD
MM/DD/YYYYl
A
CCI0350729
5/1/2016
5/1/2017
COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
EACH OCCURRENCE
$1,000,000
UAMA<.::it: TO Kt:N I t:U
OCCUR
~ CLAIMS-MADE
$100,000
PR~~Al<::P:: {Ea occurrence)
--
,~~rJit~~l
X
MED EXP (Any one person)
$10,000
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
$1,000,000
PER:
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$2,000,000
LOC
PRODUCTS • COMP/OP AGG
$2,000,000
$
~
f---
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT
~ POLICY 0
OTHER
A
-
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
X
--··
A
-
ANY AUTO
ALL OWNED
AUTOS
~
HIRED AUTOS
~
X
UMBRELLA LIAS
EXCESS LIAB
SCHEDULED
AUTOS
NON-OWNED
AUTOS
M
CCUD350729
OCCUR
CLAIMS-MADE
(Mandatory in NH)
5/1/2016
5/1/2017
CWC0350729
D
5/1/2017
5/1/2016
Rented Equipment
Installation Floater
EACH OCCURRENCE
$10,000,000
AGGREGATE
$10,000,000
XI PER
STATUTE I
I OTHER
EL. EACH ACCIDENT
N/A
$100,000
E.L. DISEASE EA EMPLOYEE $100,000
If yes, describe under
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below
A
$1,000,000
$
$
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT
(Ea accident)
BODILY INJURY (Per person)
BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $
PROPERTY DAMAGE
$
/Per accident)
$
IX / RETENTION $10,000
DED
A
~
5/1/2017
5/1/2016
CBA0350729
E.L DISEASE· POLICY LIMIT
CCID35D729
5/1/2016
5/1/2017
Rented Equipment
Any Location
$500,000
$75,000
$500,000
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/ LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required)
RE: TCP/IP-based surveillance camera system
McLeod County and the Member are included as Additional Insured as
by written contract or
The Member is ;~~1,,nQn as Additional Insured as
agreement limited to the General
CU
cl':::)!;:;•
required by written contract or agreement
to the Automobile Liability coverage.
V C:CJ..
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
McLeod County
Attn: Scott Grivna
830 11th Street East
Suite 10
Glencoe MN 55336-2200
I
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
i) · .•~
'i
> ,,,·,.}i'
J '· ~
(""·*';
l{,t
~·:(,,
·~··i}il-j'tf,,~,··
-0'! / J
1f
/7/·--·
\...,l
© 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25 (2014/01)
The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD
Sept 28th, 2016
To whom it may concern,
This letter is to verify that Uhl Co. are a certified S2 dealer and have the
ability to sell and support S2 Security systems.
Regards,
Paul Williams - S2 Security
219-688-6722
[email protected]
Sept 28th, 2016
To whom it may concern,
This letter is to certify that S2 will provide software and system support for
a period 5 yrs via the purchase of a valid SUSP contract along with the
hardware and software submitted in the proposal from Uhl Co.
Regards,
Paul Williams - S2 Security
219-688-6722
[email protected]
Jon VanDiver
Region Director, NE
VideoInsight
September 27, 2016
To whom it may concern,
This letter is to verify the completion and validation of certification for UHL Companies
on the Panasonic/VideoInsight platform.
To include all software and hardware components and the integration of such.
This certification allows UHL companies the title of “Authorized Installer and Maintenance
Provider”.
Jon D. VanDiver
800 Gessner, Suite 700 • Houston, TX 77024 • www.videoinsight.com
Jon VanDiver
Region Director, NE
VideoInsight
September 26, 2016
To whom it may concern,
This letter is to serve as the Manufacturer’s Maintenance Guarantee for 5 years warranty
on Advidia brand cameras and lifetime of upgrades/support on the VideoInsight VI Monitor
software platform. 5 year warranty for Dell servers provided thru VideoInsight will include
onsite repair by authorized Dell service center after determination of root cause by
VideoInsight technical support.
Jon D. VanDiver
800 Gessner, Suite 700 • Houston, TX 77024 • www.videoinsight.com
McLeod County
Security/Surveillance System
Addendum A
September 23rd, 2016
Adjustments to sections in the original RFP below are in red.
3.02
Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a
security/surveillance system capable of providing the following:
K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support
250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All
communication should be 128‐bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
encrypted.
3.03
Existing Infrastructure
B. Wide Area Network
1. Glencoe
a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb:
i.
Courthouse & Law Enforcement Center (main data center)
ii. Health & Human Services
iii. North Complex
iv. Annex
2. Hutchinson
a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb:
i.
HATS (secondary data center)
♦ 10Gb Fiber connection and 100Mb failover connection to
Courthouse
ii. Extension Office
iii. Solid Waste
5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ( UPDATED COUNTS AND ADDRESSES FROM MEETING)
5.01
The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination
which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary
constraints.
5.02
McLeod County Court House (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
Management Software for
Access
Management Software for
Cameras
5.03
1 Software program
McLeod County Court Administration (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
5.04
32 new doors with
access readers
10 new IP cameras
1 Software program
4 current doors with
access readers
McLeod County Law Enforcement (801 10th St. E Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current doors with
access readers. 7 new
doors with access
readers
No cameras in the Law
Enforcement building are a
part of this project
5.05
McLeod County North Complex (2391 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN
55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add
6 current doors with
access readers and 6
new doors with access
readers
6 current analog
cameras and 3 new IP
cameras
5.06
McLeod County Annex (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add New Camera
5.07
Add 2 access readers
1 360 degree camera in
main hallway
McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed (2397 Hennepin Ave N
Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
Add 2 access readers
2 camera outside
covering both buildings
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, it’s
negotiable based on cost.
5.08
McLeod County Health and Human Services (1805 Ford Ave N Glencoe,
MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add new
5.09
14 current doors with
access readers and 1
new door with access
reader
2 current analog
cameras and 5 new IP
cameras
McLeod County Solid Waste (1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN 55350)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
and IP Cameras
18 current doors with
access readers on Keri
System. 4 Current
Honeywell readers. Add
2 doors with access
readers.
29 current cameras to
integrate into new
system
5.10
McLeod County Fairgrounds (840 Century Ave SW Hutchinson, MN
55350)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
5.11
3 current doors with
access readers on a
Keri System. Add 6
doors with access
readers.
Add 3 cameras in
Commercial Building
and 1 in Dairy Building
McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop (208 1st Ave S Brownton, MN
55312)
Door Access Readers and
1 access readers for
Applicable Hardware
walk in door
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but
it’s negotiable based on cost.
5.12
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop (19955 Falcon Ave
Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
2 access readers for
walk in doors on each
end of building
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but
it’s negotiable based on cost.
McLeod County
Security/Surveillance System
Addendum B
September 29th, 2016
Adjustments are highlighted below in Red:
IMPORTANT DATES:
RFP Advertised
Thursday, September 1st
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference
Friday, September 16th
Last Day for Questions
Wednesday, September 21st
Last Addendum Issued:
Priday, September 29th
Proposal Due Date
Wednesday, October 5th
Present at Board
Tuesday, October 18th
Project Completion:
Friday, January 2i1\ 2017
SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1)
paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3)
complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and
submitted by Friday, September 30th, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following
address:
One original for time/date stamp,
one (1) paper copy, and one
electronic copy with original.
McLeod County
Attn: Scott Grivna
830 11th Street East
Suite 10
Glencoe, MN 55336-2200
Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod
County.
UHL Company, inc
COMPANY NAME
Page4
McLeod County
Security/Surveillance System
Request for Proposal
August 30th, 2016
McLeod County
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
FOR: County Security/Surveillance System
Scope and Specifications of the Proposal
SCOPE: McLeod County (referenced to as the COUNTY throughout this proposal) would
like to implement a County-wide, pure TCP/IP-based surveillance camera system that is
fully compatible with any existing analog cameras at all county sites. All solutions must
address the needs of both new IP cameras and existing analog cameras to operate within the
same system and consider IP replacements as analog cameras fail. Further, the proposed
system must fully comply and integrate with the existing Cisco based network
infrastructure and systems throughout the COUNTY. We currently have multiple sites
with individual recording devices and would like to create a more centralized solution to
only two locations; The Glencoe Court House and the Highway building in Hutchinson.
The solution will need to address future growth for additional cameras.
Additionally, the COUNTY would like to implement the management application software
and hardware for an IP-based Access Control solution that provides integration and
convergence with the above mentioned camera surveillance system. The Access Control
System should have two primary component areas, door control hardware and the
management application software that can run in a virtual environment. We would also like
to implement a system that can scale as we combine the four separate systems we currently
have into one. It would be a big advantage if the system could utilize Active Directory
groups to manage access. Utilizing components of the current systems can be taken into
consideration.
McLeod County reserves the right to modify the Scope and Specifications as circumstances
require, including but not limited to adding, changing, or deleting proposed locations.
PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY:
UHL Company, inc.
(Company Name)
9065 Zachary Lane North
(Address)
Maple Grove, MN 55369
(State/Zip Code)
Page 2
Jeff Eichenberger
(Typed Name of Person Submitting the Proposal)
763.425.7226
(Phone #)
763.425.7336
(Fax #)
9/30/2016
(Date of Proposal Submission)
Page 3
IMPORTANT DATES:
RFP Advertised
Thursday, September I st
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference
Friday, September 16th
Last Day for Questions
Wednesday, September 21st
Last Addendum Issued:
Friday, September 23rd
Proposal Due Date
Friday, September 30th
Present at Board
Tuesday, October 18th
Project Completion:
Friday, January
2i\ 2017
SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1)
paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF fonnat for a total of three (3)
complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and
submitted by Friday, September 30th, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following
address:
One original for time/date stamp,
one (1) paper copy, and one
electronic copy with original.
McLeod County
Attn: Scott Grivna
830 11th Street East
Suite 10
Glencoe, MN 55336-2200
Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod
County.
UHL Company, inc
COMPANY NAME
Page4
Table of Contents
Page
1
Submittal Requirements and Proposal Format............................................... 6
2
Terms and Conditions .................................................................................. 12
3
Scope of Services ........................................................................................ 19
4
General Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................. 23
5
Base System Requirements ......................................................................... 32
6
Optional Security System Requirements ...................................................... 34
7
Data Network Requirements ........................................................................ 35
8
County Responsibilities ................................................................................ 36
9
Summary RFP Costs.................................................................................... 37
10 Bill of Material and Equipment Specifications............................................... 38
11 Respondent Assumptions ............................................................................ 39
12 Installation Methodology and Drawings ........................................................ 40
13 Acceptance Testing ...................................................................................... 41
14 Software Upgrades and LDAP Interface ...................................................... 42
15 Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support Capabilities, and
References ................................................................................................... 43
16 Project and Maintenance Team ................................................................... 48
17 Exceptions and Clarifications ....................................................................... 49
Page 5
1 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROPOSAL FORMAT
1.01
Respondent agrees not to hold the Owner of the project
responsible for simple typos, minor omissions, misspelling of
words, or other specification inconsistencies, where reasonable
persons, familiar with the type of work specified herein, would
understand the scope as though such conditions did not exist.
1.02
Proposal Clarification Questions: After reviewing all proposals
received in response to this RFP, the County may develop a list of
clarification questions to be addressed by the Respondent. The
County or its agent shall send these questions to the Respondent
for clarification. The Respondent shall provide a response within
three (3) working days following the inquiry.
1.03
Submittal Requirements: Proposals shall be submitted by tab
number as instructed below. The Respondent agrees and shall
comply with all provisions and specifications as stated in this RFP
unless otherwise stated in the Exceptions section of this RFP. Any
additional cost or factors to meet a specification or requirement
must be noted in the Exceptions section. Failure to respond to
these requirements may result in the proposal being considered
non-responsive.
A. Tab 1 – Minimum Criteria
1. Cover letter – with overall price, any special conditions, and
signature
2. A brief profile of the firm, including the following:
a. A brief history of the business
b. Organizational structure of business
3. The overall qualifications of the business to provide the
services requested
B. Tab 2 – Required Documents
1. Proposal Bond (original – with seal – in original Proposal)
2. Proof of required insurance
3. Certifications and/or letter from manufacturer(s) that the firm
is an authorized installer and maintenance provider
4. Five-year maintenance support guarantee from
manufacturer and Respondent
5. Addenda – Any addenda issued subsequent to the release
of this solicitation must be signed and returned with the
firm’s proposal. Failure to return signed addenda may be
cause for the proposal to be considered non-responsive.
C. Tab 3 – Executive Summary/Overview
Page 6
1. Written summary of the understanding of the scope of work
to be performed
2. Technical summary of the system proposed, including
details about any “improvements” over and above the base
request (for example, resiliency/redundancy, system
management, database consolidation, or larger number of
ports)
D. Tab 4 – Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8) (With original
only)
E. Tab 5 – Cost
F. Tab 6 – Bill of Material, Equipment Specifications, and Drawings
G. Tab 7 – Respondent Assumptions
H. Tab 8 – Installation Methodology and Drawings
I. Tab 9 – Acceptance Testing
J. Tab 10 – Software Upgrades and Active Directory Interface
K. Tab 11 – Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support
Capabilities, and References
L. Tab 12 – Project Team and Maintenance Team
Resumes/Certifications
M. Tab 13 – Exceptions and Clarifications
N. Tab 14 – Exhibits
O. Tab 15 – Sales Documents and Brochures
1.04
Exceptions to the RFP: Respondents may find instances where
they must take exception with certain requirements or specifications
of the RFP. All exceptions shall be clearly identified in the
Exceptions section, and written explanations shall include the
scope of the exceptions, the ramifications of the exceptions for the
COUNTY, and a description of the advantage to be gained or
disadvantages to be incurred by the COUNTY as a result of these
exceptions.
1.05
Alternate Proposals: Respondents who wish to submit an
alternate premise-based proposal may do so. If more than one
proposal is submitted, all must be complete and comply with the
instructions set forth in this RFP.
1.06
Respondent Contact/Questions about the RFP:
Page 7
A. Respondent communications shall be limited to contacts defined
herein. Failure to comply with this provision may result in
disqualification or evaluation penalty.
B. It shall be the Respondent’s responsibility to learn all aspects of
the RFP requirements. Should any details necessary for a clear
and comprehensive understanding be omitted or any error
appear in the RFP documents, or should the Respondent note
facts or conditions that in any way conflict with the letter or spirit
of the RFP documents, it shall be the responsibility of the
Respondent to obtain clarifications before submitting a proposal.
C. Questions may be submitted up to Wednesday, September
21st. After that time, no further questions shall be accepted.
Submit questions to: Scott Grivna at
[email protected]
1.07
Addenda: It is incumbent upon each Respondent to carefully
examine all specifications, terms, and conditions contained herein.
Any inquiries, suggestions, or requests concerning interpretation,
clarification, or additional information shall be made in writing,
through the recipient named above. The County shall not be
responsible for any oral representation(s) given by any employee,
representative, or others. The issuance of a written addendum is
the only official method by which interpretation, clarification, or
additional information can be given. No addenda shall be issued
later than five (5) business days prior to the date for receipt of
proposals, except an addendum postponing or withdrawing the
request for proposals. Respondents must acknowledge receipt of
addenda in their proposals.
1.08
Request for Proposal: It is the sole responsibility of the
Respondent to ensure that they have received the entire Request
for Proposal.
1.09
Proposal Bond: A Proposal Bond in the amount of 5% of the
proposal price, payable to McLeod County, is required for this RFP.
The Proposal Bond can be in the form of a bond or cashier’s check.
The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business
in the State of Minnesota and with a rating of "A" or higher as listed
in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating guide. The
bond or cashier’s check shall not expire until the Contract is
awarded and shall guarantee that (1) a Respondent shall not
withdraw its proposal after the closing time and date of this RFP, or
(2) the awarded Respondent shall promptly execute a Contract and
deliver any specifications required by the County prior to start-up of
the Contract. The bond or cashier’s check shall be invoked by the
County to ensure payment of the Respondent of damages incurred
by withdrawal of a proposal, or failure to enter into a Contract after
award. Proposal bonds, without interest, shall be returned upon
Page 8
receipt of appropriate insurance documents and/or a Performance
Bond, where/if applicable. No proposal shall be considered without
a proper form of security.
1.10
Performance Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish
within ten (10) days of notification of award a Performance Bond in
the amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod
County as security for the faithful performance of the Contract. The
bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the
State of Minnesota with a rating of “A” or higher, as listed in the
A.M. Best & Company latest published rating. An attorney in fact
who signs a Performance Bond must file with the bond a certified
copy of his/her power of attorney to assign said bond. The awarded
Respondent, upon failure or refusal to furnish within ten (10) days
of notification the required Performance Bond, shall pay to the
County, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, an
amount in cash equal to the Proposal Bond.
1.11
Payment Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish within
ten (10) days of notification of award a Payment Bond in the
amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod County
as security for payment as required by statute of all persons
supplying labor and material. The bond shall be issued by an
agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota with a
rating of “A” or higher, as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest
published rating. An attorney in fact who signs a Payment Bond
must file with the bond a certified copy of his/her power of attorney
to assign said bond. The awarded Respondent, upon failure or
refusal to furnish within ten (10) days of notification the required
Payment Bond, shall pay to the County, as liquidated damages for
such failure or refusal, an amount in cash equal to the Proposal
Bond.
1.12
Descriptive Material: The County is not responsible for locating or
securing any information that is not identified in the Respondent’s
proposal and reasonably available to the County. To ensure that
sufficient information is available, Respondent must furnish as a
part of the proposal all descriptive material necessary for the
County to (1) determine whether the product offered meets the
requirements of the RFP and (2) establish exactly what the
Respondent proposes to furnish in terms of supplies, materials, and
services.
1.13
Diagrams: Diagrams shall be submitted with the RFP. The
diagrams shall include the proposed system, any construction work
needed, connections to the network, location of equipment, etc.
1.14
Subcontractors: If Respondent’s organization will use
subcontractors, they must be identified under the References tab of
your response.
Page 9
1.15
Request for Additional Information: Prior to the final selection,
Respondents may be required to submit additional information
regarding the Respondent’s qualifications and experience that the
County may deem necessary to further evaluate the proposal’s
qualifications.
1.16
Proposal Award: The RFP consists of a base proposal
configuration that shall be accepted or rejected in its entirety and
proposal options that the County may accept or reject individually
without regard to the listing order of the option, but only as the
County determines is in its best interest.
1.17
Right to Accept/Reject: The County reserves the right to reject
any or all proposals and waive any irregularities. The County also
reserves the right to choose the proposal that is deemed in the best
interest of the County based on any or all criteria, etc. In addition,
the County reserves the right to negotiate any or all items and
terms of proposal.
1.18
After Hours Cost: Some work may have to be done after hours
depending on the intrusion of that work to McLeod County
Employees or Constituents. These costs shall be included in the
total price presented in the RFP response.
1.19
Denial of Reimbursement: The County shall not reimburse
Respondents for any costs associated with the preparation and
submittal of any proposal, or for any travel and/or per diem costs
that are incurred.
1.20
Gratuity Prohibition: Respondents shall not offer any gratuities,
favors, or anything of monetary value to any official, employee, or
agent of McLeod County for the purpose of influencing
consideration of this proposal.
1.21
Right of Withdrawal: A proposal may not be withdrawn before the
expiration ninety (90) days from the proposal due date.
1.22
Rights to Submitted Material:
A. All proposals, responses, inquiries, or correspondence relating to
or in reference to this RFP, and all reports, charts, and other
documentation submitted by Respondents shall become the
property of McLeod County when received.
B. The County reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted
and to use any ideas in a proposal regardless of whether that
proposal is selected. Submission of a proposal indicates
acceptance by the Respondent of the conditions contained in
this Request for Proposal.
1.23
Selection Criteria: Proposals shall be evaluated based on, but not
limited to, the following criteria:
Page 10
A. Cost – The price included in the RFP response shall be the price
evaluated. There SHALL NOT be an opportunity for a BEST
AND FINAL OFFER. Respondent is encouraged to include their
best prices in their initial response. Evaluation shall include upfront costs as well as long-term maintenance protection.
B. Technology – Ability to meet the County’s security configuration
goals, hardware/door/network configuration, feature functionality,
and system management.
C. Respondent/Manufacturer – Financial stability, references,
installation methodology, project and maintenance teams
experience and certifications, and long-term product support.
D. Support – Number of trained technicians, remote and on-site
response time guarantee, dispatch distance, remote monitoring
maintenance capabilities, and adherence to maintenance
requirements.
1.24
Selection Committee: Proposals may be evaluated by a Selection
Committee. The Selection Committee may, at its option, request
any or all Respondents to provide on-site demonstrations of the
proposed system.
1.25
Submittal of Qualifications: Respondents should submit
experience and qualifications as described in the RFP. Additional
information may be submitted as appropriate to further describe
vendor and provide product capabilities.
Page 11
2 TERMS AND CONDITIONS
2.01
Contract: Any award of a contract resulting from this RFP will be
made only by written authorization from McLeod County upon
approval by the McLeod County Board of Commissioners. The
Sample Contract is included in the Exhibits section as 18.01. The
contract between McLeod County and the Contractor shall consist
of (1) the Request for Proposal (RFP) and any amendments thereto
and (2) the proposal submitted by the Contractor in response to the
RFP. In the event of a conflict in language between these two
documents, the provisions and requirements set forth and/or
referenced in the RFP shall govern. The County also reserves the
right to clarify any contractual relationship in writing with the
concurrence of the Contractor, and such written clarification shall
govern in case of conflict with the applicable requirements stated in
the RFP or the Contractor’s proposal. In all other matters not
affected by the written clarifications, if any, the RFP shall govern...
2.02
Termination/Cancellation of Contract: McLeod County may
cancel the contract at any time for breach of contractual obligation,
convenience, or non-appropriation of funds by providing the
Contractor with a written notice of such cancellation. Should the
County exercise its right to cancel the contract for such reasons,
the cancellation shall become effective on the date as specified in
the notice of cancellation sent to the Contractor.
2.03
Compliance with Laws: In connection with the furnishing of
supplies or performance of work under the contract, the Contractor
agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal
Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal and
State laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the
same may be applicable, and further agrees to insert the foregoing
provision in all subcontracts awarded hereunder.
2.04
Incurred Expenses: This RFP does not commit the County to
award a contract, nor shall the County be responsible for any cost
or expense that may be incurred by the Respondent in preparing
and submitting the proposal called for in this RFP, or any cost or
expense incurred by the Respondent prior to the execution of a
contract agreement.
2.05
Indemnification: The Contractor agrees it shall defend, indemnify,
and hold harmless the County, its officers, and its employees
against any and all liability, loss, costs, damages, and expenses,
including attorneys fees that the County, its officers, or its
employees may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay
arising out of the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of the
Contractor's officers or employees
Page 12
2.06
Insurance
A. The Contractor agrees, in order to protect itself and the County
under the indemnity provision set forth above, to at all times
during the term of this contract have and keep in force
insurance policies that meet the following minimum
requirements:
$1,500,000 Each Occurrence
$3,000,000 General Aggregate
$3,000,000 Products and Completed Operations Aggregate
The policy should be written on an occurrence basis, not a
claims-made basis
The Member will be included as Additional Insured
An Excess or Umbrella Liability policy may be used in
conjunction with primary coverage limits to meet the minimum
limit requirements
The Contractor agrees to name the County as an additional
insured on said policy.
B. An automobile liability insurance policy that meets the following
minimum requirements:
$1,500,000 on a Combined Single Limit Basis
Auto coverage should include: Any Auto, including Hired and
Non-owned
The member will be included as Additional Insured
Note: Auto coverage should be waived only when the
contractor’s work under the contract clearly does not involve the
use of a vehicle on the Member’s behalf.
C. Workers Compensation insurance in the statutory amounts.
1. Bodily injury by Accident: $500,000 each accident
2. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 each employee
3. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 policy limit
D. Professional liability should be required for individuals who
perform professional or semi-professional services. Some
examples of professionals who should obtain this type of
coverage include, but are not limited to individuals who are
medical service providers, architects, engineers, attorneys, and
consultants. Minimum limits of liability should be:
Page 13
1. $2,000,000 per Wrongful Act or Occurrence
2. $4,000,000 Annual Aggregate Level 1
E. Certificates of insurance showing the coverage listed above shall
be provided to the County prior to the effective date of this
contract, and the County shall be named as an additional
insured under the liability policy required above.
2.07
Safety: Respondent shall take the necessary precautions and bear
the sole responsibility for the safety of the methods employed in
performing the work. The Respondent shall at all times comply with
the regulations set forth by federal, state, and local laws, rules, and
regulations concerning OSHA and all applicable state labor laws,
regulations, and standards. The Respondent shall indemnify and
hold harmless the County from and against all liabilities, suits,
damages, costs, and expenses (including attorney's fees and court
costs) that may be imposed on the County because of the
Respondent’s, Subcontractor’s, or supplier's failure to comply with
the regulations.
2.08
Ownership of Work Product(s): Any work product, including but
not limited to software programs, documentation, memoranda,
correspondence, and/or files generated by the Contractor in the
course of this work for the County is the sole property of the
County. All work products must be surrendered to the County at the
completion of the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and
maintain all records required by the County to substantiate the
amount and types of services rendered and for other purposes. The
County shall inform the Contractor of the need for and nature of all
such records.
2.09
Warranty of Integrated Security System: In a contract resulting
from this RFP, Contractor shall warrant that during the warranty
period, all hardware, equipment, and licensed software (including
third-party software installed or recommended by Contractor or its
subcontractors) of the integrated security system solution shall
perform at a minimum in all material aspects within the
specifications and functional requirements defined by the Scope of
Service/Work of the RFP. The foregoing representations and
warranties shall be in force as to each version or release of
software, system, components, networks, and equipment.
2.10
Independent Contractor: Nothing contained in this agreement is
intended or should be construed as creating the relationship of
co-partners or joint ventures within the County. The Contractor shall
remain an independent contractor, and all employees of the
Contractor or its subcontractors shall remain the employees of the
Contractor or subcontractor and shall not become the employees of
the County. No tenure or any rights or benefits, including worker’s
compensation, unemployment insurance, medical care, sick leave,
Page 14
vacation leave, severance pay, or other benefits available to
County employees shall accrue to the Contractor or employees of
the Contractor performing services under this agreement.
2.11
Nondiscrimination: All Contractors agree that during the life of the
contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
creed, national origin, sex, marital status, disability, sexual
orientation, age, religion, or status with regard to public assistance,
and shall intend a similar provision in all subcontracts entered into
for the performance thereof. All proposals shall be accompanied by
a signed statement of this fact, with failure to sign reason for
proposal rejection.
2.12
Default and Cancellation:
A. If the Contractor fails to perform any of the provisions of this
Request for Proposal or so fails to administer the work as to
endanger the performance of the contract, this shall constitute
default. Unless the Contractor's default is excused, the County
may, upon written notice, immediately cancel this agreement in
its entirety.
B. Back orders, failure to meet delivery requirements, or failures to
meet specifications in the contract authorizes the ordering entity
to cancel the contract, or any portion of it, purchase elsewhere,
and charge the full increase in cost and administrative handling
to the defaulting Contractor. In the event of default, the County
reserves the right to pursue any other remedy available by law.
A Contractor may be removed from the Contractors list,
suspended, or debarred from receiving a contract for failure to
comply with terms and conditions of the contract or for failure to
pay the County for the cost incurred on the defaulted contract.
2.13
Severability: Every section, provision, or part of this agreement is
declared severable from every other section, provision, or part
thereof, to the extent that if any section, provision, or part of this
agreement shall be held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction,
it shall not invalidate any other section, provision, or part thereof.
2.14
Third-Party Products: Contractor agrees to assign or pass
through to the County or otherwise make available for the benefit of
County, any manufacturer’s or supplier’s warranties applicable to
any third-party software, hardware, or equipment provided by
Contractor or its subcontractors under a contract resulting from this
RFP.
2.15
Title to Software: By submitting a proposal, the Respondent
represents and warrants that it is the sole owner of the software or,
if not the owner, that it has received all legally required
authorizations from the owner to license the software, has the full
Page 15
power to grant the rights required by this solicitation, and that
neither the software nor its use in accordance with the contract
shall violate or infringe upon any patent, copyright, trade secret, or
any other property rights of another person or organization.
2.16
New Material: Unless otherwise provided for in this specification,
the Respondent represents and warrants that the goods, materials,
supplies, or components offered to the County under this RFP
solicitation are new, not used or reconditioned. It represents that
they are not of such age or so deteriorated as to impair their
usefulness or safety and that the goods, materials, supplies, or
components offered are current production models of the
respective manufacturer.
2.17
Ownership of Intellectual Property: All copyright and patent
rights to all papers, reports, forms, materials, creations, or
inventions created or developed in the performance of this contract
shall become the sole property of the County. Upon request, the
Contractor shall promptly provide an acknowledgment or
assignment in a tangible form satisfactory to the County to
evidence the County’s sole ownership of specifically identified
intellectual property created or developed in the performance of the
contract. This excludes ownership of proprietary software belonging
to the vendor, except software developed specifically for the County
for which the County pays.
2.18
Term of Software License: Unless otherwise stated in the
solicitation, the software license(s) identified in the pricing schedule
shall be purchased on a perpetual basis and shall continue in
perpetuity. The County reserves the right to terminate the license at
any time, although the mere expiration or termination of this
contract shall not be construed as intent to terminate the license. All
acquired license(s) shall be for use at any computing facilities, on
any equipment, by any number of users, and for any purposes for
which it is procured. The County further reserves the right to
transfer all rights under the license to another state agency to which
some or all of its functions are transferred.
2.19
Return of Assets: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, or
upon termination of the Contract, the Contractor shall return all
County-owned assets, including but not limited to stored data and
information.
2.20
Excessive Downtime: Equipment or software furnished under the
contract shall be capable of continuous operation. Should any part
of the equipment or software become inoperable for a period of
more than four (4) hours, the Contractor agrees to pro-rate
maintenance charges to account for each full hour of inoperability
beyond four (4) hours. The period of inoperability shall commence
upon initial notification. In the event the equipment or software
remains inoperable for more than three (3) consecutive calendar
Page 16
days, the Contractor shall promptly replace the equipment or
software at no charge upon request of the County. Such
replacement shall be with new, or refurbished product(s) of
comparable quality, and must be installed and operational within
three (3) consecutive calendar days following the request for
replacement.
2.21
Proposal Acceptance/Rejection: The County reserves the right to
accept or reject any or all proposals received as a result of this
RFP, or to negotiate separately with competing respondents, and to
waive any informalities, defects, or irregularities in any proposal, or
to accept the proposal or proposals that, in the judgment of the
proper officials, are in the best interest of the County.
2.22
Firearms: No provider of services pursuant to this Contract,
including but not limited to employees, agents, or subcontractors of
the Contractor, shall carry or possess a firearm on County premises
or while acting on behalf of McLeod County pursuant to the terms
of this agreement. Violation of this provision shall be considered a
substantial breach of the Agreement and is grounds for immediate
suspension or termination of this contract.
2.23
Other Contract Terms:
1. Compliance with Laws/Standards
2. General: The Contractor shall abide by all Federal, State,
and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations
now in effect or hereinafter adopted pertaining to this
Contract or to the facilities, programs, and staff for which the
Contractor is responsible.
3. Licenses and Permits: The Contractor shall procure all
licenses, permits, or other rights necessary for the fulfillment
of its obligation under this Contract. The Contractor
indemnifies, saves, and holds harmless the County and any
agents, commissioners, officers, employees, or volunteer
workers thereof from any and all claims, demands, actions,
or causes of action of whatsoever nature or character arising
out of, allegedly arising from, or related to the execution or
performance of the services of the successful Respondent
provided for herein.
4. Force Majeure: Neither party shall be held responsible for
delay or failure to perform when such delay or failure is due
to any of the following, unless the act or occurrence could
have been foreseen and reasonable action could have been
taken to prevent the delay or failure: fire, flood, epidemic,
strikes, wars, acts of God, unusually severe weather, acts of
public authorities, or delays or defaults caused by public
carriers, provided the defaulting party gives notice as soon
as possible to the other party of the inability to perform.
Page 17
5. Inability to Perform: Contractor shall make every reasonable
effort to maintain staff, facilities, and equipment to deliver the
services to be purchased by the County. The Contractor
shall immediately notify the County in writing whenever it is
unable to provide the agreed upon quality and quantity of
services or reasonably believes it is going to be unable to
provide this level of service. Upon such notification, the
County shall determine whether such inability requires a
modification or cancellation of this Contract.
B. In the event the County terminates the Contract for cause in
whole or in part as provided above, the County may procure,
upon such terms and in such manner as the County may deem
appropriate, services similar to those so terminated, and the
Contractor shall be liable to the County for any excess costs for
such similar goods or services. The Contractor shall continue
the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated
under the provisions for this section.
C. The rights and remedies of the County provided in this section
shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and
remedies provided by law or under this contract.
D. Payment Terms: Payment terms shall be event based and
negotiated with the successful vendor prior to contract signing.
The County shall issue no payment until they have verified the
invoice. The County shall retain at least 10% of all authorized
payments until acceptance of the work is authorized.
E. Software Licensing Agreements: Within the RFP response,
Contractor agrees to provide copies of software licensing
agreements for all proposed software applications and operating
systems.
Page 18
3 SCOPE OF SERVICES
3.01
The COUNTY plans to procure a premise-based County-wide
security system to replace the current four separate door access
systems, as well as a surveillance system to replace a number of
separate systems and anticipates that the entire system shall be
completed by to January, 2017.
3.02
Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a
security/surveillance system capable of providing the following:
A. All cameras and door hardware must be fully compatible with the
COUNTY’s existing Cisco based network infrastructure.
Purposed equipment must be new from the manufacturer and
qualify for warranty and maintenance services.
B. All new cameras shall be TCP/IP cameras that utilize PoE. (No
Analog Cameras or converting to I/P) Cameras and overall
system must integrate fully with COUNTY’s existing Cisco VLAN
technology and Quality of Service requirements. Further, video
streams between camera and the agreed upon network
video storage solution must be able to be configured for both
uni-cast and multi-cast transmission modes.
C. All cameras shall be full-featured, vandal resistant, fixed dome,
and wall mount TCP/IP cameras designed for indoor and
outdoor applications. Outdoor cameras shall be sealed for
outdoor use and provide IP66 protection against water, wind or
dust.
D. All new cameras shall be high resolution, high sensitivity
integral color cameras and should accommodate monitoring
visibility day and night under parking light illumination
conditions. IP cameras must offer Wide Dynamic Range and
provide a mechanical cut filter for IR Sensitivity. Administrative
user(s) must have the ability to adjust the color and brightness
of each camera. Cameras must support 4CIF D1 resolution at
30fps.
E. All new cameras shall be immune to shock and vibration and
be vandal-resistant by being able to withstand the equivalent
of 120lbs of force.
F. Proposed video surveillance system shall be network video
storage agnostic, and scalable to accommodate our
requirements for retention and performance.
G. Proposed video surveillance system must allow recorded video
to be played back in the forward or reverse direction, frame by
frame, and from beginning or end of the clip using standard
VCR-like buttons. Solution must be able to record from 1–30
Page 19
FPS on a per camera basis. System must have the capability
to record when motion occurs and suppress video recording at
other times at the camera end, not the video storage. Must also
have the ability to define zones where a recording trigger
would not be enabled. System must also have the ability to
define recording schedules through Internet browser only.
H. Proposed video surveillance system must provide video
authentication, checksums, and reporting to ensure videos are
not altered in any way to ensure the chain of evidence.
I. Proposed video surveillance system must provide simultaneous
viewing of both live and recorded video through a web browser
interface exclusively. Complete system must be able to be
administered through a web browser including full control of
any PTZ cameras.
J. Proposed video surveillance system must be able to view up to
16 images on a single display with at least a resolution of
1024x768. Internet browser display must allow for viewing of
different cameras from the network video storage
simultaneously.
K. Proposed video surveillance system must provide a
comprehensive authentication system that allows user
authentication against Microsoft Active Directory for
simultaneous access to all the network video storage for Countywide cameras. Further, the system must also provide
comprehensive role-based authorization for each user.
Administrative user(s) must have the capability to create new
users and define granular control over all system and camera
functions.
L. Proposed system must be expandable for future camera
installations without forklift upgrades or visible topology
changes to the end-user through the web interface. The
system shall not require individual client licenses and the
system shall not require any reoccurring license fees.
M. Contractor shall provide property notices at each county site of
installed video surveillance systems.
N. The successful Contractor shall warrant all materials and
equipment furnished under the contract are in good working
order, free from defects and in conformance with system
specifications. All installed equipment must conform to the
manufacturer’s official published specifications.
O. Contractor must provide pricing for three years warranty and
support on the proposed project. Vendor technical support shall
Page 20
be available for business hours support and Next Business Day
Replacement.
P. Contractor must detail what is included and define if provided by
manufacturer or by Contractor in the standard warranty for
each item proposed.
Q. Contractor must provide warranty service availability beyond
the initial three years for each item proposed. Specify annual
cost and period of extension.
R. Solution must support Motion based recording that can be
configured to save disk space, change operators views and
send alerts.
S. Central Operations Manager must be able to access video from
the network video storage, instantly.
T. The video management solution must have the ability for the
operator to trigger any camera that is not actively archiving
video. This trigger shall be initiated from an http call to the
system.
U. Solution must provide the ability for multiple cameras to be
updated at once using the Batch administration feature from
the Operations Manager leveraging an Excel template.
V. Video surveillance solution must entail internal Digital zoom
capabilities that can focus in on any object instantly using the
inbuilt zoom feature on non PTZ cameras. This feature must be
able to be turned off if deemed necessary.
W. Video Surveillance Operations Manager must provide full
converged integration with Physical Access Control Manager
X. Vendor must provide an IP-based Access Control Management
solution that can provide door access and monitoring of any dry
contact point.
Y. The IP-based Physical Access Control System should have two
primary components, door control hardware (gateways and
modules) and an appliance based web management application.
Z. The access control solution should support a thin client model.
Clients from computers running a Windows operating system
can contact the Physical Access Manager and download and
install an application that allows interaction with the Physical
Access Manager for administrative purposes.
A. All users on the Physical Access Manager can be
configured to use Microsoft Active Directory groups for
authentication and door access.
Page 21
B. The physical access manager should enable the creation of
badge templates, badge printing, taking user photographs, and
enrolling users into Physical Access Manager User database.
C. No additional licensing or fees should be charged for the
integration with the Video Surveillance Management Solution
and the Physical Access Control System.
D. HTTP/S URLs can be invoked as a result of any event or alarm
by way of the Physical Access Manager. Event data can be
inserted in the URL to integrate with any external application
that accepts URL invocations, such as Cisco Digital Medial
Signage solution.
E. Access Manager Appliance and Video Management Solution
should be qualified to run in a virtual environment.
F. The Physical Access Control System must allow Physical
Access Gateway images to be upgraded using the Physical
Access Manager.
G. The Physical Access Manager client should support a 1click
client application which gives the administrator access to live
and archive video from the Video Surveillance System.
H. Motion Detection events in Video Surveillance System can also
be recorded in the Physical Access Manager Events window.
System also should allow the Physical Access Manager to
trigger local door alarms or other annunciation devices attached
to the Physical Access Control System when motion detection
events occur in Video Surveillance System.
I. The Physical Access Manager must have the ability to plot
cameras and any controlled access point on a graphical map or
floor plan. Physical Access Manager should integrate with Video
Surveillance System and enable video to be pushed to the
administrators and users of the Physical Access Control Solution
based on Events.
J. Administrators of the Physical Access Solution should have the
ability to access live camera views from the system.
K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can
support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events.
All communication should be 256‐ bit Advanced Encryption
Standard (AES) FIPS 140-2 certified encrypted.
3.03
Existing Infrastructure
A. The County’s primary network infrastructure consists of a mix of
cisco network switches.
Page 22
1. We have 6 buildings in Glencoe
2. We have 3 buildings in Hutchinson
B. Wide Area Network
1. Glencoe
a. Single mode fiber between the Courthouse and the
following three locations:
i.
Health & Human Services
ii. North Complex
iii. Annex
b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County shares
a 1 gigabit fiber connection to MN.IT with Courts and the
City of Glencoe PD, and State Department of Corrections.
2. Hutchinson
a. The County has a 10 gigabit point to point connection
between their HATS facility in Hutchinson:
i.
Extension Office
ii. Solid Waste
b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County HATS
facility has a backup 100 megabit connection to MN.IT in
case of a fiber down issue between Glencoe and
Hutchinson
C. Cable
1. CAT 6 cable will be required for any new cable runs.
D. UPS
1. Courthouse and LEC
a. The County Courthouse and LEC MER locations are
equipped with UPS system and backup generator power.
b. All TER locations have existing APC UPS systems and
utilize APC Network Manager Management system.
2. All other County facilities MER and TER are equipped with
APC UPS systems and utilize APC Network Manager
Management system.
4 GENERAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
4.01
Permission to Proceed
A. The Contractor’s first task shall be to submit a Statement of
Work with an estimate of schedules and benchmarks. The
document should identify in detail the exact tasks that the
Page 23
County and Contractor must perform and/or be responsible for
in order to accomplish the delivery and installation of the
system. The Contractor shall project delivery date and
installation period by function (cable, under-carpet wiring,
switch, stations, etc.), which shall allow the Contractor to meet
the required completion date.
B. The Contractor shall provide the County with shop drawings of
the proposed equipment placement for each location prior to the
procurement of equipment or commencement of work. The
Contractor shall make corrections and additions as necessary to
the design documents. Equipment lists, data sheets, etc., shall
be provided in MS Word, MS Excel, and MS Visio.
C. The submittals must be received and approved by the County
prior to the procurement of material or the commencement of
work. Any procurement or work performed prior to this approval
is at the Contractor’s own risk.
D. The project timeline shall not be altered due to lateness of
submittals. The Contractor shall remain bound to deliver a
timely, complete, and finished project as stipulated in their
contract.
E. The failure of the Contractor to provide submittals as required
herein may result in the cancellation of the contract.
F. Contractor must obtain the County’s permission before
proceeding with any work necessitating cutting into or through
any part of a building structure.
4.02
Damage and Cleanup
A. Existing floors, walls, ceilings, or any structural piece shall not be
drilled or cut without prior approval of the County. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for and make payment on
any damage caused from the delivery and/or installation of its
work.
B. The Contractor shall keep the premises clean from debris and
rubbish. After each workday, the Contractor shall remove any
rubbish or waste from the working area. If the County is required
to clean up, the cost shall be charged back to the Contractor.
4.03
Project Manager
A. The Contractor shall appoint a Project Manager who shall be the
main point of contact regarding the project for the County. The
Project Manager is responsible for the following:
1. Ensuring the contract is completed successfully in a timely
manner.
Page 24
2. Guaranteeing the work and performance of all employees
and subcontractors that have been hired by the Contractor.
3. Completing and submitting all required submittals and
documentation.
4. Attending all project coordination and/or construction
meetings as required by the County, plus chairing a weekly
project status meeting throughout the duration of the project.
5. Maintaining the project status meeting minutes and
distributing them to all participants within two days following
the meeting.
6. Providing written status reports to the County Project
Manager on a regular interval.
7. Informing the County of all unexpected conditions and
problems that may result in delay or expense. The
Contractor must report issues immediately upon discovery
and must provide the County with the option(s) for resolving
them.
B. If the Contractor seeks to change the Project Manager during the
course of the project, such change is subject to prior written
approval from the County.
C. The County reserves the right to request a new Project Manager
during the course of the project if the Project Manager does not
perform to the County’s satisfaction.
D. The Contractor shall re-verify closet locations with the County’s
Project Manager prior to installation.
E. Prior to ordering, furnishing, or installing any equipment, the
Contractor shall obtain the County’s written approval of
equipment, locations, layout, and installation.
F. If other Contractors’ work delays the Contractor, that information
must immediately be communicated to the County’s Project
Manager and appropriate extra time may be allowed. Shipping
delays are the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
4.04
Cable Management System
A. The Contractor shall use the County’s cable management
system where equipped to provide a neat and efficient means
for routing and protecting fiber and copper cables and patch
cords on telecommunication racks and enclosures.
4.05
Installation Requirements
Page 25
A. The Contractor shall perform the upgrades, installation,
configuration, training for the County’s personnel, and support of
the proposed systems.
B. Contractor and/or its subcontractors are fully authorized/certified
to supply, upgrade, install, configure, provide warranty service,
and troubleshoot/support the proposed equipment.
C. All installing personnel have completed certified manufacturer
training, or the Contractor shall contract with manufacturer for
installation of all proposed components.
D. For any equipment items/systems accepted by the County and
made part of the contract, the delivery, installation,
configuration, testing, user training, and documentation must be
included in the project schedule.
E. The Contractor shall take responsibility for proper ordering,
shipping charges and delivery of all component parts. This
includes any components to be ordered from any third-party
companies. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper
storage of delivered equipment.
F. The personnel listed in the Respondent’s proposal shall be the
personnel assigned to this project. If changes are required, the
Contractor shall gain written approval from the County’s Project
Manager prior to assignment of substitutes.
G. Manufacturer(s) or a certified training agency thereof must be
offered to the County employees on products supplied.
H. The Contractor has, with staff employees, previously configured
and operated a system with components as quoted.
I. Any technician(s) dispatched to install or fix a failed component
shall have been factory trained and certified by the
manufacturer of the proposed equipment. The Contractor is
responsible for following industry standards and all
manufacturer installation and maintenance practices.
J. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to
understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this
scheme in the furnished devices. Currently, the County uses a
mixture of static addressing and DHCP. The County shall work
with the vendor to enable DHCP addressing for all new devices.
K. The Contractor must install hardware in a secure manner.
Screws shall be tightened to a torque just sufficient to secure
equipment without deforming washers beyond their original
diameter.
Page 26
L. All rack-mount equipment shall be secured as recommended by
the manufacturer with consideration to airflow, power, and patch
cable connections.
M. The Contractor shall be responsible for labeling all cables and
equipment components installed as part of this project. In doing
so, make the labeling of each component…
1. Unique, to prevent it from being confused with other similar
components.
2. Legible and permanent enough to last the life of the
component. Handwritten labels shall not be permitted.
N. Velcro straps shall be installed snugly without deforming cable
insulation. Straps shall be spaced at uneven intervals not to
exceed 4-foot. No sharp burrs should remain where excess
length of the cable tie has been cut.
O. The Contractor shall make the system properly operational and
physically secure by mounting equipment and related
accessories into walls, consoles, and racks as required.
Manufacturer’s guidelines for installation shall be followed.
Discrepancies in installation procedure or inability to complete a
given task due to a shortage of materials or malfunctioning
equipment shall be reported to the County immediately upon
discovery.
P. Systems described in this document, once configured by the
Contractor, shall be delivered to the customer installation
location and installed by the Contractor without any additional
cost or expense to the County, and the County shall not be
deemed to have accepted any equipment until the date of
acceptance.
Q. The Contractor shall unpack equipment from shipping material
and organize equipment into the kits from which it shall be used.
This includes checking to ensure that all equipment is complete
and fully functional. Empty boxes and packaging shall be neatly
organized per the County’s instructions and removed if
requested.
R. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of existing
equipment not incorporated. That equipment shall be
inventoried, boxed, and removed by Contractor and placed in a
specified location as designated by the County. The boxes shall
clearly show the inventoried contents. The County shall be
responsible for disposal of equipment.
S. The Contractor shall provide a weekly update to the County
Project Manager on the project status.
Page 27
T. Client quantities included in this RFP are estimates. The
Contractor shall be required to perform station surveys to verify
quantities. Any increases in components prior to acceptance
shall be at pre-cutover costs, and deletions shall not be charged
restocking fees.
U. The Contractor shall supply one complete set of hardware and
software documentation/manuals for all provided items at no
additional cost.
4.06
Security
A. When deploying any product, software, or application associated
with this RFP, the Contractor shall harden the resulting
system(s). Hardening includes the following actions:
1. Determining the purpose of the system and minimum
software and hardware requirements
2. Documenting the minimum hardware, software, and services
to be included on the system
3. Installing the minimum hardware, software, and services
necessary to meet the requirements using a documented
installation procedure
4. Installing necessary patches
5. Installing the most secure and up-to-date versions of
applications
6. Configuring privilege and access controls by first denying all,
then granting back the minimum necessary to each user
7. Configuring security settings as appropriate, enabling
allowed activity and disallowing other activity
8. Enabling logging sufficient for the County staff to determine
equipment faults or configuration problems in the equipment
9. Archiving the configuration and checksums in secure storage
prior to system deployment
10. Testing the system to ensure a secure configuration
11. Using secure replication procedures for additional, identically
configured systems, making configuration changes on a
case-by-case basis
12. Changing all default passwords
13. Testing the resulting systems
4.07
Project Closeout and Acceptance
A. Punch List – Work or materials found to be incomplete, of
unsatisfactory quality, failing to meet the specifications in the
RFP package and resulting contract, and/or unacceptable to the
Page 28
County shall be documented in a punch list by the County and
provided to the Contractor to rectify.
B. Punch List Approval – The punch list shall be considered
complete only after having been signed by the County.
C. Acceptance – Acceptance shall occur after all of the following
conditions have been met:
1. All items/systems have been delivered, installed, configured,
tested, and transitioned into service.
2. The system, including all ancillary devices, applications, and
options made part of the contract, has had 30 consecutive
days with 100 percent availability.
3. All of the work has been completed in accordance with the
contract and RFP specifications (including testing
procedures as outlined in the accepted response).
4. Training as specified is complete.
5. The system operates in conformance with manufacturer's
published specifications.
6. The system is transitioned to service.
7. All of the documentation requirements have been met.
8. All outstanding punch list items have been completed.
9. The system post-cutover requirements have been
completed.
10. The Contractor has supplied test results needed to verify
compliance with the specifications found in this RFP
package.
11. The Contractor has certified in writing to the County that the
system is installed and operational in accordance with these
specifications and is ready for use.
12. The County or the County’s designated representative has
inspected the installation and provided written approval.
13. Software refresh has been completed (to ensure all systems
operate on the latest software).
D. At this time, upon the County’s written acceptance, operational
control becomes the responsibility of the County. This
constitutes Date of Acceptance. The warranty for the entire
system and all components begins as of this date.
4.08
Service and Support
A. Server and Software Maintenance – The Contractor shall provide
all necessary server and software maintenance on a turnkey
Page 29
basis during the first year warranty period and any subsequent
maintenance term. The Respondent shall be responsible for
operating system and database tuning, patches, hardware, and
software diagnosis, recovery, and version upgrades as needed.
Contractor shall work directly with the County on application
modifications, diagnosis, recovery, customization, configuration,
and how-to questions. Contractor shall manage backups of
data, application, operating system, and database management
system as required to provide for full recovery in the event of a
disaster or hardware failure. The Contractor shall coordinate
and work with the server hardware maintenance provider in the
diagnosis and repair of the server hardware. Contractor shall
perform restores and recovery without the County’s assistance.
B. Warranty Period and Maintenance – The Contractor, by entering
into a contract with the County, warrants and represents that all
materials, equipment, and services delivered to the County
pursuant to the contract conforms to all of the specifications
contained or referred herein. The Contractor further guarantees
to replace all materials, equipment, software, or services that
may be rejected by the County due to defective materials or
workmanship for a minimum of one year following final
acceptance of all systems. Failure or neglect of the County to
require compliance with any term or condition of the contract
specifications shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or
condition.
C. The following must be included in the warranty period and under
maintenance contract:
1. Monday-Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. call-out on minor
alarms
2. Seven day per week 24-hour call-out coverage shall be
provided for the items listed below.
a. Critical alarms
b. System outages
3. Three-hour on-site response time for critical alarms and
system outages
4. Software upgrades
5. Patches
6. Corrective maintenance
7. All labor except for upgrades to major software releases
8. Materials
9. Next business day for non-critical components
10. Remote support
Page 30
11. Telephone support to assist County Building personnel with
technical and system management issues and questions
12. Database backups for business continuity
13. Off-site software storage
14. Work to completion
15. 24 hour x 7 days a week service center
16. 24 hour x 7 days a week alarm monitoring and remote
trouble resolution (Respondent must include all hardware
and software required to support this application in base
surveillance system cost.)
D. Maintenance Guarantee – A signed letter from both the
Respondent and manufacturer is required guaranteeing
maintenance of the proposed system over its five (5) year life.
Should the manufacturer discontinue this product or cease to do
business, the Respondent guarantees to stock an adequate
supply of components to maintain the system over its five (5)
year life. Further, should the Respondent cease to do business,
the manufacturer guarantees to provide components and
services for this installation over its five (5) year life.
Page 31
5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
5.01
The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any
combination which buildings are selected for final approval based
on budgetary constraints.
5.02
McLeod County Court House
5.03
Add Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
18 access readers.
Add Cameras
8 new cameras
Management Software for
Access
1 Software program
Management Software for
Cameras
1 Software program
McLeod County Court Administration
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
5.03
5.04
Replace 6 current access
readers from Old Keri
System
McLeod County Law Enforcement
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current doors with access
readers. 8 new doors with
access readers
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras not part of the Jail
Video System
6 current analog cameras
McLeod County North Complex
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current access readers
and need 1 new
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add
5 current analog cameras
and 3 new cameras
Page 32
5.05
5.06
5.07
5.08
5.09
McLeod County Annex
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add 2 access readers
Add New Camera
1 360 degree camera in
main hallway
McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add 2 access readers
Add Cameras
2 camera outside covering
both buildings
McLeod County Health and Human Services
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
14 current badge readers
and 2 new doors
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add new
4 current cameras and
1new outside and 360
camera upstairs
McLeod County Solid Waste
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
20 current access readers
on Keri System. Add 2
readers. 4 Current
Honeywell readers
Incorporate Current Analog
and IP Cameras
29 current cameras to
integrate into new system
McLeod County Fairgrounds
Page 33
5.10
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Add 8 access readers
Add Cameras
Add 3 cameras in
Commercial Building and 1
in Dairy Building
McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
5.11
1 access readers for walk
in door
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
2 access readers for walk
in doors on each end of
building
6 OPTIONAL SECURITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
6.01
McLeod County Court House
Scalable Video Storage
Solution
Current requirements to hold
video for 30 days and over
right
Scalable to incorporate the
contents of the LEC DVR,
HHS DVR, and NC DVR
6.02
McLeod County HATS
Secondary Scalable Video
Storage Solution
Current requirements to hold
video for 30 days and over
right
Scalable to incorporate SW
DVRs and New Fairground’s
cameras.
Page 34
7 DATA NETWORK REQUIREMENTS
7.01
The Contractor shall have as a part of its implementation team
someone completely capable of analyzing and implementing proper
Quality of Service configurations necessary to support this
surveillance system utilizing current and new customer provided
Cisco network devices. This person shall be available throughout
the implementation phase of the project to assist the project team
with each building assessment, engineering and configuration
recommendations for implementing the surveillance system across
the County’s existing LAN.
7.02
The Contractor must provide a complete network assessment and
make recommendations on any configuration changes needed to
support the proposed system.
7.03
The Contractor shall provide a report that identifies any errors,
including any latency and jitter issues, and shall provide
recommended resolutions.
7.04
The Contractor shall provide detailed LAN configuration
specification and best practices required to support all installed
surveillance components.
7.05
Implementation
A. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to
understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this
scheme to support all applications provided under the RFP.
B. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to
ensure the proper VLAN and QoS configurations are
implemented to support all applications provided under this
RFP.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for understanding the
County’s network device naming convention and shall
implement device names on all new devices and all relocated
devices.
7.06
When installation is complete, the Contractor shall furnish the
County with two complete sets (in three-ring binders) and on soft
copy in MS Office format of data network project documentation.
Contractor shall provide documentation as follows:
A. Logical diagrams showing all installed equipment.
B. IP addresses assigned to all equipment shall be noted both on
diagrams and on a separate table/spreadsheet.
Page 35
8 COUNTY RESPONSIBILITIES
8.01
Patch Cord Connections – The County shall provide and complete
all patch cord connections required in all (MER) and (TER)
locations.
8.02
VMware environment to create servers on which to load the
required management applications.
Page 36
9 SUMMARY RFP COSTS
9.01
Base
5.02 McLeod County Court House
5.03 McLeod County Court
$62,753.20
$4,536.13
Administration
5.04 McLeod County Law Enforcement
$12,898.44
5.05
McLeod County North Complex
$16,013.60
5.06
McLeod County Annex
$4,029.68
5.07
McLeod County HWY/LEC Shed
$4,918.11
5.08 McLeod County Health and
Human Services
$18,512.66
5.09 McLeod County Solid Waste
$25,501.22
5.10 McLeod County Fairgrounds
$17,465.75
5.11 & 5.12 McLeod County HATS
$2,599.36 / $3,141.25
Base Total
9.02
$172,369.00
Option 1
McLeod County Court House
Option 1
$10,658.00
McLeod County HATS Option 1
$10,658.00
Option Total
$21,316.00
Page 37
10 BILL OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS
10.01 Provide an itemized bill of material (BOM) including all hardware,
software, and the labor for all software, cabling, card readers, door
hardware, control panel hardware, and optional hardware proposed
in response to this RFP.
10.02 Provide the quantity of network connections by location that shall
be required to connect the cameras, access card readers, control
panels, and all peripheral equipment to the data network.
Page 38
11 RESPONDENT ASSUMPTIONS
11.01 Provide a complete list of any equipment that the County will need
to provide, such as hardware, software, and servers required to
support the proposed security system, and all optional
equipment/applications. The list shall include detailed specifications
and be organized to allow the County to determine which alternate
or option the equipment shall support.
11.02 The Contractor must provide all equipment, including but not limited
to hardware, software, and labor required for supporting and
installing the proposed surveillance system, and all optional
equipment/applications proposed, unless it has been identified in
this section.
11.03 Provide details of any other assumptions taken in preparing your
response to the RFP.
Page 39
12 INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY AND DRAWINGS
12.01 Installation Methodology
A. Provide a detailed description with diagrams of how the
proposed system shall be phased in over a period of weeks or
months. Include the following:
1. Time line for each phase beginning with contract signing
2. Logical description of how the equipment/systems shall be
rolled out to all locations
3. Database collection
4. Network assessment
5. Application deployment
6. Training
7. Acceptance and warranty
12.02 Provide diagram for all locations, including any new equipment
currently not there.
12.03 Provide a complete network diagram depicting all physical and
logical inter- and intra-building network facilities to be utilized in the
installation, including the required number of network ports.
Page 40
13 ACCEPTANCE TESTING
13.01 Provide the manufacturer’s recommended installation and
acceptance test plan for all proposed products and applications.
Page 41
14 SOFTWARE UPGRADES AND LDAP INTERFACE
14.01 Provide a detailed description of what is included in the proposed
software upgrade maintenance, including the following:
A. What type of upgrades are included (e.g., major or release,
minor or versions, updates and patches)?
B. What is the frequency of each upgrade?
C. How many of each type of upgrade were required over the past
year on the proposed products?
D. How is each of the upgrades accomplished/implemented, and
what impact do they have on the system availability?
E. What tools are used to manage the upgrades?
F. Who installs the upgrades?
14.02 LDAP Integration with MS Active Directory (AD) – Provide a
detailed description of the system management functions that can
be accessed from AD utilizing LDAP for the proposed
Access/Surveillance system, and optional applications. At a
minimum, you should address the following activities:
A. Importing users and groups to manage access
B. How changes to AD sync with the surveillance system
C. Dealing with a lost badge and disabling the AD account
Page 42
15 RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS, SUPPORT CAPABILITIES, AND
REFERENCES
15.01 Information about the Respondent
A. Company name
B. Legal name (if different)
C. Years in business
D. Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal
E. Contact person
F. Full mailing address
G. Telephone number
H. Fax number
I. E-mail address
J. Name and phone number of bonding company
K. Number of full-time employees
L. Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four
dedicated to this project)
M. Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the
training for the equipment in this project (attach listing of
experience with similar projects)
N. Name of person who would be project manager for this project
(attach listing of experience with similar projects)
O. Dunn and Bradstreet Number
00-621-5156
1. Respondent - _____________
S2 17-056-0143
2. Equipment Manufacturer - _____________
Video Insight 15-679-0953
15.02 Qualification and Requirements
A. If more than one (1) company is involved in the installation,
training, and/or support after installation, there must be a Prime
Contractor. This Prime Contractor assumes responsibility for all
other entities involved.
Page 43
1. List Prime Contractor here:
UHL Company, inc.
____________________________
B. The response shall include a statement from all involved
Respondents agreeing that the configuration shall work as
specified and that all Respondents shall work under the Prime
Contractor to resolve any configuration or interoperability
problems during the installation process at no additional cost to
the County. Write statement below.
UHL Company, inc. will perform the complete installation
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
____________________________________________________
15.03 Experience and Existing Customers – How many similar systems
has the Respondent sold/installed?
X
A. In the area: _______
X
B. Statewide: _______
C. Nationwide: _______
15.04 Surveillance System – All prospective Respondents must provide a
minimum of three installation and three maintenance references
using the reference format provided below. The references must be
in the State of Minnesota, similar in scope and size to the County’s
project and must demonstrate the following:
A. At minimum, two of the three references must have the exact
system you are proposing.
B. References must demonstrate that the Respondent has
extensive knowledge of all equipment proposed and has at least
one (1) year of experience with the same system(s) in the same
environment.
Page 44
C. References will be contacted – please verify information
before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All
references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 10
to 15 minute call may be anticipated.
Reference Format:
City of St. Louis Park
Organization Name ____________________________________
5005 Minnetonka Blvd
Address ____________________________________________
St Louis Park, MN 55416
___________________________________________________
Municipal
Type of Business _____________________________________
Nikki Farrow
Contact Person _______________________________________
952.924.2167
Telephone Number ____________________________________
[email protected]
Contact Email Address _________________________________
Ongoing with annual additions
Dates of Installation ___________________________________
City Wide Access Control & Video
Description of System __________________________________
14
Number of Networked Locations__________________________
D. Subcontractors/Partners
1. The applicable terms and provisions of the contract
documents shall bind every subcontractor. Further
information about subcontractors may be requested prior to
award.
2. Identify all subcontractors or partners used for any purposes.
Failure to disclose subcontractors/partners may lead to
disqualification. Include separate sheet(s) labeled
“Subcontractors/Partners,” if necessary.
Business Name
Years Experience Type of Work Percent of Project
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
__________________________________________________
Page 45
E. References for Subcontractors/Partners – Include below three
(3) references for EACH subcontractor. (Duplicate this page if
needed for multiple subcontractors.) Again, preference shall be
given to Respondents with references for implementations at
organizations most similar to the client.
Subcontractor References will be contacted – please verify
information before submitting. Utilize the format below for all
subcontractor references. All references will be called. Please
inform your contacts that a 10 to 15 minute call may be anticipated.
Subcontractor Reference Format
Organization Name ____________________________________
Address ____________________________________________
___________________________________________________
Type of Business _____________________________________
Contact Person _______________________________________
Telephone Number ____________________________________
Contact Email Address _________________________________
Dates of Installation ___________________________________
Description of System __________________________________
Number of Networked Locations_ _________________________
15.05 Surveillance System Service after Installation
A. How many service personnel trained in maintaining the proposed
systems does Respondent employ in the County’s area? Please
indicate location closest to the County.
2
1. Trained Service Personnel: ________
Hutchinson, Silver Lake
2. Location: _____________
B. Provide the address of Respondent’s service center(s) closest to
the County:
UHL Company
1. Company ________________________________________
9065 Zachary Lane North, Maple Grove MN 55369
2. Address _________________________________________
763.425.7226
3. Telephone Number ________________________________
C. Who shall maintain parts inventory? At what location?
UHL Company
1. Company ________________________________________
Page 46
9065 Zachary Lane North, Maple Grove MN 55369
2. Address _________________________________________
763.425.7226
3. Telephone Number ________________________________
4. What critical component parts are kept in stock at this
location? Network Nodes, Cameras
15.06 Financial statements – Upon request, financial statements from the
Respondent, Manufacturer, and subcontractor(s) inclusive of cash
flow sheet, income sheet, balance sheet, and asset liability
statement for the last three (3) years shall be provided.
Page 47
16 PROJECT AND MAINTENANCE TEAM
16.01 Provide names, titles, resumes, and training certificates of
installation project team members.
16.02 Provide names, job titles, and training certificates of service
personnel who will be assigned to the County after installation.
Page 48
17 EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
Page 49
9065 Zachary Lane N
Maple Grove, MN 55369
McLeod County Security/Surveillance System
RFP Costs – Base Bid - $172,369.00
Section
5.02
5.03
5.04
5.05
5.06
5.07
5.08
5.09
5.10
5.11
5.12
Location
McLeod County Court House
McLeod County Court Administration
McLeod County Law Enforcement
McLeod County North Complex
McLeod County Annex
McLeod County HWY/LEC Shed
McLeod County Health and Human Services
McLeod County Solid Waste
McLeod County Fairgrounds
McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop
Cost
$ 62,753.20
$ 4,536.13
$ 12,898.44
$ 16,013.60
$ 4,029.68
$ 4,918.11
$ 18,512.66
$ 25,501.22
$ 17,465.75
$ 2,599.36
$ 3,141.25
RFP Costs – Option 1 - $21,316.00
Section
9.02
9.02
Location
McLeod County Court House Option 1
McLeod County HATS Option 1
Cost
$ 10,658.00
$ 10,658.00
RFP Costs – Extended Manufacturer Warranty Options
Section
3.02- O
3.02- O
Location
3 Year Extended Warranty
5 Year Extended Warranty
Cost
$ 8,632.00
$ 16,966.00
RFP Costs – Annual Maintenance Agreement Option
Section
Location
Annual Maintenance Agreement
Cost
$ 8,130.00
Maintenance Agreement Breakdown
We will perform annually 40 hours of IP Video/Access Control Preventative Maintenance (includes device cleaning, device
testing, hardware testing, & any applicable software upgrades). In addition we will perform up to 2 Service Calls per Month,
During Normal Business Hours (7am to 3:30pm Monday through Friday) @ 2 hr. maximum per call. A $650 Replacement
Parts Fund has also been included in this agreement which would be usable for any equipment not covered by a factory
warranty. Unused service calls and unused replacement parts fund totals may be carried over month to month, but not
annually.
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
1
10
55
5
1
57
116
23
32
6
8
7
15
30
1
17
8
2
2
1
3
1
7
Manufacturer
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
HID
HES
HES
SDC
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-NBVM-64
S2 Netbox VM Software Package 64 Portal
S2-NR64
S2 Netbox VM 64 Portal Add-On
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
S2-VMS-B-VI
VI VMS initial integration (4 cam incl)
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
LR100VDK
VonDuprin Lock Power Conversion Kit
P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
v.6 VMS
Enterpirse Software Package
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
A-54-V2
3MP Vandal Dome
VP-1
Single Channel Video Encoder
VP-8-V2
8 Channel Video Encoder
VP-16-V2
16 Channel Video Encoder
B-31-CMB
Corner Mount Bracket
B-MD-WM
Wall Mount Bracket
IPSv-UL
Lifetime Camera License (for exist IP cams)
Rough In
Quantity
5000
5000
5000
200
200
0
0
Manufacturer
Windy City
Windy City
Windy City
Border States
Border States
0
0
Part Number
Description
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
0
0
0
0
JC-JE16151-McLeod County
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
1
3
16
1
6
32
14
14
4
3
3
6
1
5
5
Manufacturer
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
S2
HID
HES
HES
SDC
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-NBVM-64
S2 Netbox VM Software Package 64 Portal
S2-NR64
S2 Netbox VM 64 Portal Add-On
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
S2-VMS-B-VI
VI VMS initial integration (4 cam incl)
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
LR100VDK
VonDuprin Lock Power Conversion Kit
P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
v.6 VMS
Enterpirse Software Package
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
A-54-V2
3MP Vandal Dome
Rough In
Quantity
2025
2025
2400
100
100
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.02
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
2
4
1
1
2
Manufacturer
S2
S2
HID
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
Part Number
Description
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
Rough In
Quantity
100
100
50
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.03
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
7
13
4
3
1
1
2
Manufacturer
S2
S2
HID
HES
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
Part Number
Description
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
Rough In
Quantity
500
500
50
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.04
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
6
9
12
3
3
1
1
2
3
1
1
Manufacturer
S2
S2
S2
HID
HES
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
VP-8-V2
8 Channel Video Encoder
B-31-CMB
Corner Mount Bracket
Rough In
Quantity
450
450
450
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.05
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
1
2
2
1
1
2
1
Manufacturer
S2
S2
HID
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
Rough In
Quantity
100
100
175
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.06
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
Manufacturer
S2
S2
HID
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
Rough In
Quantity
100
100
300
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.07
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
7
1
7
15
1
1
1
2
4
5
2
2
1
Manufacturer
S2
S2
S2
S2
HID
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
VP-1
Single Channel Video Encoder
B-31-CMB
Corner Mount Bracket
B-MD-WM
Wall Mount Bracket
Rough In
Quantity
400
400
775
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.08
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
2
12
29
24
2
2
2
4
1
1
7
Manufacturer
S2
S2
S2
HID
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-10OL 12/24DC 10 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
VP-8-V2
8 Channel Video Encoder
VP-16-V2
16 Channel Video Encoder
IPSv-UL
Lifetime Camera License (for exist IP cams)
Rough In
Quantity
650
650
150
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.09
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
3
3
4
9
1
3
2
4
4
8
1
3
Manufacturer
S2
S2
S2
S2
HID
HES
HES
SDC
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
VideoInsight
VideoInsight
Part Number
Description
S2-NN-E-WM
S2 Netbox Network Nodes
S2-ACM
S2 Netbox 2 Portal Access Control Blade
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
S2-VMS-C-VI
VI VMS Integration license per camera
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
1006CDB-12/24D-6Complete PAK Strike
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
LR100VDK
VonDuprin Lock Power Conversion Kit
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
B-5360
360 5MP IP Cameras
A-54-V2
3MP Vandal Dome
Rough In
Quantity
525
525
700
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.10
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
1
1
1
1
2
Manufacturer
S2
HID
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
Part Number
Description
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
Rough In
Quantity
50
50
50
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.11
Bill Of Materials
Components
Quantity
1
2
2
1
1
2
Manufacturer
S2
HID
HES
Preferred Power
Preferred Power
PowerSonic
Part Number
Description
S2-MNP
S2 Netbox MicroNode Plus
920NTNNEK00000 R40 iClass SE Reader
5000C-12/24D-630 Complete PAK Strike
P3DCAXS-5OL
12/24DC 5 Amp Power Supply
P3DB-8
Individual Output Board
BAT125
12v 5AH Batteries
Rough In
Quantity
100
100
50
10
10
Manufacturer
0
0
0
0
0
Part Number
22/6 Shielded
18/4
CAT6
Conduit
Wiremold
Description
Plenum Reader Wire - Yellow Stripe
Plenum Lock Wire - Purple Stripe
Plenum Network Cable - Yellow
EMT
Metal Raceway
JC-JE16151-McLeod County 5.12
Assumptions:
Our response assumes customer to supply conduit path between buildings where necessary, we have
not included ANY trenching or horizontal boring in our RFP response.
ANNEX to Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed – Assumed Existing Conduit Adequate or New Provided
Health and Human Services – Assumed Conduit Provided for New Camera on Light Pole
Fairgrounds – Assumed NO conduit thus we included individual access panels for each building
Our response assumes customer to supply and manage a Virtual Machine Server for the Access Control
System, this servers should be equal to or greater than:
Minimum Storage - 128GB Pro Series SSD
Memory (RAM) - 8GB
Processor - Intel Xeon Quad Core
Server Host - VMWare ESXi 5.1 or later
Our response assumes customer to supply and manage 2 Virtual Machine Recording Servers for Video
Surveillance System, these servers should be equal to or greater than:
O/S - MS Server 2008/2012/2016
Total Storage - 6 X 6TB or 36TB
Usable Storage - 27TB
Ram - 8GB
Processor - Dual
Power Supply – Dual
Our response assumes all existing cameras to be in full functioning order, we also assume all existing
camera wiring to be in full functioning order
Our response assumes all existing electronic door locking hardware to be in full functioning order, we
also assume all existing card access wiring to be in full functioning order.
Our response assumes all existing locksets to remain in-place and to be in full functioning order, we also
assume any lockset hardware changes or re-keying to be beyond the scope of this RPF and thus are not
included in our response.
Installation Methodology:
Our intent is to complete the entire project within an 8 week time span, after receiving a signed contract
we will provide engineered drawings and a complete Microsoft Project Gantt Chart. All equipment
would also be ordered and we would have a project kickoff meeting to determine the schedule and flow
of each site in order to minimize impact on the day to day functions. Our first priority would be to begin
and complete the exterior work before the season changes to winter. At the same time we will work
with you to determine what if any data from the existing system you would like to import, the specified
access control system includes full database import utilities at no additional charge to you. We will also
begin working with you IT personnel to set parameters for bandwidth use at each site as part of this we
will do some real world testing to ensure the bandwidth that is needed is in place. As part of this we will
also deploy the software systems and begin training the necessary personnel. Upon substantial
completion we will do a complete top to bottom system provisioning and test. System turnover occur
only after all items are fully tested and acceptance documentation is completed.
Assigned Technicians are fully certified in the products we have proposed; normally we would assign 2
technicians and 2 installers plus a project manager for projects such as this. Due to the sort timeline we
may assign more staff to this project.
We have a large number of UHL Employees living in or near McLeod County we will use this personnel
when at all possible.
Acceptance Testing:
The following forms will be utilized during and at completion of project to ensure all systems are
working as designed and that all necessary personnel are properly trained on the systems
Inspection Check List
Access Control (ICL AC)
Project Name
IP Address
Project Number
Date
User Name
Password
INSTRUCTIONS: Inspect the project and carefully check whether all items meet the project specifications. Initial in the space marked “Satisfactory” if the item meets
with your approval. If an item is not satisfactory, describe the problem in the “Unsatisfactory” field. Once unsatisfactory item has been remedied to your satisfaction,
initial in the space provided.
ITEM
Software Solution
Server Configuration
Software Solution
Server Operator Configuration
Software Solution
Client Configuration
Software Solution
Client Operator Configuration
Software Solution
Client Selection and/or Locations
Software Solution
Time Zone Configuration
Software Solution
Access Group Configuration
Software Solution
Holiday Configuration
Software Solution
Credential Configuration
Software Solution
Inputs/Output Configuration
Door Function*
Door Contacts
Door Function*
Door Forced Alarms
Door Function*
Door Held Alarms
Door Function*
Readers
Door Function*
Locking Hardware
Door Function*
Request To Exit Devices
Door Function*
Remote Release
Control Panels
Wires Labeled
Control Panels
Doors Labeled (for each controller)
Control Panels
Cleanliness
Training*
Systems Use Training
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
* {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate form [ICL ACb] listing each individual door with this form.
* {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate Training Sign In form with this form
* {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit screen shots showing all of the Server/Client settings with this form.
FINAL INSPECTION: Having inspected the project listed herein, the Customer hereby accepts the project as is, further it is understood and agreed that your warranty
begins on the date listed above and will be in effect for a period of 90 days unless otherwise stated on your proposal. You will receive a warranty statement listing
your specific warranty terms.
Customers Signature
Customers Name (please print)
Inspection Check List
Access Control (ICL ACb)
Project Name
Project Number
Date
Door Name and/or Number
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
Door Contact
Door Forced
Door Held
Reader
Locking Hardware
Request to Exit
Remote Release
Door Name and/or Number
Door Contact
Door Forced
Door Held
Reader
Locking Hardware
Request to Exit
Remote Release
Door Name and/or Number
Door Contact
Door Forced
Door Held
Reader
Locking Hardware
Request to Exit
Remote Release
Door Name and/or Number
Door Contact
Door Forced
Door Held
Reader
Locking Hardware
Request to Exit
Remote Release
Door Name and/or Number
Door Contact
Door Forced
Door Held
Reader
Locking Hardware
Request to Exit
Remote Release
Door Name and/or Number
Door Contact
Door Forced
Door Held
Reader
Locking Hardware
Request to Exit
Remote Release
* {UHL Representative} You must mark all non-applicable items with an N/A in the Satisfactory column.
Page
of
Inspection Check List
Camera System (ICL CS)
Project Name
IP Address
Project Number
Date
User Name
Password
INSTRUCTIONS: Inspect the project and carefully check whether all items meet the project specifications. Initial in the space marked “Satisfactory” if the item meets
with your approval. If an item is not satisfactory, describe the problem in the “Unsatisfactory” field. Once unsatisfactory item has been remedied to your satisfaction,
initial in the space provided.
ITEM
Recording Solution
Server Configuration*
Recording Solution
Server Operator Configuration*
Recording Solution
Live Storage Configuration*
Recording Solution
Archive Storage Configuration*
Recording Solution
Client Configuration*
Recording Solution
Client Operator Configuration*
Recording Solution
Client Selection and/or Locations
Recording Solution
Live Video and/or Audio Quality
Recording Solution
Recorded Video and/or Audio Quality
Recording Solution
Video and/or Audio Export & DVD Create
Camera Function*
Placement
Camera Function*
Focal Length
Camera Function*
Focus
Camera Programming*
Compression Format
Camera Programming*
Resolution
Camera Programming*
Frames Per Second
Camera Programming*
Frame Size
Camera Programming*
Motion Recording
Camera Function*
Audio/Video Sync Quality
Headend
Wires Labeled
Headend
Cleanliness
Training*
Systems Use Training
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
* {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate form [ICL CSb] listing each individual camera with this form.
* {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit separate Training Sign In form with this form.
* {UHL Representative} You must provide/submit screen shots showing all of the Server/Client settings with this form.
FINAL INSPECTION: Having inspected the project listed herein, the Customer hereby accepts the project as is, further it is understood and agreed that your warranty
begins on the date listed above and will be in effect for a period of 90 days unless otherwise stated on your proposal. You will receive a warranty statement listing
your specific warranty terms.
Customers Signature
Customers Name (please print)
Inspection Check List
Camera System (ICL CSb)
Project Name
Project Number
Date
Camera Name and/or Number
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
SATISFACTORY
UNSATISFACTORY
REMEDIED
Placement
Focal Length
Focus
Compression Format
Resolution
Frames Per Second
Frame SIze
Motion Recording
Audio/Video Sync
Camera Name and/or Number
Placement
Focal Length
Focus
Compression Format
Resolution
Frames Per Second
Frame SIze
Motion Recording
Audio/Video Sync
Camera Name and/or Number
Placement
Focal Length
Focus
Compression Format
Resolution
Frames Per Second
Frame SIze
Motion Recording
Audio/Video Sync
Camera Name and/or Number
Placement
Focal Length
Focus
Compression Format
Resolution
Frames Per Second
Frame SIze
Motion Recording
Audio/Video Sync
Camera Name and/or Number
Placement
Focal Length
Focus
Compression Format
Resolution
Frames Per Second
Frame SIze
Motion Recording
Audio/Video Sync
* {UHL Representative} You must mark all non-applicable items with an N/A in the Satisfactory column.
Page
of
Security/Fire Division
Training Sign-in Form
Internal Routing Instructions: 1) Copy to Security Division Operations Department
Project Name
Project Number
Type of Training Given
Name (Printed)
Name (Signature)
Comments
Trainer(s)
Trainer(s)
Total Hours On-Site
Total Training Hours Provided To Date
Date
Software Upgrades/LDAP:
Our systems include the first year of software upgrades at no additional charge; the upgrades are
optional and normally follow a quarterly release schedule. The system offers single point upgrade
meaning from a client PC a single upgrade file will take care of any server upgrades as well as any field
controller upgrades, normal downtime for an upgrade is less than 15 minutes.
The proposed system offers complete AD integration at both user and group level. The system relies on
your current AD database and as such any changes to an AD entry results in an immediate update with
the system.
References:
City of St. Louis Park
5005 Minnetonka Blvd
St Louis Park, MN 55416
Municipal
Nikki Farrow
952.924.2167
[email protected]
On-going installation with annual additions (began in 2010), networked sites include City Hall, Public
Safety, Fire Stations, Rec Center, Nature Center, Maintenance Facility, Multiple Park Buildings, and
Police Sub Stations.
They have the exact systems we have proposed to use for McLeod County.
City of Woodbury
2100 Radio Drive
Woodbury, MN 55125
Municipal
JB Guiton
651.714.3600
[email protected]
On-going installation with annual additions (began in 2015), networked sites include City Hall, Public
Safety, and Fire Stations.
They have the Video Insight video surveillance solution and are in the process of upgraded to S2 access
control
City of White Bear Lake
4701 Highway 61
White Bear Lake, MN 55110
Municipal
Julie Swanson
651.429.8551
[email protected]
On-going installation with annual additions (began in 2016), networked sites include City Hall, Public
Safety, Rec Center, Nature Center, Maintenance Facility, Multiple Park Buildings, and Police Sub
Stations.
They have the exact systems we have proposed to use for McLeod County.
Information about the Respondent:
Company name – UHL Company, inc
Legal name (if different) – Same
Years in business – 99 Years (since 1917)
Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal – 15 Years
Contact person – Jeff Eichenberger
Full mailing address – 9065 Zachary Lane North Maple Grove, MN 55369
Telephone number – 763.425.7226
Fax number – 763.425.7336
E-mail address – [email protected]
Name and phone number of bonding company – Pate Bonding
Number of full-time employees – 115
Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four dedicated to this project) - 60
Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the training for the equipment in this
project (attach listing of experience with similar projects)
Nick Lind/Nick Eaton
Gaviidae Common
City of St Louis Park
City of White Bear Lake
City of Eagan
City of Woodbury
Name of person who would be project manager for this project (attach listing of experience
with similar projects)
Nick Lind/Nathan Parr
Gaviidae Common
City of St Louis Park
City of White Bear Lake
City of Eagan
City of Woodbury
Dunn and Bradstreet Number
1. Respondent – 00-621-5156
2. Equipment Manufacturer – S2 17-056-0143 VideoInsight 15-679-0953
Exclusions:
Door Contacts/Status Switches are not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT
been included in our RFP response.
Request to Exit Devices (only needed with Door Contacts/Status Switches) are not called for in the
Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT been included in our RFP response.
Lockset upgrade or replacement is not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT
been included in our RFP response.
The drawings requested in the RFP to be created from within our dedicated engineering department
immediately after we are awarded the project.
POE Network Switches are not called for in the Specification or the Addendum so they have NOT been
included in our RFP response.
Clarifications:
S2 Provides secure communication to/from all network nodes through SSL Digital Certificates and the
SHA-1 Algorithm as opposed to the lesser secure AES128, if AES 128 or 256 is a necessity we can provide
this by utilizing Mercury hardware with the S2 System.
S2 Requires zero client software and has zero client license costs
VideoInsight includes at no charge the client software, web client, and android/iOS apps.
Network Connections by Location:
5.02 Court House
Access Control = 3
Video = 10
5.03 Court Administration
Access Control = 1
Video = 0
5.04 Law Enforcement
Access Control = 1
Video = 0
5.05 North Complex
Access Control = 1
Video = 4
5.06 Annex
Access Control = 1
Video = 2
5.07 Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed
Access Control = 1
Video = 2
5.08 Health and Human Services
Access Control = 2
Video = 7
5.09 Solid Waste
Access Control = 2
Video = 9 (7 should be existing)
5.10 Fairgrounds
Access Control = 4
Video = 4
5.11 Brownton HWY Shop
Access Control = 1
Video = 0
5.12 Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop
Access Control = 1
Video = 0
Tech Note 1
May 13, 2016
Network Ports Used by S2 Security Products
The following table summarizes the ports that must be opened on your network to allow communication
between an S2 NetBox® system and:
•
An S2 Global® system or an S2 NetVR® series video management system
•
S2 nodes or third-party products
•
S2 Magic Monitor®
•
S2 Mobile Security Officer®
Port or Port Range
Products
Description
20, 21 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
When using active FTP, these ports must be open
to the FTP server for FTP backups from the
S2 controller.
When using passive FTP, port 20 will not be
required.
Ports must also be left open to the S2 controller for
FTP server responses. The network administrator
must set up these ports.
22 (TCP)
•
•
•
•
Used by S2 Technical Support for troubleshooting
When secure FTP is enabled, must be open to the
SFTP server for SFTP backups from the
S2 controller
S2 NetBox
S2 NetVR
S2 Global Server
S2 Network Node with
M1-3200 blade
25, 587 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
SMTP access email relay (for the event action
“Send Email”)
80 (TCP)
•
•
•
•
Must be open to the S2 controller for browser
access to the security management system. This
can be configured on a different port.
123 (UDP & TCP)
S2 Security Corporation
S2 NetBox
S2 NetVR
S2 Global Server
S2 Network Node with
M1-3200 blade
All S2 controllers
NTP (Network Time Protocol) - used for time
synchronization
1
Document #TN-01-18
May 2016
Tech Note 1
Network Ports Used by S2 Security Products
Port or Port Range
Products
Description
139 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
smbd server daemon, which provides file sharing
and printing services to Windows clients
443 (TCP)
•
•
S2 NetBox
Secure Web access (SSL)
•
•
S2 NetBox
445 (TCP)
S2 NetVR
smbd server daemon, which provides file sharing
and printing services to Windows clients
S2 NetVR
554
All S2 NetVR products
Real Time Streaming Protocol (RTSP)
Must be open for streaming H.264 video streams
694, 33752 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
Linux-HA high availability Heartbeat
1080
S2 NetBox
Must be open to the S2 controller to allow
communications with S2 Magic Monitor
1818, 3011, 22609 (TCP)
S2 NetVR
S2 NetVR video support
3000, 3010 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
Required for integration with third-party video
management systems (VMS)
3306
All S2 controllers
For PostgreSQL report usage
4503
•
•
S2 NetBox
Must be open for communications between
S2 Mobile Security Officer and an S2 NetBox or
S2 NetBox VR controller
•
•
S2 NetBox
•
•
S2 NetBox
•
•
S2 NetBox
•
S2 Network Node with
CBM blade
•
•
S2 MicroNode™ Plus
4743
5432 (TCP)
7262 (TCP)
S2 NetBox VR
OpenHPI – HPI instance to which multiple clients
can connect
S2 NetVR
For PostgreSQL database system
S2 Global
S2 Network Node with
M1-3200 blade
Must be open to the S2 controller for
communications with S2 nodes
Be sure that this port is open through routers and
firewalls for any S2 nodes on different subnets
than the S2 controller.
S2 MicroNode™
(inbound to the S2 nodes
only)
S2 Security Corporation
2
May 2016
Tech Note 1
Port or Range
Network Ports Used by S2 Security Products
Products
Description
ASSA ABLOY Integration
2571 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
Used to connect to ASSA ABLOY wireless and
POE locksets
9020, 9090 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
S2 Global Server support
Port 9020 is used for S2 Global to S2 NetBox
communications.
Port 9090 is used for S2 NetBox to S2 Global
communications.
•
•
Must be open to the S2 controller for
communications with Blackboard nodes.
Be sure that this port is open through routers and
firewalls for any Blackboard nodes on different
subnets than the S2 controller.
Blackboard Nodes
9005 (TCP)
S2 NetBox
Blackboard nodes
(inbound to the
Blackboard nodes only)
Digital Monitoring Products (DMP) Integration
2001 (S2 product outbound
TCP)
S2 NetBox
Used for outbound communications between the
S2 system and supported DMP intrusion panels
2011 (S2 product outbound
TCP)
S2 NetBox
Used for inbound communications between the S2
system and supported DMP intrusion panels
6000-6063 (Inbound to S2
TCP)
S2 NetBox
Must be open to the S2 controller for assignment
to each DMP panel created in the S2 system
This port is needed as the PC Logging port for
status communications to the S2 system. It cannot
be changed and it is the same for all DMP panels.
S2 NetBox
Required for integration with all Mercury series
based controllers, including Allegion Schlage and
M5 Bridge
Mercury Security Integration
3001
Otis Elevator Compass Integration
45303, 45307, 45308
S2 NetBox
Required for Otis Elevator Compass integrations
S2 NetBox
For ODBC connection to PostgreSQL
ODBC
5432
S2 Security Corporation
3
May 2016
®
Integrated security for an IP-connected world
Tech Note 24
April 29, 2015
S2 Node Operational Requirements
The operational requirements for S2 nodes are as follows:
•
IP Network configured for IPV4 or IPV4/IPV6.
•
Networks with switches running the Spanning-Tree Protocol (STP) must have the STP
PortFast feature enabled on every port where an S2 node is connected.
•
S2 nodes support connections fixed full duplex at 10 or 100 megabit Ethernet (10 base T
/ 100 base T) or auto-negotiate connections where the negotiation time resolves in under
2 seconds.
Note: With release 4.4.02 (bmod 107), the auto-negotiate time is relaxed to 8 seconds.
This change does not take effect until after the S2 node(s) are upgraded to
V4.4.02 (bmod107).
•
S2 nodes initiate connections to the S2 controller, maintaining a continuous (TCP)
connection. The TCP port 7262 must be open in the path leading from the S2 node to
the S2 controller at all times. This is the primary communications path between the S2
controller and the S2 node.
Note: The connection is maintained constantly and should not be disrupted in order to
maintain online application integrity. For this reason, we recommend using static
IP address assignments for all S2 devices.
•
All network links (in the path from S2 controller to S2 node and back) must support an
MTU (Maximum Transaction Unit) of at least 1500 bytes. If any link limits the MTU to
below 1500 bytes, then the network must be configured to fragment TCP/IP packets.
Note: If this is not possible, please call S2 Technical Support at 508 663-2505.
•
High bandwidth broadcast traffic should be avoided on the subnet where the S2 node is
attached. Specifically, all multicast and broadcast UDP traffic on the link to an S2 node
should be limited to the following two S2-specific multicast group addresses: 224.0.72.62
and 224.0.72.63; port 7262 is used as the destination for both. Forwarding multicast
traffic on 224.0.72.62 upstream to the S2 controller (on the same subnet) will enable
S2 Security Corporation
Page 1 of 2
April 2015
Tech Note 24
S2 Node Operational Requirements
node-autodiscovery; without this, the S2 node addresses may be entered manually,
through a separate configuration utility (NNCONFIG).
•
Except during configuration and credential download, the traffic between the S2 node
and S2 controller is very low, less than 10K bytes per minute, but it is latency sensitive. If
large transfers are occurring on the network, S2 recommends increasing the Quality of
Service (QOS) allocation between the S2 node and S2 controller to keep the round trip
latency to less than 2 seconds.
•
Troubleshooting: At the request of S2 Support, TCP port 7262 may need to be opened in
the path leading from the S2 controller to the S2 node, for troubleshooting purposes.
This path does not need to be open at all times and is used only by S2 Support.
•
Environmental: 0°C - 50°C.
S2 Security Corporation
Page 2 of 2
April 2015
IP Server v6.3
Contents
Introduc on
System Overview
Planning
Server
IP Server Sample Configura ons
20 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
40 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
120 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
240 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
Failover Server
Network
Factors affec ng performance
VI Monitor
Web Client
Cameras
Camera Audio
Licensing
Router configura on
How to configure your Video Insight server and router for remote access:
Storage considera ons
Database considera ons
So ware installa on
Page 2 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
IP Server
Installa on without an exis ng SQL installa on
Installa on with an exis ng SQL installa on
Ini aliza on
Ac vate Using Demo Mode
VI Monitor Client
Adding servers manually
Add Server Automa cally
IP Server Manager
Accessing IPSM
Configuring IP Server
IPSM: Op ons
Check the Enable Analog Video Bandwidth Timeout box.
Select the meout in seconds.
Click OK.
IPSM: System Log
IPSM: Network Op ons
IPSM: Diagnos cs
IPSM: No Cameras
IPSM: Update Ac va on
Security
Configuring Ac ve Directory
Ac ve Directory Prerequisites
Adding users or groups
Page 3 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Removing users or groups
Viewing user permissions
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)
CheckSum
Enabling CheckSum Watermark
Verifying a CheckSum Watermark
Troubleshoo ng
Frequently Asked Ques ons
Online Resources
Remote Support
Contact Us
Appendices
Appendix A: IP Server port list
Appendix B: Current Customers Examples
Appendix C: Commonly Used Camera Creden als
Appendix D: Configuring a CNB camera
Appendix E: Configuring Sentry FS1000 and FS2000 cameras
Appendix F: Configuring an IQEye Camera using Op onal Controls
Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG So ware No ce
Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG So ware No ce
Page 4 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Video Insight So ware License Agreement
IMPORTANT – READ CAREFULLY BEFORE ACCESSING VIDEO INSIGHT SOFTWARE: This license agreement (“License
Agreement”) is a legal agreement between the individual, corporate or other en ty or governmental en ty, as
applicable, that is licensing the So ware (referred to herein as “You” or “Licensee”) and Video Insight, Inc. and its
suppliers (collec vely, “Video Insight” or “Licensor”) for the So ware (the “So ware”).
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: ”You” or “Licensee” refers to an Ordering Activity, as defined in GSA Order
ADM4800.2G and as revised from time to time
USERS OTHER THAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: BY USING OR ACCESSING THE SOFTWARE; LOADING THE
SOFTWARE OR ALLOWING THE SOFTWARE TO BE LOADED; OR UTILIZING ANY DEVICE OR OTHERWISE UTILIZING THE
SERVICES OR FUNCTIONALITY OF THE SOFTWARE, YOU AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE
AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT, YOU MAY RETURN THE SOFTWARE
TO YOUR PLACE OF PURCHASE FOR A FULL REFUND.
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: THE AUTHORIZED CONTRACTING OFFICER ACCEPTED THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE
AGREEMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FAR 1.601(a).
1.
GRANT OF LICENSE.
a.
Overview of the License Agreement. This License Agreement describes Your rights to use or otherwise u lize
the services of the So ware. This License Agreement does not en tle You to any ownership rights of the
programming code. The So ware is licensed, not sold. The So ware is protected by copyright and other
intellectual property laws and trea es. Video Insight owns the tle, copyright and other intellectual property
rights in the So ware. You may not rent, lease, or lend the So ware or the License Agreement.
b.
Product Coverage. You may also use this License Agreement to access or otherwise use the services or
func onality of Video Insight So ware u lized by other individuals or en es provided that the other
individuals or en es obtain a valid license.
c.
System Limits. You may use the So ware with one unique system iden fied by its unique capture board. Each
unique system requires a separate License Agreement.
2.
TERMINATION (NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES): Without prejudice to any other
rights, Video Insight may terminate this License Agreement if You do not abide by the terms and condi ons
herein, in which case you must destroy all copies of the So ware and return all component parts.
3.
TRANSFER. You may move the So ware to a different server.
Page 5 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
4.
LIMITATION ON REVERSE ENGINEERING, DECOMPILATION AND DISASSEMBLY. You may not reverse engineer,
decompile, or disassemble the So ware.
5.
CONSENT TO USE OF DATA. You agree that Video Insight and its affiliates may collect and use any technical
informa on You provide as part of support services related to the Product. Video Insight agrees not to use
this informa on in a form that personally iden fies You.
6.
LIMITED WARRANTY. Because of uncertain or unknown condi ons and incidental hazards under which the
So ware is used, Video Insight does not warrant or guarantee that any par cular result will be achieved. You
understand and agree that suppliers and/or installers of the So ware are independent contractors that are
not employed by or under the control of Video Insight. Video Insight disclaims all liability and responsibility
for damages or other loss caused by any independent supplier/installer or other third‐party. The sole and
exclusive warranty provided by Video Insight is that (1) the media on which the So ware is furnished will be
free of defects in materials and workmanship; and (2) the So ware substan ally conforms to its published
specifica ons (the “Limited Warranty”). The So ware is warranted only for its ini al installa on. This
warranty shall survive inspec on of, payment for and acceptance of the So ware, but in any event shall
expire ninety (90) days a er the date you receive the So ware, unless prohibited by law. As to any defects
discovered a er ninety days from receipt, there is no warranty or condi on of any kind. Any supplements or
updates to the So ware, including without limita on any (if any) service packs or ho ixes provided to You
a er the expira on of the ninety‐day Limited Warranty period are not covered by any warranty or condi on,
express, implied or statutory. Except for the Limited Warranty and to the maximum extent permitted by
applicable law, Video Insight provides the Software and support services (if any) “AS IS” AND WITH ALL
FAULTS. THERE ARE NO OTHER WARRANTIES (NOR REPRESENTATIONS) HEREUNDER OR ELSEWHERE MADE BY
VIDEO INSIGHT, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, SUITABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OF
GOOD AND WORKMANLIKE PERFORMANCE, ALL WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE AND THE PROVISION OF OR
FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, ARE DISCLAIMED BY VIDEO INSIGHT AND EXCLUDED FROM THIS
AGREEMENT. ALSO, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET POSSESSION,
CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NON­INFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD TO THE SOFTWARE. NO
AFFIRMATION WHETHER BY WORDS OR ACTIONS BY VIDEO INSIGHT, ITS AGENTS, EMPLOYEES OR
REPRESENTATIVES SHALL CONSTITUTE A WARRANTY. APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: THIS
AGREEMENT DOES NOT LIMIT OR DISCLAIM ANY OF THE WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN THE GSA SCHEDULE 70
CONTRACT UNDER FAR 52.212­4(O). IN THE EVENT OF A BREACH OF WARRANTY. THE U.S. GOVERNMENT
RESERVES ALL RIGHTS AND REMEDIES UNDER THE CONTRACT, THE FEDERAL ACQUISITION REGULATIONS, AND
THE CONTRACT DISPUTES ACT, 41 USC 7101­7109.
7.
Limited and Exclusive Remedy. Video Insight’s sole responsibility and Your exclusive remedy for any
nonconformance or defect is expressly limited to the refund of the purchase price paid, if any, or the
replacement of the So ware determined by Video Insight, in its sole discre on, to possess such a defect. As a
condi on precedent to any remedy described herein, or otherwise available to You, You shall seek and accept
Video Insight’s reasonable effort to replace the allegedly defec ve or nonconforming So ware. In furtherance
of such undertaking, if You reasonably believe that the So ware contains a defect or nonconformity for which
Video Insight is responsible, You shall inform Video Insight immediately by telephone at (713) 621‐9779 and
by providing wri en no fica on to Video Insight within forty‐eight (48) hours of discovery. All returned
So ware shall be shipped at customer’s expense. This Limited Warranty is void if failure of the So ware has
Page 6 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
resulted from accident, abuse, misapplica on, abnormal use, or a virus. Any replacement So ware will be
warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer.
8.
NO CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, (1) VIDEO INSIGHT’S LIABILITY FOR ANY CLAIM OR ACTION OF ANY KIND ARISING OUT OF, IN
CONNECTION WITH OR RESULTING FROM THE MANUFACTURE, SALE, DELIVERY, RESALE, TRANSFER, USE OR REPAIR
OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES RENDERED BY VIDEO INSIGHT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE PRICE, IF ANY, YOU PAID
FOR THE SOFTWARE OR $5.00, WHICHEVER IS GREATER; AND (2) VIDEO INSIGHT SHALL IN NO EVENT BE LIABLE
FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT OR THE FAILURE OF THE SOFTWARE TO OPERATE PROPERLY,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY DAMAGE OCCASIONED BY DELAY, DOWNTIME, LOST BUSINESS
OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, LOSS OF PRIVACY, LOST PROFITS OR OTHERWISE
(NOTWITHSTANDING THE CAUSE OF SUCH DAMAGE AND WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY VIDEO INSIGHT’S
NEGLIGENCE, FAULT OR STRICT LIABILITY). CUSTOMER ASSUMES THE RISK FOR AND INDEMNIFIES VIDEO INSIGHT
FROM AND AGAINST ALL LIABILITIES FOR ANY LOSS, DAMAGE OR INJURY TO PERSONS OR PROPERTY ARISING OUT
OF, CONNECTED WITH OR RESULTING FROM THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, THE PROVISION
OF OR FAILURE TO PROVIDE SUPPORT SERVICES, OR THE POSSESSION, USE OR APPLICATION OF THE SOFTWARE,
EITHER ALONE OR IN COMBINATION WITH OTHER PRODUCTS. VIDEO INSIGHT ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY OR
LIABILITY, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WHETHER IN TORT OR IN CONTRACT, AS TO THE CAPACITY OF THE
SOFTWARE TO SATISFY THE REQUIREMENT OF ANY LAW, RULE, SPECIFICATION, OR CONTRACT PERTAINING
THERETO, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY CONTRACT BETWEEN ANY CUSTOMER OF ITS PRODUCTS AND
PARTIES WITH WHOM SUCH CUSTOMER HAS CONTRACTED. APPLICABLE TO DEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES:
THIS CLAUSE SHALL NOT IMPAIR THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S RIGHT TO RECOVER FOR FRAUD OR CRIMES ARISING
OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT UNDER ANY FEDERAL FRAUD STATUTE. FURTHERMORE, THIS CLAUSE
SHALL NOT IMPAIR NOR PREJUDICE THE U.S. GOVERNMENT’S RIGHT TO EXPRESS REMEDIES PROVIDED IN THE
SCHEDULE CONTRACT (I.E. PRICE REDUCTIONS, PATENT INDEMNIFICATION, LIABILITY FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE,
PRICE ADJUSTMENT, FAILURE TO PROVIDE ACCURATE INFORMATION.)
9.
INDEMNIFICATION (NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES): YOU AGREE TO PROTECT,
INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND VIDEO INSIGHT FROM AND AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS,
LIENS, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, LOSSES AND LIABILITIES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING IN
ANY MANNER, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN THE COURSE OF OR
INCIDENTAL TO (1) YOUR WORK OR OPERATIONS WITH THE SOFTWARE REGARDLESS OF CAUSE OR OF THE
SOLE, CONCURRENT OR CONTINUING FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE OF VIDEO INSIGHT OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR
AGENTS; OR (2) ANY BREACH OR FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE PROVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
AGREEMENT. YOU AGREE TO PROTECT, INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND VIDEO INSIGHT FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, LIENS, CAUSES OF ACTION, JUDGMENTS, LOSSES AND LIABILITIES FOR INJURY
TO OR DEATH OF YOU, YOUR AGENTS OR EMPLOYEES OR ANY EMPLOYEE OR AGENTS OF ANY CO­VENTURER,
CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR OR PERSONS AT YOUR WORK LOCATION ARISING IN ANY MANNER, DIRECTLY
OR INDIRECTLY, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH OR IN THE COURSE OF OR INCIDENTAL TO YOUR WORK OR
OPERATIONS WITH THE SOFTWARE, REGARDLESS OF CAUSE OR OF ANY FAULT OR NEGLIGENCE OF VIDEO
INSIGHT OR ITS EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS.
10. SEVERANCE: Should any provision of this License Agreement, or a por on thereof, be unenforceable or in
conflict with the laws of the United States of America or of any state or jurisdic on which governs any
transac on between Video Insight and You, then the validity of the remaining provisions, and any por on
Page 7 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
thereof, shall not be affected by such unenforceability or conflict, and this License Agreement shall be
considered as if such provision, or por on thereof, were not contained herein.
11. UNLAWFUL PURPOSE. Use of the So ware for any unlawful purpose or in any unlawful manner, use for any
improper or unintended use, or use by anyone other than you is strictly prohibited and cons tutes a material
breach of this License Agreement.
12. APPLICABLE LAW.
a.
LICENSEES OTHER THAN FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: This License Agreement is governed by the laws of
the State of Texas. Video Insight and Licensee hereby agree that exclusive jurisdic on of any, controversy,
claim, suit or proceeding arising out of or rela ng in any way to the So ware or this License Agreement or the
breach, termina on or invalidity thereof shall lie within the courts of the State of Texas or within the courts of
the United States of America located within the Southern District of Texas. Video Insight and Licensee consent
to venue and jurisdic on within the Courts of Harris County, Texas.
b.
FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES: This License Agreement is governed by the laws of the United States. Video
Insight and Licensee hereby agree that exclusive jurisdic on of any, controversy, claim, suit or proceeding
arising out of or rela ng in any way to the So ware or this License Agreement or the breach, termina on or
invalidity thereof shall lie within the courts of the United States of America.
13. NO WAIVER: Failure to enforce any or all of this License Agreement in a par cular instance shall not act as a
waiver or preclude subsequent enforcement.
14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT (NOT APPLICABLE TO FEDERAL GOVERNMENT LICENSEES). This License Agreement
(including any addendum or amendment to this License Agreement which is included with the So ware)
cons tutes the en re agreement between You and Video Insight rela ng to the So ware and any support
services, and this License Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous oral or wri en
communica ons, proposals, and representa ons with respect to the So ware or any other subject ma er
covered by this License Agreement. To the extent the terms of any Video Insight policies or programs for
support services conflict with the terms of the License Agreement, the terms of the License Agreement shall
control.
15. This so ware is U.S. origin and is subject to the Export Administra on Regula ons. Diversion contrary to U.S.
law is prohibited.
HOUSTON 6467133v.3
Page 8 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Introduction
Video Insight is a leading developer of enterprise‐class video management so ware. Our vision
is to provide powerful, user‐friendly so ware that will run on "off‐the‐shelf" hardware based on
IP technology. We have developed our solu on from the ground‐up, making us one of the few
pure‐play IP video management so ware providers.
Video Insight’s suite of products was created to protect clients by providing intelligent, easy to
use IP security solu ons. Our extensive effort has resulted in products that are flexible and
powerful enough for any situa on, yet s ll very cost effec ve. Our so ware boasts the largest
number of camera integra ons available on the market. Users can access their Video Insight
surveillance systems on mobile devices, through the web and on Microso Windows clients
over internal networks or the Internet.
Video Insight v6.3 can intelligently and efficiently monitor security throughout your organiza on.
Key advantages of this version are:
●
●
●
●
●
Easy to Use Updated User Interface
Support for over 3,000 cameras
Alarm Monitoring
Facility Maps
Synchronized Playback
The Video Insight IP Server Administrator Guide includes everything you need to install and
configure IP Server with best prac ces and a troubleshoo ng guide. This document is intended
for use by advanced users and system administrators.
Page 9 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
System Overview
The Video Insight applica on suite provides a solu on for many different scenarios. You can use
it for basic una ended monitoring or mobile remote viewing by patrolling security personnel. At
its core is Video Insight IP Server, which powers the so ware pla orm. The figure below shows
video monitoring op ons for users.
The Video Insight applica on suite runs over an Ethernet network, meaning cameras, security
personnel, and servers do not have to be co‐located.
The figure below shows the distributed flexibility of the system extending to IP Server’s
automa c failover capability.
Page 10 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Page 11 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
The system is a robust so ware pla orm that has three main components that capture and view
live or recorded video from anywhere: IP Server, VI Monitor Client and Web Client. The table
below summarizes the role of hardware in the Video Insight applica on suite.
Table 1: Role of Client Applications, Hardware, and Software in the Video Insight
application suite.
Product Suite: IP Server
Client
Application
s
VI Monitor
▪
▪
▪
▪
Web Client
▪ Live and recorded video
▪ Internet Explorer, Safari, Chrome and Opera (with op onal Ac veX plug
support for Internet Explorer)
Smart Phone/Tablet Client
IP Server
Hardware
Storage
Client applica on
Live and recorded video
Centralized administra on
Alarm no fica on
▪ Live and recorded video
▪ iPhone, iPad, BlackBerry and Android support
▪ PTZ control
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
▪
Records and manages video
VM support
Alarm processing
3rd‐party access control and analy cs integra on
Microso IIS for Internet clients
Ac ve Directory, LDAP, and Novell eDirectory support
▪ Direct A ached, SAN/NAS, and iSCSI storage support
IP Server Manager
▪ Monitors the IP Server(s) and presents a visual status
for each state
▪ Network connec on administra on
▪ Diagnos cs for troubleshoo ng and system
op miza on
Health Monitor
▪ Accessory applica on that monitors the health of all
your servers and cameras from a single loca on
▪ Email no fica on on error
Software
Page 12 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Planning
Ge ng the most out of your hardware and our so ware requires planning. Understanding your
needs will help you size your solu on. Evaluate and plan the integra ons you will need to make.
Server
IP Server is at the heart of the Video Insight pla orm. It runs on industry‐standard hardware and
works with 32‐ and 64‐bit versions of these Microso opera ng systems.
●
●
●
●
●
●
Windows Server 2008 R2
Windows Server 2008 Enterprise, Standard and Web edi ons
Windows 7 Pro and Enterprise edi ons
Windows Server 2012 (All Versions)
Windows 8 Pro and Enterprise edi ons
Windows 10 Pro, Enterprise and Educa on edi ons
IP Server also requires Microso .NET Framework 4.5+ and Microso Internet Informa on
Services (IIS) with “sta c content” enabled. The opera ng system must be current with updates
because Video Insight hardware and so ware integrates with the latest updates.
The hardware required for installa on of IP Server is determined by a variety of factors including
the number of cameras, the resolu on of those cameras, the number of frames per second, as
well as the number of days of required video storage.
Page 13 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
IP Server Sample Configurations
20 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
●
Dell Op plex 7010 with Intel Core i5 3.30 GHz, with 4GB, 3TB of Storage, Intel HD 2500
Graphics, and Windows 7 Professional
●
CPU Performance
●
Using Camera‐Side Mo on Detec on
●
Server Only CPU u liza on at 10%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60%
40 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
●
Dell Op plex 7010 with Intel Core i5 3.30 GHz, with 4GB, 3TB of Storage, Intel HD 2500
Graphics, and Windows 7 Professional
●
CPU Performance
●
Using Camera‐Side Mo on Detec on
●
Server Only CPU u liza on at 10%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60%
120 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
●
Dell PowerEdge R520 2U Rackmount with Dual Intel Xeon E5‐2403 1.80GHz, with 8GB, 21TB of
RAID5 Storage, Intel HD 2500 Graphics, and Windows Server 2008
●
CPU Performance
●
Using Camera Side Mo on Detec on:
●
Server Only CPU u liza on at 10%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25%
Page 14 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60%
240 H.264 cameras streaming 1.5Mbps
●
Dell PowerEdge R720xd 2U Rackmount with Dual Intel Xeon E5‐2403 1.80GHz, with 8GB, 42TB
of RAID5 Storage, Intel HD 2500 Graphics, and Windows Server 2008
●
CPU Performance
●
Using Camera‐Side Mo on Detec on
●
Server Only CPU u liza on at 10%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 4 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 25%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 9 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 35%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 16 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 45%
●
VI Monitor Client displaying 20 Live Windows CPU u liza on at 60%
Failover Server
In the event a network outage or hardware failure prevents a server from recording camera
video, the IP Server Failover Server feature will enable another server to take over the recording
capabili es of the offline server. When configured with a shared SQL Database as part of a
cluster, the Failover Server feature eliminates video loss and enables con nuous live streaming
video.
To use the Failover Server feature you must:
●
Have at least two servers with the same hardware configura on.
●
Have a Shared Database installa on; see IP Server installation with an existing SQL
installation.
●
Have at least one license and a serial number or ac va on key for each server.
Network
Network configura on is extremely important when implemen ng an IP video solu on. IP
cameras use considerable bandwidth to deliver informa on between the camera and the server.
Different cameras will require different amounts of bandwidth based on resolu on and frame
rate. Accessing video from VI Monitor, Web Client, mobile device client and Video Wall
increases the needed bandwidth.
Page 15 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Figure 3 illustrates a very basic, isolated network comprising of one switch, one camera, and
one router.
Figure 3: Basic IP video monitoring solution with remote viewing.
Factors affecting performance
Any system is the sum of its parts. A mismatched sub‐system or component can have a nega ve
effect on the whole system. Video streaming can only be as good as the cameras and underlying
network. Best prac ces for IP video solu ons indicate cameras connected to and powered over
Ethernet or separate VLANs for cameras.
Local and Wide Area Network
Video travels over a network, meaning infrastructure plays a big part in the overall performance
of the Video Insight solu on. A slow network can create bo lenecks that result in a slow frame
rate, ji ery video, and packet loss. Avoid devices on your local network with a port speed of 100
Mb/s or less.
The following network issues can cause cameras to drop a connec on or otherwise go offline:
●
Camera is using a dynamic instead of sta c IP address
●
Another service or device is running at the same me with the same IP address, causing
a conflict
●
Mul ple applica ons pulling a stream from one camera (some cameras limit the number
of streams)
●
Power output of a switch is less than required by the cameras. The power output of a
switch has to be greater than the sum of the power requirements of the a ached cameras. Refer
to the camera’s manual for power requirements
Page 16 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Some may be tempted to implement wireless local networking to connect cameras. Due to
poten al dead zones, transmission speed, outside interference and weather condi ons you can
expect subpar performance and dropped connec ons. Video Insight does not recommend using
wireless networking to connect video cameras.
If organiza on using IP Server has more than one site, then it will likely rely on an Internet
provider for connec vity. The performance go en from the provider will depend on their network
infrastructure, customer u liza on of that network and what can be afforded. Streaming video
remotely to a desktop client requires basic broadband. Streaming to a mobile device requires 4G
service.
Cameras
The following factors can affect camera imaging:
●
Bit Rate – a higher bit rate usually gives be er picture quality
●
Resolu on – a higher resolu on usually gives be er picture quality
●
Format – some picture formats incorporate be er algorithms that more accurately
represent the subject
●
Firmware – outdated firmware can impair camera func onality
●
Loca on – unless intended for such use, placement in dark or obstructed loca ons, or in
places affected by adverse weather, will not result in useful pictures
●
Number of cameras connected to server – the higher the number of connected cameras,
the greater the load on server resources
VI Monitor
VI Monitor, the Video Insight thick client, allows users full access to all cameras and provides
centralized administra on for the system. It is used to watch live and recorded video.
VI Monitor runs on industry‐standard hardware and works with 32‐ and 64‐bit versions of Microso
Windows XP or later. Microso DirectShow 9 or higher is required. The opera ng system must be
current with updates because Video Insight hardware and so ware integrates with the latest
updates.
VI Monitor requests video from the server in the camera’s na ve format. Transferring video in the
camera’s na ve format is a file server opera on that does not burden the IP Server CPU as a video
decompression opera on would. Because video decompression is performed on the client and not
the server, the hardware requirements for VI Monitor are different from those of IP Server. Table 4
shows the hardware requirements for VI Monitor Client.
Page 17 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Page 18 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Table 4: VI Monitor Client hardware requirements
Component
Minimum
Recommended
Processor
1 2.0 GHz dual‐core
1 2.4 GHz quad‐core+
Memory
8 GB
16 GB+
Video
512 MB
1 GB+
Network
100 Mb/s
1 Gb/s+
Display Resolu on
1600 X 900
1920 X 1080 or higher
Note
The video subsystem must support Microso DirectShow.
VI Monitor will require addi onal system memory, video memory and processor if more cameras
are viewed and processor‐intensive compression protocols are used. The greater the number of
compressed images viewed at once, the greater the load on the processor. Dual streaming
(model specific) on the client is also available for the ability to monitor more cameras at once.
Web Client
Web Client, the Video Insight thin client, allows users remote access to cameras. Web Client is
dis nct from the Video Insight mobile device applica on. Web Client u lizes Microso IIS
services hosted on the same server as IP Server. To support cross‐pla orm compa bility, IP
Server sends MJPEG images to clients that are unable to decompress MPEG4 or H.264 streams.
These images are normally provided as a dual stream from the camera. IP Server can create an
MJPEG but this increases the load on the CPU. Web Client connects directly to the cameras to
view live video, unlike VI Monitor Client. Web Client currently supports Internet Explorer 11+ or
Chrome ( for low speed only).
Microso IIS 5.1 or higher must be installed and configured prior to the installa on of IP Server.
Page 19 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Cameras
Video Insight supports a vast array of cameras from a large number of manufacturers. Addi onal
camera support is included with every so ware release Refer to our website for the latest list of
supported cameras.
Video Insight supports the Open Network Video Interface Forum (ONVIF) standard. We support
version 1.03.
Camera Audio
IP Server is capable of recording audio along with the capturing of video recording when used
with the appropriate and desired peripherals. While configuring audio recording is a possibility,
it is o en over‐looked that necessary and desired changes be made on the camera itself in
order for audio recording to func on within IP Server’s video recording process.
The following codecs are found to work well with IP Server and are most commonly used by
known camera manufacturers:
● L8 @ 8K (Uncompressed 8‐bit audio)
● L16 @ 16K (Uncompressed 16‐bit audio)
● G711 ULAW and ALAW @ 8K and 16K
● G726 40/32/24/16
● AAC Low Complexity (*) Bitrate is
128kbps or less
● AMR Audio
Licensing
Video Insight’s licensing structure is simple: one camera requires one license. Our floa ng
licenses means there is no need to e a licensing seat, IP address or MAC address to a
par cular camera. Cameras offering mul ple camera views only require one license. Separate
video streams from the same camera do not require a separate license. Video Insight offers
encoders, such as the VP16, that allow up to 16 analog cameras with only one license. Please
contact us for more informa on on specific licensing requirements.
Note
Some cameras include a license for use with our so ware.
Page 20 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Router configuration
Video Insight recommends using some type of router if the IP Server is connected to the
internet. Small Office/Home Office (SOHO) routers provide a simple hardware firewall that
protect the computer. SOHO routers connect to a DSL or cable modem and then connect to the
server with them. The SOHO router prevents all inbound traffic from accessing the network and
computers except for the traffic that are specifically allowed through the firewall.
How to configure your Video Insight server and router for remote access:
1.
Assign a sta c IP address to the IP Server. SOHO routers typically use DHCP to assign an
IP address from a range of addresses to devices connected to the router. Choose an address
outside of this range but within the subnet to assign to the server. For help on assigning a sta c
IP address, review your SOHO router user guide or consult with a network administrator.
2.
Configure your SOHO router to forward ports 80 and 4011 to IP Server.
a.
For help on forwarding ports, review manual that came with the router consult with a
network administrator.
b.
www.por oward.com provides informa on on how to configure most SOHO routers.
Video Insight does not endorse this informa on.
3.
Test the IP Servers configura on by trying to access the Web Client externally.
a.
Start an Internet browser.
b.
Enter: h p://<external IP>/videoinsight into the address bar of the Internet browser.
c.
Note, many SOHO routers will not allow a connec on to the external IP address when
the IP Server is behind the firewall. Tes ng will need to be conducted outside of the local area
network (LAN).
d.
A third‐party website such as canyouseeme.org to provide the external IP address of the
LAN and to verify if the correct ports are being forwarded.
Storage considerations
The amount of storage required for recordings depends on the number of cameras, the CODEC,
Frames per Second (FPS), resolu on of the images and the percentage of pixel change. The Video
Insight solu on gives you flexibility of per camera storage op ons:
Record Always
This requires significantly more storage space because video is
constantly recorded.
Record On Motion Only
This requires less storage space than Record Always because video is
recorded only when mo on occurs in the camera’s field of view.
Page 21 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
IP Server supports the following types of storage:
NAS, SAN & RAID 5, RAID 6, RAID 10 and JBOD* (*with custom camera configura on, per camera)
Long Term Storage Application (LTS)
You can specify which cameras to copy, how many days to keep before copying and what me of the
day to execute the copy. The copied files can be viewed using Video Insight so ware or Microso
Windows Media Player.
File Manipulation Rule
A feature that allows users to backup their files to other loca ons such as standard file servers, NAS or
SAN using the Rules manager. This feature takes the task of remembering to backup important video
recordings on the local server and automates it. File Manipula on can also move or delete videos.
Database considerations
IP Server saves configura on se ngs, user names, camera informa on and event logs in a Microso
SQL database. When IP Server starts, it reads its se ngs directly from the assigned database. When
VI Monitor Client connects to IP Server it saves all recordings to its local hard drive so recordings are
s ll accessible in the case of database failure.
Use Table 5 to help you determine whether you need a local or a shared database.
Table 5: Choosing a local or shared database.
Local
Shared
Small centralized organiza on with 1‐3 servers
Large regional organiza on with many servers
Use VI Monitor Client and built‐in User Manager
Use Ac ve Directory/LDAP
Number of users is small
Number of users is large
Disaster recovery and backup for each server’s
database
Disaster recovery and backup for one database
Failover server func onality is not desired
Failover server func onality is desired
Servers are not on the same LAN or the
communica on link between the server the
database is a low‐speed connec on
Servers are on the same LAN and connec on speeds are
not an issue
Page 22 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Cameras will not move from one server to another
Cameras will move from one server to another at final
configura on
Avoids unnecessary exposure SQL to the network
Exposure of SQL to the network in a secured network
environment
Software installation
Video Insight so ware supports both 32‐ and 64‐bit opera ng systems. Download and install
the correct installa on for your version. Review the following list prior to beginning the
installa on process:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Storage Considera ons
SQL Considera ons
Network Considera ons
Online Calculator: www.video‐insight.com/calc.php
Administrator‐level access on server is required
IP Server
If Microso SQL Server is not already present in your environment you can choose to install the
package. It includes Microso SQL Server 2008 R2 for both 32‐bit and 64‐bit opera ng systems.
If your environment already has Microso SQL Server 2008 installed and you only need the
Video Insight database and are not required to install SQL Server installa on package.
Installation without an existing SQL installation
Use the following steps to install IP Server with Microso SQL Server for the first me. This op on
will also install VI Monitor and Web Client:
Page 23 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Launch the executable located on
DownloadVI.com.
Click I Agree to agree to the terms
and con nue the installa on. If
you do not agree or do not want to
con nue the installa on, click
Cancel.
Select all the components that you
would like to install, click Next.
Page 24 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
To accept the default des na on
folder, click Install. To choose
another des na on, enter the
des na on path or click Browse
to search.
Select the start menu folder that
you would like the installa on to
be created, click Next.
Page 25 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
The default creden als are
entered for the SQL installa on. If
you would like to change the
creden als please enter them
now and click Install.
IP Server is installed. To ini alize
and configure it, see Ini aliza on.
Page 26 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Installation with an existing SQL installation
Use the following steps to install IP Server for the first me in an environment with Microso
SQL Server. This op on will also install VI Monitor Client and Web Client.
Launch
the executable
DownloadVI.com.
from
Click I Agree to agree to the terms
and con nue the installa on. If you
do not agree or do not want to
con nue the installa on, click
Cancel.
Select all the components that you
would like to install, click Next.
The install SQL selec on should
not be checked.
Page 27 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
To accept the default des na on
folder, click Install. To choose
another des na on enter the
des na on path or click Browse.
Click Next to begin the installa on
process.
Select the start menu folder that
you would like the installa on to
be created, click Next.
Page 28 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
The default creden als are
entered for the SQL installa on.
If there is a need to change the
creden als, please enter them
now and click Install.
IP Server is now installed.
Initialization
You must ac vate and ini alize IP Server before you can use it. Click Next to Con nue as seen on
the screen below.
To ac vate IP Server with a serial number:
If IP Server is being ac vated
with a serial number, click Next.
If IP SErver is being ac vated by
phone or by ac va ng a demo,
select the correct op on on the
screen and select click Next.
Page 29 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Enter the five character, alpha‐
numeric, serial number provided
at the me of purchase
Now, click Next.
Note: Clicking Cancel will abort
the installa on and the server
will not start automa cally.
Select Activate by Phone and call 713‐621‐9779 if you are having a problem ac va ng the so ware with
your serial number, or select Demo mode, to start recording immediately.
(Toll charges may apply.)
Next, enter the user informa on
in the event there is a desire to
be no fied of updates and beta
releases.
Now, click Next.
Alterna vely, if this informa on
is to be entered later, select
Register Later and then click
Next.
IP Server automa cally detects
most camera se ngs at setup.
Verify the informa on or make
changes, then click Next.
Note:
Recording to a shared location requires a user with write permission to that share or recordings will not
be saved.
Page 30 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Server Name: The default is “IP Server –“ and the detected IP address of this server. You can
change this to a more friendly or meaningful name. Do not use special characters.
IP Address: This is the selected server’s IP address and should not be changed.
Version: The current version of the so ware.
For addi onal se ngs click Advanced.
The Default Port is 4010 and the Command Port is 4011.
Do not change these values unless the ports are already in use by another program.
SQL Server Location: This is the loca on or IP address of the database server. ‘Localhost’
indicates that the database and Microso SQL server are local to the host computer. An IP
address in this field indicates the Microso SQL Server is located on another computer.
To test the connec on click Test
DB. Click Advanced to modify
the database connec on string
values: Database Name, IP
Address, SQL Server User ID and
Password
Video Data Storage Path: This is the loca on where all the recorded video will be saved. The
default is the local OS drive (i.e., C). The video folder is created automa cally once server
configura on is completed. You can choose to save video to several different loca ons:
Local server drive: For example, C:\video
Alternate local drive: For example, D:\video
Shared drive: For example, \\vShareHost\vshare\HHSvideo
Page 31 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Add cameras using Auto
Discovery, Manual or Add/
Remove as needed. See Adding
Cameras for more informa on
on adding cameras. Click Finish.
Click OK.
Then, click Yes to restart the
computer.
Use one of the following steps to ac vate IP Server.
Select Activate by phone.
Call the phone number displayed. Give the representa ve your serial number. If you do not
have one, the representa ve will ask you for a hardware code. If the account is in good
standing you will be given a 16 digit ac va on code. Enter the ac va on code and then click
Next.
Activate Using Demo Mode
Selec ng Demo mode will allow IP Server to operate normally for up to 30 days using up to 99
cameras. Once the 30‐day period has expired the so ware will no longer record or display live
images. IP Server will fail to start un l ini aliza on is completed with a valid serial number or
ac va on code. Reinstalla on is not required.
Failover Server
A fault‐tolerant feature of IP Server is the ability to designate a failover server.
Once designated and configured, the failover server can take over from another server that
has gone offline.
Page 32 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
To designate an IP Server as a Failover Server:
Click Administration ‐>
Servers on from the main
menu.
Select the desired failover
server from the le naviga on
pane.
Select the Advanced tab.
Check the Designate Server as
Failover Server box.
Avoid selec ng a server that is ac vely monitoring cameras.
The Image below shows the warning that appears if a server with exis ng cameras is selected as a
Failover Server.
Warning generated when
designa ng a server that is
ac vely monitoring cameras.
If a failure occurs the transfer of
the camera(s) to the Failover
Server will take approximately
5‐10 minutes to recover.
During the me that the main IP Server is down, the Failover Server can be accessed via VI Monitor
Client. Once the Failover Server is accessed by VI Monitor, the Failover server will show all cameras
and images from the offline server. Recording will con nue onto the Failover Server or a previously
configured Network Share loca on, if available.
Note
It is possible to access Server Proper es by right‐clicking the server name in the le naviga on and
selec ng Proper es, selec ng the Advanced tab and then selec ng Configuring a Failover Server.
Page 33 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
VI Monitor Client
The VI Monitor client is installed automa cally with either IP Server install or IP Server
installa on with an exis ng SQL installa on s o a client is easily accessible from the server. In
some cases, a client‐only install is needed for ac ve visitor monitoring personnel.
To perform a client‐only installa on:
Double‐click the Setup executable
applicable for the system’s
opera ng system: either a 32‐bit or
64‐bit OS.
Click I Agree to accept the terms
and con nue the installa on. If no
agreement can be had, or there is
no desire to con nue with the
installa on, click Cancel.
Otherwise, select VI Monitor
Client install and then click Next.
Page 34 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
To accept the default des na on
folder, click Install.
To choose another des na on
enter the des na on path or click
Browse, then click Install.
When the installa on is complete, click Next, and then click Finish.
When prompted to reboot, it is advised that you click Yes
VI Monitor Client is now installed and ready to be ini alized, then configured.
Open VI Monitor Client by double‐clicking the icon on the desktop.
Enter login creden als or accept
the default login, and click OK to
con nue.
At least one server must be entered into the Server Setup prior to using VI Monitor client.
Page 35 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Enter server informa on one server
at a me, or add mul ple servers
automa cally.
Manually Adding Servers
To add a server manually, in the
Server‐Setup dialog‐box click
Add New.
Enter the IP address or name of
the server to connect to, and the
port if different from the default.
Click Test to ini ate a connec on.
There are three possible outcomes tes ng a connec on to an IP Server..
1) Login Error: The server is found but security is on.
The server a empted to authen cate the login with the ini al creden als used to
login to VI Monitor. The server default login is Administrator/blank for the password).
You can s ll add the server. Then logout of VI Monitor login again with the correct
creden als.
Page 36 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
2) No Server Found: Either the IP address, server name, server port or both are
incorrect. Enter the correct values and then click Test again.
3) Server Found: The server is found and a successful connec on was made using the
current creden als (Administrator/blank). The server’s name is displayed in the Status
field.
Assuming that the IP Server was found, follow these remaining few steps:
1.
2.
3.
Click Add.
Repeat steps 1‐5 for addi onal servers if needed.
Click Apply and then OK.
Add Server Automatically
In a large organiza on, it is possible to have upwards of 20 video surveillance servers across
mul ple loca ons. You can easily add a long list of servers at one me using the import feature.
You need an exported list of servers before you can import them using this feature. The file
format is .LSL. See the Login sec on for instruc ons on how to create this file.
In the Administra on > Op ons
and click Connec ons.
Select Import From Profile.
Page 37 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Enter the filename or click
Browse to go to the loca on of
the saved .LSL file.
Next, click OK.
Note:
If the file is unreadable or not found an error will display.
If the import is successful the full list of servers will display in the Known Video Servers grid.
A prompt to restart VI Monitor appears..
Click Yes.
Note:
If reboo ng the opera ng system doesn’t happen automa cally within a minute, it is recommended that
it be rebooted manually prior to use for a fresh run of various system components.
Once the computer finishes with its reboot
process, the VI Monitor Client can be
restarted by clicking the Logout icon on
the upper le of the main live dashboard.
Page 38 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Enter the creden als to login to the
desired server(s) or click OK to bypass the
Login dialog box without any creden als.
IP Server Manager
The IP Server Manager (IPSM) applica on is used to manage and troubleshoot advanced server
se ngs. It is installed at the same me as IP Server.
The IPSM:
Monitors the IP Server and presents visual status cues for each server
Provides a Diagnos cs version of the IP Server Manager for troubleshoo ng and system op miza on
Manages IP Server network connec ons
Manages licensing and registra on
Manages Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) and Ac ve Directory configura on
Op ons available in IPSM vary slightly depending on the installa on type. See Installa on for
more informa on on installa on types.
Accessing IPSM
The IPSM icon resides in the Windows System Tray. It has two possible states:
Server is func oning properly; streaming video to clients, recording video and
repor ng to Health Monitor, if applicable.
Server is stopped and is NOT streaming or recording video.
Page 39 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
You can configure IP Server, manage the IP Server service, exit the
applica on and see informa on about Video Insight by
right‐clicking on the IPSM icon.
Select Server Configura on to manage the IP Server service, configure IP Server and terminate
the IPSM applica on.
Select Start IP Server, Stop IP Server or Restart IP Server to start, stop or restart the IP Server
service.
Select Exit IP Server Manager to terminate the IPSM applica on and remove the icon from the
Windows System Tray. Termina ng the applica on prevents clients from remotely restar ng the
IP Server service. Select About Video Insight to display version informa on, technical support
informa on, and legal terms.
Configuring IP Server
You can manage service controls and configure IP Server by right‐clicking the IPSM icon in the
Windows System Tray and selec ng Server Configura on.
Page 40 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
The Service Controls Status field displays IP
Server service status.
Click Start, Stop or Restart to start, stop or
restart the IP Server service.
Clicking Close closes the IP Server Manager
dialog box but does not exit IPSM. To exit the
IPSM applica on, click Exit IP Server Manager
to terminate the IPSM applica on and remove
the icon from the Windows System Tray.
Termina ng the applica on prevents clients
from remotely restar ng the IP Server service.
Click a configura on bu on to perform other func ons:
Options – configure op ons to automa cally restart the server on a schedule
System Log – view the current system log
Network Options – configure connec on op ons
Diagnostics – stop the IP Server service and run the diagnos c version
No Cameras – run Diagnos cs with cameras not started
Update Activation – update the ac va on code
Each func on is detailed on the next page.
IPSM: Options
Clicking Options brings up the Auto Restart Op ons dialog box. This dialog box offers several
se ngs aimed at mi ga ng some organiza onal and server environment se ngs that could
interfere with the IP Server service.
Auto Restart
Restar ng the service can refresh streaming, bandwidth and CPU performance by releasing
used resources. You can choose to automa cally restart the service on a specific day and me.
This flexibility to restart means that you can schedule it so as to not interfere with business
hours.
Page 41 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
To set an auto‐restart schedule:
Check the Enable box.
Select the restart day or days.
Select a restart me.
Click OK.
Delay Service
Delaying the IP Server service start is an op on to consider if the server has many services that
have to start in addi on to the IP Service. The IP Server service may have trouble ini alizing
without services such as the Microso SQL database service already running.
To set a startup delay:
Check the Enable Startup Delay
box.
Select the startup delay me (in
seconds).
Click OK.
Page 42 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Options
In environments where both an Analog and an IP server are installed on the same server, and
where bandwidth resources will likely be very highly u lized as a result, there is an op on to
restrict the Analog server’s bandwidth consump on.
Enabling this op on will terminate
communica on between the Analog
and the IP server.
As a result, no live streaming or
recording will be done by the IP server
when the meout threshold has been
reached.
For example, in a scenario with the meout enabled and set to 30 seconds, there is a VI Monitor Client
layout comprised of both analog and IP camera images. For 30 seconds, both streaming and recording is
managed by the IP Server. When 30 seconds have passed the analog cameras will stop streaming and
recording due to this feature. Changing the layout will restart streaming and recording for all cameras
un l the meout is reached again.
To set an analog video timeout:
1) Check the Enable Analog Video Bandwidth Timeout box.
2) Select the meout in seconds.
3) Click OK.
IPSM: System Log
Clicking System Log will bring up the System Log dialog box. The System Log documents
warnings, errors, security and informa onal messages related to various system func ons. Each
Page 43 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
message may or may not appear depending on the configura on and whether Security is
enabled on the server.
IPSM: Network Options
Clicking Network Options brings
up the Network Op ons dialog box.
This dialog box is used for
selec ng the network scheme
when a server has dual NIC cards
or changing the communica on
port of the server. You can also
modify Ac ve Directory and LDAP
se ngs.
Note : If you change the Communica on Port here, you must also change the command port in
Server Proper es.
Page 44 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
IPSM: Diagnostics
Clicking Diagnostics brings up
the Video Server Diagnos cs
interface.
This interface is used for
troubleshoo ng any service
related issues.
The IP Server service is stopped
when Diagnos cs is launched;
Server name
This field displays the server name previously entered. It is not editable.
To change the name of the server, click Setup and configura on in the le
pane or from Server Proper es.
IP Address
This field displays the server’s IP address and should not be changed.
Port
This field displays the port used by the VI Monitor to get and set system
informa on. This port is also referred to as the Command Channel Port.
See list of ports for more informa on on ports used by the so ware.
Max cameras
This field displays the maximum number of cameras allocated to the
serial number assigned to the server. Using a Video Insight encoder such
as the VP16 will show a value of zero in this field, but all 16 channels of
the encoder can be added.
Version
This field displays the so ware version.
Page 45 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
This field displays the number of licenses available to add to the server.
Available
The grid area of the Diagnos cs interface is read‐only and displays all
cameras, the last video write‐ me, if it is recording and the me the last
image was received, or the last me a live image was received from the
camera.
Time of last write
This column displays the last me the camera’s images were recorded to
a file. A me of 12:00:00 AM is indica ve of a camera that is set to
Recording Off or not recording due to a Mo on‐Only recording type.
Last image received
This column displays the last me the camera’s live images were
streamed. A me of 12:00:00 AM is indica ve of a camera that is offline.
The camera could be offline for several reasons: incorrect creden als,
network, bandwidth or the IP Server service not running. See the FAQ
sec on for more informa on on why a camera could be offline.
Note: Remember to start the service when exi ng the Diagnos cs applica on.
Two addi onal features for
troubleshoo ng are available
that are not available in VI
Monitor Client, by
highligh ng the server node
in the le pane:
Test DB and Advanced.
Click Test DB to test connec vity to the database. The database test will pass when the server
makes a successful connec on to the database.
If it does not, the test will display: “Error: Database version is not correct. Either the database
Page 46 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
did not respond, nor has an outdated version.” There are several reasons why the database test
failed. See FAQs for possible reasons for and poten al solu ons to the failure.
Incorrect database informa on may be one cause
of test failure. To update or confirm the
informa on click Advanced.
Database: Enter the database name. The default database name is InsightEnt.
IP Address: Enter either the IP address or the hostname of the database server.
User ID: The default user ID for the InsightEnt database is sa.
Password: The default password for the InsightEnt database is V4in$ight. You can change this
at any me a er the installa on to match the security needs of your environment.
You can view the System Log by clicking the node in the le pane. See System Log for more
informa on on the system log.
Page 47 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
IPSM: No Cameras
Another troubleshoo ng op on is a diagnos cs version that can run the applica on without
star ng any cameras. This version does not consume any bandwidth.
This version func ons the same as the other version, with the excep on that camera‐related
features and informa on such as Live View and Time of last write are not available a er this
diagnos cs version is started. See IPSM Diagnos cs for more informa on on running
diagnos cs.
IPSM: Update Activation
The Update Ac va on op on is used to update the Ac va on type (e.g., transi oning from
Demo to purchased licensing scheme) or when the serial number used is upgraded with
addi onal licenses.
See Installa on for more informa on on changing the ac va on type. Click OK to confirm the
number of licenses currently available.
Page 48 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Camera Status tab
The Camera Status tab displays the camera name, the last received communica on from the
server, the resolu on being used, the number of frames per second, the bandwidth, frame size
and the format.
Security
Video surveillance is a pillar of overall security. To secure our products we have implemented
secure access to the so ware, watermarking of recorded video and the ability to quickly know
when someone has modified something by using the logs.
Configuring Active Directory
Access the IP Server computer.
Right‐click the IPServer Manager icon,
found in the System Tray.
Select Server Configuration.
Click Network Options.
Click Configure.
Page 49 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Click Use Active Directory.
Click Next.
The domain name automa cally
populates the Directory server field.
If it is blank, check if the prerequisites
have been met.
Confirm the domain name.
Check the box for Use SSL if using SSL
for Ac ve Directory configura on.
Click Next.
Enter the administra ve account
name and password.
Click Next.
Page 50 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
The Base Dis nguished Name (DN)
automa cally populates the Base
(DN) field.
If it is blank, verify that the Ac ve
Directory prerequisites have been
met.
If they have, the Base DN should be the top (root) folder to allow for adding of any user from
any group.
If the Base DN is extremely long it could mean the user has access restric ons. This could
limit the number of users they will be able to add.
Request timeout: This value reflects the se ng on the Ac ve Directory server, and cannot be
changed here. Any requests made to the Ac ve Directory server that exceed that me will me
out.
Limit search results: This value reflects the se ng on the Ac ve Directory server. This is the
maximum number of results returned from the Ac ve Directory server.
Click Next.
Page 51 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Click Test Connection.
Click OK to dismiss the
“Connection established!”
message.
If the test connec on fails, review the steps above for Ac ve Directory Configura on.
Otherwise, click Ok.
IP Server and Ac ve Directory are
now integrated.
The next step is to both add users
and add groups before they are
able to log in to VI Monitor Client.
Active Directory Prerequisites
Ac ve Directory server with users and groups configured.
Ac ve Directory can be configured using a local database for each server or using a shared
database environment.
Administrator user account with administrator‐level creden als in both the domain and on the
Ac ve Directory server (do not use an individual account).
The IP Server host is part of the domain.
Page 52 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
IP Server must be able to communicate with all domain controllers via port 389 or 636. Port
389 cannot be changed. Port 636 is used for SSL encryp on.
IP Server configura on must be done while logged into the domain with a valid domain
account. This is required by Windows for security reasons.
Video Insight recommends impor ng users as a group instead of individually. The group must
be created in Ac ve Directory before it can be imported. You can create groups to suit your
needs and policies.
To configure the IP Video Enterprise service to run as an Ac ve Directory account:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Click the Start bu on.
Enter services.msc and then press Enter.
Locate the IP Video Enterprise service.
Right‐click and select Stop.
Right‐click and select Proper es.
Select the Logon tab.
Select the second op on for the account.
Provide an Ac ve Directory account with minimal rights. A basic domain user account
should be sufficient.
9. Click the General tab and then select Start.
10. Click OK.
11. Restart the IIS Admin service if using Web Client.
Adding users or groups
To add Ac ve Directory users and groups:
Page 53 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
On the Network Op ons screen click
Give users or groups access to the
system.
Click Add.
Enter the user or group name exactly
as it appears in Ac ve Directory and
then click OK.
Page 54 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Click Browse to select a user or group
from the list.
Select the specific user or group and
then click OK.
Page 55 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Click Apply and then click OK.
See VI Monitor Client‐User Manager for more informa on on how to import these users and
groups. See Login for more informa on on how to login.
Entering an invalid user or group name
displays an error message as shown
on the le .
Page 56 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Removing users or groups
To remove Ac ve Directory users
and groups:
On the Network Op ons screen
click Give users or groups access
to the system.
Select the user or users to
remove and then click Remove.
Click Apply.
Click OK.
Viewing user permissions
IP Server and Ac ve Directory are highly integrated. You can view the same user permissions
using both.
Page 57 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
You can view user permissions in several places: Network Op ons, Add User and VI Monitor
Client User Manager.
On the Network Op ons screen, and
click the View effec ve permissions.
Enter the username and then click
View.
Page 58 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
The Group Membership tab displays
all Ac ve Directory groups the user
belongs to. You cannot make any
changes on this tab.
The Effec ve Permissions tab displays all IP Server items the user has access to. You cannot
make any changes on this tab. See User Manager for more informa on on modifying user
permissions in VI Monitor Client.
Name: Lists the object names the
user has access to.
Type: Lists the object type the user
has access to.
Source: Lists the source of the
permission; in this example, the user
was created individually and granted
permissions exclusively, not as part
of a group.
To view permissions from the User Assignment screen:
Page 59 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
On the Network Op ons screen click Give
users or groups access to the system.
Select a username and then click
Properties.
The Group Membership screen displays a
list of Ac ve Directory groups the user
belongs to.
Click Close.
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol)
LDAP is the informa on technology standard way of accessing a directory service over a TCP/IP
network. Ac ve Directory is Microso ’s directory service. Some other directory services are
Novell eDirectory and OpenLDAP. Directory services store, organize and provide access to
informa on in a directory containing informa on about users, computers, and permissions.
LDAP uses Dis nguished Name (DN) as the syntax to iden fy objects in the directory. The DN is
composed of four discrete name parts:
Page 60 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
●
●
●
●
CN – Common Name – For example, Jane Doe
OU – Organiza onal Unit – For example, Sales
DC – Domain component – For example, my.domain.net
Domain component – For example, net
The DN reads from le to right, from the most specific part of the node to the least specific
node on the right. The root of the DN is actually the last two parts (for example, my.domain.net).
See Ac ve Directory for more informa on on managing users using LDAP. The process to
manage users in both systems is the same.
CheckSum
The checksum logic incorporated into Video Insight so ware prevents modifica on to recordings
that can be made using other so ware. This feature guarantees the authen city of the
recording and ensures the delivered recording has not been tampered with. This is important
when using recordings as evidence in legal proceedings. Video Insight uses MD5 checksum
logic.
Enabling this feature is processor intensive because the server decompresses and
re‐compresses each image to interlace the watermark. You can interlace the watermark into
clips or full recordings. The watermark is invisible to the naked eye and can only be verified
using our Standalone Player u lity.
Enabling CheckSum Watermark
1) Start VI Monitor Client.
2) Select a camera from the le naviga on tree.
3) Right‐click the camera node and select
Proper es.
4) Click the Record tab.
5) Click the Advanced tab.
6) Check the box to Insert Watermark on all raw
video files at capture.
7) Click Save .
Verifying a CheckSum Watermark
A video can be verified for tampering by using the Standalone Player u lity provided in the full
DVD download for your opera ng system type.
Page 61 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Start the Standalone Player
u lity (also called Video Insight
Standalone Media Player).
Click the File menu and then
select Open to navigate to the
file that needs verifica on.
Select the file and then click
Open.
Click the File menu and then
select Check Water Mark.
The player will check the file and if the video is
watermarked and has not been tampered with, it will
display a verifica on message as in to the le .
Click OK.
The player displays a different message if the file does not
have a watermark or has been tampered with.
System Log
Reviewing the System Log is a good way to iden fy user ac ons, server, and camera messages
as well as obtain any error logs which can aid in troubleshoo ng.
You can access the System Log from several areas of the applica on, but the func onality and
available ac ons are the same.
Page 62 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
1.
Start the System Log by selec ng Tools → System Log at the top of VI Monitor
Note: The number of pages available and saved in the database depends on the System Log se ng.
You can change this se ng on the Advanced Tab of Server Proper es. The default is 30 days and the
maximum is 1000 days.
Download
Exports the System Log.
Clicking Download displays
op ons as seen on the le .
three
Here, the ability to copy the system log
to the clipboard exists.
Op onally, print to a file and Print to a
printer are also available.
Refresh
The Refresh icon refreshes the System
Log.
This drop down menu selects the
server.
Server
All servers added to VI Monitor Client
with a status of Connected display
here.
Page 63 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Note: if using the IPSM Diagnos cs System Log‐ all servers in a shared database will appear,
regardless of their connec on status.
This drop‐down menu selects the type
of log to view.
Log Type
Find Option
Date
System Log is the default.
The field next to this icon allows you to
search for a specific string.
The calendar control selects the
“through” date of the logs. For
example, when 12/31/2011 is selected
all logs available up to and including
12/31/2011 display.
Troubleshooting
Your registered Video Insight product includes one year of so ware maintenance and a
technical support plan that begins on your purchase date. This is verified by the serial number
used to ac vate the so ware. The one year of so ware maintenance en tles users to one full
year of free so ware upgrades and unlimited technical support. Video Insight recommends
renewing your maintenance before it expires to avoid a lapse in upgrades and support.
Our technical support team is highly skilled in our so ware and in the world of IP cameras, as
well as networking and access control systems. Video Insight technical support works to make
sure your issue is resolved as quickly and completely as possible.
Frequently Asked Questions
Answers to the most commonly asked ques ons and troubleshoo ng hints can be found on our
website, under the FAQ sec on.
You can also access this sec on by clicking the following link:
h p://www.video‐insight.com/support/FAQ/
Online Resources
Youtube Tutorials:
h p://www.youtube.com/user/videoinsigh v
Page 64 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Downloads and Updates:
h p://downloadvi.com
Remote Support
If you require personal assistance from one of our Technical Support representa ves, please
contact us using one of our contact methods. Install the Teamviewer client applica on prior to
reques ng remote support.
To install Team Viewer:
1.
Browse to h p://www.downloadvi.com
2.
C ick the VI Remote Support QS bu on.
3.
Click Run at the prompt.
4.
Click Run again.
5.
Call us at Technical Support at 713‐621‐9779.
6.
Give the representa ve your ID. Your ID is randomly generated
every me you request remote support. The representa ve will log on
to your computer and show you how to correct the issue or fix it for
you.
Page 65 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Contact Us
In person:
3 Riverway, Suite 700
Houston, Texas 77056
Hours of Opera on:
9:00 AM ‐ 6:00 PM CST, Monday – Friday
By Phone:
713‐621‐9779
800‐513‐5417
By Fax:
713‐621‐7281
Sales Department:
713‐621‐9779
Technical Support Hours:
For Saturdays and Holidays:
8:00 AM ‐ 6:00 PM CST, Monday – Friday
10:00 AM ‐ 2:00 PM
Please call our Answering Service at 877­743­2403 and the support engineer on‐call will be
paged to assist you.
By Email:
[email protected]‐insight.com
Feature Request
h p://www.ques onpro.com/akira/TakeSurvey?id=1028953
Page 66 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Appendices
Appendix A: IP Server port list
Appendix B: Current Customers Examples
Appendix C: Commonly Used Camera Creden als
Appendix D: Configuring a CNB camera
Appendix E: Configuring Sentry FS1000 and FS2000 cameras
Appendix F: Configuring an IQEye Camera using Op onal Controls
Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG So ware No ce
Page 67 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Appendix A: IP Server port list
Port Number
Name
Purpose
4010
Data Port
Sends live video streams from IP Server to VI
Monitor Client
4011
Command Port
To get and set system informa on by VI
Monitor Client
3010
Ovid Server
Communica on between S2, IP Server and the
Ovid Server for Video Insight and S2 Access
Control Configura on
80
HTTP
IIS for serving the Web Client
Note: Some ISPs block port 80 access. You may
need to configure IIS to use a different port
2051
MonitorCast
Access control communica on between Video
Insight and MonitorCast
554
RTSP
Specific camera proper es
21
FTP
Specific camera proper es
11000
N/A
Communica on between IP Server and Health
Monitor
636
Ac ve Directory SSL
Ac ve Directory configured with Secure Socket
Layer (SSL)
389
Ac ve Directory non‐SSL
Ac ve Directory configured without Secure
Socket Layer (SSL)
Page 68 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Appendix B: Current Customers Examples
Klein ISD – is using HP servers with Dual Xeon E554 2.53GHz processors with 8GB memory and
Windows 2003 Server.
1. Server CS21 has (90) 1.3MP H.264 cameras
2. Server 41 has (100) 1.3MP H.264 cameras and (30) D1 cameras running MJPEG
Pflugerville ISD – is using Dell R510’s with Dual Xeon E5620 2.4GHz processors, 12GB memory,
and Windows Server 2008 R2. The servers are running 1,200 2MP H.264 cameras and 400 D1
cameras spread across the servers.
Recommendations ‐ the following are general guidelines based on the previous discussion
assuming Xeon processors and camera side mo on detec on:
Page 69 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
a.
D1 or 4CIF cameras – 150‐200 cameras per OS
b.
1.3 MP cameras – 90 cameras per OS
c.
3 MP cameras – 50 cameras per OS
Appendix C: Commonly Used Camera Credentials
Here is a list of the default usernames/passwords for a few of the supported IP camera
manufacturers. Should your camera model not appear here please refer to the manual included
with your camera.
Brand
UserName
Password
3S
root
root
Acti
Admin
123456
admin
admin
blank or pass
Axis
root
Basler
admin
You will be asked to create a
root password the first me
you go into the cameras
interface.
admin
No creden als needed
Bosch Dinion
Brickcom
or 'admin' with a lowercase “a”
No creden als needed
Arecont Vision
Avigilon
Notes
admin
admin
You will be asked to create a
root password the first me
you go into the cameras
interface.
Cisco
Dlink
root
blank
Grandstream
admin
admin
Hikvision
admin
12345
Honeywell
Administrator
1234
Huviron
Admin
admin
Huviron
root
root
To change se ngs
To view images
Page 70 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Infinova
infinova
INFINOVA
IPX­DDK
root
admin
IQeye
root
system
IQinVision
root
system
Mobotix
admin
meinsm
Panasonic
admin
12345
Pelco Sarix
admin
admin
Pixord
admin
admin
Samsung Electronics
root
root
Samsung Techwin
(new)
admin
Samsung Techwin
(old)
admin
Sanyo
admin
admin
Scallop
admin
password
Sony
admin
admin
Stardot
admin
admin
Starvedia
admin
leave blank
Toshiba
root
ikwb
Toshiba
root
ikwd
Trendnet
admin
admin
Ubiquiti
ubnt
ubnt
VideoIQ
supervisor
supervisor
Vivotek
root
leave blank
Also try 'Admin'
or admin/4321
4321
1111111
Page 71 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
VP16
admin
12345
VP16­A
Admin
12345
Appendix D: Configuring a CNB camera
Due to the nature of the CNB camera integra on and the capabili es of the camera will turn on
Mo on detec on inside the camera, but we cannot draw zones inside the Mo on Detec on
page, all zones must be created inside the CNB web page under Mo on Detec on as shown
below.
Access the camera’s Web page
Click the Motion Detection op on
Page 72 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
With the CNB cameras the best way for Mo on Detec on to work is to draw at least two
zones; the camera will not detect mo on anywhere there is not a zone and allows you to draw
up to three zones.
The Sensi vity adjusts the threshold for the amount of mo on that needs to occur. The lower
the number, the less amount of mo on that needs to occur to trigger a mo on event, se ng
the Sensi vity to 10 turns off Mo on Detec on in that area.
Mo on Zones can overlap and it appears the zone with the lower sensi vity takes precedence
over the other zone.
The window is dynamic once you save the changes you have made, but as you can see from
the picture, it does not tell you the amount of mo on, just that mo on has occurred and in
which zone.
While tes ng, we discovered that a zone with sensi vity between 3 and 5 work the best, but
it will depend on the size of the zone drawn as well. The bigger the zone, the lower the
number will need to be.
Page 73 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Appendix E: Configuring Sentry FS1000 and FS2000 cameras
Web client requirement of cameras streaming JPEGs may require specific configura on to ensure
these two models are streaming both H.264 and JPEG to properly display in VI Monitor Client
and the Web Client.
If the Sentry cameras you are de‐warping have menus that look like this:
Then the correct se ng should be H.264 + MJPEG for the web client and the de‐warp to work
properly.
Conversely, if the camera’s web interface looks like this:
No changes are needed; the camera streams both h.264 and JPEG as requested, regardless of
what the image se ngs are set to.
Page 74 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Appendix F: Configuring an IQEye Camera using Optional Controls
Once the camera is added to the so ware, access the Op onal Controls tab in the Camera’s
Proper es.
These controls change the way that the IQ Eye cameras handle different light se ngs and
adjust the iris accordingly.
Gain Style‐ The autogain algorithm of your camera will set brightness to best display. The gain
style se ng chooses which pixels within the exposure window will be used by the autogain
algorithm for se ng brightness levels.
Peak Detect: uses only the brightest pixels in the exposure window, making sure they're
appropriately‐adjusted for bright pixels. This is a good se ng for watching bright areas.
Backlight: uses only the darkest pixels in the exposure window, making sure they're
appropriately‐adjusted for dark pixels. This is a good se ng for outdoor scenes where you want
to watch a shaded region.
Average: uses all of the pixels in the exposure window. This is a good se ng for indoor scenes
where there are no very bright or very dark areas to skew the gain calcula ons.
Page 75 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Clip Average: uses all pixels except for the very darkest and brightest pixels. This is a good
se ng for outdoor scenes where you want to ignore both sky and shadows and to watch a
region of intermediate brightness levels. This is also a good se ng for interior scenes.
Undefined‐ This se ng turns off Gain Style
Light Graber‐ Enables or disables special processing for low‐light images. These values can be
seen at the camera’s web page under Image tab.
Most Frames‐ Sets the Light Grabber value to 4x, which specifies “integra on” of four frames,
twice the low‐light correc on as the 2x se ng which specifies the integra on of two frames.
Medium‐ Sets the Light Grabber value to 2x.
Undefined‐ Sets the Light Grabber value to 4x
Disabled‐ Turns Light Grabber off at the camera.
Light Behavior‐ This se ng adjusts the electronic shu er values for the IQeye camera
Optimize speed: Use this se ng for fast moving subjects. This se ng may cause images to
appear grainy in low light condi ons.
Optimize quality: Use this se ng for high‐quality images. This se ng may cause images to
blur in low light condi ons.
Auto: This se ng is ideal when there is adequate light and objects are not moving too fast.
The other values set a fixed exposure. This is useful for tuning a camera to minimally changing
condi ons or to capture objects moving at predictable speeds. The list of available exposures
may change based on other se ngs like frame rate, Light Grabber and resolu on.
Page 76 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Appendix G: The Independent JPEG Group’s JPEG Software Notice
==========================================
README for release 6b of 27‐Mar‐1998
====================================
This distribu on contains the sixth public release of the Independent JPEG Group's free JPEG
so ware. You are welcome to redistribute this so ware and to use it for any purpose, subject to
the condi ons under LEGAL ISSUES, below.
Serious users of this so ware (par cularly those incorpora ng it into larger programs) should
contact IJG at jpeg‐[email protected] to be added to our electronic mailing list. Mailing list
members are no fied of updates and have a chance to par cipate in technical discussions, etc.
This so ware is the work of Tom Lane, Philip Gladstone, Jim Boucher, Lee Crocker, Julian
Minguillon, Luis Or z, George Phillips, Davide Rossi, Guido Vollbeding, Ge' Weijers, and other
members of the Independent JPEG Group.
IJG is not affiliated with the official ISO JPEG standards commi ee.
DOCUMENTATION ROADMAP
=====================
This file contains the following sec ons:
OVERVIEW
General descrip on of JPEG and the IJG so ware.
LEGAL ISSUES
Copyright, lack of warranty, terms of distribu on.
REFERENCES
Where to learn more about JPEG.
ARCHIVE LOCATIONS Where to find newer versions of this so ware.
RELATED SOFTWARE Other stuff you should get.
FILE FORMAT WARS So ware *not* to get.
TO DO
Plans for future IJG releases.
Other documenta on files in the distribu on are:
User documenta on:
install.doc
How to configure and install the IJG so ware.
usage.doc
Usage instruc ons for cjpeg, djpeg, jpegtran, rdjpgcom, and wrjpgcom.
*.1
Unix‐style man pages for programs (same info as usage.doc).
wizard.doc
Advanced usage instruc ons for JPEG wizards only.
change.log
Version‐to‐version change highlights.
Programmer and internal documenta on:
libjpeg.doc
example.c
How to use the JPEG library in your own programs.
Sample code for calling the JPEG library.
Page 77 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
structure.doc Overview of the JPEG library's internal structure.
filelist.doc
Road map of IJG files.
coderules.doc Coding style rules ‐‐‐ please read if you contribute code.
Please read at least the files install.doc and usage.doc. Useful informa on can also be found in
the JPEG FAQ (Frequently Asked Ques ons) ar cle. See ARCHIVE LOCATIONS below to find out
where to obtain the FAQ ar cle.
If you want to understand how the JPEG code works, we suggest reading one or more of the
REFERENCES, then looking at the documenta on files (in roughly the order listed) before diving
into the code.
OVERVIEW
========
This package contains C so ware to implement JPEG image compression and decompression.
JPEG (pronounced "jay‐peg") is a standardized compression method for full‐color and gray‐scale
images. JPEG is intended for compressing "real‐world" scenes; line drawings, cartoons and
other non‐realis c images are not its strong suit. JPEG is lossy, meaning that the output image
is not exactly iden cal to the input image. Hence you must not use JPEG if you have to have
iden cal output bits. However, on typical photographic images, very good compression levels
can be obtained with no visible change, and remarkably high compression levels are possible if
you can tolerate a low‐quality image. For more details, see the references, or just experiment
with various compression se ngs.
This so ware implements JPEG baseline, extended‐sequen al, and progressive compression
processes. Provision is made for suppor ng all variants of these processes, although some
uncommon parameter se ngs aren't implemented yet. For legal reasons, we are not
distribu ng code for the arithme c‐coding variants of JPEG; see LEGAL ISSUES. We have made
no provision for suppor ng the hierarchical or lossless processes defined in the standard.
We provide a set of library rou nes for reading and wri ng JPEG image files, plus two sample
applica ons "cjpeg" and "djpeg", which use the library to perform conversion between JPEG and
some other popular image file formats. The library is intended to be reused in other
applica ons.
In order to support file conversion and viewing so ware, we have included considerable
func onality beyond the bare JPEG coding/decoding capability; for example, the color
quan za on modules are not strictly part of JPEG decoding, but they are essen al for output to
colormapped file formats or colormapped displays. These extra func ons can be compiled out
of the library if not required for a par cular applica on. We have also included "jpegtran", a
u lity for lossless transcoding between different JPEG processes, and "rdjpgcom" and
"wrjpgcom", two simple applica ons for inser ng and extrac ng textual comments in JFIF files.
The emphasis in designing this so ware has been on achieving portability and flexibility, while
also making it fast enough to be useful. In par cular, the so ware is not intended to be read as
Page 78 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
a tutorial on JPEG. (See the REFERENCES sec on for introductory material.) Rather, it is
intended to be reliable, portable, industrial‐strength code. We do not claim to have achieved
that goal in every aspect of the so ware, but we strive for it.
We welcome the use of this so ware as a component of commercial products. No royalty is
required, but we do ask for an acknowledgement in product documenta on, as described under
LEGAL ISSUES.
LEGAL ISSUES
============
In plain English:
1. We don't promise that this so ware works. (But if you find any bugs, please let us know!)
2. You can use this so ware for whatever you want. You don't have to pay us.
3. You may not pretend that you wrote this so ware. If you use it in a program, you must
acknowledge somewhere in your documenta on that you've used the IJG code.
In legalese:
The authors make NO WARRANTY or representa on, either express or implied, with respect to
this so ware, its quality, accuracy, merchantability, or fitness for a par cular purpose. This
so ware is provided "AS IS", and you, its user, assume the en re risk as to its quality and
accuracy.
This so ware is copyright (C) 1991‐1998, Thomas G. Lane.
All Rights Reserved except as specified below.
Permission is hereby granted to use, copy, modify, and distribute this so ware (or por ons
thereof) for any purpose, without fee, subject to these condi ons:
(1) If any part of the source code for this so ware is distributed, then this README file must be
included, with this copyright and no‐warranty no ce unaltered; and any addi ons, dele ons, or
changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documenta on.
(2) If only executable code is distributed, then the accompanying documenta on must state that
"this so ware is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group".
(3) Permission for use of this so ware is granted only if the user accepts full responsibility for
any undesirable consequences; the authors accept NO LIABILITY for damages of any kind.
These condi ons apply to any so ware derived from or based on the IJG code, not just to the
unmodified library. If you use our work, you ought to acknowledge us.
Permission is NOT granted for the use of any IJG author's name or company name in adver sing
or publicity rela ng to this so ware or products derived from it. This so ware may be referred
to only as "the Independent JPEG Group's so ware".
Page 79 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
We specifically permit and encourage the use of this so ware as the basis of commercial
products, provided that all warranty or liability claims are assumed by the product vendor.
ansi2knr.c is included in this distribu on by permission of L. Peter Deutsch, sole proprietor of its
copyright holder, Aladdin Enterprises of Menlo Park, CA. ansi2knr.c is NOT covered by the above
copyright and condi ons, but instead by the usual distribu on terms of the Free So ware
Founda on; principally, that you must include source code if you redistribute it. (See the file
ansi2knr.c for full details.) However, since ansi2knr.c is not needed as part of any program
generated from the IJG code, this does not limit you more than the foregoing paragraphs do.
The Unix configura on script "configure" was produced with GNU Autoconf. It is copyright by the
Free So ware Founda on but is freely distributable. The same holds for its suppor ng scripts
(config.guess, config.sub, ltconfig, ltmain.sh). Another support script, install‐sh, is copyright by
M.I.T. but is also freely distributable.
It appears that the arithme c coding op on of the JPEG spec is covered by patents owned by
IBM, AT&T, and Mitsubishi. Hence arithme c coding cannot legally be used without obtaining
one or more licenses. For this reason, support for arithme c coding has been removed from the
free JPEG so ware. (Since arithme c coding provides only a marginal gain over the unpatented
Huffman mode, it is unlikely that very many implementa ons will support it.)
So far as we are aware, there are no patent restric ons on the remaining code.
The IJG distribu on formerly included code to read and write GIF files. To avoid entanglement
with the Unisys LZW patent, GIF reading support has been removed altogether, and the GIF
writer has been simplified to produce "uncompressed GIFs". This technique does not use the
LZW algorithm; the resul ng GIF files are larger than usual, but are readable by all standard GIF
decoders.
We are required to state that "The Graphics Interchange Format(c) is the Copyright property of
CompuServe Incorporated. GIF(sm) is a Service Mark property of CompuServe Incorporated."
REFERENCES
==========
We highly recommend reading one or more of these references before trying to understand the
innards of the JPEG so ware.
The best short technical introduc on to the JPEG compression algorithm is Wallace, Gregory K.
"The JPEG S ll Picture Compression Standard", Communica ons of the ACM, April 1991 (vol. 34
no. 4), pp. 30‐44.
(Adjacent ar cles in that issue discuss MPEG mo on picture compression, applica ons of JPEG,
and related topics.) If you don't have the CACM issue handy, a PostScript file containing a
revised version of Wallace's ar cle is available at p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/wallace.ps.gz.
The file (actually a preprint for an ar cle that appeared in IEEE Trans. Consumer Electronics)
omits the sample images that appeared in CACM, but it includes correc ons and some added
Page 80 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
material. Note: the Wallace ar cle is copyright ACM and IEEE, and it may not be used for
commercial purposes.
A somewhat less technical, more leisurely introduc on to JPEG can be found in "The Data
Compression Book" by Mark Nelson and Jean‐loup Gailly, published by M&T Books (New York),
2nd ed. 1996, ISBN 1‐55851‐434‐1. This book provides good explana ons and example C code
for a mul tude of compression methods including JPEG. It is an excellent source if you are
comfortable reading C code but don't know much about data compression in general. The
book's JPEG sample code is far from industrial‐strength, but when you are ready to look at a full
implementa on, you've got one here...
The best full descrip on of JPEG is the textbook "JPEG S ll Image Data Compression Standard"
by William B. Pennebaker and Joan L. Mitchell, published by Van Nostrand Reinhold, 1993, ISBN
0‐442‐01272‐1. Price US$59.95, 638 pp. The book includes the complete text of the ISO JPEG
standards (DIS 10918‐1 and dra DIS 10918‐2.. This is by far the most complete exposi on of
JPEG in existence, and we highly recommend it.
The JPEG standard itself is not available electronically; you must order a paper copy through ISO
or ITU. (Unless you feel a need to own a cer fied official copy, we recommend buying the
Pennebaker and Mitchell book instead; it's much cheaper and includes a great deal of useful
explanatory material.) In the USA, copies of the standard may be ordered from ANSI Sales at
(212. 642‐4900, or from Global Engineering Documents at (800) 854‐7179. (ANSI doesn't take
credit card orders, but Global does.) It's not cheap: as of 1992, ANSI was charging $95 for Part 1
and $47 for Part 2, plus 7% shipping/handling. The standard is divided into two parts, Part 1
being the actual specifica on, while Part 2 covers compliance tes ng methods. Part 1 is tled
"Digital Compression and Coding of Con nuous‐tone S ll Images, Part 1: Requirements and
guidelines" and has document numbers ISO/IEC IS 10918‐1, ITU‐T T.81. Part 2 is tled "Digital
Compression and Coding of Con nuous‐tone S ll Images, Part 2: Compliance tes ng" and has
document numbers ISO/IEC IS 10918‐2, ITU‐T T.83.
Some extensions to the original JPEG standard are defined in JPEG Part 3, a newer ISO standard
numbered ISO/IEC IS 10918‐3 and ITU‐T T.84. IJG currently does not support any Part 3
extensions.
The JPEG standard does not specify all details of an interchangeable file format. For the omi ed
details we follow the "JFIF" conven ons, revision 1.02. A copy of the JFIF spec is available from:
Literature Department
C‐Cube Microsystems, Inc.
1778 McCarthy Blvd.
Milpitas, CA 95035
phone (408) 944‐6300, fax (408) 944‐6314
Page 81 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
A PostScript version of this document is available by FTP at
p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jfif.ps.gz. There is also a plain text version at
p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jfif.txt.gz, but it is missing the figures.
The TIFF 6.0 file format specifica on can be obtained by FTP from
p:// p.sgi.com/graphics/ ff/TIFF6.ps.gz. The JPEG incorpora on scheme found in the TIFF 6.0
spec of 3‐June‐92 has a number of serious problems.
IJG does not recommend use of the TIFF 6.0 design (TIFF Compression tag 6). Instead, we
recommend the JPEG design proposed by TIFF Technical Note #2 (Compression tag 7). Copies of
this Note can be obtained from p.sgi.com or from p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/. It is
expected that the next revision of the TIFF spec will replace the 6.0 JPEG design with the Note's
design.
Although IJG's own code does not support TIFF/JPEG, the free lib ff library uses our library to
implement TIFF/JPEG per the Note. lib ff is available from p:// p.sgi.com/graphics/ ff/.
ARCHIVE LOCATIONS
=================
The "official" archive site for this so ware is p.uu.net (Internet address 192.48.96.9). The
most recent released version can always be found there in directory graphics/jpeg. This
par cular version will be archived as p:// p.uu.net/graphics/jpeg/jpegsrc.v6b.tar.gz. If you
don't have direct Internet access, UUNET's archives are also available via UUCP; contact
[email protected] for informa on on retrieving files that way.
Numerous Internet sites maintain copies of the UUNET files. However, only p.uu.net is
guaranteed to have the latest official version.
You can also obtain this so ware in DOS‐compa ble "zip" archive format from the SimTel
archives ( p:// p.simtel.net/pub/simtelnet/msdos/graphics/), or on CompuServe in the
Graphics Support forum (GO CIS:GRAPHSUP), library 12 "JPEG Tools". Again, these versions may
some mes lag behind the p.uu.net release.
The JPEG FAQ (Frequently Asked Ques ons) ar cle is a useful source of general informa on
about JPEG. It is updated constantly and therefore is not included in this distribu on. The FAQ
is posted every two weeks to Usenet newsgroups comp.graphics.misc, news.answers, and other
groups. It is available on the World Wide Web at h p://www.faqs.org/faqs/jpeg‐faq/ and other
news.answers archive sites, including the official news.answers archive at r m.mit.edu:
p://r m.mit.edu/pub/usenet/news.answers/jpeg‐faq/.
If you don't have Web or FTP access, send e‐mail to mail‐[email protected] m.mit.edu with body send
usenet/news.answers/jpeg‐faq/part1 send usenet/news.answers/jpeg‐faq/part2
RELATED SOFTWARE
================
Page 82 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
Numerous viewing and image manipula on programs now support JPEG. (Quite a few of them
use this library to do so.) The JPEG FAQ described above lists some of the more popular free
and shareware viewers, and tells where to obtain them on Internet.
If you are on a Unix machine, we highly recommend Jef Poskanzer's free PBMPLUS so ware,
which provides many useful opera ons on PPM‐format image files. In par cular, it can convert
PPM images to and from a wide range of other formats, thus making cjpeg/djpeg considerably
more useful. The latest version is distributed by the NetPBM group, and is available from
numerous sites, notably p://wuarchive.wustl.edu/graphics/graphics/packages/NetPBM/.
Unfortunately PBMPLUS/NETPBM is not nearly as portable as the IJG so ware is; you are likely
to have difficulty making it work on any non‐Unix machine.
A different free JPEG implementa on, wri en by the PVRG group at Stanford, is available from
p://havefun.stanford.edu/pub/jpeg/. This program is designed for research and
experimenta on rather than produc on use; it is slower, harder to use, and less portable than
the IJG code, but it is easier to read and modify. Also, the PVRG code supports lossless JPEG,
which we do not. (On the other hand, it doesn't do progressive JPEG.)
FILE FORMAT WARS
================
Some JPEG programs produce files that are not compa ble with our library. The root of the
problem is that the ISO JPEG commi ee failed to specify a concrete file format. Some vendors
"filled in the blanks" on their own, crea ng proprietary formats that no one else could read. (For
example, none of the early commercial JPEG implementa ons for the Macintosh were able to
exchange compressed files.)
The file format we have adopted is called JFIF (see REFERENCES). This format has been agreed
to by a number of major commercial JPEG vendors, and it has become the de facto standard.
JFIF is a minimal or "low end" representa on. We recommend the use of TIFF/JPEG (TIFF revision
6.0 as modified by TIFF Technical Note #2. for "high end" applica ons that need to record a lot
of addi onal data about an image. TIFF/JPEG is fairly new and not yet widely supported,
unfortunately.
The upcoming JPEG Part 3 standard defines a file format called SPIFF. SPIFF is interoperable with
JFIF, in the sense that most JFIF decoders should be able to read the most common variant of
SPIFF. SPIFF has some technical advantages over JFIF, but its major claim to fame is simply that
it is an official standard rather than an informal one. At this point it is unclear whether SPIFF
will supersede JFIF or whether JFIF will remain the de‐facto standard. IJG intends to support
SPIFF once the standard is frozen, but we have not decided whether it should become our
default output format or not. (In any case, our decoder will remain capable of reading JFIF
indefinitely.) Various proprietary file formats incorpora ng JPEG compression also exist.
Page 83 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
IP Server v6.3
We have li le or no sympathy for the existence of these formats. Indeed, one of the original
reasons for developing this free so ware was to help force convergence on common, open
format standards for JPEG files. Don't use a proprietary file format!
TO DO
=====
The major thrust for v7 will probably be improvement of visual quality.
The current method for scaling the quan za on tables is known not to be very good at low Q
values. We also intend to inves gate block boundary smoothing, "poor man's variable
quan za on", and other means of improving quality‐vs‐file‐size performance without sacrificing
compa bility.
In future versions, we are considering suppor ng some of the upcoming JPEG
Part 3 extensions ‐‐‐ principally, variable quan za on and the SPIFF file format. As always,
speeding things up is of great interest.
Please send bug reports, offers of help, etc. to jpeg‐[email protected]
Page 84 | Video Insight © 2016
Updated 09.15.2016
S2 NetBox® Virtual Machine
Overview
Key Features
S2 NetBox Virtual Machine is a powerful, web-based access control
Access Control
and event monitoring system that can be installed on user-preferred
n
Portals: Supports up to 7,168 doors or other access points
hardware. The highly scalable system supports a wide range of
n
Event and Alarm Monitoring: Includes comprehensive
event logging, notification and escalation
n
Threat Level Management: Provides configurable system
status and response actions such as system lock downs
n
Person Record Management: Maintains detailed,
credential-driven user records and access history
n
Reporting: Offers predefined and custom reports
deployments and enables users to build a system supporting over
7,000 portals and more than 500 S2 Nodes. Optional system partitioning
allows the entire database to be separated into multiple smaller systems
for entities such as field officers or tenants.
Features such as person record and cardholder management, event
and alarm monitoring, threat level escalation and reporting are
accessible from any web browser. S2 NetBox Virtual Machine works
with existing infrastructure and peripheral devices, making it easy to
deploy. In addition, S2 NetBox Virtual Machine tightly integrates with
S2 NetVR® series video management systems, providing unified system
management and administration. Integration with third-party video
System
n
Custom Access Control Solution: Operates on a user-preferred hardware platform1
n
Web Interface: Delivers browser-based, unified system
management and administration
n
Video Integration: Works with S2 NetVR series video
management systems and other third-party video systems
n
API Support: Integrates with third-party products such as
human resource databases via an open source API
n
Automated System Management: Automatically discovers
S2 Nodes and handles system backups
n
Mobile App: Allows for mobile security management using
S2 Mobile Security Officer®
n
System Partitioning Option: Allows the entire database to be separated into multiple smaller systems
management systems is also supported.
S2 NetBox Virtual Machine is ideal for organizations that choose to
implement an access control solution on their preferred hardware
platform. Distributed enterprises can manage multiple S2 NetBox
Virtual Machine servers with S2 Global®, allowing for nearly unlimited
scalability.
S2 NetBox Virtual Machine is web-based, with one-click access to major system functionality.
S2 NetBox Virtual Machine - Specifications
Portal Capacity: 16 to 64
Portal Capacity: 128 to 7,168
Access Control
Cardholders
Access Levels
Unique User Roles
Simultaneous Users
Time Specifications
Portal Capacity
S2 Node Capacity2
Maximum Inputs / Outputs
Online Transactions
Access Control
40,000
Unlimited
16
10
512
64
64
2,000 / 2,000
Up to 40 million records
Client Requirements
Operating System
Browser3
Processor
Memory (RAM)
Hard Drive
Cardholders
Access Levels
Unique User Roles
Simultaneous Users
Time Specifications
Portal Capacity
S2 Node Capacity2
Maximum Inputs / Outputs
Online Transactions
150,000
Unlimited
16
35
512
7,168
512
2,000 / 2,000
Up to 400 million records
Client Requirements
Any
Chrome, Internet Explorer,
Firefox and Safari
Intel Core i3 or higher
8GB minimum
100GB minimum
Operating System
Browser3
Processor
Memory (RAM)
Hard Drive
Any
Chrome, Internet Explorer,
Firefox and Safari
Intel Core i3 or higher
8GB minimum
100GB minimum
Minimum Provisioning Requirements
Minimum Provisioning Requirements
Storage Capacity
Processor
128GB Pro Series SSD
Intel Xeon Quad Core
Storage Capacity
Processor
128GB Pro Series SSD
Intel Xeon Quad Core
Memory (RAM)
Ethernet Ports
Server Host
S2 Hardware
8GB
1
VMWare ESXi 5.1 or later
Minimum of 1 S2 MicroNode
Plus, S2 Network Node or S2
Network Node VR
Memory (RAM)
Ethernet Ports
Server Host
S2 Hardware
8GB
1
VMWare ESXi 5.1 or later
Minimum of 1 S2 MicroNode
Plus, S2 Network Node or S2
Network Node VR
Warranty
1 year, software
Warranty
1 year, software
Integrations
Integrations
4
4
Video Management
S2 NetVR Capacity
S2 NetVR series VMS and other
major VMS manufacturers
16
S2 NetVR Capacity
S2 NetVR Series VMS and other
major VMS manufacturers
128
S2 NetVR Camera Capacity
1,024
S2 NetVR Camera Capacity
4,096
Concurrent S2 Client
Connections (S2 NetBox,
S2 Magic Monitor®, S2 Mobile
Security Officer)
10
Concurrent S2 Client
Connections (S2 NetBox,
S2 Magic Monitor, S2 Mobile
Security Officer)
35
Video Management
Third-Party VMS Camera Capacity 256
Third-Party VMS Camera Capacity 1,024
Access Control
Access Control
Allegion, ASSA ABLOY, DMP
and Mercury
Part Numbers
Allegion, ASSA ABLOY, DMP
and Mercury
Part Numbers
S2-NBVM-16
Includes 16 portal license
S2-NBVM-32
Includes 32 portal license
S2-NBVM-64
Includes 64 portal license
Portal licenses expandable in 64 portal increments to 7,168 portals.
Refer to price book for additional part numbers.
S2-NBVM-128
Includes 128 portal license
Portal licenses expandable in 64 portal increments to 7,168 portals.
Refer to price book for additional part numbers.
Schematic Diagram - S2 Security System
Internet/
VPN
S2 Mobile Ap
ps
S2 Mobile
WAN
Apps
Magic Brick
LAN
Magic W
all
User-pre
fe
rred Har
d
ware
S2 NetBo
Virtual M x
achine
Schematic only. Not a network diagram.
User-preferred hardware must meet minimum provisioning requirements.
S2 Network Node capacity may vary depending on system design.
3
Refer to the latest Release Notes for browser version compatibility.
4
For additional integration information, contact [email protected]
1
2
For more information, please visit www.s2sys.com.
© 2016 S2 Security Corporation. All rights reserved. S2 Security, S2 NetBox, S2 NetVR,
S2 Global, S2 Mobile Security Officer and S2 Magic Monitor are registered trademarks of
S2 Security Corporation. Third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
Data subject to change without notice.
S2092316
S2 SECURl~---s.
S2 Network Node
Overview
Key Features
S2 Network Node is an intelligent field panel that handles distributed
Access Control
processing for S2 NetBox® access control and event monitoring systems.
n
Blade Support: Houses up to seven S2 application blades for access control, inputs, outputs and temperature probes
n
Portals: Supports up to fourteen doors or other access points
n
Reader Support: Interfaces with Wiegand, magnetic stripe
and keypad reader technologies
n
Input Assignment: Enables assignment of up to 56 supervised inputs
n
Output Assignment: Enables assignment of up to 56 form C
output relays
n
Temperature Inputs: Monitors up to 56 analog temperature
points
Access control and events from connected devices are aggregated to
the S2 NetBox web interface for centralized system management.
S2 Network Node supports up to seven modular S2 application blades
for access control, inputs, outputs and temperature probes. Any S2
application blades can be combined to fit deployment requirements.
Blades are automatically recognized and addressed without jumpers or
switches. External devices such as 12VDC card readers can be powered
from the S2 access control application blade.
A highly flexible component of any S2 NetBox system, S2 Network Node
enables customization and expansion of the system’s capabilities.
~
1
tl
_
~
._., l
,J.....~r--,~1
u:0,.:0t1,k0,-10-., ...
l
S2S.Cu11t't' ...ad~ 1.,.
~
..-y.,~~
~C::::=J "
.. ,.... B
1l
~--
_, _.
,u..... l.obl,JOoarOor,ieo.,,
0.-•-ll"-,IIM>
t •~
11•01:~
fM7:l l ( IM7:0tJl-'1
Solid State Design: Extends product lifecycle, lowering total
cost of ownership
n
Offline Availability: Maintains access control capabilities even when connectivity to the S2 controller is lost
n
Intuitive Configuration: Utilizes embedded web interface for
initial setup
n
Automatic Discovery: Automatically connects to and
authenticates with the S2 controller upon configuration
.._,,OOot",..
~----===;..,
. . ,off..... _ . .
U :'9:lt(U~l1JACiDn• llflfllNIW ........... &,oe~, :
r.-.
n
nirc::==i f.1
11:'1',1•t1~~.111,-_.._,._~l-..,.c.--
'<Cl~""'
S2 System Node: Handles distributed access control and event
monitoring
l
l fl,fUl!Uf!IKt
1,,01o0tt1.k01rMJf:.....,.;~...i1or,-,,.,.o,..,&,,d .. s..i.1wric.-c-.t,,1n
U·'U-•~IIIH-411.,...._, ,...,_.._
n
.!J
r- -
D' ..._,1KOrll ol(f -
...
n:01.~(•J:0•~1t-""'-...O""°"i,~'°'""("'o.t,Cc,1~ S-....t k'41r'-w, Cr,t,)
f t ·W i lt(I0•1tf ...... J -
System
.om,,..,,.~°""'"_."'· I lrdn.-t... D,cn
, ...
M
!? ~
c:=:J ,;r:, , ~ -,, ,
1t
••
lf:'l+:Kl(l >-'i4<Gll) l _ . . . . . . _ _ _ _ U-.t ... ,..... I \,,J(. . . ( - . C,,,.,...
11:,,1.1,llJ.»'0'1"-l--"· ...... _..... ~ J., 1,_.J.,l(l l.~__..l...._l_ · - · - ~ ...,
U:$,tll• ( 1~ .)JJ C . . , . , t ~l~~w'af,l,t<t .,S1•1 t,,.i f . . - ~ ( MI')'
tt:$-l:H(11"$4•Ui~cn,nt4'Cl""'-t,,MI>"""".... " U l«IIM"'Alr I tr,f(..- l - -<-'i'
lt\.lU(llMUl ....... l _ ...... .....,...,. -~
•
u,~,uc11;1,4.u11-~,.,.--~.._,.1;1o,o,r
1>i5':11r,n+,1u~..-Hw~.w-.~-,it)t.fJ•ut,i,,.O-r.... o--
l
u\1-,1111
!M- 1~1.,..,,.r- . - ·... .,.... ........... .-
1t,)J.nt11":U•J111...,.,...-....w""-...._""''-...,.croo,tt:u:u111::1>:.J11Ai~ . .,N1w~ . . ~....,,: llJttt11 1.ott,,Ooorl'rO!llOoor
ll,1J.S.(IJU.Sil"'-l- ..... ..,._ _ _.
U:S?,;S4(11;1McJf-.,....,,....foo~,c.,-..c1 .e 1c• 1 " dlll)o,(M,,.fM,,
l~·U,'J,1(1l ...JAll11,
.... ..,., _ _
Jnf---,r.,...-.-"-""'"'_......_
•+i.-
111,l")lJ+l
u .n.,jtlt.u u 1.....,t- ~................,. ......... o
1?:U:U.(t~lll~• .......,_.,.,_~W-•t_.,llor
U::$J;U( l ~!, U.)-"-_.,.c1w1-~....,_,, U:t)} «-t..... Oro,,wr-~
ll:~..,.,.lnc\l'..wii
Of,14·11(°'H
Hj_,_ ,_ _...,.._
1111
OttU! l l(Ot:)4e11l"'""~-Aa--C,-...t•twt, 1 .WfwC...c..tr,
Ot,l.f., ll(~i..111-«.- · ""'"b->oh>o~~ ~ .ttj ... ~
l l,,tf\Mo,O,,,..(Al,y
00:t9:~((19:lt\.i)l(........ ~'M"'4 ....
MN'.M....._.,....,,Mor.-
Access control and event monitoring for connected devices are aggregated
to the S2 NetBox web interface.
Internet/
VPN
Remote
Web Brows
err
S2 Mobile Ap
ps
S2 Mobile
WAN
Apps
Local
Web Brow
se
r
LAN
Schematic only. Not a network diagram.
Specifications – S2 Network Node
Appliance (continued)
Access Control
S2 NetBox Software
S2 Network Node Blade
Application Blades / SIOs
Portals
Access Levels
Supervised Inputs
Version 4.1.02 and later
M1-3200
7
14
512
56
Relay Outputs
56
Temperature Inputs
Credential Storage
Buffered Transactions
56
150,000
800,000
Client Requirements
Dimensions (H, W, D)
Wall Mount: 17.0in x 15.0in x
6.75in (43.18cm x 38.1cm x
17.15cm)
Rack Mount: 7.0in x 19.0in x
15.0in (17.78cm x 48.26cm x
38.1cm)
Weight
Operating Temperature
18 lbs (8.6 kg) maximum
32° – 95°F (0° – 35°C)
Storage Temperature
Input Power
Reader Output Power
BTU Maximum
Commissioning
Regulatory Approvals
-4° – 158°F (-20° – 70°C)
100 - 240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 2.3A
12VDC, 250 mA/reader
184 per hour
Web configuration utility
UL, CE, FCC, RoHS
Warranty
2 years, hardware;
1 year, software
Operating System
Windows 7, 32-bit or 64-bit
Browser
Processor
Memory (RAM)
Chrome, Internet Explorer, Firefox
and Safari*
Intel Core i3 or higher
4GB
Part Numbers
Hard Drive
100GB minimum
S2-NN-E-WM
Supports up to 7 S2 application
blades, wall mount
2GB Flash
TI AM3352 ARM
512MB SDRAM
Linux
1
297,000 hrs
Wall mount or standard 4U rack
mount
S2-NN-E-RM
Supports up to 7 S2 application
blades, rack mount
Includes 1 S2 access control
application blade with 6
available expansion slots, wall
mount
Appliance
Storage
Processor
Memory (RAM)
Operating System
Ethernet Ports
MTBF
Chassis
S2-NN-E2R-WM
S2-NN-E2R-RM
Includes 1 S2 access control
application blade with 6
available expansion slots, rack
mount
* Refer to the latest Release Notes for browser version compatibility.
For more information, please visit www.s2sys.com.
© 2016 S2 Security Corporation. All rights reserved. S2 Security, S2 NetBox, S2
Global and S2 NetVR are registered trademarks or trademark applications of S2
Security Corporation. Third-party trademarks are the property of their respective
owners. Data subject to change without notice.
S2050616
S2 MicroNode Plus
TM
Overview
Key Features
S2 MicroNode Plus is a compact, intelligent field panel that handles
Access Control
distributed processing for S2 NetBox® access control and event
n
Reader Support: Interfaces with Wiegand, magnetic stripe
and keypad reader technologies
n
Input/Output Assignment: Enables assignment of four input and
four output relays to control doors and other end point devices
n
Temperature Input: Includes one analog temperature input
n
Retrofit Solution: Replaces legacy two-reader panels without requiring new readers, inputs or lock outputs
monitoring systems. Access control and events from connected devices
are aggregated to the S2 NetBox web interface for centralized system
management.
S2 MicroNode Plus supports up to two portals, four relay outputs with
wet/dry selection, four inputs with programmable levels of supervision,
and one temperature input. The 12VDC auxiliary output can power
devices such as a PIR Request to Exit input or an alarm sounder.
System
n
S2 System Node: Handles distributed access control and
event monitoring
n
Offline Availability: Maintains access control capabilities even when connectivity to the S2 controller is lost
n
Intuitive Configuration: Utilizes embedded web interface for
initial setup
n
Automatic Discovery: Automatically connects to and
authenticates with the S2 controller upon configuration
n
Power Options: Offers Power over Ethernet Plus, Power over
Ethernet, or standard 12VDC power
Designed for localized access control and event monitoring,
S2 MicroNode Plus is also an ideal retrofit solution. The seamless
upgrade from legacy two-reader panels to S2 MicroNode Plus can
be made without replacing readers, inputs or lock outputs.
Access control and event monitoring for connected devices are aggregated
to the S2 NetBox web interface.
Internet/
VPN
Remote
Web Browse
rr
S2 Mobile Ap
ps
S2 Mobile
WAN
Apps
Local
Web Brow
se
r
LAN
Schematic only. Not a network diagram.
Specifications – S2 MicroNode Plus
General (continued)
Access Control
Portals
Access Levels
Supervised Inputs
Relay Outputs
Temperature Inputs
Credential Storage
Buffered Transactions
2
512
4
4; 2 wet / dry selectable
1
150,000
800,000
Client Requirements
Operating System
Browser
Processor
Memory (RAM)
Hard Drive
Windows 7, 32-bit or 64-bit
Chrome, Internet Explorer, Firefox
and Safari*
Intel Core i3 or higher
4GB
100GB minimum
General
Processor
Memory (RAM)
Operating System
Ethernet Ports
MTBF
TI AM3352 ARM
512MB SDRAM
Linux
1
297,000 hrs
For more information, please visit www.s2sys.com.
© 2016 S2 Security Corporation. All rights reserved. S2 Security, S2 MicroNode,
S2 NetBox and S2 NetVR are registered trademarks or trademark applications
of S2 Security Corporation. Third-party trademarks are the property of their
respective owners. Data subject to change without notice.
S2021716
Chassis
Dimensions (H, W, D)
Wall or ceiling mount
11.34in x 8.0in x 2.57in
(28.77cm x 20.32cm x 6.53cm)
Weight
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Input Power
3.2 lbs (1.45 kg)
32° – 95° F (0° – 35° C)
-4° – 158°F (-20° – 70°C)
12VDC 5A, PoE (802.3af ) and
PoE Plus (802.3at)
Output Power
12VDC 5A: 2000mA (24 watts)
@ 12VDC
PoE: 500mA (6 watts) @ 12VDC
PoE Plus: 1000mA (12 watts)
@ 12VDC
BTU Maximum
Commissioning
Regulatory Approvals
Warranty
204 per hour
Web configuration utility
UL, CE, FCC, RoHS
2 years, hardware;
1 year, software
Part Numbers
S2-MNP
* Refer to the latest Release Notes for browser version compatibility.
PHYSICAL ACCESS SOLUTIONS
iCLASS SE®
Readers
HIGHLY ADAPTABLE AND SECURE HIGH FREQUENCY
ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTION
ƒƒ
Powerfully Secure – Provides layered security beyond the card media for added protection to
identity data using SIOs.
ƒƒ
Adaptable – Interoperable with a growing range of technologies and form factors including
mobile devices utilizing Seos®.
ƒƒ
Interoperable – Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) for secure, bidirectional
communication.
ƒƒ
Versatile - Extended read range is available for applications such as parking and gate control
solutions.
HID Global’s iCLASS SE® platform goes beyond
the traditional smart card model to offer a secure,
standards-based and flexible platform that has
become the new benchmark for highly adaptable,
interoperable and secure access control solutions.
iCLASS SE readers include Open
Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP),
a new Security Industry Association
(SIA) standard that together with
Secure Channel Protocol (SCP) provides
secure communications and central
management.
As part of HID Global’s iCLASS SE platform for
advanced security, the readers utilize state-ofthe-art authentication through the platform’s
Secure Identity Object (SIO) data model for
trusted and secure communication between
the card and reader to prevent unauthorized
access. The iCLASS SE reader line is built on
the Security Industry Association (SIA) Open
POWERFULLY SECURE:
ƒƒ
Multi-Layered Security – Ensures data authenticity and privacy through the multi-layered security of HID’s SIO.
ƒƒ
EAL5+ Certified Secure Element Hardware – Provides tamper-proof protection
of keys/cryptographic operations.
ƒƒ
Secured communications using OSDP with Secure Channel Protocol.
ƒƒ
Expanded iCLASS Elite™ Program – Extends private security by protecting uniquely keyed credentials, SIOs and programming keys.
HIGHLY ADAPTABLE:
ƒƒ
Mobile device support using iCLASS Seos - enabling HID access control.
ƒƒ
Flexible to support future technologies.
ƒƒ
Field Programmable Readers – Provides secure upgrades for migration and extended lifecycle.
hidglobal.com
Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) standard
which also ensures secure transmission of
data from the reader to the controller.
Additionally, iCLASS SE readers support mobile
devices utilizing Seos, enabling a new class
of portable identity credentials that can be
securely provisioned and safely embedded
into both fixed and mobile devices.
SUSTAINABILITY AND MANAGEMENT:
ƒƒ
Intelligent Power Management (IPM) – Reduces reader power consumption by as much as 75% compared to standard operating mode.
ƒƒ
Recycled Content – Contributes toward building LEED credits.
INTEROPERABLE:
ƒƒ
SIO Media Mapping – Simplifies deployment of third-party objects to
multiple types of credentials.
ƒƒ
Industry standard communications using OSDP.
ƒƒ
Custom programming support to read models on MIFARE and MIFARE
DESFire EV1 credentials
SPECIFICATIONS
Model Name
Base Part Number
R10
900N
R15
910N
R40
920N
RK40
921N
R90
940N
iCLASS Seos: 2.0" (5 cm)
iCLASS: 5.5" (14 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 5.1" (13 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.0" (5 cm)
iCLASS Seos: 5.9" (15 cm)
iCLASS: 14.2" (36 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 9.4" (24 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 5.9" (15 cm)
iCLASS: 3.1" (8 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.0" (5 cm)
Wall Switch Size; designed to
mount and cover single gang
switch boxes primarily used
in the Americas and includes
a slotted mounting plate for
European and Asian back box
spacing
iCLASS: 7.5" (19 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 3.1" (8 cm)
13.56 MHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards – SIO Data Model
iCLASS Seos: 2.4" (6 cm)
iCLASS: 3.6" (9 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.4" (6 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.4" (6 cm)
Typical Read Range1
iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm)
Mounting
Mini-Mullion Size; physically HID's
smallest iCLASS® readers and are
ideally suited for mullion-mounted
door installations, U.S. single-gang
J-box (with mud ring) or any flat
surface
Color
Keypad
Dimensions
1.9" x 4.1" x 0.9"
4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm
Product Weight
(Pigtail)
Product Weight
(Terminal Strip)
Operating Voltage
Range
Current Draw Standard Power Mode2
(mA)
Current Draw Intelligent Power
Management (IPM)
Mode2 (mA)
Peak Current Draw Standard Power or IPM
Mode2 (mA)
NSC3 Power
Consumption Standard Power Mode
NSC3 Power
Consumption w/ IPM
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Environmental Rating
Transmit Frequency
iCLASS Seos: 2.4" (6 cm)
iCLASS Seos: 3.2" (8 cm)
iCLASS: 3.6" (9 cm)
iCLASS: 5.2" (13 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.4" (6 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 3.9" (10 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.4" (6 cm) MIFARE DESFire EV1: 3.2" (8 cm)
13.56 MHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs – SIO data Model
iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm)
iCLASS: 2.8" (7 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.0" (5 cm)
Mullion Size; physically HID's
Wall Switch Size; designed to
second smallest iCLASS
mount and cover single gang
readers and are ideally suited
switch boxes primarily used
for mullion-mounted door
in the Americas and includes
installations, U.S. single-gang
a slotted mounting plate for
J-box (with mud ring) or any
European and Asian back box
flat surface
spacing
Black
No
1.9" x 6.0" x 0.9"
3.3" x 4.8" x 1.0"
4.8 cm x 15.3 cm x 2.3 cm
8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm
Mounts on any standard back
boxes or any flat surface
Yes (4x3)
3.3" x 4.8" x 1.1"
8.5 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.8 cm
No
13.1" x 13.1" x 1.55"
33.3cm x 33.3cm x 3.9cm
3.9 oz (113g)
5.3 oz (151g)
7.7 oz (220g)
9.0 oz (256g)
N/A
2.9 oz (84g)
4.2 oz (120g)
7.5 oz (215g)
8.0oz (226g)
4lb 1oz (1844g)
5-16 VDC
12 VDC or 24 VDC
5-16 VDC
60 @ 16V
60 @ 16V
65 @ 16V
85 @ 16V
110 @ 12V
35 @ 16V
35 @ 16V
40 @ 16V
60 @ 16V
30 @ 12V
200 @ 16V
200 @ 16V
200 @ 16V
220 @ 16V
300 @ 12V
1.0 @ 16V
1.0 @ 16V
1.0 @ 16V
1.4 @ 16V
1.3 @ 12V
0.6 @ 16V
0.6 @ 16V
0.6 @ 16V
1 @ 16V
.4 @ 12V
-31º to 150º F (-35º to 65º C)
-67º to 185º F (-55º to 85º C)
5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing
Indoor/Outdoor IP55; IP65 if installed with optional gasket
13.56 MHz
Secure Identity Object™ (SIO) on iCLASS Seos, iCLASS SE/SR, MIFARE DESFire EV1 and MIFARE Classic (On by Default)
- MIFARE Classic and MIFARE DESFire EV1 custom data models
- standard iCLASS Access Control Application (order with Standard interpreter)
- ISO14443A (MIFARE) CSN, ISO14443B CSN, ISO15693 CSN
- FeliCa™4 CSN, CEPAS4 CSN or CAN
13.56 MHz Card
Compatibility
Communications
IP65
Wiegand, Clock-and-Data, Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSPD) via RS485
Panel Connection
Pigtail or Terminal Strip
Terminal Strip
UL294/cUL (US), FCC Certification (US), IC (Canada), CE (EU), RCM (Australia, New Zealand),
SRRC (China), KCC (Korea), NCC (Taiwan), iDA (Singapore), RoHS, FIPS201 Transparent FASC-N Reader4, MIC (Japan)4
Certifications
Cryto Processor
Hardware Common
Criteria Rating
Patents
Housing Material
Manufactured with %
of recycled content
(Pigtail)
Manufactured with %
of recycled content
(Terminal Strip)
UL Ref Number
Warranty
EAL5+
www.hidglobal.com/patents
UL94 Polycarbonate
1
2
3
4
10.5%
11.0%
11.0%
11.5%
R10E
R15E
10.5%
11.0%
R40E
Limited Lifetime
10.9%
N/A
12.4%
11.00%
RK40E
R90E
Read range listed is statistical mean rounded to nearest whole centimeter. HID Global testing occurs in open air.
Some environmental conditions, including metallic mounting surface, can significantly degrade read range and
performance; plastic or ferrite spacers are recommended to improve performance on metallic mounting surfaces.
Measured in accordance with UL294 standards; See Installation Guide for Details
NSC = Normal Standby Current; See Installation Guide for Details
Not available on R90 Model
h i d g l o bal .co m
North America: +1 512 776 9000
Toll Free: 1 800 237 7769
Europe, Middle East, Africa: +44 1440 714 850
Asia Pacific: +852 3160 9800
Latin America: +52 55 5081 1650
© 2016 HID Global Corporation. All rights reserved. HID, the HID logo, iCLASS SE, Seos, iCLASS, Secure Identity Object, SIO, Trusted identity
Platform, TIP and iCLASS Elite are trademarks or registered trademarks of HID Global in the U.S. and/or other countries. All other trademarks,
service marks, and product or service names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
2016-05-19-hid-iclass-se-readers-ds-en PLT-00230
An ASSA ABLOY Group brand
P3DCAXS-10OL
12 OR 24VDC, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
FEATURES
The P3DCAXS-10OL is a power supply and charger. It
is engineered to convert 115VAC/60Hz input into
12VDC or 24VDC @ 10 AMPS of continuous supply
current. The P3DCAXS-10OL is designed for use in an
access control system.
•
Front spring loaded, locking, side vented, heavy
gauge metal enclosure
•
Double coated polyurethane finish
•
Multiple 1” knock-outs to accommodate various wiring
configurations
•
Filtered and electronically regulated outputs
•
Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or gel type
batteries
•
AC Fail and low battery supervision (form “C”
contacts)
•
AC input and DC output LED indicate power is
present
•
Tim pot adjustable voltage
•
Short circuit and thermal overload protection
•
Includes battery leads
SPECIFICATIONS
•
Input 115VAC 50/60Hz, 2.7A
•
12 or 24VDC selectable output
•
Power supply/charger - P3PS-10-SU
•
Maximum temperature range: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°
C)
•
Ideal operating temperature: 70° (21°C)
•
For indoor use only
•
Enclosure dimensions: 15.5” (H) x 13” (W) x 4.5” (D)
•
Shipping weight: 19 lbs
1-877-478-4733
WWW.PTHREE.COM
*Specifications subject to change without notice
RELATED PART NUMBERS
P3DCAXS-10OL-DB4
12 OR 24VDC, 4 OUTPUT, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
•
Four (4) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-4)
•
Individual output fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 10A
•
Shipping weight: 19 lbs
P3DCAXS-10OL-DB8
12 OR 24VDC, 8 OUTPUT, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
•
Eight (8) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-8)
•
Individual output fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 10A
•
Shipping weight: 20 lbs
P3DCAXS-10OL-DB16
12 OR 24VDC, 16 OUTPUT, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUP•
Sixteen (16) fuse protected outputs [(2) P3DB-8]
•
Individual output fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 10A
•
Shipping weight: 21 lbs
P3DCAXS-10OL-PC5
12 OR 24VDC, 5 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY
• Five (5) individual PTC protected, power limited class 2 outputs (P3PC-5)
•
Fire Alarm or Access Control trigger inputs
•
Individual output PTC limited to 2.5A per output @ 12 VDC or 24VDC
•
Shipping weight: 21 lbs
P3DCAXS-10OL-PC8
12 OR 24VDC, 8 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 10 AMP ACCESS CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY
• Eight (8) individually selectable (FAIL/SAFE or FAIL/SECURE), fused
protected outputs (P3PC-8)
•
Eight (8) trigger input options
•
FACP disconnect
•
Individual fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 10A
•
Shipping weight: 22 lbs
1-877-478-4733
WWW.PTHREE.COM
*Specifications subject to change without notice
P3DCAXS-5OL
12 OR 24VDC, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
FEATURES
The P3DCAXS-5OL is a power supply and charger. It
is engineered to convert 115VAC/60Hz input into
12VDC or 24VDC @ 5 AMPS of continuous supply
current. The P3DCAXS-5OL is designed for use in an
access control system.
•
Front spring loaded, locking, side vented, heavy
gauge metal enclosure
•
Double coated polyurethane finish
•
Multiple 1” knock-outs to accommodate various wiring
configurations
•
Filtered and electronically regulated outputs
•
Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or gel type
batteries
•
AC Fail and low battery supervision (form “C”
contacts)
•
AC input and DC output LED indicate power is
present
•
Tim pot adjustable voltage
•
Short circuit and thermal overload protection
•
Includes battery leads
SPECIFICATIONS
•
Input 115VAC 50/60Hz, 1.0A
•
12 or 24VDC selectable output
•
Power supply/charger - P3PS-5-SU
•
Transformer (P3XR28175) includes built-in thermal
protection
•
Maximum temperature range: 32° to 120°F (0° to 49°
C)
•
Ideal Operating temperature: 70° (21°C)
•
For indoor use only
•
Enclosure dimensions: 15.5” (H) x 13” (W) x 4.5” (D)
•
Shipping weight: 19 lbs
1-877-478-4733
WWW.PTHREE.COM
*Specifications subject to change without notice
RELATED PART NUMBERS
P3DCAXS-5OL-DB4
12 OR 24VDC, 4 OUTPUT, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
•
Four (4) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-4)
•
Individual output fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 5A
•
Shipping weight: 19 lbs
P3DCAXS-5OL-DB8
12 OR 24VDC, 8 OUTPUT, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
•
Eight (8) fuse protected outputs (P3DB-8)
•
Individual output fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 5A
•
Shipping weight: 20 lbs
P3DCAXS-5OL-DB16
12 OR 24VDC, 16 OUTPUT, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY
•
Sixteen (16) fuse protected outputs [(2) P3DB-8]
•
Individual output fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 5A
•
Shipping weight: 21 lbs
P3DCAXS-5OL-PC5
12 OR 24VDC, 5 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY
• Five (5) individual PTC protected, power limited class 2 outputs (P3PC-5)
•
Fire Alarm or Access Control trigger inputs
•
Individual output PTC limited to 2.5A per output @ 12 VDC or 24VDC
•
Shipping weight: 21 lbs
P3DCAXS-5OL-PC8
12 OR 24VDC, 8 POWER CONTROL OUTPUTS, 5 AMP ACCESS CONTROL
POWER SUPPLY
•
Eight (8) individually selectable (FAIL/SAFE or FAIL/SECURE), fused
protected outputs (P3PC-8)
•
Eight (8) trigger input options
•
FACP disconnect
•
Individual fuses rated at 3A
•
Main fuse rated at 5A
•
Shipping weight: 22 lbs
1-877-478-4733
WWW.PTHREE.COM
*Specifications subject to change without notice
1006
Series
The strongest, most versatile
electric strike available
Specifications
UL 10C fire-rated, 3 hour single door (fail secure only) 
UL 10C fire-rated, 1-1/2 hour double door (fail secure only) 
CAN4-S104 (ULC-S104) fire door conformant 
ANSI A250.13-2003 windstorm listed 
UL 1034, burglary-resistant listed 
ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1 
NFPA-252 fire door conformant 
ASTM-E152 fire door conformant 
MEA New York City accepted 
Florida Building Code approved 
Patents #6,021,038 & #6,595,564 
Standard Features
Stainless steel construction 
Tamper resistant 
Static strength 3,070 lbs. (fail secure) 
Dynamic strength 350 ft-lbs. (fail secure) 
Endurance 1,000,000 cycles 
Fail secure (standard) 
Dual voltage 12VDC or 24VDC continuous duty 
Non-handed 
Internally mounted solenoid 
Accommodates up to 1” deadbolt 
Plug-in connector 
Full keeper shims for horizontal adjustment 
Trim enhancer 
Five year limited warranty 
Optional Features
Fail Safe 
LBM - Latchbolt monitor 
LBSM - Latchbolt strike monitor 
27 interchangeable faceplate options 
Electrical
.45 Amps @ 12VDC continuous duty 
.25 Amps @ 24VDC continuous duty 
Finishes
630 - Satin stainless steel 
605 - Bright brass 
606 - Satin brass 
612 - Satin bronze 
613 - Bronze toned 
629 - Bright stainless steel 
BLK - Black 
Frame Application
Copyright © 2011, HES, Inc.
Metal 
Wood 
5000
Series
The grade 1, low profile solution
for cylindrical locksets
Specifications
UL 1034, burglary-resistant listed 
ANSI/BHMA A156.31, Grade 1 
MEA New York City accepted 
Patent #5,934,720 
Standard Features
Tamper resistant 
Static strength 1,500 lbs. 
Dynamic strength 70 ft-lbs. 
Endurance 500,000 cycles 
Field selectable fail secure/fail safe 
Dual voltage 12 or 24 VDC/VAC 
Non-handed 
Internally mounted solenoid 
Accommodates 1/2" - 5/8" latchbolt (5/8" with 1/8" door gap) 
Strike body depth 1-1/16" 
Plug-in connector 
Trim enhancer included 
Five year limited warranty 
Optional Features
LBM - Latchbolt monitor 
Electrical
.24 Amps @ 12VDC/VAC 
.12 Amps @ 24VDC/VAC 
DC continuous duty/AC intermittent duty only 
Finishes
630 - Satin stainless steel 
605 - Bright brass 
606 - Satin brass 
612 - Satin bronze 
613 - Bronze toned 
629 - Bright stainless steel 
BLK - Black 
Frame Application
Metal 
Wood 
Copyright © 2011, HES, Inc.
Quiet Duo™ Series
LR100 24V Latch Retraction / Dogging Kit
SDC DESIGNED AND MANUFACTURED
Patents # US 8,851,530
CSFM, MEA
Listed
20
T E CH N O L O G Y I N N OV A T I O N S
12
The SDC LR100 Series Electric Latch Retraction Kit enables electric access control and dogging of
mechanical exit devices. When energized the motor retracts the exit device latch and pulls the pushpad
into the dogged (depressed) position enabling momentary or sustained push and pull operation of the door.
The latch retraction mechanism may be activated by an access control, remote control device or building
automation system. The exit device always provides uninhibited egress.
QUIET DUO™ LR100 Series available for these brands:
• Von Duprin
• Yale
• Corbin Russwin
• Dor-O-Matic
• Hager
• Adams Rite
• Dorma
• Stanley K2
• IDC
• TownSteel
• Arrow
• PHI
• Falcon
•Detex
• Cal-Royal
• PDQ
• Falcon IR
•Marshall Best
• Sargent
• SDC
•Tell
Refer to page 2 to confirm compatibility of Rim, Mortise, Surface Vertical Rod for each brand.
FEATURES
• 700 mA Inrush, 200 mA Continuous @ 24VDC
• For access control and sustained dogging applications
• Simultaneous latch retraction and dogging
(pushpad depressed) for most exit devices*
• Pushpad is depressed* electrically for quieter
push / pull operation
• Automatic re-trigger if device does not pull on first try
• Eliminates need for costly replacement of existing exit device
• Significantly less labor and costs compared to competitive
retrofit kits
• Low current enables longer wire runs with smaller gauge wire
• No door sequencers required for pairs of manual doors
• Installs in Von Duprin non-fire rated panic device without
removing from the door
LR100EM
series
LR100 series
SDC 600 Series
Power Supply
33”
DEVICE
32”
END RAIL
TOUCH PAD
18” TYP
11-1/4”
LR100VD
Standard Opening Width 36"
33”
32" Opening (36" Device Modified for 32" Opening)
DEVICE
32”
29-1/4”
END RAIL
DEVICE
END RAIL
28”
18” TYP
TOUCH PAD
11-1/4”
8-1/2”
LR100VD
LR100VD-EM
Measurements above are example only - all devices vary
* on designated models
29-1/4”
28”
DEVICE
END RAIL
ACCESS & EGRESS SOLUTIONS - THE LOCK BEHIND THE SYSTEM
8-1/2”
LR100VD-EM
1
WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM
■
SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS
Security Door Controls
Surface Vertical
Device
Rim Device
MODELS
(Brands in alphabetical order)
Adams Rite
Opening
for
Mortise Device
Concealed Vertical
Device
Exit Device
Cal-Royal
Field
Retrofit Kit
Opening
for
Factory Installed
36”- 48” LR100ARK
LR100AR
30” LR100ARK-EM
36"
LR100AR-EM
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100CAK
LR100CA
Models
Models
Rim Mount
7700 / F7700
Rim Mount
8700** / 8800 / 3700
Surface Vertical Rod
7760 / F7760
Surface Vertical Rod
8100 / 8200 / 3100
Concealed Vertical Rod
8500 / 8600 / 3600
Opening
for
36"
Options
LRAR1R
Opening
for
1000 Series Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
S1250
Surface Vertical Rod
S1150
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
36" LR100AWK-ED910
LR100AW-ED910
Opening
for
36"
LR100CA-EM
2200 / F2200 / 9800 / F9800
Surface Vertical Rod
2260 / F2260 / 9860 / F9860
36"
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100DHK
LR100DH
Models
ED Series Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100CRK
LR100CR
LR100CR-EM
42" - 48" LR100CRK-42/48
Factory Installed
LR100CAK-EM
Rim Mount
Opening
for
ED910
30” LR100CRK-EM
Field
Retrofit Kit
Design Hardware
Models
Corbin Russwin
GLSCVR9800
Models
Models
Rim Mount
GLS9800
Surface Vertical Rod
30"
LR100AW
Rim Mount
LR100CA-9800
Rim Mount
Opening
for
Factory Installed
36" - 48" LR100AWK
Opening
for
Factory Installed
LR100CAK-9800
Models
REX Status Status Kit
* Note: Retracts only the latch ** Works With EM version ONLY
Arrow
Field
Retrofit Kit
LR100CR-42/48
Rim Mount
1000R
Surface Vertical Rod
1000V
Detex
Exit Device
Opening
for
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100DXK
LR100DX
36"
Models
Rim Mount
ED5200 / ED4200
Models
Surface Vertical Rod
ED5400
Rim Mount
10 / 40 Series
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED4800 / ED5800
Surface Vertical Rod
20 / 50 Series
Concealed Vertical Rod
80 / 81 / 62 / 63 Series
Options
LRCR1L
Latch Status Kit
LRCR1R
REX Status Kit
Options
LRDX1R
REX Status Status Kit
* Note: Retracts only the latch
SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS
Security Door Controls
■
WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM
2
ACCESS & EGRESS SOLUTIONS - THE LOCK BEHIND THE SYSTEM
Dorma
Opening
for
Exit Devices
Marshall Best
Field
Retrofit Kit
Opening
for
Factory Installed
36" LR100DAK
LR100DA
36"
Models
Rim Mount
9300 / F9300
Surface Vertical Rod
9400 / F9400
Falcon
Opening
for
Factory Installed
LR100MBSK
LR100MBS
Rim Mount
Q1100 / QF1100
Surface Vertical Rod
Q1200 / QF1200
Pamex
Factory Installed
36" LR100FRK
Field
Retrofit Kit
Models
24/25 Series Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Exit Devices
Opening
for
LR100FR
36"- 48"
Models
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100PAK
LR100PA
30” LR100PAK-EM
LR100PA-EM
Rim Mount
25-R / F-25-R / 24-R / F-24-R
Surface Vertical Rod
25-V / F-25-V / 24-V / F-24-V
Models
Concealed Vertical Rod
25-C / F-25-C / 24-C / F-24-C
Rim Mount
EF9000
Surface Vertical Rod
EF9000V
Concealed Vertical Rod
EF9020V
Falcon Dor-O-Matic
Opening
for
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
36" LR100FAK
LR100FA
30” LR100FAK-EM
LR100FA-EM
PDQ
Models
Rim Mount
1790
Concealed Vertical Rod
1690
Opening
for
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100PDQ
Rim Mount
6200R
Surface Vertical Rod
6200V
LR100DM
PHI (Precision Hardware)
Rim Mount
1590
Concealed Vertical Rod
1490
Opening
for
36"
4500 Series Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
36"- 48" LR100HK
30"
Factory Installed
Models
Models
Opening
for
Field
Retrofit Kit
36"- 48” LR100PDQK
36" LR100DMK
Hager
Exit Devices
Opening
for
LR100HK-EM
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100PDK
LR100PD
Models
Factory Installed
Rim Mount
2100 / 2400
LR100H
Surface Vertical Rod
2200 LBR
LR100H-EM
Concealed Vertical Rod
2800 LBR / 2600
Rim Mount
5100
5200 LBR
Models
Rim Mount
4501 - Rim
Surface Vertical Rod
Surface Vertical Rod
4501 - SVR
Options
Options
LRP1L
Latch Status Kit for PHI Rim 2000 Series
LRH1L
Latch Status Kit
LRP2L
Latch Status Kit for PHI Vertical Rod 2000 Series
LRH1R
Pushpad/Dogging Status or REX Status Kit
LRP1R
REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for PHI 2000 Series
IDC (International Door Closers)
8000 Series Exit Devices
Sargent
Opening
for
Opening
for
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
36"- 48" LR100IDCK
36"- 48"
LR100IDC
30" LR100IDCK-EM
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100SGK
LR100SG
30” LR100SGK-EM
LR100IDC-EM
LR100SG-EM
Models
Models
8610 / 8810 / 8510 / 8710
Rim Mount
8500 / 8800
Surface Vertical Rod
8630 / 8830 / 8530 / 8730
Surface Vertical Rod
8700
Mortise
8620 / 8820
Concealed Vertical Rod
8400 / 8600
Concealed Vertical Rod
8650 / 8850 / 8550 / 8750
Mortise
8300 / 8900
Rim Mount
Options
Options
LRIDC1L
Latch Status Kit
LRIDC1R
Pushpad/Dogging Status or REX Status Kit
ACCESS & EGRESS SOLUTIONS - THE LOCK BEHIND THE SYSTEM
LRSG2R
3
Latch Status and REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit
WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM
■
SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS
Security Door Controls
SDC
6000 Series Exit Devices
Tell
Opening
for
Field
Retrofit Kit
Opening
for
Factory Installed
36"-48" LR100SDCK
36"
LR100SDC
30" LR100SDCK-EM
Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100TEK
LR100TE
Models
LR100SDC-EM
Models
Rim Mount
9500
Surface Vertical Rod
9400
Rim Mount
S6100
Surface Vertical Rod
S6200
Mortise
S6300
Von Duprin
Concealed Vertical Rod
S6800
Opening
for
Options
36" - 48"
LRSDC1L
Latch Status Kit
LRSDC1R
Pushpad/Dogging Status or REX Status Kit
Stanley K2
Opening
for
30"
30"
LR100K2
LR100K2K-EM
Factory Installed
LR100VDK-22
LR100VD-22
LR100VDK-22-EM
LR100VD-22-EM
Rim Mount
22
Surface Vertical Rod
2227
Options
Factory Installed
36"- 48" LR100K2K
Field
Retrofit Kit
Models
QED Series Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
LR100K2-EM
Models
LRVD1L
Latch Status Kit for 22 Series
LRVD2R
REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for 22 Series
Rim Mount
QED111
Von Duprin
Surface Vertical Rod
QED114
Concealed Vertical Rod
QED124
Opening
for
36"- 48"
Options
30"
LRK2R
Latch Status and REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit
TownSteel
Opening
for
ED1100 Series Exit Devices
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
36"- 48" LR100TSK
30"
LR100TS
LR100TSKEM
LR100TSEM
ED1100
Surface Vertical Rod
ED1200
Concealed Vertical Rod
ED1300
Opening
for
36"
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100TSK-55/56
LR100TS-55/56
ED5500
Surface Vertical Rod
ED5600
LR100VDK-EM
LR100VD-EM
Rim Mount
98/99
33A / 35A
Surface Vertical Rod
9827/9927
3327A / 3527A
Concealed Vertical Rod
9847/9947
3347A / 3547A
Mortise
9875/9975
Three Point latching
9857/9957
Latch Status Kit for Von Duprin 98/99
LRVD2L
Latch Status Kit for Von Duprin 33/35 Series
LRVD1R
REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for Von Duprin
98/99 Series
LRVD2R
REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status for Von Duprin
33/35 Series
Yale
7000 Series Exit Devices
Opening
for
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100YDK
LR100YD
30” LR100YDK-EM
42" - 48"
Options
36"
LR100VD
Models
36"
Rim Mount
Opening
for
Factory Installed
LR100VDK
REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit
Models
LRTS2R
Field
Retrofit Kit
LRVD1L
Options
LRTS1R
98/99 and 33/35 Series Exit Devices
Options
Models
Rim Mount
22 Series Exit Devices
LR100YDK-42/48
LR100YD-EM
LR100YD-42/48
Models
REX Status or Pushpad/Dogging Status Kit FOR ED5500
Field
Retrofit Kit
Factory Installed
LR100TSK-65/67
LR100TS-65/67
ED6500
Surface Vertical Rod
ED6700
[t] 800.413.8783
■
805.494.0622
7110, 7210
Concealed Vertical Rod
7120, 7220
LRY1L
Latch Status Kit
LRY1R
REX Status Kit
* Note: Retracts only the latch
© 2016 SECURITY DOOR CONTROLS
Security Door Controls
7100, 7100-2, 7200
Surface Vertical Rod
Options
Models
Rim Mount
Rim Mount
■
■
LIT-IP100 SERIES 08/16
WWW.SDCSECURITY.COM
[f] 805.494.8861
■
801 Avenida Acaso, Camarillo, CA 93012
■
PO Box 3670, Camarillo, CA 93011
Enterprise VMS for End Users
Trusted by
over 25,000
customers
worldwide
Today, many IP Video Management Software products have been designed with unnecessary complexity and a
bloated infrastructure – and cost way too much to own! Video Insight brings an affordable, easy-to-use Video
Management System that delivers full situational awareness and indisputable detail, reducing investigation time
and allowing you to provide superior overall protection.
This powerful VMS solution captures, manages, and stores video surveillance across a network – on a single or
multiple locations – and supports the broadest range of IP and analog camera models. Video Insight is the perfect
solution for multi-facility configurations including K-12 schools,universities, hospitals, healthcare providers, law
enforcement, and SMBs in need of a powerful yet easy-to-use software.
Grow and scale your system without limitations
Video Insight is an intuitive and robust video management software like
no other. Our powerful VMS supports an unlimited number of client
workstations, users, simple integration with legacy systems, detailed
management system, and more. Add one – or hundreds – of cameras
anywhere on the network or across the entire organization, regardless of
geographic boundaries.
Ensure your customer is always UP and Protected
Maximize protection with redundant recording to multiple Network Video
Recorders (NVRs). Health Monitor, Automated failover and easy to use load
balancing allows migration of cameras between servers. All of these features
can provide high system availability for both live and recorded video at all
times. User-access privileges and security features ensure that your video,
data, and audio aren’t tampered with and are always protected.
Become an Integrator and Increase Opportunities and Revenue
Dealers and Integrators play a vital role to the overall success of Video
Insight’s rapid-growth and increased market share. This is why we go to great
lengths to select the right group of highly-qualified Systems Integrators to
represent, sell, install, educate and support end user customers with Video
Insight solutions.
Peace of mind with ourCustomer Assurance Program (CAP)
What good is your customer’s current surveillance system if cameras are
down and they don’t know it? Our Customer Assurance Program (CAP)
provides proactive monitoring and diagnostics to ensure you – and your
customers – are never in the dark. Get notified upon failure and receive the
assistance needed to solve the problem – this even includes replacement of
cameras that were purchased from Video Insight.
Integrators and Dealers receive aggressive volume discounts, special offers
and promotions, training, marketing assistance, shared leads, and world-class
support. Your success is our success.
Lower entry to video surveillance market
Affordability, flexibility and a simple licensing model are what sets Video
Insight apart from the rest – we provide the most cost-effective VMS solution
on the market and are the easiest to work with.
Video Insight v6 allows end users to receive a perpetual license that includes
a wide range of enterprise features – all included without any hidden fees.
[email protected] | video-insight.com | SUPPORT 713-621-9779
Fanatical support
VI Fanatical Support starts with products and services.
At Video Insight, we pride ourselves on being able to assist you in your time
of need in a timely manner. We guarantee a callback within an hour or we’ll
give you $100 credit towards your next order. The Video Insight U.S.-based
technical support team will be there when you need them. Guaranteed.
Facility Maps
Simple Camera and Server Configuration
Key Product Features
Simple Camera and Server Installation
Video Insight simplifies complex network configurations and setup by
automatically identifying cameras on the network – eliminating the need for
manual configuration or searching.
Centralized Deployments
Video Insight supports distributed or centralized deployments. When using
a centralized server, multiple locations can share a server, maximizing the
hardware and reducing the upfront cost and maintenance over time.
Motion Detection
Detects and determines the presence of motion in a video tile. Configure and
specify the level of motion required to trigger an event or archiving.
Active Directory Integration
Assign camera permission to Active Directory users and groups ensuring
propert access rights and single sign-on capabilities. As users come and go,
the video system administrators do not have to worry about updates because
they are automatically inherited from the AD.
Remote Viewing
Powerful video surveillance features – even when you’re on the go. View full
resolution live and recorded images from any server on Apple and Android
devices with VI Mobile. Email full resolution snapshots, view predefined
camera layouts and import all servers and cameras.
Facility Maps
Allows you to upload any type of image of your buildings and then place
camera icons on the map representing camera placement. Hover over the
icon to see a live image. This feature supports multiple layers of maps that
can link to one another, creating a graphical hierarchy.
Alert Monitoring
Rules Manager provides a step-by-step wizard to monitor for scheduled
events that trigger one or multiple actions. These can be simple snapshot
emails on motion during specific time frames or complex multi-step trigger
and action (Such as calling campus security).
Low Bandwidth Options
Save bandwidth with dual stream configurations that allow users to view
groups of cameras in low resolution and switch to high resolution in full
screen. Allows users in remote locations to view live and recorded video feed
without significant impact to the network.
Flexible Storage Options
Video Insight v5.5 supports all types of storage including local, direct
attached, NAS and SAN. This provides the flexibility to store recorded video to
a single location or to any number of devices simultaneously. This flexibility
allows users to keep some recordings for a longer period of time.
Software Development Kit (SDK)
Provides the ability for third-party software developers to embed live and
recorded into their applications or create triggers for the Video Insight Server.
®
Additional Features and Technical Specifications
User interface
Intuitive and powerful
Requires little or no end user training
Quick search tool for cameras
Live and Recorded Monitoring
Intuitive access to live and recorded video from any camera in system
regardless of location
Unlimited users
Create customized layouts and layout groups
Digital Zoom on any image
PTZ control options including on screen overlay commands,
left navigation control and pop-up menu options
Picture in Picture of zoomed area
180 Degree stitched layouts
PTZ control with USB Joysticks
Panoramic/360 dewarped support
Synchronized Playback
Alert Management
Pop-up live windows of alarmed cameras
Red outline in camera layout on alarm conditions
Alerts can be directed to specific users or groups
Email or send text message of JPEG or AVI clip
Pop-up window with detailed instructions for operator
Alarm actions include changing displays, executing DIO commands
displaying instant replay, pushing image to video wall, cycle spot monitor,
move PTZ to presets, change recording options and record with audio
Using Analytic Tripwire, count people entering and exiting facility to keep
running total and alert if threshold exceeded
Licensing
Licensing in single camera increments
No base or server fees
No individual camera MAC address registration
No extra licensing costs for client applications
Virtual cameras require only a single license
Multi-stream connections only require one license
Arecont 180° and 360° cameras require only a single license
Technology
Robust scalable Pure 64-bit design
Developed in open technologies
Automated failover support
Load Balancing
Easy integration with 3rd party application
Server software runs as a Windows Service
Clients can connect to a single IP address to access the entire system
Servers are connected to cameras and clients are connected to the servers.
Clients do not connect directly to cameras.
Email support for SSL and alternate ports, supporting Gmail and Hotmail SSL
certificates for secure web client transmissions
Execute programs or batch files on triggered event
Storage
Flexible high speed storage design with no limits
Support for internal and external storage devices including NAS and SAN
Support for COLDSTORE
Long Term Storage for recorded video file management.
Moves recorded video from a single or multiple cameras or servers on a
schedule basis.
Camera Support
System Requirements
Deep integration for over 3,000 camera models from 100 manufacturers.
Check our website for the complete list
Universal camera driver provides support for most other
cameras via ONVIF, RTSP or HTTP
Advanced camera features from Axis, Panasonic, IQeye, Sony, Sentry 360,
Scallop and ImmerVision
Resolutions up to 20 Megapixels
MJPEG, MPEG4, H.264 Compressions
Multistreaming
Camera or server side motion detection
Support for sensitivity and privacy zones
Camera auto discovery
Centralized camera management
Audio inputs and outputs
Combine audio and video from two independent sources
Send live video to Axis Decoders
Trigger Digital Inputs and Outputs
Support for Axis DIO and Audio device
OS Compatibility 32-and 64-bit versions of Windows XP, 7, 8, Server 2003,
2008R2, and 2012
Virtualization support for VMware, Hyper-V and Xen
Memory and CPU requirements are affected by number of cameras,
resolution, FPS, and motion-based recording. Visit website for sample
configurations.
[email protected] | video-insight.com | SUPPORT 713-621-9779
Key Features
Recorded
• Intuitive access to recorded video from any camera in system
regardless of location
• Frame-by-Frame or variable playback speeds up to 16X
• View single camera or drag and drop up to 16 cameras for
Synchronized Playback
• View groups of cameras via drag and drop
• Slider bar provides quick access to events
• Digital zoom on all recorded video
• Save JPEG or print snapshots
• Synchronized video and audio
• Instant replay of last 30 seconds of recorded video
• Create a clip with use of guides marking time interval
• Save clip to local client or server
• Continuous, motion activated, scheduled, event or trigger based
recording
• Record up to 30 FPS or as little as 1 image per second, hour or day
• Record always at 1 FPS and higher frame rate on motion or alarm
• Pre- and Post-motion recording
• Support for camera and server side motion detection
• Create sensitivity zones in Windows client or camera configuration
• Motion Event logs provide quick review of video associated with
motion or alarm events
• View recorded video from archived servers
• Graphical timeline highlights motion events
• Smart Search
• Progressive download speeds for slow-speed connection
• Automatically manages files and disk space
• Specify maximum retention by camera
• Panoramic/360 De-warped support
• View full aspect ratio of 16:9 or 4:3
Video Export
• Save JPEG or print snapshots
• Clips include visable watermark, server based date/time stamp
and camera name
• Option to include MD5 checksum watermark in each clip
• Standalone Player to validate
• Recorded video is saved in cameras native or MJPEG
compression in AVI file
• Exported clips include audio
• Synchronized video export of up to 9 video streams in
single AVI file
• Standalone Player with Watermark Validation – Review recorded
video on any PC while viewing thumbnails and using a scroll bar
for precise investigation - includes option to validate a watermark
Live Video
• Full-featured Windows, Web, and Mobile Clients
• iPhone and iPad app available for free on iTunes
• Android app available for free through Google Play
• Mobile App supports live and recorded video from any camera,
control of PTZs, and email images
• Web Client supports IE, Safari, FireFox, Opera and ChromeActive X is optional
• Macintosh support via Web Client
• Support for other smartphone devices including BlackBerry and
Windows Phones
• Client applications require little or no end user training
• View live video from any camera across multiple servers
• Quickly navigate between cameras from any server using
standard Windows Explorer tree structure
• Unlimited users can view live video
• Digital Zoom on any image with mouse click
• Picture-in-Picture of zoomed area
• Create customized layouts and layout groups
• Drag cameras from left navigation tree into layout
• Predefined layouts stored in the database can pull cameras from
multiple servers, restricted by security level
• Camera touring or Layout sequencing
• View full aspect ratio of 16:9 or 4:3
• 180° stitched layouts
• Single, Quad and Panorama views for 360º cameras
• Three PTZ control options including on-screen overlay commands,
left navigation control and pop-up menu options
• Cycle PTZ presets, pausing for specified interval
• PTZ control with USB Joysticks
• Option to lock down non-admin users from PTZ controls
• PTZ Prioritization – Users can be ranked to determine who has PTZ
operations at a specific time
• Search box allows quick access to any camera or server - search
by partial name or IP address
• Save JPEG or print snapshots
• Push live video pop-up windows to other logged in users
• 2Way audio allows operators to interact with video
• Create Covert cameras by removing from navigation
• Pause individual camera for instant investigation
• High Performance option renders video in real time
• Run in Full Screen mode with limited menus
• Connect up to four monitors per PC
• Video Wall app supports up to 64 monitors
• Operators can push video to a Video Wall, cycle layouts
or view alarms
• Motion alerts displayed for each camera
• Option to play sound on motion alarm
• Launch clients in full screen mode to predefined layouts
• Panoramic/360º De-warped support
• Public View App displays live images directly from camera without
connecting to a server
• Lane Viewer App displays live images along with card holder
picture and information to verify identity
Facility Maps
• Multi-level mapping provides quick access to cameras
• Mouse over Camera icons for live video pop-up
• Zoom into maps or navigate between mulitple layers
• Quick access to recorded video from facility maps
• Launch specified facility map on startup
• View maps from Windows or Web Clients
• Mouse over Layout icons to switch live displays to groups of
cameras in the area
• Easy setup requires JPEG, BMP or GIF images and drag and drop
camera placement of maps, cameras, layouts or doors
Notifications & Automation
• Pop-up live windows of alarmed cameras
• Red outline in camera layout on alarm conditions
• Play audio file on alarm to alert operator
• Pop-up window with detailed instructions for operator
• Alarm actions include changing displays, execute DIO
commands, display instant replay, push image to video wall,
cycle spot monitor, move PTZ to presets, change recording options
and record with audio
• Email or send text message of JPEG or AVI clip
• Alerts can be directed to specific users or groups
• Powerful Rules Wizard allows easy configuration of an unlimited
to take actions after an event
• Motion alerts displayed for each camera
• Option to play a sound on motion alarm
• Send JPEG snapshots on an interval or on motion
• Alter operators of camera side Analytic events
• Using Analytic Tripwire, count people entering and exiting facility
to keep running total and alert if threshold exceeded
Enterprise Functionality
• Support for unlimited cameras and recording servers
• Distributed login to any server prevents single point of failure
• Support for both centralized and distributed architectures
• Use existing SQL Server infrastructures or included SQL Express
• Centralized Management – all camera configurations for all
servers are done from one easy to use setup screen
• Authenticate users with a Video Insight users database or with
integration of users and groups from Active Directory, LDAP or
Novell eDirectory
• Assign individual camera permissions to users or groups
• All system and user settings are stored in SQL database
• Centralized storage of user layouts and centrally managed
• Automatic Failover
• Health Monitor – comprehensive monitoring and alerting of
system status
• Audit Trail of all user logins and configuration changes stored in a
SQL database
• Automatic upgrade of client applications
• Automatic system backup
• Complete system performance statistics including - Storage,
Bandwidth, Resolution, Format and Frame Rate
• Users only see assigned cameras regardless of number of servers
• Export camera and server information in Excel format
• Camera Maintenance logging and tracking .Net-based
• Software Development Kit
Security
• Enterprise-wide user management
• Multi-level security including restriction of setup, management,
live and recorded viewing, PTZ operation, access to layouts,
facility maps, rules and clip creation
• Authenticate users with a Video Insight users database or with
integration of users and groups from Active Directory, LDAP or
Novell eDirectory
• Assign individual camera permissions to users or groups
• Comprehensive log of all changes to system
• Option to restrict users from logging in from multiple locations
• Limit users to a single login per username
• Option for inserting MD5 checksum into all recorded video files to
detect any tampering
• Camera Support
• Deep integration for *2,500 camera models from 100+
manufacturers
• Universal camera driver provides support for almost all other
cameras via ONVIF, RTSP or HTTP
• Advanced camera features from Axis, Panasonic, IQeye, Sony,
Sentry 360, Scallop and Immervision
• Single, Quad and Panorama views for 360 cameras
• Resolutions up to 20 Megapixel
• MJPEG, MPEG4, H.264 Compressions
• Multicasting support
• Multistreaming
• Camera or server side motion detection
• Support sensitivity and privacy zones
• Camera auto discovery
• Centralized camera management
• Audio inputs and outputs
• Combine audio and video from two independent sources
• Send live video to Axis Decoders
• Trigger Digital Inputs and Ouputs
• Technology
• Pure 64-bit Server and Client
• Takes advantage of all available memory
• Optimized for centralization
• Robust scalable design
• Developed in open technologies including Microsoft .Net and
SQL Server
• Virtualization support for VMware, Hyper-V and Xen Server
• Automated failover support
• Access live and recorded video or control the server with .NET
SDK
• Easy integration with 3rd party application via the well defined
SQL tables
• Server Software runs as a Windows Service
• Clients can connect to a single IP address to access the entire
system
• Servers are connected to cameras and clients are connected to
the servers - Clients do not connect directly to cameras
• Email support for SSL and alternate ports, supporting Gmail and
Hotmail
• SSL certificates for secure web client transmissions
• Execute programs or batch files on triggered event
Storage
• Flexible high-speed storage design with no limits
• Support for internal and external storage devices including
NAS, SAN and iSCSI
• Support for Pivot3 Cloudbank failover architecture and Dell
EqualLogic iSCSI
• Integrator support for Veracity Coldstore
• Intransa Virtual and iSCSI solutions
• Long Term Storage for recorded video file management
• Move recorded video from single or multiple cameras or
servers on a schedule basis
• Option to restrict users from logging in from multiple locations
Performance
• 250 two megapixel cameras per operating system
• Deep camera integration technology and storage architecture
allow extreme server performance
• Total camera bandwidth of 600 Mbits/sec
• Unrestricted number of clients
• Load balancing
• High Performance live display mode can show up to 36
megapixel images at 30 FPS
Licensing
• Simple per camera licensing available in single camera
increments
• No base or server fees
• Individual camera MAC address registration is not required
• No extra licensing costs for client applications
• Virtual cameras require only a single license
• Multi-stream connections only require one license
• Arecont 180° and 360° cameras require only a single license
Support Options
• Lifetime technical support Monday through Saturday
• Unlimited software updates
• Remote control applications for unattended access
Access Control Integration
• Lenel
• S2
• RS2
• Paxton
• HID
• IMRON
• DSX
• Blackboard
• AMAG
*Complete list available at www.video-insight.com
Comparison Data Sheet
Video Insight is a powerful, yet easy-to-use
video management software that allows
organizations in education, law enforcement,
healthcare, commercial, and transportation the
ability to deploy a customized and robust video
surveillance system. The NEW Video Insight v6
Is more powerful, easier, and - with faster
graphical search - it will change the way you
look at video surveillance. Below is a feature
comparison between version v5.5 and 6.
Features
Monitor
Station
VI Monitor
Live Monitoring
Access Archived Files
Facility Maps
PTZ Control
Access Control Integration
Layout Management
Guard Tour Reporting
Media Player for Playback control
Synchronized Playback for event viewing
Variable bitrates, encoders, and FPS to conform to your network's needs
Audio Playback and Recording
Dewarping Functionality
License Plate Recognition
Health Monitoring
Decoders for analog camera integration
Rules Manager functionality
User, Group and Permission Management
Storage management for recordings
System Log
Maintenance tracking for changes
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
Bookmarks
N
Y
Quickly access important clips. Mark events for other users to view at a later time.
Easily retrieve specific recordings
Workspaces
N
Y
Increased ability to multitask. Easy swap between layouts and setups for the best view of a
monitored location.
Sleek and modern new UI
N
Y
New Look and updated workflow.
More Functionality for Facility Maps
N
Y
Have more information at your fingertips when viewing the facility map window, for greater
ease of use and a better understanding of your facility.
Autofit Feature
N
Y
Automatically fit any number of cameras to the window you're using to view them with the
click of a button.
Increased Zoom Options
N
Y
Have more options available when zooming in on specific areas of the cameras.
Increased Reporting for LPR
N
Y
Keep better track of your facility with better monitoring and reporting. More easily understand who visits
your facility when.
Spanish Localization
N
Y
Fully functional Spanish language translation. Useful in bilingual facilities, or heavily Spanish speaking areas.
Save Snapshot to Clipboard
N
Y
Makes it easier to instantly paste an image into a program for editing, or rapidly send a file in an email or
inhouse messenger.
Views
N
Y
Set up a display that includes a webpage, such as one for weather tracking, a static image such as a company
logo, and arrange the cameras any way you want as a saved layout for viewing.
Description
B-­‐5360
Mini 360° Dome Overview
• 5 megapixel • Fixed Lens with f1.19 mm / F2.0 • Basic WDR (74 dB) • 180/360° Fisheye View • Weatherproof (IP68), Vandal Proof (IK10) and Vibration Proof • Video Insight VMS license included Technical Specifications
Device
Device Type:
Outdoor Mini Fisheye
Image Sensor:
Progressive Scan CMOS
Sensor Size:
1/3.2''
Day / Night:
No
Superior Low Light Performance:
No
Minimum Illumination:
Color: 0.1 lux at F2.0 (30 IRE, 2400°K)
Mechanical IR Cut Filter:
No
IR Sensitivity Range:
No
IR LED:
No
Electronic Shutter:
1/5 ~ 1/2,000 sec (manual mode); 1/5 ~ 1/10,000 sec (auto mode)
Lens
Focal Length:
Fixed (Fisheye lens), f1.19 mm / F2.0
Iris:
Fixed Iris
Focus:
Fixed Focus
Horizontal Viewing Angle:
180° (overview area), 109.8° (high detail area)
Viewing Angle Adjustment:
Video
Compression:
Max. Frame Rate vs. Resolution:
Mode:
Multi Streaming:
Bit Rate:
Bit Rate Mode:
Image Enhancement:
Privacy Mask:
Text Overlay:
Image Orientation:
Rotation: ±90°
H.264, MJPEG
30 fps at 1920 x 1080; 30 fps at 1280 x 960; 30 fps at 1280 x 720; 30
fps at 640 x 480; 15 fps at 320 x 240
Fisheye Streaming; Dewarped streaming: 180°/360° Panorama; ePTZ
Simultaneous dual streams based on two configurations
28 Kbps 6 Mbps (per stream)
Constant, Variable
Basic WDR (75 dB); White balance: automatic, hold and
manual; Brightness; Contrast; Sharpness; Automatic gain
control; Digital Noise Reduction; Flickerless
4 configurable regions
User defined text on video
Image flip and mirror
B-­‐5360
Mini 360° Dome Technical Specifications Audio
Audio In:
Mic In, able ith .5mm hone ck
Network
Protocol & Service:
TCP, UDP, HTTP, HTTPS, DHCP, PPPoE, RTP, RTSP, IPv6, NS, DNS, TP,
UPnP, SNMP, Bonjour, Sony VISCA, Pelco D, Pelco P
MP, RP,
MP, MTP, TP,
Ethernet Port:
1, Ethernet (10/100Base T), RJ 45 connector
Security:
IP ddress ltering; TTPS ncryption; assword rotected ser vels; nonymous login; EE 02.1X etwork
access control
Alarm
Alarm Trigger:
Alarm Response:
Video motion detection (3 regions)
Notify control center; Change camera settings; Command other devices; E mail notification with snapshots;
Save video or snapshot to local storage; Upload video, Snapshot to FTP
Interface
Local Storage:
MicroSDHC/MicroSDXC memory card slot (card not included)
General
Power Source / Consumption:
PoE Class 1 (IEEE802.3af) / TBC
Weight:
TBC
Dimensions (Ø x H):
4.3" x 2.4" (110 mm x 60 mm)
Environmental Casing:
Weatherproof (IP68 rated); Vandal proof (IK10 rated); Vibration proof (EN 50155 Ready without certificate);
Mount Type:
Transparent dome cover
Surface, Gang box
Starting Temperature:
Operating Temperature:
4°F ~ 122°F ( 20°C ~ 50°C)
4°F ~ 122°F ( 20°C ~ 50°C)
Operating Humidity:
10% ~ 85% RH
Approvals:
CE (EN 55022 Class B, EN 55024), FCC (Part15 Subpart B Class B), IK10, IP68, NEMA 4X,
System Compatibility
EN
50155 Ready (without certificate)
ONVIF
Accessories:
B MD EP
B MD GB
B MD MK
B MD WM
B PM ST
A-­‐54 V2
3M P WD R Dome Camera Overview
Up to 3 megapixel (2048 x 1536) @ 20 fps resolution • Motorized VF lens • True WDR 120db • Analytics • Defocus Detection, smart face detection, audio exception detection, intrusion detection, scene change detection & cross line detection. • Support Environmental Noise Filtering • IR cut filter with auto switch • Two-­‐way audio • 3-­‐axis (pan/tilt/rotation) positioning • Video Insight VMS License Included Technical Specifications
Device
Image Sensor:
1/3” Progressive Scan CMOS
Min. Illumination:
0.014 Lux @(F1.4,AGC ON), 0 Lux with IR
Shutter Time:
1s to 1/100,000 s
Lens:
2.8 9 [email protected] F1.4, angle of view: 91.2° 28.3°
Auto Iris:
DC drive
Angle Adjustment:
Pan:0°-­‐355°, Tilt: 0° ~ 75°, Rotation:0°-­‐355°
Slow Shutter:
Support
Digital Noise Reduction:
3D DNR
WDR Range:
120db
Lens Mount:
φ14
Day/Night:
IR cut filter with auto switch
Compression Standard
Video Compression:
H.264/MPEG4/MJPEG
Bit Rate:
32 Kbps ~ 16 Mbps
H.264 Type:
Baseline Profile/Main Profile/High Profile
Audio Compression:
G.711/G.722.1/G.726/MP2L2
Audio Bit Rate:
64Kbps(G.711) / 16Kbps(G.726)
Image
Max. Image Resolution:
2048 x 1536
Frame Rate:
20fps (2048 × 1536), 30fps (1920 × 1080), 30fps (1280 × 720)
EIS (Electronic Image Stabilization:
Yes
BLC (Back Light Compensation:
Yes
Defog:
Yes
Day/Night Switch
Auto/Schedule/Triggered by alarm in
Picture Overlay:
LOGO picture can be overlaid on video with 128 x 128 24 bit bmp
format
A-­‐54 V2
3M P WD R Dome Camera 7
Technical Specifications
Image etting:
Rotate mode, Saturation, Brightness, Contrast adjustable by web browser
Network
Alarm Trigger:
Line crossing Detection, Intrusion detection, Scene change detection, Defocus detection, audio exception
detection, Motion detection, Face detection, Dynamic analysis, Tampering alarm, Network disconnect, IP address
conflict,
Protocols:
TCP/IP,ICMP,HTTP,HTTPS,DHCP,DNS,RTP,RTSP,RTCP, NTP,SMTP,SNMP,IGMP,IPv6,Bonjour
Security:
User authentication, watermark, IP address filtering, anonymous access
System Compatibility:
ONVIF, PSIA,
Interface
Communication Interface:
1 RJ45 10 M/100 M Ethernet interface
Audio Input:
1 ch 3.5 mm audio interface, Mic in/Line in
Audio Output:
1 ch 3.5 mm audio interface
Alarm Input/Output
1/1
Reset Button:
Yes
General
Operating Conditions:
22° F – 140° F ( 30°C 60°C) Humidity 95% or less (non condensing)
Power Supply:
12 VDC ± 10%, PoE (802.3af)
Power Consumption:
Max. 9.5W
Impact rotection:
IEC60068 2 75Eh, 50J, EN50102, up to IK10
Dimensions:
Φ 5.51” × 4.80” (Φ 140 × 121.8 mm)
Weight:
3.09lbs (1400g)
Software:
Includes ideo
Accessories:
A 44 FM
sight MS icense
A 44 OD
A POLE MOUNT
A 44 PENDANT
White Papers
Making Your Analog Surveillance
Cameras Go Further With
Video Encoders
You’ve invested time and money in analog cameras for your video
surveillance system. The analogs provide a “good enough” image
and they still have a lot of life left in them, but you can’t help but
pay attention to the migration of the video surveillance market to
IP video and those crisp, megapixel images.
You don’t have to purchase all new IP video cameras to
experience IP video technology. Using video encoders you can
achieve megapixel IP video quality with your existing analog
cameras. And it’s a lot more affordable than you’d think – with
some options ringing up at less than $100 per camera.
The diagram above shows how you can use video encoders in
conjunction with additional IP cameras to create a low cost hybrid
solution.
How do encoders work?
Analog cameras send images as native analog video – video that
cannot directly connect to your IP network. An IP video camera,
however, can directly connect to an IP network (just like
computers do).
Using video encoders, you connect your existing analog cameras
to an encoder, which then takes the native analog video and
outputs it as digital video which can then be sent over an IP
network.
IP Video Encoders
P1
Analog Image
De-Interlaced Image
Most analog cameras/DVRs capture images at 320x240 at 6 frames per second (FPS). Using a video encoder, however, de-interlaces the
images, resulting in a capture at 720x480 at 30 FPS. The result is a superior megapixel image.
Encoders Offer More Than Just a Pretty Picture, Especially Coupled With a Strong VMS
In addition to achieving better image quality through megapixel resolution, using video encoders to obtain IP video maximizes your
network infrastructure – allowing you the capability to centralize your system if you desire. Consolidate the DVRs strung around your
facility with up to 160 encoder ports on one server, for example. If a DVR fails, replace it with an encoder at a much lower cost.
Migrating to IP video from analog using video encoders sets the foundation for a video management system (VMS) where you can easily
add existing and new cameras – analog or IP – to your network. Would you like to add megapixel images to the parking lot, for example,
in order to increase coverage and, perhaps, get a discernible image of a license plate on a suspicious looking vehicle?
Just because Video Insight is easy to use, however, doesn’t mean it isn’t sophisticated. The straight-forward user interface for Video
Insight Monitor Station immediately gives users a clear idea of how to add cameras, view cameras, retrieve recorded video and make
video clips, among many other features. You can easily configure your cameras to integrate with building and campus facility maps which
can also be layered.
IP Video Encoders
P2
Cameras can be viewed from the Monitor Station or from the
internet via the Web Client or smartphone and tablet applications
(including iPad/iPhone and Android).
On a more technical level, Video Insight provides Active Directory
Support including LDAP integration which minimizes the need for
employees to toggle various usernames and passwords while also
reducing the amount of technical support needed to create user
names and assign camera permissions for each video user. The
powerful web client doesn’t require ActiveX plug-ins and the
system provides integrated failover. Video Insight also integrates
seamlessly with access control and analytics programs. If any
technical or user issues do arise when using Video Insight, the
U.S.-based technical support team offers a wealth of knowledge
and a one-hour callback guarantee.
One of the most attractive features of Video Insight, which
operates on an open architecture platform, is its scalability which
can achieve several hundred cameras per server. And you aren’t
limited to camera selection as you improve upon your
analog-to-IP system because Video Insight supports more than
1,300 cameras from 60 manufacturers, giving you the ultimate in
choice when adding or replacing cameras.
Despite the fact that IP video sounds more complicated than
analog – it’s actually an easier system to manage, if you have the
right software. Award winning Video Insight VMS software is an
excellent choice to manage your analog cameras and encoders –
and any new IP cameras you will add – because it is easy to use
and requires virtually no training.
The Video Insight VP-16 Encoder Will
Help You Make the Move From Analog to IP
After you’ve made the decision to convert from analog to IP, the
next step is choosing the right encoder and the best software. The
Video Insight VP-16 is a 16-port video encoder bundled with
Video Insight software that will help you achieve the perfect
analog-to-IP video migration and at a dramatically lower cost –
less than $100 per channel. This simple, per camera pricing is all
inclusive and requires no additional fees.
The VP-16 includes the complete suite of Video Insight enterprise
software, and:
• All channels H.264 compression, D1 Resolution at 30 FPS
• Encoder based motion detection
• Deinterlaced image
• 16 video loopouts to power existing analog monitors
and video walls
• 1U Rackmount case
• Single 100/1000 Network Port
• Single 110v internal power supply
The Price is Right
(No Matter the Implementation Size)
Unlike many IP VMS systems, Video Insight is affordable, and
there are no hidden fees for site licenses or remote viewing. Video
Insight has more than 25,000 customers including 4,500 schools
and universities (with hundreds of buildings managed by one
system) to smaller firms seeking an initial transition from existing
analog to IP.
There’s no argument that IP video is superior to analog. But
investing money into new camera hardware when you have
existing hardware that’s operational doesn’t make much budget
sense. Making what could amount to a nominal investment to
upgrade your images from analog to IP, however, makes perfect
sense. Choosing a trusted VMS software provider such as Video
Insight bundled with a solid encoder, the VP-16 – at an amazingly
affordable price – is one of the best ways for your firm to make
your analog surveillance cameras go further with video encoders.
To learn more visit www.video-insight.com
Video Insight offers intelligent and user-friendly state-of-the-art IP video surveillance systems.
Headquartered in Houston, Texas,
Video Insight software is used in thousands of businesses including schools, universities,
hospitals, banks, hotels, restaurants, retail businesses,
and government facilities. Visit our website or call 713.621.9779 for more information.
IP Video Encoders
P3
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
SECURITY/SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM
PREPARED FOR
MCLEOD COUNTY
Prepared by:
Honeywell Building Solutions
September 30th, 2016
“Honeywell helps customers increase energy efficiency, be sustainable, improve quality, to reduce
operating costs and create a safer, more comfortable environment.”
DISCLAIMER
The following document is copyrighted and is intended for the use by McLeod County or authorized Project Team
personnel only. It is not to be duplicated, used, or disclosed, in whole or in part, for any purpose other than to
evaluate this proposal. If, however, a contract is awarded to this offer or as a result of or in connection with the
submission of this data, the owner or authorized representative shall have the right to duplicate, use, or disclose
the data to the extent provided in the resulting contract. This restriction does not limit the owner’s right to use
information contained in this data if it is obtained from another source without restriction. The data subject to this
restriction are contained in all sheets.
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc.
All rights reserved.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 2
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TAB 1 – MINIMUM CRITERIA ................................................................................................... 5
1. COVER LETTER ....................................................................................................................... 6
2. A BRIEF PROFILE OF THE FIRM .................................................................................................. 6
3. THE OVERALL QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BUSINESS .......................................................................... 9
TAB 2 – REQUIRED DOCUMENTS ........................................................................................... 11
1. PROPOSAL BOND ................................................................................................................. 12
2. PROOF OF REQUIRED INSURANCE ............................................................................................ 14
3. AUTHORIZED INSTALLER AND MAINTENANCE PROVIDER ................................................................ 15
4. FIVE‐YEAR MAINTENANCE SUPPORT GUARANTEE ........................................................................ 16
5. ADDENDA .......................................................................................................................... 17
TAB 3 – EXECUTIVE SUMMARY/ OVERVIEW .......................................................................... 24
1. SCOPE OF WORK ................................................................................................................. 25
2. TECHNICAL SUMMARY OF THE SYSTEM PROPOSED ....................................................................... 27
TAB 4 – MAIN BODY OF RESPONSE ........................................................................................ 30
TAB 5 – COST ......................................................................................................................... 32
1. BASE ................................................................................................................................ 33
2. OPTION 1 .......................................................................................................................... 33
TAB 6 – BILL OF MATERIAL, EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND DRAWINGS .......................... 34
1. ITEMIZED BILL OF MATERIAL................................................................................................... 35
2. QUANTITY OF NETWORK CONNECTIONS BY LOCATION .................................................................. 38
TAB 7 – RESPONDENT ASSUMPTIONS .................................................................................... 39
1. LIST OF EQUIPMENT ............................................................................................................. 40
2. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED ......................................................................................................... 44
3. OTHER ASSUMPTIONS .......................................................................................................... 44
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 3
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 8 – INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY AND DRAWINGS ..................................................... 45
1. INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY ............................................................................................... 46
2. DIAGRAM .......................................................................................................................... 48
3. COMPLETE NETWORK DIAGRAM ............................................................................................. 49
TAB 9 – ACCEPTANCE TESTING............................................................................................... 51
1. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN ......................................................... 52
TAB 10 – SOFTWARE UPGRADES AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY INTERFACE ................................... 53
1. PROPOSED SOFTWARE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE ........................................................................ 54
2. LDAP INTEGRATION WITH MS ACTIVE DIRECTORY ...................................................................... 55
TAB 11 – RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFICATIONS........................................ 57
1. INFORMATION ABOUT THE RESPONDENT ................................................................................... 58
2. QUALIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS ....................................................................................... 60
3. EXPERIENCE AND EXISTING CUSTOMERS .................................................................................... 60
4. REFERENCES ....................................................................................................................... 60
5. SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVICE AFTER INSTALLATION .................................................................. 66
6. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ........................................................................................................ 67
TAB 12 – PROJECT TEAM AND MAINTENANCE TEAM ............................................................. 70
1. INSTALLATION PERSONNEL ..................................................................................................... 71
2. SERVICE INSTALLATION .......................................................................................................... 73
TAB 13 – EXCEPTIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS ......................................................................... 74
TAB 14 – EXHIBITS ................................................................................................................. 77
TAB 15 – SALES AND BROCHURES .......................................................................................... 79
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 4
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 1 – MINIMUM CRITERIA
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 5
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Honeywell Building Solutions
1985 Douglas Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422
1. COVER LETTER
McLeod County
830 11th Street East, Suite 10
Glencoe, MN 55336-2200
Attn: Scott Grivna
Honeywell is pleased to provide this security proposal for McLeod County. The County has been
a valued customer of Honeywell for many years and we look forward to expanding that partnership
with this Honeywell security solution.
Per the original Request for Proposal (RFP) dated August 30, 2016 and two subsequent
addendums- Addendum A dated September 23rd, 2016 and Addendum B dated September 29,
2016, the solution presented to the County is a state-of-the-art design based on the latest
technology available in the security industry today.
One example of that technology would be the ability to use smart phone technology as a credential
and a Photo ID much the same you would for a physical card. You would now have the ability to
manage your cardholder database by simply sending an app to the user with a predefined access
level in place.
For the IP video system, we will be using the latest in IP video solution technology from Axis
Communications, the leading provider of IP video solutions in the world.
Honeywell Price:
Base Bid:
Option A:
Option B:
$421,354.00
$2,480.00
$4,571.00
A detailed list of equipment, labor and material provided as well as a breakout for each building
is provided in the body of the RFP.
Thank you for this opportunity!
Respectfully Submitted,
John Barry
Senior Account Manager
Honeywell Building Solutions
[email protected]
764-402-4306
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 6
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
2. A BRIEF PROFILE OF THE FIRM
Honeywell International is a Fortune 100 diversified technology and manufacturing leader, serving
customers worldwide with aerospace products and services; control technologies for buildings,
homes and industry; automotive products; turbochargers; and specialty materials. Honeywell's
shares are traded on the New York, London, and Chicago Stock Exchanges. Headquartered in
Morris Plains, New Jersey, Honeywell employs approximately 127,000 employees in more than
70 countries worldwide. We have an unrelenting focus on quality, delivery, value, and technology
in everything we make and do.
130 Years of Innovation
Honeywell's story stretches back more than 130 years when an inventor named Albert Butz
patented the furnace regulator and alarm. He formed the Butz Thermo-Electric Regulator Co.,
Minneapolis, on April 23, 1886, and a few weeks later invented a simple, yet ingenious device
that he called the "damper flapper."
Our history encompasses several predecessor companies and the inspiring work of tens of
thousands of people. But our core mission and values have been consistent from the start:
 Our vision for a secure, comfortable, more efficient future...
 Our steadfast belief in the power of innovation ...
 And our relentless insistence on continuous improvement.
From our genesis in 1885 to today, these are the principles that led us to the advancements and
innovations of the past century and a quarter ... And they'll continue to inspire and guide us as we
create new solutions for the challenges of tomorrow.
Years
Former Firm Name
2000 - Present
Honeywell International Inc.
1963 – 2000
Honeywell Inc.
1927 – 1963
Minneapolis-Honeywell Heat Regulator Company
1916 – 1927
Honeywell Heating Specialty Company
1893 – 1916
Electric Heat Regulator Company
1885 – 1893
Butz Thermo-Electric Regulator Company
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 7
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Org Structure
The Honeywell parent company is driven by three business units.
− Aerospace
− Automation and Control Solutions (ACS)
− Performance Materials and Technologies
Honeywell Building Solutions (HBS), one of the business units that make up ACS, will be
responsible for the work proposed in this response. HBS installs, integrates and maintains the
systems that keep your facility safe, secure, comfortable, productive and energy efficient — from
building automation and management solutions that increase facility performance to security and
life safety solutions that help mitigate risk.
We work with thousands of commercial, industrial, municipal, federal and utility customers across
the globe to identify challenges and provide customized solutions — solutions that provide the
data you need to make better facility decisions and increase the ROI of building equipment.
From simple service and maintenance to comprehensive design, installation and optimization of
multiple systems, we can keep you performing at your best — no matter where you are in the
world.
Look to HBS to provide world-class solutions for all facilities operational needs, including:
 Building Automation and Control
 Emergency Communications
 Fire and Life Safety Systems
 HVAC Install, Maintenance and Retrofit
 Integrated Energy Services
 Integrated Security Solutions
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 8
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
3. THE OVERALL QUALIFICATIONS OF THE BUSINESS
HBS is one of the major players in the Building Automation and Controls, Life Safety, Security
and Integrated Systems industry, as well as in the Automation Maintenance, Fire, Security,
Mechanical and Energy Services industry. HBS has customers in all industries and government
branches. We service the private, public building and construction markets including multi-location
retail, commercial office space, healthcare, life sciences, federal government, state and local
government, educational, and industrial clients.
HBS Main Lines of Business
HBS is currently providing systems and solutions installation and maintenance services in the
following segments:
Building Automation - Honeywell offers a comprehensive service program for building
automation systems as well. These systems are designed to control energy usage by ensuring
that HVAC systems run only when required based on occupancy or other building requirements.
Here again, Honeywell technicians are able to maintain not only systems manufactured by
Honeywell but by competitors as well.
Security and Fire Solutions - HBS offers complete fire and security system design and
installation.
Fire alarm systems are designed by NICET trained engineers who are
knowledgeable in state and local code requirements. Security systems include standard
application; i.e. intrusion alarms, video, as well as card access to monitor access based on
authorization. Honeywell also can offer an asset tracking strategy that will allow a plant or facility
to monitor the movement of specific pieces of critical inventory as it travels from one department
to another.
Security System Maintenance - This support service approach is designed to ensure that the
security system that is in place to protect your employees and assets is working properly twenty
four hours per day, seven days per week. Systems support includes card access, intrusion
alarms, CCTV network and more.
Fire Alarm System Maintenance - Fire alarm support services are provided by NICET trained
Fire Alarm technicians. NICET trained technicians understand the critical communications link
between field mounted devices, control panels located throughout your facility and in some cases
the external link to the local fire department. They also understand state and local codes and
the requirements that need to be met to maintain the integrity of your systems.
Mechanical Systems - This includes heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems that are
designed to distribute conditioned air throughout a facility. Chillers, boilers, air handling
equipment, control systems are typical of the kinds of systems that this service is designed to
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 9
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
address. To optimize building efficiency and minimize cost, preventive maintenance is provided
on equipment based on age, runtime and manufacturer's specification. By providing the right
amount of preventive maintenance unexpected break down costs are avoided and equipment life
is extended.
Temperature Control Maintenance - HBS provides support service for temperature control
systems as part of a mechanical maintenance program or as a stand alone offering. Maintenance
service includes coverage of electric, electronic, pneumatic and direct digital control systems.
With the advent of open systems architectures, HBS is able to maintain systems that were
designed and installed by Honeywell as well as competitors' systems.
Energy Solutions - Honeywell will work with building owners/facility managers to develop the
right strategy to conserve energy and reduce overall cost of operations. Energy Solutions will
include the analysis of the mechanical HVAC systems, lighting systems, compressed air system
and the approach that the facility is using to purchase gas/electricity.
Industrial Solutions - HBS provides many of these services to large, industrial customers that
have unique requirements. HBS can assist in monitoring and tracking emissions to help meet
state and federal guidelines, and help reduce downtime and scrap by identifying issues in the
production process with our line efficiency tracking system. HBS can automate and control the
production process and reduce energy cost by analyzing how facilities operate, how compressed
air is being used and how demand is affected by run time strategies.
Control Products - Honeywell designs and manufactures products for the residential,
commercial and OEM markets. These products are distributed by HBS as well as wholesalers,
retailers, and original manufacturers and are used by contractors, homeowners and commercial
buildings. These products are designed to provide comfort and the control of water, gas and the
distribution or purification of air.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 10
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 2 – REQUIRED DOCUMENTS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 11
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
•
-Al.A Document A310™ -2010
Bid Bond
CONTRACTOR:
(Name, /,;gal S1a11<, and address)
SURl:IY:
(Nomf., t,gol .ttatus and pri11cipol plac-e
ofbusinut}
NORTH AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
650 Elm Street
Th\! doc1Jmont !tao lmponenl legal
HONEYWal. INTERNATIONAL INC.
198S Oo<Jglas Drlve Nonh
Golden Valley, MN SS422
Manchester, NH 03101
OWHER:
(Name. legal status and address)
MCLEOD COUmY
830 11th Street, Suite 10
Glenooe, MN 55336
BOHD AMOUNT: Five Percent of the B;ise Bid Plus The Total Amount of All Mditive Alternates
(5%)
conseq1.1enc:e:s. Con:aul'9tlon wttn
ao attomey ~ anooo~ wkt'i
respect lo its cornpltd)QJI Ol
moditicalion.
Any ,!ngular rel+ntn08 to
Con1111ctor. Surety, Owner or
other patty ~air be tonsldl(ed
g!ural where aPOtleabkl.
PROJECT:
(Name. location or address, and Project number, ifany)
County Security/Surveillance System
The Contmc1or and Surety ate bound 10 the Owner in the amount sot forth above, for the payment of which the
Conln!Ctor ll!ld Surery bind themselves, their heirs, executors, edrniniSlralo", successors and assigns,jointly and
kVtrally, as provided herein. The conditions ofthis Bond are such that if the Owner aceep1$ the bid oftlte Conwctor
within the lime specified in the bid documenlS, or within such time period as may be agreed co by tlte Owner and
Coniracior. and tlte Con1n><:tor either (I ) enlers into a coniract ,eilh the Owner in accordance with tlte terms or such
bid. and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in the bidding or Con1rac1 Do.:uments, with a surety admiued
in the jurisdiccion of tltc Project and otlmwise acceptable to the Owner, for tlte faithful performance of such Contn1ct
end for the prompt payment of labor and msieriol furnished in the proS<Curion lh~eof; or (2) pays 10 lite Ownt:r \he
difference, not lo e>ceed the amount of this Bond, between the atnoun1 specified in said bid and such larger amount
for which the Owner may in good faith contmct with another pany 10 perform the work covered by said bid, then this
obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full forte Md effect. The Surtty hereby waives any nouce of
an agnement between the Owner and Contractor to <xt.end the lime in which the Owner may accept the bid. Waiver of
notice by !he Surety shall not apply to eny extension exctedins sixty (60) days in the aggregate beyONi the time for
acceptance of bids specified In the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall ob111in Ute Surety's consent for
an extension beyond sixty (60) days.
lflhis Bond is i~ued in eonneccion with a subcontractor's bid co• Conuaccor, the rorm Concractor in this Bond shall
be ~moo lo be Subcontn1ctor ond the cenn Owner shall be deemed to be ConttaC'lot.
When this Bond has been furnished 10 comply with a statutory or other legal roquiremenl in Che location of the Project,
any provision in this Bond conflic<ing with said siotutory ur legal requirement shall be dtemed dtl01ed hcrefrom and
provisions confonning to such s1111u1ery or other legnl requirement shnll be deemed incorporot.ed h«<in. When so
furnished. the inlent is that tl1is Bond shall be construed as a ru1tu1ory hood anJ not os a common Jaw bond.
Si1,r1cd and sealed t •
30th
day of
(Title
M. Houghtnn
Attnmev·in·Fact
CAVTION: You thOUld :,fgn an orig~n.al AlA ConU'lct Docum&nt. on which thhJ fdxt as:ipe1r1 In RED. Ari. origln11 a&Uf't..O. ~t
~hinges wm not be: obJ(:ured.
lnlt.
AIA Doc1H11ot1I A310l'lt - 1010. Ce>pyllgl\t O 1$1lU, 1070 and 2010 try The.Atn&ri:.an IM\lhllO or AJc.Mecu. Id rtotit, tOHffld. WAR:HlHG:. lhf~AlA·
Oc:lcl.l1'M'ffl.f•prctt~ by U.S. Capytlght Law and lnllm11Janll Tneu.... Un11itJtho.f1Ad r•prod1.1cUon o r d.l•blbutlai, of lhlt AJA• OOc:a.lA-ttie'lt. «
•n:t portfOft <iftt, m1yn11.11\ln .......,. cMI 1nd cl1rnfNI Pl'nlJIJH, and "'111 b1, S>f'Cl8C:Ut9d ta th• rnadmvm •Jrttnt ponlb'a vndu IM hrw,
Purc:twb,. tiro p;mtltl.od 10 mp100l,<O 1f/C\ (10) c.oplesottnis dOO.iMO:nl \lltlort o:imple1ed. 'io
c;opyt>Q:it v!Olatlon2 ot Alo\ Cont,ac( Ooom1~•- o-mail
1'Jw Amerlc.an ln~tw,ecif Al'Cfli1oc.b' l~.al e(:n,n,tt. ¢[email protected]'Q.
0,,1110
••pion
NAS SURETY GROUP
l
NORTli AMERICAN SPECIALTY INSURANCE COMPANY
WASHINGTON INTERNATIONAL INSURANCE COMPANY
GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL M£N BV THI:SE PRllSllNTS, THAT North Americnn Specinlly Insurance Company. a corporation duly O'l)anized and e.is1ing und<r
laws ofd1e Sill!< of New Humpshirc, and hosing its princip~I om« in the City of Manchester. New Hampshin:, and Washingtoll lntemalional
lnsumnec: Company, a torporation org.nniz<d und existing under 1hc lov.·s of the Stnte-0fNc:w Humpshircand having its principnl omc~ in the Ciiy or
Schaumburg. Illinois. each does hen:by make, constitute and appoint:
HARRY C. ROSENBERG, DAVID C. ROSENBERG. MAITliEW J. ROSENBERG, JOYCE M. HOUGHTON.
JULIA R. BURNET. DENISE M. BRUNO. JONATHAN I'. BLACK. MICHELLE G. HIGGINS snd ELIZABETH P. CERVIN!
JOINTLY OR SEVERALLY
Its irue and luwCul AUomey(s).in-Foct, to make, execute, SQJf and deliver, for and on its behalf and ns its act and deed, bonds or other writins:,
obliga1ory in the nature or a bond on behalf of each of said Conip.:inies. us surtly, on contracts of sure1yship as ure or moy be required or permitted by
law, reguJQtion, contract or othcrw;se. provided thm no bond or undcnaking or C'<'nll'O.Ct or surel)'ship executed under this nulhority shall exceed 1he
amount of:
FIFTY MILLION {$50.000.000.00) DOLLARS
This Power or Anomty is granted and is signed by lbcsimile under and by the nuU1ori1y of the followins Resolutions adopted by the Boards of
Directors of both North American Specialw lnsurunce Company and Washing1on lntern•tion•l lnsurance Company al meetings duly collod and held
on the 9" of May, 2012:
''RESOLVED. that any two of the Presidents, nny Manqging Director, nny Senior Vioc !'resident. nny Vice P«sidcn~ any Assistant Vice President
the Secretary or ony Assistant Sccre1ory be. and ench or any ofthcm hereby i$ authoriz~ to cx«ufc n Power of Auomey qualifying tht a\lomey nanicd
in the given Power of Attorney 10 execute on b<hnlf of the Compa1iy bonds, undertakings and all contracts of sun:ty, nnd that each or any of them
hereby is aulhorized to anest to the execution of auy such Pow« of Attorney and 10 auach therein the seal of 1hc Company: and it is
FUiffH6R RESOLVED, !hat lhc signature of' such ofli«rs and the scol of the Company may be affixed to any such Power of AUomey or to eny
ccnificete relating thereto by focsiniile. nnd uny such Powor of Auorney or certificate bearing such focsimile signatures or facsimile seal $hall be
binding upon the Compuny when so affixed and in the futu« wi1h regard to auy bood. undertakini or contract of surety 10 which it is uuachcd."
~\~\lilill~!:11#11~
~11~a..;'.~t:~
1Q''
{o-,.'2..,,.
f .
Wt \!<,;;
:-flit"'
'\ ,,,.~~';.eJ
%.~ii,;;;·;
i'i"~~
~,,..~,,...ilf
IJ
]
,'!. 1813
ii
"'""""'"""""',,...i;.,,,,~arr.,f:""'""'"""""'"""""",..
llllrll~A, lly
llo,"'uior ,ur ,..,,.
& Sni>lw \'fu, rta!dotel ofNH'lh ..\nttf'k.111t $(1MW1.Y f"'1utilll'lu C'o•iu111
IN WITNeSS WHEREOF, North American Sl)<cinlly lnsumnct Company and Washing1on ln1<ma1ional Insurance Company have caused their
oOiciol seals 10 be hereunto aflixed. and these po:scnls to be signed hy their au1horiud officers this 30th doy of
De<:ember
• 20.!!_.
Noflh Ameriton Speciolly lnsuronce Compuny
Washlni;ton lnternftlionnl Insur.nee Company
Slate of Illinois
County of Cook
ss:
On 1his 30U> day of December • 20 _!L before me. a Notary Public personally appeared Steven P Ande~on • Senior Vice f>,esidcnt of
Wnshinglon lntcrruuinool Insurance Company nnd Senior Vice President of North Amoricon Specialty h1sumnce Company end Michael A. lln.
Senior Vice Presiden1 of Washington International lnsunui« Company ond S.:nior Vice J>r,:sidon1 of North American Specially lnsumnce
Company, personally known to me. who being by me duly swom. ncknowlcdged that they signed the above Power of Attorney as officers of and
ncknowl(dged soiU ins1rumc:nt to be ll1c \'olunta.ry act and <let<l of lh~ic respl!clive companies.
omcw. SEAl
M Xflltl'<
,_.:{' \ , \
NOT~ PUBOC, STAll: Of IU.tlOIS
I
,, • •
1'1.1, F.::c:-iiuy, Nc.,titl)' tiut,li~ ~
Mr COMMIS!<ON exPlRES 12'1W2017
I, Jdfrev y<>lflt>er•
\he duly elected
Assjstonl Sec[<fnry
of North American Specinlly Insurance Company and W11.shing1on
ln1emo1ional Insurance Company. do horeby ctr1ify !hat die above end foregoing is u true and correct copy of B Power of Attorney givtn by said North
Amcric11n Spe.:iolty Insurance Company and Washington lnkmationnl Insurance Co,npnny. which is still in full force and cffecl.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF. I hovt set my hand and affiscJ lhe seals 0(1he Companies this 301hday of
September
, 20 16
,,t/ ~~;2:7
lrlll.-, Goldbtf,11:, V1oa tn:-i.id!J'!I &. Allis!IIIISC".,a")'(lf
W.ut.ini;i:on l/11e1~ 1iON1 f.tl1u1"1C( Co111fll)t1y& Nof'lh Al'Mriun Spri.i.11)' tniu1.ti1Xe ('omp,,.ny
MEMORANDUM OF INSURANCE
This memorandum is issued as a matter of information only to authorized viewers for their internal use only and confers no rights upon any viewer of this
Memorandum. This Memorandum does not amend, extend or alter the coverages described below. This Memorandum may only be copied, printed and
distributed within an authorized viewer and may only be used and viewed by an authorized viewer for its internal use. Any other use, duplication or distribution
of this Memorandum without the consent of Aon Risk Services, Inc. is prohibited. "Authorized Viewer" shall mean an entity or person which is authorized by
the insured named herein to access this Memorandum via http://honeywell.com/sites/moi/. The information contained herein is as of the date referred to
above. Aon Risk Services, Inc. shall be under no obligation to update such information.
Producer:
Aon Risk Services Northeast, Inc.
Questions please contact: [email protected]
Insured:
HONEYWELL INTERNATIONAL INC.
Insurer
P. O. BOX 1219
101 COLUMBIA ROAD
MORRISTOWN, NJ 07962
Coverages
Insurer
Insurer
Insurer
INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE
A Greenwich Insurance Company
B XL Insurance America
C XL Specialty Insurance Company
D
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED, NOTHWITHSTANDING ANY
REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS MEMORANDUM MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE
AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED BELOW IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, CONDITIONS AND EXCLUSIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED
BY PAID CLAIMS.
CO
LTR
A
A
B
C
C
C
C
Type of Insurance
Policy Number
RGC943763003
General Liability
 Commercial General Liability
 Claims Made  Occur.
Gen’l Aggregate Limit Applies
 Policy  Project  Loc
Automobile Liability
 Any Auto
 All Owned Autos
 Scheduled Autos
 Non-Owned Autos
Excess/Umbrella Liability
 Occurrence Reported
 Claims Made  Occur.
 Deductible
 Retention $
Workers’ Compensation
and Employers’ Liability
(Insured States)
Excess Workers’
and Employers’ Liability
Self-insured States only
RAC943764203
RAC943764303 (NH)
RAO943764503 (NH)
Policy
Effective
Date
Policy
Expiration
Date
4/1/2016
4/1/2017 Each Occurrence
Damage to Rented
Med Exp (Any one
Personal & Adv Injury
General Aggregate
Products – Comp/Op.
4/1/2017 Combined Single Limit
Combined Single Limit
Excess Auto NH
Bodily Injury (Per Person)
4/1/2016
RWD943540303
RWC943540203 (AK, WI)
4/1/2016
RWE943540403
(AZ, OH, WA)
RWE943540503 (NM)
4/1/2016
4/1/2017
Limits
5,000,000
5,000,000
50,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
Included
5,000,000
$
1,000,000
$
4,000,000
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
Property Damage
Each Occurrence
$
$
Aggregate
$
xx
Statutory Limits
E.L. Each Accident
E.L. Disease – Each
E.L. Disease – Policy Limit
$
$
$
5,000,000
5,000,000
5,000,000
4/1/2017 Excess Workers' Compensation statutory limits
excess of $2,000,000. NM in excess of $250K
4/1/2016
4/1/2017 Employers' Liability: $5 million for each
Additional Information
The following coverage endorsements apply to the extent the coverage is required by contract:
Blanket additional insured where required by written contract endorsement is included on the applicable policies above, except Workers' Compensation.
Compensation.
Blanket contractual liability is included on the applicable policies shown above, except Workers' Compensation.
A waiver of subrogation where required by written contract is included on the applicable policies shown above.
Honeywell will provide the ISO endorsement form numbers where required by written contract upon request.
This Memorandum of Insurance serves solely to list insurance policies, limits and dates of coverage. Any modifications hereto are not authorized.
Any party with which the named insured is contractually required to include special status is automatically granted such status. However,
coverage under the policy only applies to the extent of the coverage required by such contractual requirement and for the limits of liability specified
in such contractual requirement, but in no event for insurance not afforded by the policy nor for limits of liability in excess of the applicable limits
of liability of the policy. Any questions on this form may be referred via email to the Aon Risk Services, Inc. email address noted above.
3. AUTHORIZED INSTALLER AND MAINTENANCE PROVIDER
Honeywell International is the Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) of the solution being
proposed under this RFP. Honeywell Building Solutions Division (HBS), a division of Honeywell
International is authorized to sell, install and service these products to McLeod County. This
includes all access control and video equipment specified.
Submitted by:
John Barry
Senior Account Manager
Honeywell Building Solution
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 15
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
4. FIVE‐YEAR MAINTENANCE SUPPORT GUARANTEE
Honeywell shall offer a maintenance contract to McLeod County for a period of at least 5 years,
with renewable options upon expiration of agreement.
This contract will apply to both the card access and IP video systems.
This contract can be co-written by both parties to include services outside standard repair and
replace language. Other services may include:




Preventive maintenance all panels and field devices
Software Updates
Proactive Services via EBI software to detect issues before they become serious enough
to cause downtime
Emergence Service with 24/7 coverage
A list of additional service is available upon request.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 16
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
\
1995 Douglas Drive Herth
Goldon Vall1y, IIIN 55422
783.~54.5571 • work
783-'102-4306 • mobile
John,barrvthonevws;;ltoom
From: Scott Grivna (mailto:[email protected])
Sent: Friday, September 23, 2016 10:08 AM
To: Barry, John <[email protected]>
Cc: Vincent Traver <[email protected]>
Subject: RE: Prints for RFP
McLeod County RFP Questions- Honeywell
9/21/16
l. Can a 128 bit encryption panel using ISAKMP/IKE authentication panel be used for access control? This solution
implements an encapsulated security protocol (ESP) using the 30ES (768-bit length) algorithm. This is a very
high security panel used in many similar applications as McLeod County
For integrity validation, this solution uses the MD5 algorithm.
Using the panel in the specification is neither necessary nor cost effective.
Change verbiage in addendum to require the 128 encryption but not 256.
2. Are the new readers for the card access system to be capable to use smart phones as credentials in place of
physical access cards (smart phone ready)? Both types of credentials (smart phone/access card) can be used
simultaneously but it would be recommended to have the ability to use smart phone technology as this is the
direction new systems are going. Existing readers can be updated over time to accept this technology. For the
time being the existing readers can use access cards.
Installing analog readers now and then switching to smart phone technology at a later date would not be cost
effective.
We are not requiring this but you can propose it as an option.
l. How many credentials are required for the overall access system?
a.
4.
1000 - assuming we can't use current credentials. We intend to reissue all credentials once this system
isin place.
Clarification that County will provide all PC hardware for access control and video systems.
a. Yes, we clarify the Mcleod County will provide hardware.
Scott Grivna
Mcleod County
Purchasing/Bldg. Maint. Supervisor
320·864-1326
[email protected]
2
Barfl, John
From:
Sent:
To:
Cc:
Subject:
Scott Grivna < [email protected] >
Tuesday. September 27. 2016 8:37 AM
Barry, John
Singana, Sudhakar Reddy; Earlywine. Tommy
RE: Prints for RFP
1. Should just read "Main Body of Response."
2. 6.01/6.02 only deal with quoting the hardware to store the video in a centralized location and is Optional. We
would like to have 2 centralizes storage devices, one at the HATS building in Hutchinson, and one at the
Courthouse in Glencoe.
To answer your final question, yes, we are looking for hard numbers.
Scott Grivna
Mcleod County
Purchasing/Bldg. Maint. Supervisor
320-864-1326
[email protected]
·-- --·--·· ...... ----
From: Barry, John (mailto:[email protected]]
Sent: Monday, September 26, 2016 10:26 PM
To: Scott Grivna
Cc: Singana, Sudhakar Reddy; Earlywine, Tommy
Subject: RE: Prints for RFP
Scott,
2 questions on RFP submittal
1. Tab 4, Page 7. What is meant by Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8- with original onlyl?
2. Tab 5, Page 37 Section 9.02- the options are already in the base bid the way I read it.
6.01 asks to incorporate the DVR contents of LEC, HHS, and NC. If you look at the Base System
Requirements, with the exception of the law Enforcement Center (lEC), both HHS and NC require
''incorporating current analog cameras".
6.02 talks about Solid Waste DVR's incorporated in to new system but this is already part of the base bid
(5.09). Also, the Fairgrounds have no storage now so they would also be part of the base bid.
To confirm a brief discussion we had, are you looking for a hard figure or budgetary number?
Please advise
Thanks
Scott
John Barry
Senior Account Man191r
Honeywell Building Solutions
I
McLeod County
Security/Surveillance System
Addendum A
September 23rd, 2016
Adjustments to sections in the original RFP below are in red.
3.02
Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a
security/surveillance system capable of providing the following:
K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support
250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All
communication should be 128‐bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
encrypted.
3.03
Existing Infrastructure
B. Wide Area Network
1. Glencoe
a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb:
i.
Courthouse & Law Enforcement Center (main data center)
ii. Health & Human Services
iii. North Complex
iv. Annex
2. Hutchinson
a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb:
i.
HATS (secondary data center)
♦ 10Gb Fiber connection and 100Mb failover connection to
Courthouse
ii. Extension Office
iii. Solid Waste
5 BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ( UPDATED COUNTS AND ADDRESSES FROM MEETING)
5.01
The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination
which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary
constraints.
5.02
McLeod County Court House (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
Management Software for
Access
Management Software for
Cameras
5.03
1 Software program
McLeod County Court Administration (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
5.04
32 new doors with
access readers
10 new IP cameras
1 Software program
4 current doors with
access readers
McLeod County Law Enforcement (801 10th St. E Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current doors with
access readers. 7 new
doors with access
readers
No cameras in the Law
Enforcement building are a
part of this project
5.05
McLeod County North Complex (2391 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN
55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add
6 current doors with
access readers and 6
new doors with access
readers
6 current analog
cameras and 3 new IP
cameras
5.06
McLeod County Annex (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add New Camera
5.07
Add 2 access readers
1 360 degree camera in
main hallway
McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed (2397 Hennepin Ave N
Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
Add 2 access readers
2 camera outside
covering both buildings
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, it’s
negotiable based on cost.
5.08
McLeod County Health and Human Services (1805 Ford Ave N Glencoe,
MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add new
5.09
14 current doors with
access readers and 1
new door with access
reader
2 current analog
cameras and 5 new IP
cameras
McLeod County Solid Waste (1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN 55350)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
and IP Cameras
18 current doors with
access readers on Keri
System. 4 Current
Honeywell readers. Add
2 doors with access
readers.
29 current cameras to
integrate into new
system
5.10
McLeod County Fairgrounds (840 Century Ave SW Hutchinson, MN
55350)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
5.11
3 current doors with
access readers on a
Keri System. Add 6
doors with access
readers.
Add 3 cameras in
Commercial Building
and 1 in Dairy Building
McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop (208 1st Ave S Brownton, MN
55312)
Door Access Readers and
1 access readers for
Applicable Hardware
walk in door
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but
it’s negotiable based on cost.
5.12
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop (19955 Falcon Ave
Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
2 access readers for
walk in doors on each
end of building
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but
it’s negotiable based on cost.
McLeod County
Security/Surveillance System
Addendum B
September 29th, 2016
Adjustments are highlighted below in Red:
IMPORTANT DATES:
RFP Advertised
Thursday, September 1st
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference
Friday, September 16th
Last Day for Questions
Wednesday, September 21st
Last Addendum Issued:
Friday, September 29th
Proposal Due Date
Wednesday, October 5th
Present at Board
Tuesday, October 18th
Project Completion:
Friday, January 27th, 2017
SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1)
paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3)
complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and
submitted by Friday, September 30th, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following
address:
One original for time/date stamp,
one (1) paper copy, and one
electronic copy with original.
McLeod County
Attn: Scott Grivna
830 11th Street East
Suite 10
Glencoe, MN 55336-2200
Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod
County.
RESPONDENT’S SIGNATURE
COMPANY NAME
Page 4
TAB 3 – EXECUTIVE SUMMARY/
OVERVIEW
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 24
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. SCOPE OF WORK
Honeywell is pleased to provide this Card Access/IP Video solution for McLeod County. With
over 115 card readers and 62 cameras installed over 14 building throughout McLeod County, this
will be a significant advancement toward the safety and well-being of all who visit these campuses.
This plan will also create more efficiency as new doors receiving electronic card readers will give
way to physical keys that required replacement when missing as well as needing expensive recoring when a key was lost or stolen.
Our proposed solution will bring the very latest in security technology from the one of the industry
leaders in security  Honeywell.
Video
Using Axis mega-pixel cameras for crisp, clear video feeding video back to Honeywell’s Digital
Video Manager (DVM) storage array, will offer a state-of-the –art video system found at other
county and state buildings in Minnesota as well as many installations throughout the world.
With a system capable of handling over 4,000 cameras, the Honeywell DVM solution is scalable
and can grow with you as other areas of the County require video surveillance. The open
architecture and third party integration of DVM allows the County to provide the necessary servers
and workstation to help keep cost down and allow your IT professionals to help manage the
system.
Access Control
With Honeywell’s access control platform, you will be introduced to technology only recently
introduced including Bluetooth Enable (BTE) card readers. These readers can utilize your
standard HID card you are now using or you can go one step further and use a smartphone as a
credential and open doors by applying the phone as you would a card. This makes for much
more efficient card management and is more convenient for the cardholder to remember their
credential.
Honeywell's 1 and 2 reader panels will make for easier installation, therefore reducing installation
cost, in areas where cabling back to a central panel would require long wire runs and increased
cost. Also, for building that are only requiring 1 or 2 readers, this is an ideal solution.
Using Honeywell’s Enterprise Buildings Integrator (EBI) software to manage cardholders and set
access levels for doors will allow you to use the very latest in security software. EBI is Underwrites
Laboratories (UL) listed ALVY-UL294 for Access Control.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 25
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
System Integration
One of the core values of a Honeywell EBI solution is the ability to provide components as
standalone- separate IP Video and Card Access systems- or to easily integrate the systems
through the software.
Now opening a door at a specified time, such as after hours, could have a video file attached to it
for easy viewing by an operator or staff member. Or for emergency doors, an alarm can be sent
to a mobile device when a door is opened and the accompanying video will automatically play
when the file is opened.
And since the County also has Honeywell EBI software for automation, integration is possible
among all 3 components- IP Video, Access Control, and HVAC.
Other systems such as fire alarm, visitor management and mass notification can be integrated in
to EBI.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 26
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
2. TECHNICAL SUMMARY OF THE SYSTEM PROPOSED
Honeywell is pleased to provide an advanced security solution for McLeod County. The hardware
and software found in this plan is the latest technology available in the market today. This design
offers open architecture and 3rd party integration allowing you to use existing infrastructure as well
as newer products that become available.
Access Control:
With the integration of 43 existing readers as well as 82 new locations, you will now have one
platform to control the entire county- eliminating the 3 different systems you had before. Control
of all access doors will be managed through one database and accessible through operator
stations.
1. Control Panels
Honeywell will use modular control panels for the most efficient installation and less disruption
possible. With panel sizes ranging from 1-32 readers, panels will be sized accordingly per
building and per location. This would include the use of 1 or 2 door panels in difficult locations
where long wire runs would be prohibitive.
2. Card Readers
HID card readers will be installed at the 82 new locations. The County’s existing credentials
can be used at these doors to avoid the task of re-badging employees. Additionally, the
readers provided will be Blue Tooth Enabled (BTE). This is the latest technology in card
access systems and will allow a smart phone to act as a credential. This has many
advantages including programming a credential (phone) remotely and not having to physically
hand cards over to users.
3. Software
Honeywell’s EBI software is a feature-rich program allowing you to easily manage your
cardholder database and access reports at either a workstation or remotely using Honeywell’s
EasyMobile application.
4. Integration
Other components that can be integrated in to EBI include: mass notification, fire alarm, visitor
management, asset tracking (attaching transmitters to high value assets) and Honeywell
Energy Manager.
IP Video:
Integrating 25 analog cameras and adding 62 new IP cameras will be done through the Digital
Video Manager (DVM) video management system.
DVM is built upon industry standard open networking, PC hardware, and software applications
that take advantage of cost-effective, powerful components.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 27
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Using commercial off-the-shelf hardware allows you to use the cameras, PC, storage, and
networking hardware of your choice – there is no need to pay premiums for proprietary hardware.
Unlike proprietary Digital Video Recorders (DVRs) and Network Video Recorders (NVR’s), DVM
allows you to obtain system hardware and software upgrades independently which helps lower
your support costs. Use of off-the-shelf components also promotes ease of DVM integration into
your existing enterprise system support strategy, further simplifying support needs and reducing
the cost of ownership.
The basic architecture of DVM consists of a Database Server and a Camera Server that can be
installed on the same machine. Additional Camera Servers, Backup Camera Servers and
Analytics Servers can be added to the architecture to support larger numbers of cameras. Video
Streaming Servers support video distribution to mobile devices, allowing security personnel to be
more mobile and more effective in the field.
1. Cameras
Axis megapixel cameras will be installed per the specifications. A combination of different
cameras using varying fields-of-view will be used. These include cameras with 90, 180, 270
and 360 degree viewing angles.
Each camera will have an SD card installed to allow for storage in the event of video is not
able to be transmitted back to the camera server.
2. Database Server
The camera database server specifications are included in this RFP. One database server is
required per system and can handle up to 4,000 cameras. Having McLeod County provide
the hardware for this solution allows for cost saving as well as better operational control as
the County IT department can manage the hardware.
3. Camera Servers
Camera servers specifications are also included in this RFP. Depending on cameras setup,
each server can hold between 40 and 100 cameras. Two camera servers are recommended
for this solution- one centrally located in the courthouse/LEC/Admin building and one in the
Solid Waste IT room.
Option 1 also includes a redundant server for backup storage.
4. Analog converters
Axis analog-to-digital video encoders will be used for the County’s 43 existing cameras.
Encoders will be put in to an Axis blade rack installed in the IT room of building.
5. DVM Console Advanced Feature Module
The DVM Console Client provides a professional surveillance client designed to support the
advanced needs of control room operators. DVM Console provides a powerful, yet flexible,
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 28
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
user interface based on extensive usability studies focused on increasing operator
productivity.
The advanced features and intuitive interface provide agile navigation and contribute to
improved situational awareness and reduced incident response times.
Please refer to Tab 15 for more details on the DVM Console documentation.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 29
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 4 – MAIN BODY OF RESPONSE
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 30
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Page 7 of RFP , Tab 4 reads “Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8) (With original only).
Upon email clarification to this tab, the response was “should just read Main Body of Response”.
The interpretation therefore is that this tab refers to the rest of the Tabs in this RFP.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 31
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 5 – COST
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 32
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. BASE
Building
Cost
Courthouse
$ 174,212.00
Administration
$ 11,684.00
Law Enforcement
$ 36,171.00
North Complex
$ 34,748.00
Annex
$ 12,820.00
Hwy/LEC Shed
$ 14,064.00
Health Hum Srv
$ 31,316.00
Solid Waste
$ 48,971.00
Fairgrounds
$ 43,230.00
Brownton Hwy Shop
$
5,301.00
Silver Lake/Lester
$
8,837.00
Prairie Hwy Shop
Base Total:
$ 421,354.00
2. OPTION 1
Courthouse Option 1
$ 2,480.00
HATS Option 1
$ 4,571.00
Base Total:
$ 7,051.00
note: HHS and NC DVR analog camera
conversion already part of plan per
addendum A
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 33
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 6 – BILL OF MATERIAL,
EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS AND
DRAWINGS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 34
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Security System Design
Bill Of Material
Frontend Devices
Item
Part Number
Quantity
Description
Vendor
1
EBI Software- Access Control
EBI-DBR006
1
6 Reader Adder to Database Size
HONEYWELL
2
EBI-DBR050
2
50 Reader Adder to Database Size
HONEYWELL
HONEYWELL
3
EBI-DBP00250
4
250 Point Adder to Database Size
4
EBI-TMIFTEMA
1
Temaline Integration
HONEYWELL
5
EBI-OPPHOTOID
1
Integrated PhotoID license
HONEYWELL
1
DVM-CACNT
62
Digital Video Manager- 1 Camera
HONEYWELL
2
DVM-OPSSS
62
Same Source Video Streaming
HONEYWELL
3
DVM-ZZDVD600
1
DVM R600 Software on DVD
HONEYWELL
Digital Video Manager IP Video Management Software
4
DVM-CLIE
5
DVM Internet Explorer Client (Station License)
HONEYWELL
5
DVM-CLCONCT
1
DVM Console Client
HONEYWELL
6
DVM-IFAXH264
1
Axis H.264 Integration
HONEYWELL
7
DVM-OPMOT
1
Motion Search on Recorded Video
HONEYWELL
8
DVM-VAPREM
1
Video Motion Detection - Premium
HONEYWELL
7
TEMASERVER CONTROLLER FOR UP TO 16 DOORS
HONEYWELL
81
HONEYWELL
Control Room Devices
ACCESS SYSTEM
1
TS2
2
TK_S014M
3
TK_C21P
7
4
VMC-02WENN1
10
TEMALINE DUAL WIEGAND INTERFACE MODULE. SUITABLE
FOR A SINGLE DOOR. WITH 2 X DI & 2 X DO.
DIGITAL I/O MUDULE - FOR 4 SUPERVISED
(4 STATUS) INPUT
SIGNALS
AND
Tema-Voyager
Multi-2,
manages
up to 2 single side door
5
VMC-03WENN1
0
Tema-Voyager Multi-3, manages up to 3 single side door
HONEYWELL
6
VMC-04WENN1
6
Tema-Voyager Multi-4, manages up to 4 single side door
HONEYWELL
7
VMA-06
16
Tema-Voyager Multi Relay Output Board
HONEYWELL
8
VMS-KIT
9
Resistors and diodes kit
HONEYWELL
9
14506635-002
10
F/S CABINET ROUGH-IN RING
10
14506636-002
10
F/S CABINET DOOR WITH LOCK
11
14506747-002
10
12
14505159-001
10
F/S CABINET SUB PANEL
PANEL TAMPER SWITCH
13
AX-AL600ULB
7
ALTRONIX 6A POWER SUPPLY BOARD ONLY
16
AX-RDC12 / 24
81
12V/24V DC, PLUG-IN, 10A, DPDT RELAY WITH BASE
17
IM-1270
7
12V DC, 7AH BATTERY
18
EOL-100
7
End of line Resistor - 100 Ohm
ULTRATECH
UTC
19
1550107
Field Devices
5
Kit of resistors (50yellow, 50white, 50black)
HONEYWELL
1
900PMNTEKEA003
82
RP10 HID Bluetooth Enabled (BTE) Card Readers
2
CRD633ZZ-xxxxx
3
SEC9X-CRD-MAD-xxxx
HONEYWELL
HONEYWELL
GENESIS
GENESIS
GENESIS
HONEYWELL
ALTRONIX
ALTRONIX
ACCESS SYSTEM
4
SEC9X-CRD-E-MKYD
5
CK-IS310WH
6
SR-1078BR
HID
Mobile Credentials
HID
0
HID Mobile Access – BLE Admin Card
HID
0
HID Mobile Access – Configuration Card
115
REX Motion Sensor
120
1"Receesed DPDT Contact
10
AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera (180 degree field of view
)
AXIS Q3708-PVE
Network Camera (270 and 360 degree field of
HID
HONEYWELL
Interlogix
CCTV SYSTEM
Axis
1
Z4-0815001
2
Z4-0801001
3
Z4-0951001
3
4
Z4-5507511
7
view camera)
AXIS P3224-VE Network Camera (90 Degree field of view
)
AXIS T94M02D
PENDANT KIT FOR P3707-PE
5
Z4-5504821
7
T91D61 WALL MOUNT
Axis
6
Z4-5017641
3
AXIS T91A64 BRACKET CORNER
Axis
7
Z4-5504621
3
AXIS T91B61 WALL MOUNT
Axis
8
Z4-5017671
1
AXIS T91A67 MOUNT POLE
Axis
9
Z4-0418001
11
P7224 VIDEO ENCODER
AXIS
10
Z4-0267001
5
291U/ 1U/ VIDEO/ BLADE-RACK
AXIS
12
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Axis
Axis
Axis
Floor Plan Or II Qty
ANNEX
ANNEX
111
Mfg
Mcleod County· Annex
Electrified locking Hardware
Part II
Oescrintion
Total
HM Or/MF Fr
Antique Corbin Mortise Lock
1 Schlage l9080EU-RX-06·626 Fail Secure, Electrified Mortise leverset w/
Request to Exlt Switch
4.5 x 4.S, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
1 ACSI
BB1279/110B·??
Total:
112
l
l
HM Obi Or/MF Fr
Antique Corbin Mortise lock
Schlage l9080EU·RX·06·626 Fall Secure, Electrified Mortise Leverset w/
Request to Exit Switch
ACSI
BB1279/ll08-??
4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Total.
Total of Doors:
Prolect ManaRement:
Meals/toT.1n2:
Annex Total:
,,._
r"
r
-
-
-
____.I
.i
c..,...,. ... ,.. .... ...1
'
-·
-
.'
.
Honeywell Building Solutions
Honeywell
1985 Douglas Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422
McLeod County Security RFP
Project Labor Hours Estimate
Includes:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Cabling
Device installation
Panel Installation
Software installation
Electronic lock installation
Programming
Graphics/Asbuilts
Commissioning
Training
Base Hours: 1,842
Option 1 Hours: 8
Option 2 Hours: 12
Floor Plan Dr II Qty
8HS
Mfg
#1
Mcleod County· Brownton Hwy Shop
Electrified Locking Hardware
Part II
Description
G&AOr/Fr
l
Schlage ND80LEU·RX·626
l
ACSI
Total of Doors:
Project Mana2ement:
Meals/lodging:
Brownton Hwv Shop Total:
881279/1108-??
Total
Latch Lock
Fail Secure, Electrlfled Cylindrical Leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing
cylinder)
4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
: ,.......
-
--
-
1 .....,...--
· -1
'-
j
-
Mcleod County-Court House/Law Enforcement Center
Electrlfled locking Hardware
Mfu
Part#
Description
Floor Plan Door~ Qty
CHLEClA
#l
l
VD/AC.SI
l
ACSI
Total
?? Obi Dr/??Fr
1550K·MDV
NEW DOUBLE DOOR "HG 16"
Q.ulet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires
1amp/24VDC filtered and regulated power)
881279/1108-?? 4.5 x 4.0, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Note: l) Hdwr Sched gives no siie for hinges
2) The above assumes electrification of one
3) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
- . ··----·
CHLEClA
#2
l
Schlage
1 ACSI
CHLEClA
#3
l
CHlEClA
#4
l
CHlEClA
VO
VD
#S
1 Schlage
CHLEC1A
l
ACSI
l
Schlage
#6
OLD UNIT LOCK PREP
NOS-OLEU-RX-626 Fail Secure, Electrified cyllndrlcal leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing
cylinder)
BB1279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.5, Ehzht Cond {verify size and weight)
Note: l) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed
Bronze· lock and Hin"e are Satin Chrome
Tot.. ..
EXISTING 99 L EXIT DEVICE
9300-24VDC-32D Fall Secure, Surface Apnlled Rim Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
T.......
EXISTING MORTISE lEVERSET
6210-24VOC·320 Heavy Duty, fail Secure, Electric Strike
Note: l) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
T~
OlO UNIT LOCK PREP
N080LEU·RX·626 fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing
cylinder)
881279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Note: 1) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed
Bronze· lock and Hinge are Satin Chrome
2) Door has no closer
OLD UNIT LOCK PREP
ND80lEU·RX·G26 Fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch {reuse existing
cylinder)
Floor Plan Ooort Qty
Mfg
l ACSI
CHLEClA
Iii
1 VD
CHlEClA
118
1 Schlage
1 RCI
Psrt II
Description
BB1279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Note: 1) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed
Bronze· tock and Hinge are Satin Chrome
2) Door has no closer
Total:
EXISTING MORTISE LEVERSET
6210·24VOC·32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electrlc Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
HOLLOW CORE WOOD RES OR/FR
ND80tEU-RX-626 Fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical Leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing
cylinder)
Current Transfer Door Cord
x-oc
Note: l) Wrap Around and Hinges are Brushed
Bronze· Lock and Hin11e are Satin Chrome
Total:
~
CHlEC1B
-
Ill
l
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
CHlEClB
1
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
l
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
112
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
CHLEClB
113
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
. .
·-·'
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 33"
Schlage l9092EU Electrified Mortise leverset
VD PowerTransfer
VD Power Supply
Note: l) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2) Not clear as to why a PS is orovided
Total:
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 32"
Schlage l9092EU Electrified Mortise leverset
VO Power Transfer
VO Power Supply
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2.) Not dear as to why a PS Is provided
Total:
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 35"
Schlage l.9092EU Electrified Mortise Leverset
VD Power Transfer
VO Power Supply
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total
Floor Plan Ooori Qty
Mfg
Part#
Description
2.) Not clear as to why a PS Is provided
Total
Total:
CHLEC18
CHlEC1B
#4
1
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1
1
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
#5
1
1
1
CHlEC18
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
#6
1 Existing
NO CHANGE
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 31''
Schlage l9092.EU Electrtfled Mortise leverset
VD Power Transfer
VD Power Supoly
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2) Not clear as to why a PS is provided
Total:
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 11"
VO QEL99Nl • Electric Retraction Exit Device
VO EPT2 Electric PowerTransfer
PS902/2.RS Power Supply
EXISTING (not seen)
NO CHANGE
Total:
CHLEC18
#7
1 Existing
NO CHANGE
EXISTING (not seen)
NO CHANGE
Total:
CHLEClB
#8
1 TBD
TBO
NOT SEEN ON SITE VISIT
TBO
Total:
CHlEClB
#9
1 Existing
NO CHANGE
EXISTING {not seen)
NO CHANGE
Total:
CHlEClB
#10
1
CHLEC18
NO CHANGE
#11
1
CHLEClB
Existing
Existing
NO CHANGE
#12
1 Existing
NO CHANGE
#13
Nl
.
EXISTING (not seen)
NO CHANGE
Total:
-
Total:
-
EXISTING (not seen)
NO CHANGE
EXISTING (not seen)
NO CHANGE
Total:
CHLEC1B
,.n
NOT SEEN ON SITE VISIT
Floor Plan Door I Qty
Mfg
1 TBO
Part#
Description
T80
Total
T80
Total:
NEW SINGLE DOOR (no hdwr grp)
TBO
#1
1
T80
..
T80
.-
Total:
CHLEC2A
#2
CHLEC2A
#3
sew Dr/Wd Fr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK
1 Von Ouprin 6215·24VDC·320 Heavy Dutv, Fall Secure, Electric Strike
Note: 11 No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 31"
Schlage L9092EU Electrified Mortise Leverset
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
1 BY OTHERS NO CHANGE
CHLEC2A
CHLEC2A
#4
VO Power Transfer
VO Power Supply
Note: 11 No Request to Exlt Micro Switch Provided
21 Not clear as to why a PS is provided
Total:
sew Dr/Wd Fr OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK
1 Von Duprln 621S·24VOC·32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
#5
1
TBD
TBD
NEW SINGLE DOOR (no hdwr grp)
TBD
Total:
CHLEC2A
#6
CHlEC2A
#7
sew Dr/Wd Fr
SOI MORT LOCK
1 Von Duprln 6215·24VOC-32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electrlc Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
SCWOr/WdFr
OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK
1 Von Duprln 6215·24VOC-32D Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electric Strike
2 MLS
1 Schlage
CHLEC2A
#8
I
'
- --~
.
CHLEC2A
:-,. ,
Covert Plates (conceal holes from Simplex)
CUSTOM
N080PD·RH0·626 Heavy Duty, Store Rm Function, Leverset
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
SCWOr/WdFr
OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK
1 Von Ouprin 6215·24VOC-320 Heavy Duty, Fall Secure, Electric Strike
..
Floor Plan Door I Qty
CHLEC2A
CHLEC2A
119
Part#
Mfg
Descrintion
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
Sew Dr/Wd Fr
1 VooOuprin 621S·24VDC·320
1 Schlage
N080PO-RH0~26
Note:
#10
VO/ACSI
15SOK-MDV
1
ACSI
BB1279/1108·?? 4.5 x 4.0, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Note: l) Hdwr Sched gives no size for hinges
21 The above assumes electrification of one
1
1
Exlstlnl!
Existing
Sew Or/HM Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
sew Dr/HM Fr
#12
1
1
Existini;:
Existing
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
#13
l
VO
ExistiNI! Exit Device
9300·24VOC-32D Fail Secure, Surface Applied Rim Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
CHLEC2A
#14
1 TBD
NEW Double DOOR (no hdwr grp)
~D
TBO
Total:
T ...• •
CHLEC2B
--
#1
1 VD/AC:.I
lSSOK·MOV
...
'"
Existing Mort and Strike
L9080 Mortise leverset
VD 6210 Electric Strike
Total:
CHLEC2A
~·
existing Mort and Strike
L9080 Mortise Leverset
VD 6210 Electric Strike
Total:
CHLEC2A
. ..
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 16"
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires
lamp/24VOC filtered and regulated power)
1
#11
c~·
NEW RESIDENTIAL GRADE OOOR/Wd Fr
Heavy Duty, fail Secure, Electric Strike
Heavy Duty. Store Rm Function, teverset
1) No Reau est to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
31 No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
CHLEC2A
Total
.
7
NEW DOOR BY GC "HG 2"
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires
hmp/24VDC filleted and regulated power)
'I'- ··-
Floor Plan Door• Qty
CHLEC3A
114
1
CHLEC3A
Mfg
Part II
?? Dbl Or/??Fr
#S
1
CHLEC3A
ACSI
881279/1108-?? 4.5 x 4.0, Elitht Cond (verify size and weight)
Note: 1) HdwrSched gives no size for hinges
2) The above assumes electrification of one
leaf
3) No Request to fxlt Micro Switch Provided
Total:
NO CHANGE
VO
E'><istin8 Exit Device
9300-24VDC·32D Fall Secure, Surface Applied Rim Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit M lcro Switch Provided
Total:
.,, -·
CHlEC3B
·· - - ..... -c- ·...
#1
1
Total.
--
-
Total of Doors:
Project ManaRement:
Meafs/1.oi!glng;
CHLECTotal:
CHLEC3B Total:
•
{
$1,395.32
.
..
..
,I
- ..
-.
NOT SEEN ON SITE VISIT
TBD
TBD
TSO
- ..
Existin2 Electrified Hardware
Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
Existin8
#7
l
NEW DOUBLE DOOR "HG 16"
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Orive (requires
lamp/24VDC filtered and regulated power)
15501<-MOV
#6
1
Total
SONDr/Wdfr
OLD DOOR W/ SCH MORT LOCK
Von Duprin 6215·24VDC·320 Heavy Duty, Fail Secure, Electric Strike
Note; 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
1 VO/AC',I
CHL£C3A
Description
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
. . . --- . . ...
Mcloed County • FAIRGROUNDS
Electrified locking Hardware
Floor Plan Door# Qty
Mfg
Fai,,,rounds
Poultry Bid
#1
1 Existing
1 ExistinP
3 Existing
1 ExistinP
Total
Part#
Description
HM Sgl Or/HM Fr Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike
NO CHANGE
Low End Corbin hit Device
NO CHANGE
HES Strike (assumes functlonal)
NO CHANGE
Non Tempalte/Non 88 Hin2es
NO CHANGE
Low End Door Closer
Note:
1) Exit Device Should Be Realaced
2) Hinges Should Be Replaced
3) Door Closer Should Be Replaced
Total:
Fairgrounds
Fairgrounds
#2
#3
Ctry Diner
1 VO/ACSI
HM Obi Or/HM Fr Existin Exit Device & Manual Flush Bolts
1S50K-MOV
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires
lamp/24VDC filtered and regulated powerl
1 ACS!
B8l279/1l0S·626 4.5 x 4.5, Ei~ht Cond (verify size and weight)
Note: l) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
Dairy Brn
1 Existing
HM Obi Or/HM Fr 2) Existing PHI SVR Exit Devices
REMOVE
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR
leaf device)
Rim Exit Device
1 Von Ouprln 99Nl·626
1 VO/ACSI
lSSOK-MDV
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires
la mp/24 VOC filtered and regulated power)
1 ACSI
BB1279/ll08·626 4.5 x 4.5, Ei~ht Cond (verify size and weight)
Steel Removable Mullion
1 Von Ounrin 4954-SP28
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR
exit device.
Total:
Fairgrounds
#4
Com.Bid
1 Exist in,.
Existlnll Exit Device and Electric Strike
NO CHANGE
HES Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Provided
Total:
Fairgrounds
#S
Com. Bid
1 Existing
HM Dbl Dr/HM Fr 2) Exlstin" PHI SVR Exit Devices
REMOVE
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR
leaf device)
Rim Exit Device
l Von Ounrin 99NL·626
1 VO/ACSI
lSSOK-MOV
Quiet Electrk: Retraction Motor Drlve (requires
1amp/24VDC filtered and regulated power)
... . -
1
1
Falrgro1111ds
#6
ACSI
881279/1108·626 4.S x 4.S, Eight Cond (verily size and weight)
Von Duprin 49.54-SP28
Steel Removable Mullion
Note: 1) No Reouest to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR
exit device.
Total:
Com.Bid
1 Existing
1
1
HM Obi Or/HM Fr 21 Existing PHI SVR Exit Devices
REMOVE
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR
leaf device)
VonOuprin 99NL-62.6
Rim Exit Device
VD/ACSI
15SOK·MDV
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive {requires
lamp/24VOC filtered and regulated power)
1 ACSI
881279/1108-626 4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Steel Removable Mullion
1 Von Ouprln 4954-SP28
Note: 11 No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR
exit device.
Total:
Fairgrounds
#7
Com.Bid
Existing
HM Dbl Or/HM Fr 2.) Exlstlne PHI SVR Exit Devices
REMOVE
1
Surface Vertical Rod Exit Device (remove RHR
leaf device)
Rim Exit Device
1 Von Duprln 99NL-626
1 VO/ACSI
1SSOK-MOV
Quiet Electric Retraction Motor Drive (requires
lamp/24VDC filtered and regulated powerl
1 ACSI
BB1279/ll08·626 4.5 x 4.S, Eieht Cond (verify size and weight!
1 Von Ouprin 4954·SP28
Steel Removable Mulllon
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
2) Recommend replacing the remaining SVR
exit device.
Total:
fairgrounds
#8
1
Com. Bid
EKistini>
Existing £xii Device and Electric Strike
NO CHANGE
HES Electric Strike
Note: 1) No Request 10 hit Provided
Total:
...- ... _, . ....c ............ _ , ....,.
-.... .... - .... ,, ..!'tril ...a:.
•
- -.a.- :::::::i . ,
~
Pro"'ct Manaaement: 1
Meals'/Lod•in•:
Falrliroun,
,---
.~
, ~ -'~
.•
. .
Floor Plan Or# Qty
NCl
Mfg
#1
1 AR
1 AR
1 AR
2 MLS
NCl
#2
1 AR
1 AR
l AR
2 MlS
NCl
Mcleod County - North Complex
Electrified locking Hardware
Part#
Description
G&A Dr/fr
4900-628
4591·628
7400-2.4VDC·320
CUSTOM
G&A Or/fr
4900-628
4591-628
7400-24VOC·320
CUSTOM
#3
Total
Latch Lock
Latch Lock Assemble
Push Paddle Assembly
Electric Strike
Pair Mounting Tabs
Total:
·-
Total:
.
Latch Lock
Latch lock Assemble
Pull Paddle Assembly
Electric Strike
Pair Mounting Tabs
Not Seen on Site Visit
l
TBO
TBD
TSO
Total: .•'
NCl
#4
1
Exist in~ NO Chanii:e
Existing Electric Strike
Electric Strike
Total:
NCl
#S
1
Existing NO Change
Existing Electric Strike
Electric Strike
Total:
""" h-.. _
NC2
#1
1
Existing NO Change
~
Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike
HES 9600 Electric Strike
Total:
NC2
#2
1
TBD
TBO
Not Seen on Site Visit
lllD
Total:
NC2
.
--
Not Seen on Site Visit
#3
1
TBD
TBD
TSO
Total:
NC2
........ uV
#4
1
Existing NO Change
Existing Electric Strike
Electric Strike
.
Total;
NC2
#5
1
Existing NO Change
Existing Electric Strike
Electric Strike
Total:
NC2
Not Seen on Site Visit
TBO
#6
1
T8D
TBD
Total:
-
Total of Doors:
Proiect ManaRement:
Meals/Lodging:
North Complex Total:
l
l
,l
{
•
'
.- •-1 -- (
-
(
'
Mcleod Countv • HEALTH & HUMAN SERVICES "HHS"
Floor Plan Joor1 Qty
HHSl
Mfg
#1
1 EJ<islin~
1 l:l(isting
HHS1
lt2
1 Existing
1
HHSl
Existing
HHS1
HHSl
HHS1
Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike
Sargent Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functlonal)
1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
1 Exislin~
1 Existing
sew Dr/HM Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
Existing Leverset and Electric Strike
Schlage Leverset
Strike (assumes functional)
1} No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
iotal:
1 Existing
1 El<isting
SCWOr/HM Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
Existing Leverset and Electric Strike
Schlage leverset
Strike (assumes functional)
1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
1 Existing
1 Existing
SCWDr/HM Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
Existing El<it Device and Electric Strike
Sargent Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functional}
1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total;
ltS
116
#7
118
SCWOr/HM fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
Existing teverset and Electric Strike
Schla~e Leverset
Strike (assumes functional)
1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
114
G&A Or/Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
G&A Dr/Fr
Total
Existing Exit Oevice and Electric Strike
Sargent Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functional)
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
SCW Dr/HM fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
1 Existing
1 Existing
HHSl
G&A Dr/fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Existing
1 Existing
113
1
HHS1
Electrified Locking Hardware
Part#
Description
Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike
Sargent Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functional)
Note: 1) No Reauest to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
EJ<isting Exit Device and Electric Strike
•
..
-
floor Plan >oor Qty
Mfg
1 Existin2
1 Existing
HHS2
#1
1 Existing
1 Existing
HHS2
112
Existing
1 Existing
1
HHS2
#3
1 Existing
1 Existing
HHS2
114
1 Existing
1 Existing
HHS2
115
1 Existing
1 Existing
HHS2
Part#
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functional)
Note: 1) No ReQuest to Ei<it Micro Switch Provided
Total:
SCWOr/HM fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
G&AOr/Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
1 Schlage
SCWDr/HM Fr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
Existing leverset and Electrlc Strike
Schlage leverset
Strike (assumes functional)
1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
SCWDr/HMfr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
Note:
Existinit Leverset and Electric Strike
Schlage Leverset
Strike {assumes functional)
1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
Existing Leverset and Electric Strike
Schlage Leverset
Strike (assumes functional)
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
SCWDr/HMFr
NO CHANGE
NO CHANGE
N080EU·RX·626
Existing Passage function teverset
Heavy Duty, fail Secure, Electrified
Cylindrical Leverset w/ Request to Exit
1 Hagar/ ACS BB1279/ 1108·626 4.5" x 4.5", Eight Conductor Current
Transfer Hinge
4.S" x 4.S", Ball Bearing Hinges
2 Hagar
BB1279·626
1 LCN
4040XP-Al
Heavy Duty, Door Closer
Tota,.
HHS2
117
SCWDr/HMfr
... . . . .
Existin11: Exit Device and Electric Strike
Sargent Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functional)
l) No Request to EKlt Micro Switch Provided
Total:
Existing Exit Device and Electric Strike
Sargent Exit Device
HES Strike (assumes functional)
Note: 1) No Request to Exit Micro Switch Provided
Total:
sew Dr/HM fr
116
Total
Description
Existing Exit Device and Electrlc Strike
;.
.....
-
.... . "If)
Floor Plan Or# Qty
SWl
Mcleod County • Solid Waste Facility
Electrified lockim, Hardware
Pan#
Description
Mfg
#1 • #20
Existing
20 EKiStino NO CHANGE
Existing Readers and Electrlfled Hardware
Miscellaneous Electrified Hardware
Total:
,---
•
NC2
Total
#1 - #2
2 Existing NO CHANGE
~
·- ---
-~
EKistine Readers
Miscellaneous Electrified Hardware
Total:
NC2
#3
SCW&G / HM Fr (ex entrance function)
Store Room Function, Cylindrical Leverset
Heavy Duty, Fall Secure, Etectrlc S!rlke
1) No REX provided
Total:
1 Schlaee N080P0·626
1 VO
6211-24VDC-32D
Nole:
NC2
NC2
s· . - ......
Reader eliminated In Amendment
#4
#5
1 Schlage NDSOP0-626
1 VD
6211·24VDC·320
Note:
Total:
.. ,, <vi
SCW&G I HM Fr (ex entrance function)
Store Room Function. Cylindrical leverset
Heavy Dutv, Fail Secure, Electric Strike
1) No REX provided
Total:
. - .-
Soltd Waste 2 • Total: $2,364.51
Total of Doors:
ProJect Management:
Meals/Lod•in•:
Solld Waste Total:
{
'
I
II
t
-;,
Floor Plan Or# Qty
Hwy/lEC
#1
#2
Mfo
HM Or/MF Fr
1 Existing REMOVE
Custom
2 MlS
1 Schlage N080lEU-RX-626
1
Hwy/LEC
Mcleod County· Hwy/LECShed
Electrified locking Hardware
Part#
Description
RCI
Junk Door/Frame and Hardware
Simplex Push Button lock
Cover Plates (conceal holes from simplex)
fail Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/
Request to Exlt Micro Switch {reuse existing
cylinder)
Armored Door Cord
Existing door and frame should be replaced w/
commerclal grade hollow metal door and
frame w/ door closer, ball bearing hinges, door
closer, weather s1rlp, sweap
Total:
X·AOC
Note:
HM Or/MF Fr
1 Existing REMOVE
Custom
2 MlS
1 Schlage NOSOLEU-RX-626
1
RCi
Total of Door.s:
Project Management:
Meals/lodging:
Hwv/LEC Shed Total:
Junk Door/Frame and Hardware
Simplex Push Button lock
Cover Plates (conceal holes from simplex}
fail Secure, Electrifled Cylindrical leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch {reuse existing
cylinder)
Annored Door Cord
Existing door and frame should be replaced w/
commercial grade hollow metal door and
frame w/ door closer, ball bearing hinges, door
closer, weather strip, sweap
Total:•
X-ADC
Note:
I
'
r-··-.-,1~
'ii
, . - - - - - ..- . ... --i
Total
•
•
8
...
-
Floor Plan Dr# Qty
SlH
#l
G&ADr/Fr
1 Schlage ND80l£U·RX-626
l
SLH
#2
Mcleod County • Silver lake/lester Prairie Hwy Shop
Electrifled locking Hardware
Part#
MfR
Description
ACSI
BB1279/l10S·??
G&A Dr/fr
Schlage
1
ND80LEU·RX-626
1 ACSI
-
latch lock
Fall Secure, Electrlfled Cylindrical Leverset w/
Request lo Exit Micro Switch {reuse existing
cylinder)
4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Total:
Total of Doors:
Project ManaRement:
Meals/lodging:
Stvr Lke/ Lstr Pr Hwy Total:
Latch lock
Fall Secure, Electrified Cylindrical leverset w/
Request to Exit Micro Switch (reuse existing
cylinder)
4.5 x 4.5, Eight Cond (verify size and weight)
Total:
881279/1108·??
\
..
I
'
·I
I
-
-
Total
. . .. -· . -
'
- ..
-
DVM Database Server:
Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent
8GB RAM
Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays.
1TB Hard Disk storage
DVD Drive
1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS
Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC
specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine
 Windows Server 2012 R2 or 8.1
 Microsoft SQL Server 2014
 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11







The Database Server must provide the following system fault tolerance:
 Support RAID 0+1, 1, 3 or 5 for the Operating System
 Support RAID 0+1 or 1 for the DVMS database (SQL Server 2014)
DVM Camera Server:
Server level hardware specification
Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent
8GB RAM
Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays.
Hard Disk storage sized to meet the Camera Video Recordings
DVD Drive
1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS
Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC
specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine
 Windows Server 2012 R2
 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11








The system shall support deployment within a virtual infrastructure supporting at least VMware
ESX/ESXi 4.0 and later and Windows 2008 R2 Hyper-V and onwards.
DVM Console:






Intel Core i5-3570 CPU @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent Hyper threaded
4GB RAM
500GB Hard Disk storage
DVD Drive
100/1000 Mbps NIC
Microsoft Windows 7 or Windows 8.1
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 36
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
 Video Graphics Card: Any card able to provide a Windows Experience Index subscore of
6.9 or higher (AMD Radeon HD7470 or equivalent)
 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11
Operator Workstation:








Quad-Core Intel® Core i5-3570 @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent
4GB RAM
500GB Hard Disk storage
DVD Drive
1000 Mbps NIC
Microsoft Windows 7
Video Graphics Card supporting 24-bit color and with 128MB onboard video RAM
Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11
Optional Hardware/Software Requirements
McLeod County Court House
Scalable Video Storage Solution
 No Hardware or Software Required as Storage is part of base solution
McLeod County HATS
Secondary Scalable Video Storage Solution (Redundancy)
 No Hardware in Proposal- Storage PC provided by County
Software- Redundancy module in DVM software proposed (Please refer to Tab 5 item 2 in
Summary RFP costs)
Please refer to Tab 15 for detailed product sheets.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 37
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 7 – RESPONDENT ASSUMPTIONS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 39
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. LIST OF EQUIPMENT
The following hardware is to be provided by McLeod County for each the access control and IP
video systems.
Access Control:
1. EBI servers- None needed as County already has an EBI Server in place
2. EBI stations- None needed as County already has two stations in place
IP Video:
3. DVM database servers- 1 (see specs below)
4. DVM camera servers- 2 required (see specs below). Additional depending on bandwidth
consideration. ALTERNATE #2 would require a camera server for redundant storage
5. DVM console server- 1 (see specs below)
6. Additional workstations (not required. Specs below). System has 5 IE licenses that do not
require a system workstation. They can be viewed on county PC’s with proper credentials.
7. # of POE camera network switches- see attached POE and Non POE ports required
DVM Database Server:
Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent
8GB RAM
Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays.
1TB Hard Disk storage
DVD Drive
1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS
Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC
specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine
 Windows Server 2012 R2 or 8.1
 Microsoft SQL Server 2014
 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11







The Database Server must provide the following system fault tolerance:
 Support RAID 0+1, 1, 3 or 5 for the Operating System
 Support RAID 0+1 or 1 for the DVMS database (SQL Server 2014)
DVM Camera Server:





Server level hardware specification
Quad Core Intel® Xeon® E5-2403 1.8GHz or AMD equivalent
8GB RAM
Two separate hard drives or two sets of RAID arrays.
Hard Disk storage sized to meet the Camera Video Recordings
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 40
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
 DVD Drive
 1000 Mbps NIC for network connection to the other components of the DVMS
 Graphics card supporting 1280x1024 pixel resolution and 24-bit color – see client PC
specifications if Database Server also used as a client machine
 Windows Server 2012 R2
 Microsoft SQL Server 2014 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11
The system shall support deployment within a virtual infrastructure supporting at least VMware
ESX/ESXi 4.0 and later and Windows 2008 R2 Hyper-V and onwards.
DVM Console:
Intel Core i5-3570 CPU @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent Hyper threaded
4GB RAM
500GB Hard Disk storage
DVD Drive
100/1000 Mbps NIC
Microsoft Windows 7 or Windows 8.1
Video Graphics Card: Any card able to provide a Windows Experience Index subscore of 6.9
or higher (AMD Radeon HD7470 or equivalent)
 Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11







Operator Workstation:








Quad-Core Intel® Core i5-3570 @3.40Ghz or AMD equivalent
4GB RAM
500GB Hard Disk storage
DVD Drive
1000 Mbps NIC
Microsoft Windows 7
Video Graphics Card supporting 24-bit color and with 128MB onboard video RAM
Microsoft Internet Explorer 9, 10 or 11
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 41
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Building
North Complex
2391 Hennepin Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Annex
2397 Hennepin Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Hwy/LEC Shed
2397 Hennepin Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Health Hum Srv
1805 Ford Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Courthouse
830 11th St. E
Glencoe, MN
Administration
same as courthouse
Sheet
PoE Ports
required
Non PoE ports
required
NC1
2
2
NC2
1
Annex
2
None
3
HHS1
4
HHS2
1
CHLEC1A
4
CHLEC2A
4
CHLEC3A
5
CHLEC3A
2
CHLEC1B
Law Enforcement
same as courthouse
Solid Waste
1065 5th Ave SE
Hutchinson, MN
Fairgrounds
840 Century Ave. SE
Hutchinson, MN
2
2
1
CHLEC2B
1
CHLEC3B
1
Lower
5
Upper
1
Commercial
4
4-H
1
Agribition
2
Poultry
1
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 42
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Building
Brownton Hwy Shop
208 1st Ave. S
Brownton, MN
Silver Lake/Lester
Prairie Hwy Shop
19955 Falcon Ave.
Silver Lake, MN
Sheet
PoE Ports
required
None
1
None
1
TOTALS
Non PoE ports
required
41
12
Power Consumption for each PoE Device
Tema Voyager Multi
15.4W
P3707-PE Camera
5.5W
Q3708-PVE Camera
25.5W
P3224-VE
7.1W
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 43
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
2. EQUIPMENT PROVIDED
The following hardware is to be provided by Honeywell for system installation. Please refer to
Tab 6 for Bill of Materials.
Access Control
1.
2.
3.
4.
Access Control panels, enclosures, power supplies and backup batteries
Card Readers, door contacts, REX devices
Electronic Locking hardware
Enterprise Building Integrator (EBI) Software with Photo ID (printer not included)
IP Video
1. Axis Video Cameras with mounting hardware
2. Axis Analog Converters for existing cameras with rack mounted enclosures
3. Digital Video Manager Software (DVM) with DVM Console Client. Advanced video motion
detection and motion search on recorded video included.
3. OTHER ASSUMPTIONS
Access Control
1.
2.
3.
4.
All existing devices that will be integrated to new system in working order
Existing access cards will be used (no new access cards provided in this RFP)
McLeod to provide UPS for backup (system will include battery backup for limited period)
McLeod to provide necessary IP ports for access panels connectivity to network
IP Video
1. McLeod to provide necessary IP ports and POE/Non POE switches as listed in this RFP
2. McLeod to provide rack space for analog encoders
General
1. Areas assumed to be Asbestos free
2. Access to all areas M-F 8-5 unless notified in advance by County
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 44
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 8 – INSTALLATION
METHODOLOGY AND DRAWINGS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 45
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. INSTALLATION METHODOLOGY
1. Time Line
a. Estimated Start: Nov 1, 2016
b. Estimated Completion: January 27, 2017
2. Equipment/System installation time per location
a. North Complex- 5 days
b. Annex- 1 day
c. Hwy/LEC Shed- 1-2 days
d. HHS- 5 days
e. Courthouse/Admin/LEC- 40 days (includes head-end work)
f. Solid Waste- 10 days
g. Fairgrounds- 10 days
h. Brownton Hwy Shop- 1 day
i. Silver Lake/Lester Prairie Hwy Shop- 1 day
Note: several crews will be working on buildings simultaneously.
3. Database Collection
As part of the initial setup and commissioning, databases will be populated for both access
control and video systems. One advantage of a new access system is the opportunity to
“clean up” the existing database of users still in the system but no longer employees of the
county.
a. Access Control
i. Readers- programmed in to system as installed
ii. Cardholders- programmed in to software throughout installation. Existing
system to be used until cut over.
iii. Access Levels- programmed in to software throughout installation.
iv. Misc.- Any other data can be programmed in as system is set up
b. IP Video
i. Cameras programmed in to DVM software as installed. Field of view set
between installing technician and McLeod personnel for desired viewing
angles.
ii. Motion detection and other advanced features programmed in as system
installed and customer is trained
iii. Camera frame rates determined per building using available bandwidth as
guide
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 46
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
4. Network Assessment
a. Access Control
i. Minimal bandwidth required for access system.
ii. IP ports required for each panel installed (see diagram in this RFP)
b. IP Video
i. Camera server storage to be determined after consultation between
Honeywell and McLeod personnel. Storage dependent upon frames per
second (FPS) transmitted per camera back to server.
ii. Bandwidth projections can be calculated by Honeywell personnel per
building.
5. Application Deployment
a. Access System
i. System to go live once all acceptance testing completed. Existing system to
remain active until new system in place. New system active by 1/27/17.
b. IP Video
i. System to go live as cameras installed. Camera database and server to be
set up and programmed initially to take on cameras as installed.
New system in place by 1/27/17
6. Training
a. Access System
i. Multiple training sessions are part of this RFP. Time and structure to be set
up by McLeod and Honeywell.
b. IP Video
i. Multiple training sessions are part of this RFP. Time and structure to be set
up by McLeod and Honeywell.
7. Acceptance and warranty
a. Both system warranties of one year to commence upon McLeod County’s
acceptance of each system being operational and County personnel having received
proper training to operate each system.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 47
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
3. COMPLETE NETWORK DIAGRAM
Building
North Complex
2391 Hennepin Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Annex
2397 Hennepin Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Hwy/LEC Shed
2397 Hennepin Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Health Hum Srv
1805 Ford Ave. N
Glencoe, MN
Courthouse
830 11th St. E
Glencoe, MN
Administration
same as courthouse
Sheet
PoE Ports
required
Non PoE ports
required
NC1
2
2
NC2
1
Annex
2
None
3
HHS1
4
HHS2
1
CHLEC1A
4
CHLEC2A
4
CHLEC3A
5
CHLEC3A
2
CHLEC1B
Law Enforcement
same as courthouse
Solid Waste
1065 5th Ave SE
Hutchinson, MN
Fairgrounds
840 Century Ave. SE
Hutchinson, MN
2
2
1
CHLEC2B
1
CHLEC3B
1
Lower
5
Upper
1
Commercial
4
4-H
1
Agribition
2
Poultry
1
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 49
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Building
Brownton Hwy Shop
208 1st Ave. S
Brownton, MN
Silver Lake/Lester
Prairie Hwy Shop
19955 Falcon Ave.
Silver Lake, MN
Sheet
PoE Ports
required
None
1
None
1
TOTALS
Non PoE ports
required
41
12
Power Consumption for each PoE Device
Tema Voyager Multi
15.4W
P3707-PE Camera
5.5W
Q3708-PVE Camera
25.5W
P3224-VE
7.1W
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 50
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 9 – ACCEPTANCE TESTING
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 51
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. RECOMMENDED INSTALLATION AND ACCEPTANCE TEST PLAN
Acceptance Checklist
1. Access System
a. All readers tested to be operational
b. Software and database programmed
c. Access levels entered
d. Access credentials working
e. Training Complete
2. IP Video System
a. All cameras in focus
b. Field of View for each camera acceptable to McLeod personnel
c. Database server configured for each camera. Frame rate for allowable bandwidth.
d. Camera servers configured for proper storage requirements
e. All motion detection and special features programmed
f. Training Complete
Honeywell will comply with section 4.07 pp28, 29 of RFP on Project Closeout and acceptance.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 52
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 10 – SOFTWARE UPGRADES
AND ACTIVE DIRECTORY INTERFACE
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 53
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. PROPOSED SOFTWARE UPGRADE MAINTENANCE
a. Software Upgrades:
a. Per section 4.08, pp 29, 30 of RFP
i. All patches and updates included during first year warranty.
ii. Also includes OS and database tuning, hardware and software diagnosis as
needed.
b. Frequency of Upgrades:
a. Software cycles of 24-36 months are typical on major releases of EBI/DVM software.
c. Last Upgrade
a. Both EBI and DVM were upgraded in the past 12 months
d. Impact of upgrades
a. Upgrades are done by qualified Honeywell technicians and usually take 3-5 days to
complete depending on complexity of system.
b. Downtime is minimal as both systems can run concurrently during a conversion.
e. Tools for upgrades
a. Honeywell will supply the necessary system software with the customer providing the
hardware and OS
f.
Installation Team
a. Qualified Honeywell technicians will install and commission all ugrades
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 54
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
2. LDAP INTEGRATION WITH MS ACTIVE DIRECTORY
The following can be done using LDAP Integration:
1. Importing Users and groups to manage access
2. AD sync with surveillance system
3. Lost badge and disabling the AD account
About operator-based security
Operator-based security provides a higher level of security than Station-based security. This is
the default security choice for EBI. In general, operator-based security with traditional operator
accounts works as follows:
You assign a specific security level to each user.
Users cannot access any Station functions unless they enter a valid ID and password.
To access a higher security level than the one they are currently using, users need to log off
and log on again as a different operator who has the higher security level.
Assignable locations are assigned to the operator, irrespective of which Station they are
currently logged on to.
If you choose operator-based security, there are several alternatives that you can use:
Account Type Description
Traditional operator account: An account whose definition exists only in the EBI server
database. Authentication and authorization is done by the EBI server.
Integrated account: A combination of a Windows user account and an EBI operator account.
The W indows user account can be a local account or a domain account. For information to
consider when deciding to use local or domain accounts, see 'About integrated
security'.Authentication is done by Windows, authorization is done by the EBI server.
Windows group accounts: An integrated account that allows you to add multiple operators by
adding the Windows group to the EBI server. The Windows group can be a local Windows group
or a domain Windows group. For information to consider when deciding to use local or domain
Windows groups, see 'About integrated security'. Authentication is done by Windows.
Authorization is done by the EBI server.
LDAP operator account: A combination of an LDAP account and an EBI operator account.
Authentication is done by an LDAP server, authorization is done by the EBI server.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 55
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
There are two aspects to operator-based security: authentication and authorization.
Authentication is the process of verifying that a user is known to the system, while authorization
controls what a known user can do within the system. Accounts are used to restrict access and
authority within Station.
For traditional operator accounts, authentication of the user is done by the EBI server against
credentials stored in EBI. Authorization is also controlled by EBI using security levels and, if
applicable, assignable locations.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 56
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 11 – RESPONDENT AND
SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFICATIONS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 57
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. INFORMATION ABOUT THE RESPONDENT
A. Company name: Honeywell Building Solutions, a division of Honeywell International
B. Legal name (if different) : N/A
C. Years in business: 130 years
D. Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal: >20
E. Contact person: John Barry, HBS Senior Account Manager
F. Full mailing address: 1985 Douglas Drive North, Golden Valley, MN 55422
G. Telephone number: (763) 402-4306
H. Fax number: (763) 954-5397
I. E-mail address: [email protected]
J. Name and phone number of bonding company:
Chubb Group of Insurance Companies
15 Mountain View Road
Warren, NJ 07061
Tel: (866) 324-8222
K. Number of full-time employees: 129,000 globally, 3100 for the Midwest District
L. Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four dedicated to this project):
5 HBS employees
M. Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the training for the equipment in this
project (attach listing of experience with similar projects)
HBS Technicians, Seth Wilhelm amd Johnny Cain
Similar projects:
 Minnesota History Center
 Department of Human Services
 The Judicial Building
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 58
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
N. Name of person who would be project manager for this project (attach listing of experience
with similar projects)
Tommy Earlywine has been selected to be Project Manager.
Similar projects:
 Minnesota History Center
 Department of Human Services
 The Judicial Building
O. Dunn and Bradstreet Number
1. Respondent: Honeywell International  13-969-1877
2. Equipment Manufacturer: Honeywell International  13-969-1877
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 59
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
2. QUALIFICATION AND REQUIREMENTS
1. List Prime Contractor here:
Honeywell Building Solutions, a division of Honeywell International
Honeywell will act as prime contractor on this project. We have selected the following
subcontractors to assist on this project:
 Muska Electric
 Midwest Lock and Safe
Honeywell will oversee and project manage the work of subcontractors and ensure all work meets
specification from RFP.
3. EXPERIENCE AND EXISTING CUSTOMERS
How many similar systems has the Respondent sold/installed?
A. In the area: >20
B. Statewide:
>40
C. Nationwide: >300
4. REFERENCES
Reference #1
Organization Name:
Itasca County, MN
Address:
123 NE 4th St.
Grand Rapids, MN 55744
Type of Business:
County Government
Contact Person:
Randy Washburn
Telephone Number:
218-327-7352
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Digital/IP Video System Installed
Number of Network Locations:
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 60
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Reference #2
Organization Name:
Minnesota Department of Revenue
Address:
600 Robert St. N
State of MN Government
Paul, MN 55101
Type of Business:
Contact Person:
Kyle Jenner
Telephone Number:
651-556-6211
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Digital/IP Video System Installed
Number of Network Locations:
Reference #3
Organization Name:
Honeywell International
Address:
1985 Douglas Drive
Golden Valley, MN 55422
Type of Business:
Contact Person:
Josh Arel
Telephone Number:
763-688-4956
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Digital/IP Video System Installed
Number of Network Locations:
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 61
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Subcontractors/ Partners
Business Name
Years
Experience
Type of Work
Percent of
Project
Muska Electric
50 years
Electrical wiring and device
30%
Midwest Lock and Safe
20 years
Locking Hardware
15%
References for Subcontractor - Muska Electric
Reference #1
Organization Name:
Minneapolis Public Schools
Address:
1250 W Broadway Ave
Minneapolis, MN 55411
Type of Business:
Public School
Contact Person:
Galiena Boyajian
Telephone Number:
612-668-0257
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Reference #2
Organization Name:
Ramsey County LEC
Address:
425 Grove St.
St. Paul, MN 55101
Type of Business:
Detention Facility
Contact Person:
Jason Degerstrom
Telephone Number:
651-266-9343
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 62
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
References for Subcontractor - Muska Electric
Reference #3
Organization Name:
Ramsey County buildings
Address:
County-wide including Courthouse
St. Paul, MN
Type of Business:
County Government
Contact Person:
Ed Kohanek
Telephone Number:
651-266-3431
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Reference #4
Organization Name:
Boys Totem Town detention facility
Address:
398 Totem Rd
St. Paul, MN
Type of Business:
Detention Center
Contact Person:
Keith Lattimore
Telephone Number:
651-266-5013
Contact Email Address:
[email protected]
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 63
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
References for Subcontractor – Midwest Safe and Lock
Reference #1
Organization Name:
Saint Johns University
Address:
2850 Abbey Plaza
Collegeville, MN 56321
Type of Business:
Higher Education
Contact Person:
Gary Jorgenson
Telephone Number:
320-363-3303
Contact Email Address:
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Reference #2
Organization Name:
Sherburne County
Address:
13880 Business Center Dr NW
Elk River, MN 55330-1692
Type of Business:
County Government
Contact Person:
Bill Marks
Telephone Number:
763-265-3128
Contact Email Address:
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 64
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
References for Subcontractor – Midwest Safe and Lock
Reference #3
Organization Name:
3M
Address:
Type of Business:
Manufacturing
Contact Person:
Dave Youngquist
Telephone Number:
651-210-7656
Contact Email Address:
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Reference #4
Organization Name:
General Mills
Address:
Minneapolis, MN
Type of Business:
Manufacturing
Contact Person:
Matt O’Sullivan
Telephone Number:
763-293-2418
Contact Email Address:
Dates of Installation:
Description of Systems:
Number of Network Locations:
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 65
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
5. SURVEILLANCE SYSTEM SERVICE AFTER INSTALLATION
A. How many service personnel trained in maintaining the proposed systems does Respondent
employ in the County’s area? Please indicate location closest to the County.
1. Trained Service Personnel:
8 employees
2. Location:
Golden Valley, MN
B. Provide the address of Respondent’s service center(s) closest to the County:
1. Company
Honeywell Building Solutions
2. Address
1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MN
3. Telephone Number
763-954-5671
C.Who shall maintain parts inventory? At what location?
1. Company
Honeywell Building Solutions
2. Address
1985 Douglas Drive North Golden Valley MN
3. Telephone Number
763-954-5671
4. What critical component parts are kept in stock at this location?
Panels and field devices
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 66
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
6. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 67
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 68
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 69
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 12 – PROJECT TEAM AND
MAINTENANCE TEAM
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 70
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
1. INSTALLATION PERSONNEL
Name
Title
Tommy Earlywine
Alan Karpa
Certification
HBS Project Manager
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
Seth Wilhelm
HBS Programmer
EBI Certified
Johnny Cain
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
Ken Jones
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
ALAN KARPA
Specialist Installation Technician
Job Responsibilities:
 Programming of building Security & Fire Systems
 Oversight of projects to ensure adherence to schedule
and budget
1 year/ 30 years industry
Honeywell Experience:
Notable Projects:
Training:
Certifications:
 The Colonnade High Rise Building
 State of Minnesota Campus
 Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus
Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms
 Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms
 Certified in XLS 3000 Platf
 Certified in NICET Level Fire Systems
SETH WILHELM
Specialist Installation Technician
Job Responsibilities:
Honeywell Experience:
Notable Projects:
Training:
Certifications:
 Programming of building Security & Fire Systems
 Oversight of Projects to ensure adherence to schedule
and budget
1 year/ 5 years industry
 North Dakota State University of Medicine Campus
 State of Minnesota Campus
 Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus
Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms
 Certified in Digital Video Manager
 Certified in Temaline Access Systems
 Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 71
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
JOHNNEY CAIN
Specialist Installation Technician
Job Responsibilities:
Honeywell Experience:
Notable Projects:
Training:
Certifications:
 Programming of building Security & Fire Systems
 Oversight of Projects to ensure adherence to schedule
and budget
1 year/ 18 years Industry
 State of Minnesota Campus
 Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus
 The Colonnade High Rise Building
Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms
 Certified in Temaline Access Systems
 Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms
 Certified in NICET Level Fire Systems
KENNETH JONES
Specialist Installation Technician
Job Responsibilities:
Honeywell Experience:
Notable Projects:
Training:
Certifications:
 Programming of building Security & Fire Systems
 Oversight of Projects to ensure adherence to schedule
and budget
1 year/ 20 years industry
 Minneapolis Institute of Arts
 State of Minnesota Campus
 Minneapolis Metropolitan Airports Campus
Various Honeywell Systems and Integration Platforms
 Certified in Honeywell EBI Platforms
 Certified in PCSC Access Systems
 Certified in NICET Level Fire Systems
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 72
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
2. SERVICE INSTALLATION
Service team alignment with McLeod to be determined upon completion of installation.
Name
Title
Certification
Tim Kasper
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
Mike Roban
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
Josh Arel
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
Bob Storkamp
HBS Technician
EBI Certified
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 73
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 13 – EXCEPTIONS AND
CLARIFICATIONS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 74
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Exceptions
1. Network Bandwidth Disclaimer
IP video is often transmitted over WAN/LAN. Determining the frame rate per second of
cameras (FPS) and resolution can impact the speed at which networks perform.
Honeywell technicians will work with McLeod IT personnel to best determine the FPS and
resolution per camera per building to help optimize the video solution being provided by
Honeywell.
2. Camera Server Sizing/Storage
The specifications delivered in this RFP did not include the hard drive information necessary
for storage as that cannot be determined without further information as to cameras settings
and customer expectations. Upon contract award, recommendations will be provided as to
size of hard drives necessary to meet needs of County.
3. UPS and emergency power backup
Customer is responsible for UPS backup of critical systems. Backup battery power will be
provided by Honeywell as temporary power source in event of primary power loss.
4. Asbestos
It is assumed that no Honeywell technician or its subcontractor will be working in areas where
asbestos is present.
5. Existing Access Cards
Existing access credentials will be used for new system. Cards will be compatible with new
hardware and software. Cards are not included with this proposal.
6. Bluetooth Enabled (BTE) card readers
This solution does include BTE technology that allows cell phones to be used as credentials
rather than physical access cards. While this technology is available as part of Honeywell’s
solution, it will not be implemented in phase 1 of this project.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 75
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
Clarification
1. 3-Year Warranty Pricing
While letter “O” on page 20 requests pricing to extend warranty to three years, it was not
clear where this price would be inserted in the body of the proposal. To extend the
warranty from one year as outlined in section 4.08, letter B “Warranty Period and
Maintenance” to three years the following cost would be added to the base price:
$29,950.00
This would include two additional years of parts and labor warranty on all front-end
software, panels, field devices, cameras, electronic locking hardware and all material
listed on bill of materials as submitted with this RFP. Customer provided hardware would
not be included in this warranty.
2. Warranty Service Availability beyond 3 years
Letter Q on page 21 requests contractor provide service availability beyond the extended
warranty period of three years and to specify an annual cost and period of extension.
While Tab 2 of the RFP asks for a five-year maintenance support guarantee, it does not
request a cost for a service contract in years 4 and 5.
Honeywell will provide a service proposal once the warranty expires (either one year or
three years). Since Honeywell provides different levels of warranty coverage, and it is not
outlined clearly what is meant by “warranty service beyond three years”, a budgetary
range can be used for this exercise of $15,500.00 to $35,000.00 per year based on desired
coverage.
Also, it is difficult to determine the architecture of the system in 3 years as many additions
and modifications will be made to the system influencing the service contract cost.
3. Terms and Conditions
As Honeywell has a current contract with McLeod County, it is possible that current terms
and conditions governing that agreement may be used in this potential contract between
McLeod County and Honeywell. The terms and conditions outlined in section 2 of the
RFP will be reviewed by Honeywell and may contain addendums as was the case with the
original agreement.
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 76
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 14 – EXHIBITS
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 77
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
This section purposefully left blank as exhibits and supporting literature included in other
sections/tabs of this RFP
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 78
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
TAB 15 – SALES AND BROCHURES
Request for Proposal
Security/ Surveillance System
McLeod County
Page 79
Copyright © 2016 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
HONEYWELL BUILDING SOLUTION
Enterprise Buildings Integrator R430
Technical Specification
1
Table of Content
Specification and Technical Data ............................................................................3
System Architecture ................................................................................................5
System Integration...................................................................................................7
Honeywell Digital Video Manager .............................................................................8
Honeywell Life Safety Manager ................................................................................9
Open System ..........................................................................................................9
Compliance to 21 CFR Part 11 ..............................................................................14
Advanced Security Option .....................................................................................22
Visitor Management ...............................................................................................23
Asset Locator ........................................................................................................24
!
""#$
%&$ %' ) * &"&" )"
$( !#$ &
+' " ' "$ " "&" )"$ "%
,%) ) - & & )
"+ , %" . + &%"/" % " )0 "&, " )2 "$ , "%"% " % " 4 5" "%"&"+ +6+"76+" 8
%0 "- + :6+"(& /
' "&" )"/9%"%
% " "";!# $*-$42#,%"/ " 6 ,
', . &%"&" )+ + %'% "/
'
" "
6 ,<," %" ' " " & " "&
"" %" %" ' &"%/5" ) +(*=" % - & " 5**" ";5*8>?!
""&2 "9 $ )- #$# @A# 2
#B$5* 7? &" )"B$5*C>? & ) &" )"B$5* 75* 7>?
&" )"B$5*> ?# B5*C?!
""#B
%, %" " 2) % ') D% )
" "% "
" ' " 4C
""
%&
#92 D%&
3
Honeywell Building Manager
% ' "", ) ') $ "% & &
" ""'"/ " ' $ "$ % & ) & ))0 ) ""$ %;
%
(!# )
!)2 (!#
"
Honeywell Security Manager
%& ' " , +& "% " %& $ "$ " ) "' "" " %& )) " &%" %&
D% ) " %;
# &%"
"&" )"
&/
#) "' ) "&%" $ %" ) ) $
%%$'") ) ) ) "
!
% 2) $ )"$ % " " "% " )) "" " $ %2
Honeywell Life Safety Manager
* & +") )"&" )" ")- /
"', +5*8>*" ," " & )/ " ' + %%" ),% ,%E" "&" )" % ),%
' % ) /
Honeywell Digital Video Manager
" ) ""& "' %"%' &&%*!A$ ,F ., ' <," &% &%" ) " ' +/
Honeywell Energy Manager
& )"$' " )0 "&% &%" ,&% ') + "') &/
System Architecture
&" , &%,%" ""
'&% + ' "
"&" )+)% " ' " " ""*!A"6!A"/
"'"$ &% %") E" . $
).)0 ' ") "$ )0 ) $
))0 "-) / "&%,%" ""
""% % '"&#
! D%" &" )? #!!B ' " 0 '% +( &+ " %" " ?
B) ' ,%" ""% ) ",&" ) ""&
&%,%,%" """&" )"
+ % " +-/
' "" , "% "%" , - & &) ) D% ) "/
& ), " "%"$"F ., %
%" " % )) ,%"$%" "$ "$
%' "& ) %" "$ ) % "$' ) "/ , D% -&
) "
0 %"& D% ) "/
,,%" ""$" "&" )$+
, " % $ , 0 )
&,&",% " "/
"+4 &" )""$ ."
" "&" )"$+ "/"+"&% " , " "%" &%,%" ) ""& ) % ""$ ",%/
' "
"$"%
'""$) "
+" " 6 ,<," %" , " "&) ,%" ) " "/%" " &
"% "(* " &"/
+" ) )2 , "" %
%) ) &% &/
, " " )( &+ E" #!! ) & "$"', / ' %" )%<%" $)%<"-$%"&<
"6+"76+" 8 ' "&" )"$"""% + :/ " ' %" " + ))% "+ "% ",
" <) ," "/
' " "" " ' " &"
) "/ ' "
"%$ (%) ' /5 8 % " ', " ' /
# " + , %) %), 2#E"+) ""%), %" "
""
" ""< ) $"<" ' ,""/
" + , " %"
) "" " )6+"#.$
) %" ", +0 ' % "&" )/
! )&%" $6 ,,+" , ) % ) &
) ) "-""% ";
+ " )"
% D% ) +$) % $&0 D% )
'%" "/
+ %")" &"$ )$
) " 2< "/
%"%"&<" " ) % "
%" 6+"7 6+" 8
' "&" )"/9%"% %
" % ""&, $ " )
2 + ,,+" " ) & $)
& '% "&" )) ) % ') """',
" G" ' % '" , "% )) " %"
),&/"") "&, "%"
)")" < "&" ) . "
) "- ) % "/ ) "' +- ,& $," %"&
"#2G2 $+" ))% =
"&" )"$2# +-"$ ) ) )"&" )"$ " !,& & ) "- H +&
","" % $ & ))% "&" )"' + +-"/
'(2
>
9"&" )" D%"% % , % <',& $
% " %",&
%/ ' " ' ,&$ +" ' "; " " )&
" ' "" ",&" ' /
)&" ' % " , )$ ",&" ' %) &""%) " " " "+ " "
' " ", ",% &" )! % $+' & &",% " ", " "&" )/
"
! ' &$" % +"%)%"
" ))% )" )% +-+))%) /
+%"" ))0 " / % &"%""% "&%"
" %"" "%"$" "
!",% &" )! % , ")% ", "" +& ""&% 0+%" "&" )" + , + +" ' "$ "%)+ ' 4 &" ) , )" A4 &%, -% "&" )/
/
9% " ', %0 %0
" (!',&G9%
"%"/ " " "% ,& " " %") "
) " . % ""'"
" "%/
System Integration
' " "&" ) % " ""% '"& % ""% ")$
' "$ ))%" ) +-/ +"&% " )
' & "$"+ ' "$
))% " " , $
&) ) I) "&" )).)0 " ) &%,% &/9)) ""0 %
"&" )$ , . %
) " %& %&$* &$
& ) G% ) "%/E""&/
!
"" "
%&%" "" "
* +-' + (%) "% ) ) "&" )"
? !2$2 B
!"" -
6 ,
) ) "
, "%"I2!$2 $ A2 "&" )"
"
(!#) * " &) 7
"% " ) D% ) ' <$ <$ <8=$' ?*!A$
6!A6<9B/ " ) )+ ' " " "% "" )/ " " "% ' , & ' %") "%) > % "/
Honeywell Digital Video Manager
" ) ""& "' %?2 )B"%' &% &
%" ) " &&%A +-
?*!A6!AB$ ,F ., ' <," ' + )+/#) " , &+ ,% , -
$ )' ) . ,
-" ' D% ) / %"
, - +& ' " )+$%"
+!%) /") &$
,&%" < $ ' " % )
, )"%, % /! ," "&, " ' ""/ ""
' !& ")"+"
, '", ,& ) ") 0 %""' " ) ' "
, ' + <) & $
' & #" /4
' % , ' ,& "
)&% "&%) "%' " , )"&
+ " '& )/& ' $ ' "F ., $" , "%/
8
Honeywell Life Safety Manager
' " " ' + ,%
"&" )"% ) &"%"$ ""
" D% - " " /!%)
) ."&" ) " "%$"% " ') "$"")- % "$
" "" ""% " "' ) ))0 ) + ) & %"/
") "
&"&" )" + , %" "" "" " ) "/ " %&"&" ) )' " $
+ % -"
"," )
"
""+D% -
"",&
) & " "/' % ' ) "' "" "") )
""" )"
' $+ )) &"" ""
' $+ " ' %%" &", %" ""/ ' , %" ) " " ) &
' % " " + % /
6 "&" )"%" ) " & % "$") - % "
' , "
& " "
) / * & ", " " ,& . "5 + "
*, "?5*B% )& " %
)"" & % "$
+"%" " )&) ")
& /
Open System
" + % + " 6 , ' "
,+ , ) "D% -& . + )
"# &%,%" ""
"
®
%!%)#A +-?!# B"
" ))% ' ,&
!) & ( $
!# "?! (!B %
!%) &" )"?! B+(!#
" &, " ' "% $ ), &/ 4 &" )"""% " +"
"/
) % &/"% "
! (! ? 2#=< =B %
+! %)*$) ) ,!# 4 6-"# ' "&" )"$
!# H +& % &/"% "!# ' 2 ))% "/!!# 2# !
E" . "' ",% "" &"
' (* )$ "%" )" " ,& )- / " " &" , ' + ""% " E"
?2 ) ) # ) ) B
%) "', D% "+ "
"% !# 4,J "
!
'
"/
. + ,,+" /
C
!
$ %®
*6-"" +- , ' " )
)% ' " ) *-"
?!A G#!7 C/B/"% ",( &+ < &*6-" ' " )"
*-"/ "% ", + A +-, "#%
2 "/ *6-" "," E"*A ?*6-"A +- ' "B
42#!)' "
"
/ 42##)) "@ "
"
"/ /
42#(" !
""""', +$
+ &"" + "&
/"" ))&%" + %), ("" &%" ,& ) & & ' (") "/
," ' ) ,&+< &*4A
"/"% " "' " *A ?/B
', ) /
42#" " +,<
), . )
) 42#!" ' "/42#" %0 "
,& .
))% " "% "
# ", + *4AA +-" , ?%"2#*!< B$'" ?%"
" "/
*!< B' +-%" &"(
*6-"% /
&'#
"% "4* 2 ""#?42#B/ !
""/" +" + 42# ' "42# /" ,&
' "
""+ < &42#
' "+ "<
' < & ' "/! ' ", 42# ' /42## ' , " , %" ") " . , + +
42#< ) "&" )" ' "&" ) ' /
42#!)' ' , ""% ) )G ' "42# ", "" ,&42# / 42#!)' ' "%
,%"" < % " " ))% " , %" "%,"&" )"2)), * # "?2*#B/ "
,%"K" L%" " ,%"5$! #$
#2? B ,%""' 2*#" "%,"&" )"/
&"#
?4#B4 ," # '&"%"&<
" ," ""/ ' " <&
4#
""" <) ," "+ " ," /")&, %" . ) )%"4#< ) " " ) ) "&" )"/
& ) *
"%"$") ' %" " )/ $ " &"< "% " , D% ) " '% &/. "' %" 6 ,<"& ) %"$,"$ "+%' '
"
"") )/ " " )) ' . "- /
+"-";
+"%" ) " & "%""& )
" & ),% "
) " % "
"
+$ ' ' ' "
#% "&" ) ) "
## ) "
" & ) ) " "
&, -' + -)'"" "
" )"" % +&" "" )") )/
$ " ) + " )"
$ " &$
% -+ )/
""" &"%" )$ %;
! " &
%"
2") -+ ) ' , -+ 9 ""%"
" " % & <
""% " %&
"&&% &" &$,%"" "/ &% + & ) """ &%
" %&"%$+ % " ' ++
( &+ . " "% &%"&" ) )"
" % /
") ) ""$ " ' " M . " N " "-&%"&" ))&, % $) $
,&%%0 %" "/
) ""$ " ' "
" % + ,% +-, +/ &%' '% ' +-$
) ""&% &
) "- H +& & ))% '(2 /
,&4
, ) ) %"2" " & &%
))% " """"" &&% %" J% + ) ""/"" %&"% #))% % " &" )
%"" &
' "+ ' )) ""
"/ (6 ,+" " '&% +-$
+ , ))% " "
%"M $ ,) %"/!"
"" . $ %" D% -&
! ' , ," "%$ .) %"
&%2$"" %&"% ++ /
2' &% &%"( &+ E"" % , " "$ " ' ") ) &% & )&+ +/
! -+ )" &,""
. ?B , %" ' "
" % "% /"(6 ,+" "' & % ,% "+% " % " % !)
% +") " "
+ %" ' /
" & D% ) !" ' ' $ " G /
11
$ . (6 ," &")- %" 6 , "/
A& &, +' (*
$ & , ' + 6+" . /9% &% &
" "", %,+" + ' +-/6 %" ' $ "" &" )" $
+") " " " %& "
' "%' E" ), ) " "% " "' , "
) "/
." "
&% %")" &"$ ,, )$
#%")" &" %"(6 ," &
% /!& %")" & % "" , -%$&) ,J " "%") ' ' "/2 % ""+) ),% ' ", %" /!"$ "$"% ",%"$ , "%" " . % "-"$ % " &" "/ (* )
%")" &" ' " ,&+ 6 , "6 ,%"/
- ) ) + . )"% "+ $
%& "- & ) & " % "/
! ' &$ ) , &% ) & $ ',% % "
+' ) &
)/!"% "" , " & /
/ . +" M ""%$
' " )0 %" " )2 /" ' "&+ &) "% '"&) /"&, ' *!A$6!A$HO "
' " "+ )/ "&
, "% ";
*' % "' %"%' " "" )+"
& &/ ' ' %")" &"$ ,
' +)& " ,% )
/"+" ) ' "" " ) "" % "/
4 ")&"" 2M ) "
%"" & "/ )&, )
##"&" )" )( &+ E"
Each user may have a default Point list assigned
to them
% %" " " Alarm page showing most recent highest
priority alarms
6 "
2 )+' % "
) -+ ) # 2 ) ") "&" ) "%/
< "$) '+-F+,&
)'" " % + , "
*"," " & )%
) % "
#"" "%
4
,J "+
' )
! " !P!:," +! ' :P'%
?P'%) B"
%&
$ "%"
/" "% " "& ) ), " "$ &" "&" )
* !" %" " )0 , ' "
++,+ . "' " ' "$
) & " , " "% /" "% ")&" ' ' "" % %" " )0 "
/
& "%) %"" " ) " /
#
!
$" "", " + '&
" ),&' ) " %&
' "/ "&" )"% "". ' " " %&/
"$ " ' "
))% "$ -"" ""/4&
"+ ' " ""% ))" " "/ " " ))" ""% $ .) )&, + -,%
""" "' /
% -/
& +&
"%D% ?"% "
%) "B ""+ " " %&
/! ""+" & + " " / %& ) "
" +% ""+$ G" +, - % "&" ) %, )% ) /
"",% ' %" % %"&%
6+"5" H% ! %$'*!2" ' $
"% "' D% - "" ""
# " # '
A +" "% &%
"&" ) ) &' %, +-"/"% "$
+ "(2 "?" % + ,
"B" D% "%" "
% %" " " )
""
/(2 ",& '" % ' " % +-$""- & "%&%
"&" ) ) )" 13
Compliance to 21 CFR PART 11
& % ') ""% "
2) % "" "$"% '"
)%" )& ' & "' ') / ' ""% '"" ,&
' + ' " "&" )
%%" "% "/! "% , " %, "% K"L D% " " < ""++ "") ", "&" )/
0++ ' "' "&" )) ) ,& ) )" ' "%""
&) ' "&" )) /
9 .) ;
!
.
' )
" % % %) &
!
) ) " ) ""+ !) " ) , ))% " "' ",% / ) ")
"" ""(!# " "
+% % ) " ' / ))% "
-, + " ' "$)
"&" ) % " % ,% "" "/6 ))% "-
" < "," $" )" , -
" ' /# " " ' ," )&, + '"%,"&"
'
'
"%
"%,"
,""&"
& )
) "/
3 ' " . "' " % % ""
) "&%" H, % " - /
' &"&" )$ + %
(*=," %" $+"&% " " % )% "
%) %" "% " "" & "/
H, % "% " "
") ))%" $+ &
) "") & "&) " % &/
4 % ""% +H,
% " % ;
"& ? B < $
.
" % "
%
5" " % )% "
""
&
"/
# " % "" ) &/
#% %) %), &"
) & .
"+" /
.
!
' ++ &
" % "' ,
% /
&" % )% "%
" "
! &)% ")% "%
" /
/
"
% &")% "/
# " % ")% ) 0 "/
#% ) &%) +
" % "/
5" H,
' ' ) ) ,&
H,
% "+ ! % /
- "" % "/9 .) $ ' "" % $K ' L
" $" ' .
, ' + ,&) ) /
H, % " % " . "' %"
+"%)) "$"+ +
"$ , )) '",&&%
" % " "% +&%
&/
% -+ &%" % " + $&% )""% &% &+
, + ) . +) .
+!%) " ' <," % " ") " %) % "-" % " + ) .$) < "%)" "/ " )& .""%"- ' $
!)"' 2)"/
9 &<+ % "$"% " ' ) + %"$ , % " "/ ") " $ ,&%
0 , " %)'
"
* % 4
" % "" ' "% " /
#% " &"
+ "" + ")/
* -""
"" /
)
!%)
' "-" , " " " ' "&% &+ " % &/!%) " " % '&$) "%
+ ""$ %
% /
% / /4
* 4 F"-"$ .) $,&%)
" D% ' /
9 .) $ " $"
' $"/
"-"$+ % " 0 +-$) %) &? .) $
) ) """ &
' ))B"% "-
",%/
!%)% " , . ) " ' ) "&" ) %
) /
. 5
6
% -" 7 4
" % /Q% +" % &%
%)"-"%"%' %" D% " . )&+" % "/ %" " "&%) ) %)
) "" &$ ' + +-+" "
+ %) D% ) "/Q% %" )% " "$ ,&)%
" ,&%"+ "$ % ) ) ) /
) )),&" " D% , %" D% " %)% " /
=
, /!%)% "' " ) ")"$"% " ,&
%% .
%%% < ' "/
* "" ) ./ +!%)% "+-+
& " "/A ) . " )%" & "/
" % '&/4 " !%)
% " , %" $%"" "
&%"&" )%"+ "/ " % " % , . " $ %" ")- " ) "&" ) %/
) /!%)% " , ' &"&" )R
' ) "' )) ) " "% " )) & & ) " %&'",%
) "/4 " "& " )"
D% -& ' ),&%" % - &"/
% / 5" )%" " ) " &
"" -+ - &$%" ' - .) %$ -+ )/" +%) &, "&" ) ' &)
/
3 % "," ) %"$% %"$
$ $"$ '"/! % )" &/!
"%))&" &"+" ),% % "$
% %), "% %), " " /
' "&"% ) . D% ) "
)%< "&" )"/5" " $&% &" & " * "&%# " & " 40"/ * G40)& % " "$ "$ "$ "$" &"/
" + ' +$)$
&" " "+ " * 40/"+&$&%
"& ' " )' + )
) & "&" )
" ' )/
2 "" !) %))&- &&) ' +
" &"+ % & ' )"/ )
) "" " < "+ "/9)
"%))&" &$&% -+ )"
"""" " & /Q% ")" & " "/Q% ' )) ")"
)"/
!"" " &, )) &
- "++ &% & )" ) )/
% ")"" +";
%, "," S/+' /
! ! ) "" &"
"+" )"
$ " &$
% -+ ) "&" )/
)
!) "" &"F" "
+ &% -+ )"/
!)"%))&" &"+")" "&" ) < " ) &
" ' &/
>
' & '
!)) "" " ) & /
!)2 " + +"
)", % "$), "$ )
!)"% " ' %" "
% &" /' "))0 $ %, "%" F" "
A2) "/"" &% "
)' % &,%+, )"/" "", ) ")/!)" ' . ))% "% "" /
" ) &+ + %" . "&" ), /9 .) $&%)&
+"" % &)"&% % % '"$,%% &
!)" , "" + " "
""
""% "
+'% " " "/ )""" &;J%$+$
% / ) &"% "% ="%,<
"+/"+" " " )
0/!)" "&, " /
" "", %) & ' ) . " & ' ) " -+ )
+ ) $ "%)" +&"
) &/
9 ) %) & %
+)&) """) )" % $
+ +" !) %))&" & )
"" % " ))%" )"
" )) "" /
%) & % ")) "
D% -& &% %), % $+
&)"&%' / " )
) " , "0 $ " ,% " ) "/
)" )"
%& " ( %&/
!)2 %" " %"&"
2& )?2B $ ! %) 2 ?!2B$ 5#2 ))% +2 ' 2' " /!)2 )& &"
%&% H ) )$
)'
" ' ' "
' ") ), &%)"/"H "% % " ,&
) & -+ ) ' ) "" $ ,& ) ", " ) /
6 ), + "&, $!)
2 ' "" )) ) "", )&%), '
/
/ ) '
+ + % +!%)
6 !' !) ) % $&%
' % )""" "/
$!O ' "#%" )"" "%$ . , /Q%
6 + & ' & &% &$+ "
,% %$ ' /" . )
") ) ' "$ .) "
-+ ")$ &
)"% + "
) % "/! +
" % "$ " " " "- "%$
" ) < % " " " "/
" "% " "' ) & , %& " ", %, ,%, ) (!# , )"
+ $" %& ""% "$- ' % $% $" /
)"/4 " " " ' "%," D% &""/
7
.
"B$""" %) '% "" ' ' " % )"$ " " $
)' ) "$ ""&" )"%"
"/!""&" ) ' " %$
"J% ' " ' /
P%0 ' " % " $
$) "" $) " ", /
% $
"&" ) ' " " ' <
,% /" "", " ")& ' ""
""&T"%,J &"-" " ' /
6 < ,% , ) " %$" "
' ' ,% "
"' . ) / < ,% % " ' "+%
% /! ' % ' "&" ) ' %" < "/
) ) ' (" "
, %" "$ )" ' < ) )" /
% "&" ) " " &"$ , "% " & " % &<+ "$ "
+" " " ?:<Q "B/
" " %" %
" ") " "% " &"
D% -& ' ) %) /4 "
0) " " "
$-
+", -+") %"" ,,&
& ) "/4 " ' & " & " .
" &"" "&" )
0 ' " ) "' "
% " "$ ,&
%") "$ ,& . ) ) ,&%" "
"&" )"+/#), ."
" ' "+ U* ' ' "
? B$ "&% ."' ") "
+- "" "%% "$+" '
+ %&) " ' "
) +- ,' %") ", ' &") & "&" )/
) .) " "
' " %%""&,%+
" "&" )' , +) / ") " "%"
" +";
! ")' %, ) ! ")%
'% """ /"% " "& "/" ""
' " $+&%' ++
! ' ",&
! ' " % "
+"
"&" )&") ' /"" % " ,&
") " &")% %"& ' + !)' ) " "%
" "
'% "" "&" ) ' )$)"$
"'" "/" , "&%
D% -& ) %" &"" )" " &/
!)' ) "%&",&
"
! ) % )
""
! ),%% "
"" , ' + " ' +&"$
.) " "?"% " ,
(+ " "
8
(+)&) " "%" # !
""
' " "&<<%" ) ) "&" )+," "% "'%&
* M
5%" #"+ %, 5%" !
"" , ) , "4. &""
H,
% "+"%))&
2("&
"
2("& "+"" $ "& " % %) %), "/ ) ) ," " ," " ).)%)F .,&/# "' C
%" " < % ))& D% )"% " ) & %), /
(+ ' $&% " %" "
) &%+ D% ) "/$%" #"$ "" +!)' " " "/ %))0 +, "+)G).G' "" " , )' &%+
," "% % /
)$ 2("& ' " ) ,& &%,%) ) "&" )/
", F &%" %" "
&%+ " "/9 .) $") ")&, % " ) .,. "
+ " ")&" &" < % !" " , )
) "%,"&" ) ) %")
" &/ ")&, & )' +
)" ' "/ ")&", &$"% " &$)&, ,& ' /
" ' "4#? ," """," )&
4#< ) /
'&B
&% )" &"
"/
. # # % ")&, "" +F ., +"%"
"% "" "$ " ""% + " /
# ", . ) )$+ )
. "&" )" ! #$:* )
&4# ) ," /
#" " "& "&" )/
#")&, "" " )
"K%""% L "/6 ' )" $ ' ) ) "&" )" " ) /
"%0 " ' + % %")
"+ , % '
% ")&, ")% %"& ) ,&%" K)%<" L ,&/""
"% % 8$ ") %") "
' + /"+"%" "
"" $ ' "&$
' &%" % % + &% ") )+ ")& "/
' %") &%""
) ")- "& + %% /9 .) ) ) " " ) /4
" ) + $K "# L
' )
" %" +" "" ," /
* " "&" " "/&
" % " E"
) &" , $ % "+) " / C
' " ")% ") "% " " " " ) + % &K ' L/ )&$ " " "$
"" ' "$0 "$) "$ "
)& "&" ) ) "/
'
" "&" )"/" ) , %" % + % "' , " % " & % " "
& % " "/
! 4!2 ) + ," ' ""', ' ) " ) ," /# ' "" " . &%"&" ) , %" , "" & E") G
"% /) " , % +'%"
' ""% "' ) "$ ) "$
"% , "" "/ " ) " #
" & " & , /"% "
6!A" ) % ' "+6+""% ) "
, %" 2/""% " 6,
" "% % "/
) /
2 " , " %"
(6 , " &% $ &
6+"<"% /""% "
,& % "$"$) " , " "/
Q% "%" )- &) " ."
%&/
" ' " %&< "% ,) "" ' "/4 ,) ' ""% " " %"
' %"&"+ % % "" ") ""%
/
# ) ' " ) "' "" " %&) ) + " "& % 8
""&% &$&%+ % &" "' ") ""
D% ) "K0 "L/ & . )
0 , ,&
"" /
6 )' "% &$ 0 G" """ & + "% "/ " ' " " %
0 , < "", -0 "/
"% "" ' ,< "", -+ " % & """ +%" .
" ' . /
'
) " %" "
& ) "+ "' "" 0 "/ ) "% &""% "&
%9&$"" "" ) "% "8; !=; 2/4&
.6 , % ) . "&" )""% " 2 (%) "% "
," !2 " ) &" )/
%0 %" " ) 2 "$+ %) &"' + '
" )' "& D% ) % &
, " "" "&" ), - % << + ("&" )/2 " F+"
0 +&$ ) ("&" ) ," /
5 " , )% ,""/
"$"" "", " ) ! " ), -
"" ",&/
"
&
"" D% ) "$ "
)&, "" % ".& %
"""/"
%), )&, . "" &"% ") ".& %/ ""
""" !
""* ' " ) '
"/!!
""* ' " ,&) 2 M ""
&+ " &
" , ""+ ) "/9
.) $ "" ' )& "" #2-0 %" 4 0 %
,%" ""%"/4&%0 %" " !
"""") "/!
"" "
%) &"' + '
"" ",&/
!
"" ' " ' &) ) %" ' " ,&
&) )%" ' ) &/!& ) ' )V & D%
+ " & , % "%" /# " - %" "'
, ') "" &
"&" )/
%" "% '" ""
0 " " &"" "" " " %" "
"" ) %/
!
"" ' " % $) $$
0 "? % "
+ ) ""$+ ""+" / ""+" $
"" ) "" "
0 "/
. #
"" F" ,%% ' / '" , " % ' ""% &
" "" %"/6 """
" $ ")%", ' ,&%"
' "", "%
"" %& /9" '" , - "" 0 "
"" ' "/
" "
0 B/
) % " * % "&" )',&,& " ' ) ' % /
" ' + % &" ' %" % " ) ' "/%)
"&" ) ) ' ) ""
' "/ % ) ' " $ ) ) ' - "' ) ) ' "+%& ""
"&" ) % &/
/
Advanced Security Option
' "") . % " "%
3 " & "
-%% %" ,% &%"H%%/H%%"
%&" /
)) )" '&
/ ' "" % "% " ' & ")"
-+ ) &/ " '& $%) &""
/!+) "" + & , "
"/ "
" "&" )$%) & "
% % /
)) ", %" -
+ )"' , -+ +
" )" , ) & ' " "&" ) '&/$
)) ' %))&
)" ",%"&/
)) +"&% &% " "" )
% "/
, )) %"& ),
" % ""% - "/
! %$" "", "+ ) "$", )"$ "/
9 ' &% - $ %" "
") + %' "+ + %' "/
9 .) $ " ")&, %" %"
/
% " ." % &
$ ')" $)"
, $ % " " " % ) /
H%% "% "%" ) " %$"% , , )"$
# ")) & /
Visitor Management
' "") . % " "%
" & "
0 %&" /
'"$ $"" "" """
2'"E" "" ' " "%
)'"" & ' " ) %"
E""% "" "&" )"/ " ) "" " "
' " ' " " %&'" ) '" " "", " "/
, ' ,&"< "%"/
%'"$ '"
) ) - " )" ""% '"
"" " ) &" "+ + % , " &
'"" " ,%&
' ) /
- # ) &" " % "&" ) &" &" ' - ,&
" / " , ""% , )I +'"
) & +" " ) &, )" -<
" +
"
&"" + % '"+%
) '"" ? .) $ . . & $ " '"B/
$." 0 6
) )% ) ' "
% &,& '
. <," + ,,+" ," / ,+" ' ") ""$, ) % " ,& ) )%" + "/ % &
% ";
#%")0 (%) #
/
% ) -< -<% '""
" < "
- '+ ) & "") %
" < " ""
% '"
-< "",&+" " '"" '/
# " 0 5" "%"
"
""< " <
" '""") &" ) &
%" "$""% ? ""B " '"/
- #%+ 9#%+ "-) "'" -<G%
" %;
" 5" "",- & '"
"
Asset Locator
!"" * ' " ,&)) &
&+ - &<'% "" " &/
& " &9
$ -&%'%, "" "" &
)' % &/!" "" "%), " "&
" ,%/
! D% ) ,& % %")" &"+" &% ,% "" /#) " ", + "" ")' "/
"" ")' % E"' +$ )"
, """" "/ "" ' % "" % "$+ +,&
" $ ' " %& )/
"" "", ) +"" /&"$%) %" D% ) )" , ) /
. !%" < %, " % "%) % $
' "-""% "" & % $ ) "$' $ / % "
" , "& % % " ' " ")"/) )"', ::
. $ :.$;
. + ")% ") %"
+ " 6 , ' "?6 B/ " ) + ," ' " ' ") !2"+ %") "$D% "$+ ,
",%" """&" )" & +
/.) " % , , " D% & ""% " ")"$ + ) '% "$ , ", ""% " "$ " ' "$ "$
" )" ' "$ -+ )"
"&/
" 6 , ' ", "&%,%" ""
",& ';
% % "% ?/A $6#9$#OO$(*=
+P' B) "E" " ' ") &%"&" )/
.6 ' ""% "+ , &%
&%+ + % " E"
% &$ ,'% &%"&" )/
% . "" , ) "
" &% &,% +
% " )/Q% "
) ""/
" ' "', %")0 &%
"&" )$ )(6 ," &% %")" &"$ +!%)
$ + " 6 , ' " " 2 )$, "" %"&
" %&"" + "
&% "&" )"/
%")
" "%
% ) "&% ,% )"
) & ) "", ) /
(
)
" " "
"&% ) "%" " ") ) /" "
&% "$ )&%,%" ""
"" "/
) "") &% " "&" )") " ""+) ) F .,&
+ &%
% /
";
# * .6 .6 # 6 , ' " ' " ,&
' 4!2 ) " " .
" .
+ ) # ," " % ) /# " ' "
"', " % & " $
" ' "/ '% " " " , %" &%.
" " ", %) &% /
& G+ ,&+ "' + %N ) )" &% / % ')
," + ) )(%)
"% "&" )" . ," "/
# ' " " ."
# 4,J !2$+") ' % &+" ) % &
+) )) # # < /
" " ." %") "+
' '%" " "/6 )) + J "%" + " 6 , ' "/
A +-!2+" ' "
") ) ) %" $" "", %" A +-!2
$ %
" /
%
6 ,-" ' &
%") "% ) '%" " "
/6 )) + J "%" " 6 , ' " 6 ,-/
6 ,-%" ' ) D% -&% /
-+ %" " ' 6 , "+ ' /
$
%
! ! ' : " ' "&) ) " ' + , /""
' , -+ ) ,&& ("& % "" $"% " ).)%)))%)'% "$ "
) " $' , % "& /(" ", "+ )&% "
" + %+ " ') % ' ) /
" " +"&%+ ") %) "
) % "+ $ .) $
)" %$ " " %
)/ " " %" " $ %" % / ' " " ) ) .
%)"+ + %!%)"
, , %" / + F .,&', +" ' " "&) ,& ' ""-/
+ /
! %"+ "% % ," ?,&$
%" "B$ -
" &" ' + "+-/" %"))0
-" % " # '
. "%" -
/!+0 " . , "
=
#
" ,"/" "&-&) ,J
=% " " % %" . ) &F ., + % U% -% /U% -
" ," ,&%, < - " )",.$+ " &"+ "$
) % " "" ) " &/
% +",K' LK + %" "L
% "$ "$ "$ "/
(6 ," &% +" ' ' ) "&"0 $%" ' ' /
" , "&% ) ) &% %")" &"
A' %" "+, ) %' .<" "' $ " J "
+' ' + %&
" +"
) /
,&) &") ," /2+ %" " - ' )& + % % "$"% " )% /U% -% ' ",& ))"&),"
"%" ,%) ) "&" )"$
"% ""&" )" ) ) D% -& "&
+%) " ' +0"', )& " & " "
," /
)$ " (6 ," &% ",J <," $ %&
%")" &,% ' ) " <"
F "(*$ &%"$ ") % "/
" "& " &"+") -
"/9 .) $ ,% "
" &$&%") & - ,% $
+ D% "0 ,%$%, < -$
/
,J " % .$ "$ "$
"/&) ,J " % .$,%"$
"$ "$ -,. "$ ),,. "$
,&% ' "" - /
"+"&% ), ! ' : "! ' :
%) "" &"/
!' %" ")& +" "" &"
) )/(6 ," &% ' "
,J ) " &
) "/ ) .) " + , % ;
!) " D% ) "+
"
# " " " "&" ) )
& )
! ""
+) "" "
% "
"
"
(6 ," &% "' "" &"(*
)+ $ D% $ , %
% (* "/
>
'
&" )! %
# G" ' % #!! % "
%
6+"7$6+"
<) ,"
8
' ), " U*
+ :")% )"<"%,J
"- ' +
, )" " ' ",% &" )
! %
U*
'
' 8
"
2";!$$0 $
$2 ' $ )
""$F ., $
" ' ",% &" )! %",&" ' %
% % "%" "%
/ % 5" "%"&<"#2G2 +-' # ")&, 2
) %& % ' *!A$6!A$HH
%" "
% ))% "
' "', 9 ., " "," %), ")% %" "
& (* "
42#(!
*6-"<*-"?!A G#!7 C/[email protected]
*A /
" 6 ,
!# <! (!!# "? 2#=<
8B+ ' ! %)*/<46 2
,%"$,%"5$,%"#2
42#I4* 2
4#," 42#!
""#
""/ ?# 42#!)' ' B
:* '
"
""
' U*
" '
"
' / 7
& ) *
(6 ,+" 6+"7$6+"
#%$ &$ " " "& .
8
5" % ' " % - &,$)%" $ -,
? B$% " ? B
' . C
%
#92 "% "
5" # " + . +" 5"6+" ) ' "<"% % = , ", ) % "?2$!
")B )" ! " ' 4' "&,
% "" &"
" "% %) "% ' % %" "/
"
5" %, ,J
" " !P!:," $+! ' :P'%) ?PB
"
<," %")" &"
4 )0 " & "% 8 . " H +- " /4
' &*!A6!A2 ), ' ' M /#) , +) ,+" "
?" $$9 .$A-$ -, &B
+" "
% G !)%"P'
%
3 2& %) *% 6+"
6 2" %"> ) "
"
)"
"
& )" &"
, "
)"
%&
29
+"' % "$2 ) -+ ) 2 -"' + "+
" ") ' + "$
" " " & "& " ++ "% & . ' " """&" ) % ";
6+"H% "%
))
"
+4&
2) ! -+ 4&
' " ,&
4
'% "H% 2 " %
" ",&? 4B
%
'"
""+"
%
' &
#))"") 4
5 == ' " )
% %" "
"< , " ) "
< " !%) "
"
" ",&,&)
5" 6+" %"6+"H% ! %"$*!2 " % !%) ) %
6+" <
8
0+ # "(!#$" %&$
"" $
%" "" $ "$ &
) "$##$## "
* %"
," & "?% #) " )
' "
B
2% "
$"-" & D% " ' ,&
"%" !%)
H% ' < )" % ;
* % ),
"" !) %"
#%, < )"%))&" &
+ ,&) " !) "" " , )
% )")"$ +
%', %), ) " % " " -+ ) !) -+ ?+ "% B
9% ' " ) &+ '%) 0 ") "%,< "
%" " ) ""? %'%)"
, " & "" )+ %B
)"$ )) ")"
!)" %," !)" ' " * !)% %" %")"% "?S/+'B
"%))& )"
"
!) ) " , J%" <
!%) ) & ' )% )0 " &")"
&)
! )&
2(
2*+
2((
2*+*+
'(
#
") (
") *+
"
" %
!) %<<) " ' "%))&
!)2 '% -+ ) )"
")")" "%"2$!25#2
"/" , " ", " , 2 "/
!%) - )"% "" " & ' ")")" )%" 2
!) " " " ' "%))&
")")" A2) "" A2 "/
C
< %&%) " ' , " /
,' %' '" % ;
8%' $="
%' " ""
%" "
#
" % 8%" "
#) " ) " , "0 %" "
! ' < +- "
>)% ' % )" % ;
#%, ") " "
#%, ") " &"
%* ? "B
) " &
%<* ? + ' "B
'%
?, B
"
, G",
%,, ,0)
:Q2? B
( %" %
A%) ?,%B
# & " " .
4< &
), " %")" &"
5 &<+ ) " (
/ ! ! "5*" +""/
U!:<5*8><# @A# 2
!*Q<5*C<!
5M<5* 7< &" )"
""#
!#:<5*> <# 54::<5*8>!
!245<5* 7<
%& &" )"
54PM<5*8><2 "9
!245<5* 7><
%& &" )"
55V*<5*8>< )- #
""#
""&9
2!M:<5*C>< & ) &" )"
0 2 $ ), $ ' ' " U*
' 8
"
'
"
? B ' & ") %") +/!+ $"&" ) ' $ "& ) )/." " & %"#&" " &?#&"B
< %&%) " ' , " /
,' %' '" % ;
8%' $="
%' " ""
%" "
#
" % 8%" "
#) " ) " , "0 %" "
! ' < +- "
>)% ' 0 !
""
* ' *""
"" ' ") "
0 "$) "/
! (%"
*"" " " ) %' "
) /
!)G' *"")" ' ") ' ) /
!)G' " ) """"%))& )" ' ",&
,& ) / % " "%))&/
! "
*"" "+ ) "
#&"
# ?'"B *"" ) "+ " "
" /
# *"
*"" " " " "
," & /
#5" +" %), "")' ) "? %
)' ) "B "' ' ) /
#&"
# M
*"" "+' #&"
("&
) & *"
H% #
" .
" " %<
" /
"" "
" 0 "/
#&"
#&"
#&"
#%")
) #&"
*"" "
"" &"
% %' "
) /
*"" ) & " 0
*"""
"" ,&'%% "
%"
) /
#&"
%" " .
#%")
#%")
" "
4#
4#' , " %")
,"
4
*"" ""
% &
" /
", ,% . 0 ") /
#&"
2!,%
*"" ""
,& +,% ";4% " ' $
!)"% "" $!,) % ' "$%) #&"
A) " /
2 # "
*"" ),%) 2 ") "
" /
2 " M
*"" " " 0 /5" % %
)%" /
#&"
31
) 2 *"" ),%) 2 ") "
" /
5%" #"
*"" "' "" &0 + <
G) /5" % ) %
*"""' %%" "" ' "$ , % " %&"% ) %" ) /
*" "' G) /5" ) 5%" !
M !
""
""
#&"
"" M %/
M )
*"" ),%M ") "
/
" 2("&
? B
("& % "" $"% " ).<
)%)))%)'% "$ ") " $' , % "& /
(" ", "+ )&% " % ' ) /
H, % "+<
%))&
"%))& + % )$ <
' % ,& #&"
# ! ")&' +;
# ") ")
# . C %, %" " ' ? "&
%")0 . B
2 " A%), ?2AB
40
*
! ""
" D% ? <"
B
#)) "
" , ? <"
B
!) &
#"' ? <"
# ?! ' $ ' $* #) &B
' -%' ? <"
#
##""!$? <"
>
"" ' " "
"? <"
B
*"
%
"" # )) ""? <"
' $
B
B
B
B
"
9%& %")0, %" < ," "
) #),,. " ) # . # )) ( "% ) 5 >
# "%
!%) # ")&, "" )& "/
" + );
#
#%), %<" # &
" ) &
#" ? ' $ ' $"$" $ . B
) " ) ) # )) 2+ %" " "
) "" ' "
"
) . "
% &
. )%< &
""%
'
) 6!A ) % "% 6+" ) , ) "/#"&"% 6+":26+" /
#%, &%") "0
"
"&" ' "
#)- &"
"
#
" % >)% ' #
"" ' " =>0 G) "
#) ) + "
0 " 8"
! #) G . =>) % ' , ) < "", -$
+ " < "", -', + ) ""
"%
"
"" ) "
" 6 ,
'
";
!2; % " A +-!2;+"") +- )" + ' ) # ' ";"
4!2 ) "" /
" . . ;60 "& " . )
5" "-V;+" ' ) " &
"
6 ,-;+" , + , "
=% " H 2
% % & "&" )," "
5" "
"& $+ $ "
"
) G . &
( "&" )) 33
)$ " 4,J <," " &,% - +&) " &,J ""% ";
"
M)
*' "0,J
! %) "
(0' " #
*,& ))&%" "&),"
-,. "
"
#)
) #),,. "
2 %) 2%",%"
"H%
#"
4' ' +H%
&"+ % " %;
4
2 #%!)"H%
# % ) H%
!) 0
H% G5%
%
##- #
"%
"H%
0 % "
#) )"+ )
( &+ G! ) :
9" "+ "$ ) " $
%) 2M ) " &
- &,
2 )G2 ( &+ . - 4
( &+ =
)
.
' #
+ 2
2V ' !
#
.
2V ' !
( &+ 2( ( &+ 9 C 2%"
)# H.&
( &+ C
!* * #
( &+ :* ( &+ :* 8
( &+ :* ( &+ :* ( &+ :* ( &+ :* ( &+ 9 C 2%"
'!#
( &+ 5#8
! &2*#G=$#* $#) *.$
*#=G $ "'42#
$(#C
,%"$,%"2%"$,%"$,%"#2
42#! ) , '
"
( &+ *# > 2*#"
* / & !"" * 6 ,-
)) 5" !)2 " .
H% #
A +-!2
H%%
2
5**"#) #))% " & 2)
'
% #) "-!
"-
. " "
' * 2
"";/ H(02 %)W "" A +-2 ";#2G2
)&;)%) H!
2 '
V &,;+ % - &"
("-;
4
" & "%;8 . .>=V "
4'
& 2
;%"
H' ?A9 B
"&" );6+"76+"
' 8
+" ; . C/
:# ; ' * "";/ H(02 %)W "" 2 '
4
)&;H))%)
;%"
"&" )";6+"7$6+"
' " & "%;8 . .>=V "
A +-2 ;#2G2
("-;> H' ?A9 B
+" ; . C/
8
V &,; % - &"
< ," - % " " = " "/! " "
, % " D% " +
!
- ").)%) >=$
' ;
> "
" $
$
";
= = $=
" " , % " D% " + - ").)%) =
) 6 .") #"
H 2"
>=$
" ' 8 $
S "&" )
S 8 $
+ "- ' +!
!
""* ' "
$
"%,J
+ )"
M "
) 2 "
=>
!)"
S%D% % )"/
S )" %) )) ""
4
*
"
" '%&% 8 % "&, # "
" 2 "
=
# "
C
# "
==S
S""
" % " "
#%") ")&, % + U*
) "
'
$
" ") "
"5) % %" "/
" ' + %"" "-," > "-" ' "
!"", * "
5" "
A%), !
' "
S
S + "- ' +
'
A%), # 2 ' " S
S + "- ' +
'
) % "/
'
""%), "
',
# " ",% &" )! % ? !B" , ")% " ' "" $)"
"&+% % %&" ' /
S
"" %), .)%)%), ! 2"
S , "% "%,J " ' " ! " ' "
"- ' + '/ +-/
'
.)%)%), ) "G"
) " ' "
.)%)%), ) " ' "
%,"
>
.)%)%), ) "G"
) ) " ' .)%)%), ) " ' "
"" ' "%," , %), ) "G" )
) " ' "
0, 0
$
? ' B.)%)%), " " ) ! ' " ? ' B.)%)%), )"G""% $
? ' B %" ? )"G" B$
=
.)%)%), "
%," ) " ' "$
.)%)%), "
"" ' "%," , ) ) " ' "$
A I!,& ' %," "% % % % & +-/9 .) '& A2 "&" ) )&, "% ,+ & " ' ) "G"' !/ %) "" + & +-
) )/
A I ' ""%, %" + %/" "", ' % & +- )& ' " /
A I " '% " ," % ""& %" "
# #
0
"" 1
.)%)%), ) " ' """ ' "%," , > A I !# #)?##B &" &+ " ' ""%," , %), ) !" ' "/ - & % " " & ;
##" ' " & & "/ &' "+" "
##" ' , %
) " ' ")%", & " !)"? % ).)%)%), ) " ' "
"" ' "%," , G %,"B
##" ' )%", & " !)"? .
).)%)%), ) " ' ""
" ' "%," , B
7
* ' + & !', A +-
+
%< &3
) " <
) $"%," ,
" ' $=
&" &
"%," ,
" ' >
) "%," ," ' 7
8V, "
"
"
8"
)"
8V, "
7
)"
8"
"
8"
=>V, "
)"
"
"
8"
=>V, "
7
)"
8"
"
>"
=V, "
)"
"
"
>"
=V, "
7
)"
7"
"
"
, "
)"
"
"
>"
, "
7
)"
7"
"
"
?<)%)"% ,+ !' " ))% "8V, "?, "B/
@ +!', A +-+L) " %%"&', ,+ !%" , + + ! 2" " ' "$" ,++ "/
G< " + +- D% ) ")% " ))% /* & " ) - " - ) " /%< &") ) "" , " " " , ' /
J<!""%) " " &"%," , %,"" ' /#% ) ? ) " ' B" )&% - &-,+/ "" ) ) .
" ) ""% "" ") " "= ) " ) %,"
" ' &/
>< "% ) ") % " & " " "%," ," ' /
K<#) " &) " F ." %,"" ' /!""%) "= ) " %,"" ' " /
N<" )) ).)%) 8 " ) ) ", % +
).)%) 8 ") " / "+" % +8 "+ 7 ") "/!
"+ ) %,"" ' /
$ >
/ % "
/ ?
6 / % :' 9 >V, "
8V, "
=>V, "
=V, "
8
, "
, "
, "
2 "
=
# "
C
;@5 G5 J
?I!', A +-+L) " %%"&', ,+ !%" , + + ! " ' "$" ,++ "/
@ I.)%) &'% +-" ) /
GI#), ! , "/
JI.A +-% %"" , D%' +-"
!4' , /
><2 '%"&$ %), "' , "
+-"
,"/% " "2# +- ) $"" " , ' ) ) ", )' 8
) ! ,&" " !<," %) , +
"% ,&, + '%". " "/
# " ' "/ +, " , "
+
.") 0
.") 0JGQ
.") 0J?Q
.") 0JQQ
.") 0G?Q
#'&
0?QQ
.6
0JGQ
.6
0J?Q
.") 0JGQ
< ! 2"
< ! # "
Q "
Q "
Q "
A
Q "
A
A
A
Q "S
AG!
Q "
AG!
Q "
AG!
.") 0J?Q
< ! 2"
< ! # "
Q "
A
Q "
Q "
Q "
A
Q "SS
A
Q "S
AG!
Q "
AG!
Q "
AG!
.") 0JQQ
< ! 2"
< ! # "
Q "
A
Q "
A
Q "
Q "
Q "
A
Q "S
AG!
A
AG!
Q "
AG!
.") 0G?Q
< ! 2"
< ! # "
A
A
Q "SS
A
Q "
A
Q "
Q "
A
AG!
A
AG!
A
AG!
#'& 0?QQ
Q "S
Q "S
Q "
A
A
Q "S
Q "S
.6 0JGQ
< ! 2"
Q "
Q "
Q "
A
Q "S
Q "
Q "
.6 0J?Q
< ! 2"
Q "
Q "
Q "
A
Q "S
Q "
Q "
S ! "&"% #24<" %," /
SS ! 2" ") %"6+"
' /
) # !%) % ," & ' /" . " ' % & '%"
" ;
! H * . %,"% ) & &I " " , + ! . !>8% " !7!
""2"- D% "?" & % ) "&B
!C' ' !77# " & D% "
!78H% # 2"
2%",&' ' % ";
!,&) )" ' "%"+ SX
!,&) )" ' "%"K! " .L
& # " & % +"" ? /#% "" " & % B
#))% "+ &, + "
2% " #% % ' +""
#% "" ) ? "" B
"" ) # ) "
C
#) !"" " + /"+",& "" #) "
9 .) $K "" ' %"&" ' $" "" ) L
4K & ))"
' .$ % "" ) &L
"! 2%"A /"+" ' !O$+ )"" %&%!O"%," $ ' &+ ) "" . ) )" &
D% ) %"
) '* # !)' A "
.)%)%), ' "
?,%" B
$=
" ' )"&" )+
' ,%" % $
' "$+))%)) , + " %' ,%""/!
K ' ,%"L"
' "
"% ' " G" $
' ) <
' " ' " """ "/
YZ G?> <B
6 ;
YZ[ " " D% , + 9)% % ) D% , + <
,%""
" %' ,%""$+ ' Z%" 0 ?%), ' "
,%"B
""
Z' , + ,%""
.)%)%), "%" ' "G" =$
G%$+
> G" .)%)%), "%" )"G" G"
.)%)% ' "
' " +
-"
.)%)%), ' "
' " "
-" % ' ' , %" "" ' "/! .) &
> "-" " D% ' & $
' " ' /)
.) ";
' ,%" ' "
, + ,%"";YZ$
G> Z=
" "
= ' ,%"+ ' "G" , + ;YZ= G Z= " "
3 ) # ' " " )/ % . " , ' " ' < " "%,"&" )""
%) ,J "/.) " " ' ,J " " ) "$ "$"" ""-"? )"B/ " %,& " ' &+ "
' %"/ " &"
"% ) "%" %" "/
' " ", )0 ' &"" "
" " ) ) " "/ "-
" ) %& "' $ D% " . "' $
6 <
%") " , %" " " "& " "I" " />K! ' ) -L/ ) ?& & "" "-"D% & , "$ % " F ., + = "B
+"-" , ) ,&" ' " "$
" +" /
6 "", $ ."" ' % &"%, %" +" ' " "/ " ' % &
)0 " "-) ) /
. # %
. " ' % &'
)" Q "
' &" B
AG!
""?\= " . # Q "
Q "
A#
Q "
Q "
5" ' - "'%)" ' "
Q "
Q "
Q "
# " %<) /
AG!
Q "
A
# " ) )0 ,%
) /
A
A
Q "
#) %& "' A
A
Q "
4 )0 "%
Q "
A
Q "
AG!
A
Q "
A
A
Q "
. "' AG!
A
Q "
? )B" " ' ' Q "
A
A
*% AG!
'"& ' ' & ) .%" D% ) "
"%" $#OO$ /
Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator, Honeywell Building Manager, Honeywell Security Manager,
Honeywell Life Safety Manager, Honeywell Digital Video Manager, SafeBrowse and EXCEL 5000 OPEN are trademarks of Honeywell Inc.
ExcelWeb is a registered trademark of Honeywell Inc.
Microsoft, Windows XP, Windows 2003 Server, Windows Vista, Microsoft SQL Server and Internet Explorer are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation
BACnet® is a registered trademark of ASHRAE.
LONMARK®, LONWORKS® and the LONWORKS® logo are registered trademarks of Echelon Corporation.
Honeywell Building Solutions
North America
Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North,
Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992
Ph: 1-800-345-6700 ext.420
Asia
Honeywell Southeast Asia,
Honeywell Building,
17 Changi Business Park Central 1,
Singapore 486073,
Tel: 355 2828 Fax: 445 3055 0149
Pacific Division
Honeywell Pty Ltd.,
2 Richardson Place,
North Ryde NSW Australia 2113,
Tel: 1300 138 081 Fax: 1300 138 082
Europe
Honeywell Building Solutions,
Hermes Plaza, Hermeslaan 1H, B-1831
Diegem, Belgium, Tel: +32 2728 2597
For more information
ebi.honeywell.com
SL633-0514en
May 2014
© 2014 Honeywell International Inc.
TemaServer2 – TS2
INCREASED SECURITY, FLEXIBILITY
AND PERFORMANCE
The New Generation of
Temaline Controller
TemaServer TS2
The new generation of Temaline controllers provide increased
security, flexibility, performance and are even easier to configure.
The TS2 remains a fully autonomous controller and continues to
offer a high level security solution that you can trust, as Temaline
has always offered.
Thanks to the peer-to-peer communication the TS2 offers the full
availability of peripheral devices even in case of disconnection
from the supervisory centre.
The unique shared-load capability ensures 100% availability of
your field devices in the case of failure of a controller.
Higher performance
• The TS2 memory allows you to manage up to 250k cards.
The factory default setting is to manage 100k cards
complete with personnel names, 100k transaction buffer
and 10k event buffer.
Number of cards Transaction buffer
100,000
100,000
Event buffer
10,000
• The memory is fully configurable enabling it to be used in a
way that best meets the project needs: eg in a large facility
it will be configured to accept the maximum number of
cardholders.
• The new TS2 supports up to 16 doors with a reader on
each side of the door.
• With on-board 100MB Ethernet connection the new TS2
is able to maximise the usage of the network capacity,
making the firmware and data download faster.
• All Temaline ‘TemaKey’ devices are supported by TS2.
More secure
Communication with the supervisory level can be set as
IPSEC (Internet Protocol Security). This ensures the origin
of data authentication, data integrity, data confidentiality
(encryption) and replay protection – ensuring total security of
the communications.
The communication with field devices includes command
authentication to ensure that commands sent to outputs are
More flexible
TS2 supports Access Control, T&A and Lift Management
in one application allowing you to optimise the use and the
distribution of your devices.
coming from the right and certified source. It also encrypts the
card numbers to avoid any ‘capturing’ from sniffer devices –
making security system breaches from external devices
virtually impossible.
With the possibility to be configured in a redundant
architecture, the TS2 can guarantee full availability of your
security system 24/7.
Easier to use
Technical Features
Different operator profiles enable the
correct operability for the operator
and a ‘user wizard’ makes field
device commissioning very easy and
minimises errors.
An intuitive Web interface makes the
TS2 available via any Web browser.
This makes it easy to configure,
download the latest firmware or
carry out any maintenance activity.
__
-·--- ---
-'t"f• •.(
-...
.. ~ , c - c . -
. . ta.' .. ~
.........
-P11;
, _ ......11r,
•
-..,
'- '"'..., _,.,.
,,._
,.....,.
• •
,..~ •ri
•u•
•
~
~
_..,
-·-
~
f-.a ..:u:;.
=--
,---
,~
__ .u._
.....
Jea. ltNerSWCu•
Rl\lltl't1,1
..........
TMY tti,y IU1t1,11
PNnlblWI
~plc.a':K,ftl~
·~~·"*-------
p--
T•"l*(ll'a-CIDPU
r~,~
---·- ...
_
Bdf"JPl'ntftelll'
F· -
'""'=-
Appk.adon l:.tbll
._.......
....._
........
itZ--ni011t~lllN>l•tgt"(--HCt f 1ho, ...... JlfUl1Ct.$ T2l!IOI
........
,.".,__
__
...
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ---~~-- ·
~
Key Features
• Management of up to 16 doors
• WEB pages
• Up to 250,000 cards memory
• 10/100MB direct LAN/WAN
connection
• Based on Linux Operating System
• IPSEC with 3DES encryption on LAN
communication
• Command authentication on
LON devices
• Built-in Barracuda Web server
• Card number encryption
• Microprocessor Freescale
Coldfire MCF5471, 32bits with
Linux O.S.
• 128 MB of high performance
DDR SRAM
• 64MB of FLASH memory
• Management of up to 16 doors
with readers on both sides of
the door
• Management of up to 64 I/O
• Autonomous clock/calendar with
geographic time zone support
and daylight saving time. Ten
days of autonomy in case of
power failure
• Battery backup, with full
functionality for 90 minutes
in case of power failure and
signalling of the battery-charge
status
• Low voltage power-supply
(12V DC/AC) for safety during
maintenance
• Tamper protection of the unit to
detect unauthorised opening
• Watchdog protection
for recovering in case of
malfunctions
Specifications
Specification
TemaServer TS2
Microprocessor 32bits - Freescale Coldfire MCF5471 Operative system LINUX
Flash memory High reliability NOR Flash Spansion 64 Mbytes
SDRAM memory High performance DDR 128 Mbytes
Technical
Real time clock Internal RTC; retention time 10 days using super capacitor
Security screw 2 Torx screw
Anti-tampering 1 internal switch (against opening)
Battery recharge time 80% of capacity in 8 hours
Battery autonomy 90 minutes (Battery 100% efficiency)
Environmental
Physical
Electrical
LONWORKS™ connection Unshielded twisted-pair cable in free topology (MIP FT3150)
Supply Voltage
12V DC -20% / +20%
Power Consumption
400mA (nominal), 600mA max. (during battery recharge time)
Interface
10/100 BaseT standard unshielded cable on RJ45 - Auto-MDIX: automatically detects and
corrects for straight or cross-over cables
Protection Rating
IP55
Dimensions
W = 221mm H = 305mm D = 47mm
Weight
2.4 Kg (including frame and battery)
Colour
Grey RAL7035
Case material
ABS, rated UL 5VA, 3 mm thick
Operating Temperature
-10°C up to +49°C
Storage Temperature
-20°C up to +50°C
Storage humidity
Up to 90% not condensing
Certification
EN60950, EN50130-4,
EN55022-B, EN55024, EN50133
Recognition class: 2, 3
Access class: B
Environment Class: II
RoHS / WEEE compliant device
Directives 2001/95/EC, 2011/65/EU
NOTE: Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to make changes in product design or specifications.
Find out more:
http://www.temaline.honeywell.com
Honeywell Security Group
Via della Resistenza 53/59
20090 Buccinasco (MI)
Italy
www.honeywell.com
TEMA-TS2-03-EN(0314)DS-E
March 2014
© 2014 Honeywell International Inc.
Temaline Wiegand Module
Digital Wiegand Multi I/O
management device
The TK_S014 Wiegand module enables
MAJOR BENEFITS
KEY FEATURES
Easy to install: The direct LON
connection and embedded I/O simplifies
installation and engineering and reduces
the number of system devices.
•
Standard DIN/Omega RAIL 35
•
TK_S014 supports Two “Wiegand 7
connectivity of any standard device which
uses the industry standard wiegand
protocol, including biometrics.
Also enables step-by-step migration of
current installations to save time and move
to new Temaline access control
technologies and benefits.
Flexibility: Select the reader you prefer
in terms of design or re-use existing
devices for cost-saving purposes.
Investment protection: As your
Wire” connected card readers and the
I/O associated with a single door.
•
Echelon “LON” Device
•
Tamper-proof housing
•
Internal I/O for door control
•
Supervised inputs
•
RoHS compliant, so envirnoment
respectful
network grows, the solution can scale and
devices can be re-used.
TK_S014
Honeywell Systems Group
Via Tintoretto,15
21012 Cassano Magnago (VA)
Italy
Tel. +39 0331 704628
Fax. +39 0331 704495
www.honeywell.com
LONWORKS ® is a trademark of the Echelon Corporation
TEMA/TK_S014/02/EN/0107/DS/LD
January 2007
©2007 Honeywell International Inc.
Temaline I/O Module
Digital I/O management
device
The TK_C21P module provides 4
MAJOR BENEFITS
KEY FEATURES
Easy to install: The direct LON
connection and embedded I/O simplifies
installation and engineering and reduces
the number of system devices.
•
Standard DIN / Omega RAIL 35
•
TK_C21P supports 4 x Inputs & 4 x
Supervised Inputs and 4 Open Collector
(Drain) Outputs. The same digital I/O
management devices can therefore be
used for both access control and light
intrusion detection purposes.
The TK_C21P module offers the capability
to collect the status of any different kind of
digital sensor and to easily command
external devices.A flexible device that
allows a variety of customised
applications.
Free I/O management: Possible to
share the I/O of an I/O Module between
different modular readers (TemaKeys) or
to use the I/O of an I/O Module for both
gate management and minimal intrusion
detection purposes.
Outputs
•
Echelon “LON” Device
•
Tamper proof
•
Supervised inputs
•
RoHS compliant, so envirnoment
respectful
Distributed point management:
reduces "home run" wiring and cable
costs. Quicker response to field level.
TK_C21P
Honeywell Systems Group
Via Tintoretto,15
21012 Cassano Magnago (VA)
Italy
Tel. +39 0331 704628
Fax. +39 0331 704495
www.honeywell.com
LONWORKS ® is a trademark of the Echelon Corporation
TEMA/TK_C21P/02/EN/0107/DS/LD
January 2007
©2007 Honeywell International Inc.
Tema-Voyager™ Multi
The new controller for higher security
The Tema-Voyager Multi is a new controller within Temaline
Directly IP connected, it supports both POE and POE+
family that offers the management of a limited number of
offering also the ability to directly manage the door unlock.
doors together with high security.
Telecommunication companies, airports, banks, shop
The Tema-Voyager Multi offers in a single device both a
dealers are good examples where this device exploits its
controller as well as the readers connection and the
best advantages.
I/O management.
The reader connections can be Wiegand or RS485 via
OSDP protocol when secure communication with reader
is required.
K E Y F E AT U R E S
• Directly connected to EBI-Temaline supervisory level
• Peer-to-Peer communication with other
• Door management during the database download from
the supervisory center
Tema-Voyager Compact and Temaline devices ensures
• Management of up to 250K cards
complete autonomy even in case of failure at the
• Simplified connection via POE & POE+ with possibility
supervisory level
• 10/100Mb and 1Gb encrypted LAN (AES, IPSEC)
to manage the unlock of the doors using the optional
Relay output board
• LAN connectivity via:
– Static IP, DHCP and DNS
• Embedded 4 Input and 4 Open Collector Outputs plus
• No limitation in number of Behaviour Models per
• Optional Internal relay Board
cardholder
• Completely autonomous, DB onboard
8 fully configurable I/O for door management
• Wall or DIN rail mounting
• Tamper resistant (anti opening)
FLEXIBLE FUNCTIONALITIES
The Tema-Voyager Multi is available in different variations to
The device also embeds 4 Inputs and 4 Outputs and 8
manage from a single side door up to 4 single side doors, in
additional fully configurable I/O, up to you to decide if you
all the possible configurations detailed in the below table.
need them to work as Inputs or as Outputs.
In addition is also available the model to only manage I/O.
Tema-Voyager™ Multi
The new controller for higher security
Single-side door
Double-side door
1 reader + 1 REX
2 readers
Inputs
Outputs
Flexible I/O
Tema-Voyager Multi-0
0
0
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-1
1
0
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-2
2
0
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-2
0
1
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-3
3
0
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-3
1
1
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-4
4
0
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-4
3
0
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-4
2
1
4
4
8
Tema-Voyager Multi-4
0
2
4
4
8
T H E A D VA N C E D F E AT U R E S
Advanced Wiegand management
• The Tema-Voyager Multi checks the power supply of the Wiegand connection to identify if there is a short or a cut
• If a short or a cut is identified the Tema-Voyager Multi sends an alarm to the supervisory center
• In addition also the tamper of the reader connected on the Wiegand is checked and an alarm sent to supervisory level
Maximum benefits from POE and POE+
•
The connection to POE and POE+ allows the Tema-Voyager Multi to directly supply up to 4 readers.
•
The Tema-Voyager Multi allows full management to un-lock of the doors without any additional Power Supply but simply
using the optional relay output board. The number of locks managed depends of course from the power required.
Advanced in Emergency management
• The optional Emergency Relay Output Board allows the Tema-Voyager Multi to interrupt the power supply to doors in case
an emergency alarm is raised (typically fire alarm)
TEMALINE ARCHITECTURE
As part of the overall Temaline solution, Tema-Voyager Multi is compatible with Honeywell’s
Enterprise Buildings Integrator™ (EBI).
Compatibility and Peer-to-Peer communication with the Tema-Voyager Compact and other Temaline devices
(TS-AC01 and TS2) offers a security solution capable of managing:
• Access Control
• Time and Attendance
• Muster
• Intrusion
• Lift security
Tema-Voyager™ Multi
The new controller for higher security
S P E C I F I C AT I O N S
Technical
Microprocessor
Freescale i.MX 6 solo 800 Mhz
Memory
RAM: 512Mbytes FLASH: Nor 128Mbytes
Real Time clock
Retention time: 48 hours (big capacitor)
Security screw
4 Torx screws
Construction
Anti-Opening mechanical Tamper, Plastic housing
Mounting specification
Wall or DIN rail mounting
Connectivity
LAN connection via
10/100Mb and 1Gb POE, or POE+
Encrypted LAN (AES, IPSEC) Static IP
DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration protocol), DNS (Domain Name System)
Electrical
Supply voltage
10-30VDC
POE IEEE 802.3af-2003
POE+ IEEE 802.3at-2009
Power consumption
4,8 W Board only
10-30VDC: max load 36 W
POE : max load 15.4W
POE+ : max load 25.5W
Current available for Readers and
Locks (supported only with optional
Relay and Emergency Relay
Output Boards)
10-30VDC: max 2100mA @ 12Vcc
POE : max 750mA @ 12Vcc
POE+ : max 1500mA @ 12Vcc
WARNING: please check the limits with the Tema-Voyager Multi Consumption Verifier Tool
Interface
LAN
10/100Mb, 1Gb encrypted LAN connection (Cable Cat 5/6)
Wiegand
4 lines, alternative to the 4 RS485 lines
RS485
4 lines (OSDP protocol), alternative to the 4 Wiegand lines
Inputs
4 fixed: Supervised or Digital.
Supervised inputs with four statuses: Normal, Alarm, Cut, and Short
Digital inputs with two statuses: Open, Close
Current: 0~10mA for each input
Voltage: +14V maximum; 0V minimum
Outputs
4 fixed
From the main Board: Power Open Drain (Mosfet) 12V-50mA
From the optional Relay Output board: dry contact NO/NC 24V-3A
Inputs/Outputs
8 configurable (characteristics as those fixed)
Mechanical
Dimensions (W x H x D)
240*140*60mm
Weight
550g
Environmental
Operating temperature
-10°C to +55°C
Storage temperature range
-25°C to +70°C
Storage humidity
95% without condensation
IP Rating
IP32
Regulatory
Certifications
CE
CTick
CFR 47 FCC Part 15 subpart B, 2014
UL 294-S319 (pending)
EN 50133-1:1996/A1:2002
EN 50133-2-1:2000
EN 50133-7:1999
EN-55024:2010
EN 55022:2010 Class B
EN 50130-4:2011
EN-50130-5:2011 (Environments - Access control)
EN 60950-1:2006+A11:2009+A1:2010+A12:2011+A2:2013
Environmental
Rohs/WEEE-compliant – directives 2002/95/EC 2011/65/EC
Tema-Voyager™ Multi
The new controller for higher security
ORDERING
Tema-Voyager Multi
VMC-00WENN1
Tema-Voyager Multi-0, I/O management only, no wiegand/RS485 connections
VMC-01WENN1
Tema-Voyager Multi-1, manages up to 1 single side door
VMC-02WENN1
Tema-Voyager Multi-2, manages up to 2 single side door
VMC-03WENN1
Tema-Voyager Multi-3, manages up to 3 single side door
VMC-04WENN1
Tema-Voyager Multi-4, manages up to 4 single side door
Accessories
VMA-06
Tema-Voyager Multi Relay Output board: provides 4 Relay Output, dry contact NO/NC 24V-3A.
Up to 3 can be added to a Multi device.(*)
Tema-Voyager Multi Emergency Relay Output board, provides:
VMA-07
• 4 Relay Output, dry contact NO/NC 24V-3A;
• 1 Input, dry contact, for emergency alarm, with separate power supply.
Up to 1 can be added to a Multi device.(*)
Spares
VMS-KIT
Resistors and diodes kit.
VMS-RUB
Seal rubber kit, 5 upper, 5 lower.
(*) A Tema-Voyager Multi controller can embed up to max 3 Output boards in total. So it supports up to 1 Emergency Relay Output board plus 2 Relay Output boards.
Honeywell reserves the right, without notification, to make changes in product design or specifications.
Tema-Voyager™ and Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator™ are trademarks of Honeywell International Inc..
MIFARE® is a trademark of NXP Semiconductors N.V.
HID® is a trademark of HID Global.
SAP® is a registered trademark of SAP AG in Germany and in several other countries.
More information:
Email: [email protected]
Honeywell Security Group
Via della Resistenza 53/59
20090 Buccinasco (MI)
Italy
www.temaline.honeywell.com/
www.honeywell.com
TEMA-VOYMUL-04-EN(0615)DS-E
June 2015
© 2015 Honeywell International Inc.
General Purpose
Cabinet
SPECIFICATION DATA
FEATURES
• Half- and full-sized Cabinets
available
• Key-locked Door to prevent
tampering
• UL listed control unit enclosure
meeting UL864 standards
• Similar appearance for HVAC
control, fire, security, and
automation control panels
• Doors can be installed to open
from left or right
• Knockouts for electrical,
pneumatic, and raceway piping
• Wall mounting or floor mounting
with optional Free-Standing
Mounting Legs
• Optional Canopy Light
• Optional Back Coverplate
• Optional Tamper Switch
RC39
GENERAL
The Honeywell General Purpose
Cabinet (“Cabinet”) is constructed from
a separately ordered Rough-in Ring,
Subpanel, and Door with a lock.
Lighting and hardware accessories are
available to complete a surfacemounted, a flush-mounted or a lighted,
free-standing installation. The
Cabinets are used in HVAC control, fire
alarm, security, and automation control
systems as convenience panels to
group system components in an
area easily accessible to the operator
for adjustments.
Copyright © 1991 Honeywell Inc. • All Rights Reserved
74-5134
GENERAL PURPOSE CABINET
DESCRIPTION
The Honeywell General Purpose
Cabinet (“Cabinet”) is constructed from
a separately ordered Rough-in Ring,
Subpanel, and Door with a lock.
Lighting and hardware accessories are
available to complete a surfacemounted, a flush-mounted or a lighted,
free-standing installation. The Cabinets
are used in HVAC control, fire alarm,
security, and automation control
systems. One or more Cabinets can be
mounted together to form a panel. For
ease of piping and wiring, the usual
limit is six Cabinets to a panel.
SPECIFICATIONS
Models:
Half-sized Cabinet:
❑ Rough-in Ring: 14506635-001
❑ Door with lock: 14506636-001
❑ Subpanel: 14506747-001
Full-sized Cabinet:
❑ Rough-in Ring: 14506635-002
❑ Door with lock: 14506636-002
❑ Subpanel: 14506747-002
Material:
Rough-in Ring and Door: 16-gage
galvanized steel
Subpanel: 0.050-in. aluminum
Finish:
Rough-in Ring: Black textured paint
Door: Almond textured paint
Mounting:
General Purpose Cabinets on FreeStanding Mounting Legs
FULL-SIZED
CABINET
HALF-SIZED
CABINET
HALF-SIZED
CABINET
HALF-SIZED
CABINET
FULL-SIZED
CABINET
FULL-SIZED
CABINET
HALF-SIZED
CABINET
80
(2032)
FULL-SIZED
CABINET
81
(2057)
HALF-SIZED
CABINET
FULL-SIZED
CABINET
C5337
Accessories:
Back Coverplate:
❑ Half-sized: 15753207-004
❑ Full-sized: 15753207-003
❑ Canopy Light: 15753239-001
❑ Free-Standing Mounting Legs:
AK3997 (kit)
❑ Hardware to mount a second
Cabinet on Free-Standing
Mounting Legs: AK3999 (kit)
❑ Ground Strap, 12-in. (305-mm):
14502248-003
❑ Replacement Lock and Key:
14505928-001
❑ Tamper Switch: 14505159-001
Universal Trim Ring: See General
Purpose Cabinet Installation
Instructions 95-7438
❑ Trim Ring Bag Assembly, four
corner pieces and
screws:14503745-001
❑ Trim Ring Extrusion, eight feet
(2438.4 mm) in length:
14503384-001
Home and Building Control
Honeywell Inc.
Honeywell Plaza
P.O. Box 524
Minneapolis MN 55408-0524
Home and Building Control
Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitée
740 Ellesmere Road
Scarborough Ontario
Honeywell Latin American Division
Miami Lakes Headquarters
14505 Commerce Way Suite 500
Miami Lakes FL 33016
Honeywell Europe S.A.
3 Avenue du Bourget
B-1140 Brussels Belgium
Approvals:
Meets UL 864 Control Units for FireProtective Signaling Systems
Dimensions in Inches (Millimeters):
FULL-SIZED
CABINET
37-1/4 (946)
– OR –
HALF-SIZED
CABINET
18-5/8
(473)
9 (229)
24 (610)
C5898
Honeywell Asia Pacific Inc.
30th Floor, Office Tower
Convention Plaza
1 Harbour Road
Wanchai
Hong Kong
Helping You Control Your World
74-5134
XX-XXXX Rev. 11-91
Printed in U.S.A. on Recycled
Paper
2
AL600ULXB
Off-line Switching Power Supply/Charger
Rev. DSAL600ULXB_04222015
Overview
AL600ULXB is a UL Recognized power supply/charger that converts a
115VAC 60Hz input into a single 12VDC or 24VDC ­­non power-limited output.
AL600ULXB
Specifications
Supervision:
Input:
• Input 115VAC, 60Hz, 3.5 amp.
Output:
•
•
•
•
12VDC or 24VDC selectable output.
6 amp continuous supply current.
Filtered and electronically regulated output.
Short circuit and thermal overload protection.
Battery Backup:
• AC fail supervision (form “C” contacts).
- Notification trigger is selectable for
30 seconds (factory set) or 6 hours.
• Low battery supervision (form “C” contacts).
• Battery presence supervision (form “C” contacts).
Visual Indicators:
• AC input and DC output LED indicators.
• Built-in charger for sealed lead acid or
gel type batteries.
• Automatic switch over to stand-by battery
when AC fails.
• Maximum charge current 0.7 amp.
Electrical:
• Operating temperature: 0º C to 49º C ambient.
• 36.85 or 73.70 BTU/Hr.
• System AC input VA requirement: 402.5VA.
Mechanical:
• Product weight (approx.): 0.8 lbs. (0.36 kg).
• Shipping weight (approx.): 0.95 lbs. (0.43 kg).
Agency Approvals
UL Recognized component for Access Control System Units (UL 294),
Standard for Safety for Fire Protective Signaling Systems (UL 1481).
Board Dimensions (L x W x H approximate):
4.5” x 7.11” x 2.01” (114.3mm x 180.59mm x 51.05mm)
0.25”
(6.35mm)
0.17”
(4.32mm)
Ø0.156”
(3.96mm)
6.7”
(170.18mm)
3.7”
(93.98mm)
4.5”
(114.3mm)
7.11”
(180.59mm)
Altronix Corp. - 140 58th Street, Brooklyn, NY 11220 • 718-567-8181 • 888-258-7669 • altronix.com
RDC24
Relay Module
Rev. DSRDC24_01152014
Overview
RDC24 is a DIN rail mountable relay which is designed for continuous duty.
This rugged, reliable and dependable relay will handle any switching application.
RDC24
Specifications
Mechanical:
Input Voltage:
• 24VDC operation.
• Current draw: 43mA.
Contact Rating:
• 10 amp/220VAC or 28VDC DPDT contacts.
Electrical:
• Operating temperature: -- 25º C to 55º C ambient.
• DIN Rail mountable.
• Dimensions (L x W x H approx.):
2.7” x 1.375” x 2.375”
(68.58mm x 34.93mm x 60.32mm)
• Product weight (approx.): 0.1 lbs. (0.05 kg).
• Shipping weight (approx.): 0.15 lbs. (0.07 kg).
Agency Approvals
UL Recognized.
European Conformity.
cUL Recognized.
Altronix Corp. - 140 58th Street, Brooklyn, NY 11220 • 718-567-8181 • 888-258-7669 • altronix.com
12 Volt 7.0 AH
PS-1270
Features
• Absorbent Glass Mat (AGM) technology for superior
performance
• Valve regulated, spill proof construction allows safe
operation in any position
• Power/volume ratio yielding unrivaled energy density
• Rugged impact resistant ABS case and cover (UL94-HB)
• Approved for transport by air. D.O.T., I.A.T.A., F.A.A. and
C.A.B. certified
• U.L. recognized under file number MH 20845
Terminals
(mm)
• F1 - Quick disconnect
tabs, 0.187” x 0.032”Mate with AMP. INC.
FASTON “187” series
OR
• F2 - Quick disconnect
tabs, 0.250” x 0.032”
- Mate with AMP. INC
FASTON “250” series
Performance Specifications
Nominal Voltage ........................................................................ 12 volts (6 cells)
F1
Nominal Capacity
F2
3.2
3.4
4.75
6.35
7.95
0.8
20-hr.
(350mA to 10.50 volts) ........................................................ 7.00 AH
10-hr.
(650mA to 10.50 volts) ....................................................... 6.50 AH
5-hr.
(1.2A to 10.20 volts) ............................................................ 6.00 AH
1-hr.
(4.5A to 9.00 volts) .............................................................. 4.50 AH
6.35
0.8
15-min. (14A to 9.00 volts) ................................................................. 3.50 AH
Physical Dimensions: in (mm)
Approximate Weight ........................................................... 4.80 lbs. (2.18 kg)
Energy Density (20-hr. rate) ................................ 1.49 W-h/in3 (90.95 W-h/l)
Specific Energy (20-hr. rate) .............................. 17.50 W-h/lb (38.58 W-h/kg)
Internal Resistance (approx.) ...................................................... 23 milliohms
W
Max Discharge Current (7 Min.) ............................................... 21.0 amperes
Max Short-Duration Discharge Current (10 Sec.) .................. 70.0 amperes
Shelf Life (% of nominal capacity at 68°F (20°C))
1 Month ...................................................................................................... 97%
Sealed Rechargeable
Battery
HT
H
MODEL PS-1270 F1
ST B E R
MU
T TE RY
BA
12 Volt 7.0 Amp. Hr.
www.power-sonic.com
Pb
6 Months .................................................................................................... 83%
YC LED
EC
®
MH20845
3 Months ..................................................................................................... 91%
NONSPILLABLE
L
Operating Temperature Range
Charge .. ........................................................... -4°F (-20°C) to 122°F (50°C)
Discharge ....................................................... -40°F (-40°C) to 140°F (60°C)
L: 5.95 (151) W: 2.56 (65) H: 3.70 (94) HT: 3.86 (98)
Case ...................................................................................................... ABS Plastic
Tolerances are +/- 0.04 in. (+/- 1mm) and +/- 0.08 in. (+/- 2mm) for
height dimensions. All data subject to change without notice.
Power-Sonic Chargers ................................................ PSC-12800A, 12800A-C
To ensure safe and efficient operation always refer to the latest edition of our Technical Manual, as published on our website.
All data subject to change without notice.
www.power-sonic.com
PS-1270 12 Volt 7.0 AH
®
Discharge Characteristics
14.0
100
Charging is not
necessary unless
100% of capacity
is required.
80
Charging before
use is necessary
to help recover
full capacity.
5oC
(41oF)
60
0
o
40oC
(104oF)
40
0
2
4
6
20oC
(68oF)
30 C
o
(86 F)
8
10
Charge may fail
to restore full
capacity. Do not
let batteries reach
this state.
12
14
16
18
o
o
Ambient Temperature 20 C (68 F)
13.0
Terminal Voltage (V)
Capacity Retention Ratio (%)
Shelf Life & Storage
12.0
11.0
10.0
3.5
9.0
Final
Voltage
20
8.0
Standing Period (Months)
0.70 0.35
1.4
7.0
14
1.2
Discharge Time vs. Discharge Current
2.4
6
12
24 36 48 1
2
min
4 6 8 10
20 4 0
h
Discharge Time
20
15
10
Discharge Time
5
Retention Capacity (%)
h
Life Characteristics in Stand-By Use
Final
Voltage
10.5V
2
10.2V
1
9.6V
min
30
Ambient Temperature 20˚C (68˚F)
100
80
60
Float Charging Voltage
2.25 - 2.30 V/Cell
40
20
0
0
9.0V
o
1
2
10
3
4
o
40 C (104 F)
o
o
20 C (68 F)
o
o
0 C (32 F)
Years
8.1V
5
Life Characteristics in Cyclic Use
0.35
0.70 1.4
3.5
7.0
14
120
Discharge Current (A)
Charging
Cycle Applications: Limit initial current to 2.1A. Charge until battery voltage
(under charge) reaches 14.4 to 14.7 volts at 68°F (20°C). Hold at 14.4 to 14.7
volts until current drops to under 70mA. Battery is fully charged under these
conditions, and charger should be disconnected or switched to “float” voltage.
“Float” or “Stand-By” Service: Hold battery across constant voltage source of
13.5 to 13.8 volts continuously. When held at this voltage, the battery will seek its
own current level and maintain itself in a fully charged condition.
Note: Due to the self-discharge characteristics of this type of battery, it is
imperative that they be charged within 6 months of storage, otherwise permanent
loss of capacity might occur as a result of sulfation.
Chargers
Retention Capacity (%)
100
80
60
Discharge
Depth 100%
Discharge
Depth 50%
Discharge
Depth 30%
40
1. Discharge Current 0.2C (Final Voltage 1.7V/Cell)
2. Charge Current: 0.1C
3. Ambient Temperature: 20oC to 25oC (68oF to 77oF)
20
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Number of Cycles
Further Information
Power-Sonic offers a wide range of chargers suitable for batteries up to 100AH.
Please refer to the Charger Selection Guide in our specification sheets for “C-Series
Switch Mode Chargers” and “Transformer Type A and F Series”. Please contact our
Technical department for advice if you have difficulty in locating suitable models.
Please refer to our website www.power-sonic.com for a complete range of useful
downloads, such as product catalogs, material safety data sheets (MSDS), ISO
certification, etc..
Contact Information
DOMESTIC SALES
Tel: +1-619-661-2020
Fax: +1-619-661-3650
[email protected]
www.power-sonic.com
CUSTOMER SERVICE
Tel: +1-619-661-2030
Fax: +1-619-661-3648
[email protected]
TECHNICAL SUPPORT
Tel: +1-619-661-2020
Fax: +1-619-661-3648
[email protected]
INTERNATIONAL SALES
Tel: +1-650-364-5001
Fax: +1-650-366-3662
[email protected]
CORPORATE OFFICE • 7550 Panasonic Way • San Diego, CA 92154 • USA • Tel: +1-619-661-2020 • Fax: +1-619-661-3650
© 2011. Power-Sonic Corporation. All rights reserved. All trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
0211 1M
PHYSICAL ACCESS SOLUTIONS
multiCLASS SE®
Readers
HIGHLY ADAPTABLE AND SECURE HIGH FREQUENCY
ACCESS CONTROL SOLUTION
ƒƒ
Powerfully Secure – Provides layered security beyond the card media for added protection to
identity data using SIOs.
ƒƒ
Adaptable – Interoperable with a growing range of technologies and form factors including
mobile devices utilizing Seos™.
ƒƒ
Interoperable – Open Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP) for secure, bidirectional
communication.
ƒƒ
Streamlined Migration – Simultaneous support for 125 kHz HID Prox®, AWID and EM4102 for
seamless migration; field programmable for secure upgrades and extended lifecycle.
HID Global’s iCLASS SE® platform goes
beyond the traditional smart card model
to offer a secure, standards-based and
flexible platform that has become the new
benchmark for highly adaptable, interoperable
and secure access control solutions.
multiCLASS SE readers include Open
Supervised Device Protocol (OSDP),
a new Security Industry Association
(SIA) standard that together with
Secure Channel Protocol (SCP) provides
secure communications and central
management.
multiCLASS SE® readers simplify migration
from legacy technologies with support 125
kHz for HID Prox, Indala, AWID and EM4102,
and provide customers the assurance that
their existing investments can be leveraged
to enhance their system as business
requirements change. The technologyindependent readers also support iCLASS®
Seos™ and iCLASS SE credential platforms,
as well as standard iCLASS, MIFARE and
POWERFULLY SECURE:
ƒƒ
Multi-Layered Security – Ensures data authenticity and privacy through the multilayered security of HID’s SIO.
ƒƒ
EAL5+ Certified Secure Element Hardware – Provides tamper-proof protection of
keys/cryptographic operations.
ƒƒ
SIO Data Binding – Inhibits data cloning by binding an object to a specific credential.
ƒƒ
Secured communications using OSDP with Secure Channel Protocol.
HIGHLY ADAPTABLE:
ƒƒ
Mobile device support using card emulation - Enables HID access control.
ƒƒ
SIO Portability – Provides technology independence and portability to other smart
card technologies.
ƒƒ
Upgradeable Hardware Connection – Allows all Wiegand-based communication
readers to expand communication capabilities to OSDP, Hi-O and other bidirectional
protocols.
ƒƒ
Field Programmable Readers – Provides secure upgrades for migration and extended
lifecycle.
hidglobal.com
ƒƒ
ƒƒ
ƒƒ
MIFARE DESFire EV1 with custom data
models and other leading technologies.
Additionally, multiCLASS SE readers support
mobile devices utilizing Seos, enabling a new
class of portable identity credentials that can
be securely provisioned and safely embedded
into both fixed and mobile devices.
As part of HID Global’s iCLASS SE platform that
is based on the Secure Identity Object™ (SIO®)
data model and Trusted Identity Platform® (TIP™),
the powerfully secure multiCLASS SE readers
offer advanced features such as layered security
beyond the card media and tamper-proof
protection of keys/cryptographic operations
using EAL5+ secure element hardware.
Customization and management from a central location – Enables organization to
make changes and manage all attached OSDP readers over RS485 wiring.
Simultaneous support for 125kHz HID Prox, AWID and EM4102.
Allows for support of future technologies.
SUSTAINABILITY AND MANAGEMENT:
ƒƒ
Intelligent Power Management (IPM) – Reduces reader power consumption by as
much as 75% compared to standard operating mode.
ƒƒ
Recycled Content – Contributes toward building LEED credits.
INTEROPERABLE:
ƒƒ
SIO Media Mapping – Simplifies deployment of third-party objects to multiple types
of credentials.
ƒƒ
Industry standard communications using OSDP.
ƒƒ
Custom programming support to read custom data models on MIFARE and MIFARE
DESFire EV1 credentials.
SPECIFICATIONS
RP10
900P
900L
Base Part Number
iCLASS Seos: 1.2" (3 cm)
iCLASS: 3.1" (8 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.8" (7 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 1.2" (3 cm)
Typical Read Range1
iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm)
HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
Indala Prox: 1.6" (4 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 4.3" (11 cm)
RP15
RP40
910P
920P
910L
920L
13.56 MHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards – SIO Model Data
iCLASS Seos: 1.2" (3 cm)
iCLASS Seos: 2.0" (5 cm)
iCLASS: 3.1" (8 cm)
iCLASS: 4.7" (12 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.8" (7 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 4.7" (12 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 1.2" (3 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 2.0" (5 cm)
13.56 MHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs – SIO Data Model
iCLASS: 1.6" (4 cm)
iCLASS: 2.4" (6 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 1.2" (3 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 2.0" (5 cm)
125 kHz Single Technology ID-1 Cards
HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
Indala Prox: 1.6" (4 cm)
Indala Prox: 2.0" (5 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 4.3" (11 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 4.3" (11 cm)
RPK40
921P
921L
iCLASS Seos: 1.6" (4 cm)
iCLASS: 4.7" (12 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 4.3" (11 cm)
MIFARE DESFire EV1: 1.6" (4 cm)
iCLASS: 2.8" (7 cm)
MIFARE Classic: 1.6" (4 cm)
HID Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
Indala Prox: 2.0" (5 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 3.1" (8 cm)
125 KHz Single Technology Tags/Fobs
Mounting
HID Prox: 1.6" (4 cm)
Indala Prox: 0.8" (2 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
HID Prox: 2.0" (5 cm)
Indala Prox: 0.8" (2 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
Mini-Mullion Size; physically
HID's smallest iCLASS
readers and are ideally suited
for mullion-mounted door
installations, U.S. single-gang
J-box (with mud ring) or any
flat surface
Mullion Size; physically HID's
second smallest iCLASS
readers and are ideally suited
for mullion-mounted door
installations, U.S. single-gang
J-box (with mud ring) or any
flat surface
Color
Keypad
HID Prox: 1.6" (4 cm)
Indala Prox: 1.2" (3 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 2.4" (6 cm)
Wall Switch Size; designed to mount and cover single gang switch
boxes primarily used in the Americas and includes a slotted
mounting plate for European and Asian back box spacing
Black
No
1.9" x 4.1" x 0.9"
4.8 cm x 10.3 cm x 2.3 cm
Yes (4x3)
1.9" x 6.0" x 0.9"
4.8 cm x 15.3 cm x 2.3 cm
3.3" x 4.8" x 1.0"
8.4 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.4 cm
4.0oz (114g)
5.2oz (149g)
7.8oz (222g)
9.1oz (258g)
3.0oz (85g)
4.3oz (124g)
7.6oz (216g)
8.0oz (228g)
75
75
85
95
40
40
50
70
200
200
200
200
NSC3 Power Consumption Standard Power Mode
(W @ 16VDC)
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.5
NSC Power Consumption w/ IPM (W @ 16VDC)
0.6
0.6
0.8
1.1
Dimensions
Product Weight (Pigtail)
Product Weight (Terminal
Strip)
Operating Voltage Range
Current Draw - Standard
Power Mode2 (mA)
Current Draw - Intelligent
Power Management (IPM)
Mode2 (mA)
Peak Current Draw Standard Power or IPM
Mode2 (mA)
Operating Temperature
Storage Temperature
Operating Humidity
Environmental Rating
Transmit Frequency
-31º to 150º F (-35º to 65º C)
-67º to 185º F (-55º to 85º C)
5% to 95% relative humidity non-condensing
Indoor/Outdoor IP55; IP65 if installed with optional gasket (IP65GSKT)
13.56 MHz & 125 kHz
Secure Identity Object™ (SIO®) on iCLASS Seos, iCLASS SE/SR, MIFARE DESFire EV1 and MIFARE Classic (On by Default)
- standard iCLASS Access Control Application (order with Standard interpreter)
-ISO14443A (MIFARE) CSN, ISO14443B CSN, ISO15693 CSN
- MIFARE Classic and MIFARE DESFire EV1 custom data models
- FeliCa™4 CSN, CEPAS4 CSN or CAN
HID Prox4, AWID4, Indala, EM41024
Optional OSDP with SCP over RS4854
Wiegand/Clock-and-Data Interface 500ft (150m) (22AWG) - Use Shielded cable for best results
13.56 MHz Card
Compatibility
125 kHz Card Compatibility
Communications
Panel Connection
Pigtail or Terminal Strip
UL294/cUL (US), FCC Certification (US), IC (Canada), CE (EU), C-tick (Australia, New Zealand),
SRRC (China), MIC (Korea)4, NCC (Taiwan)4, iDA (Singapore)4, RoHS , FIPS-201 Transparent FASC-N Reader
Certifications
Cryto Processor Hardware
Common Criteria Rating
EAL5+
Patents
Housing Material
Manufactured with % of
recycled content (Pigtail)
Manufactured with % of
recycled content (Terminal
Strip)
UL Ref Number
Warranty
US7180403, US7439862, US7124943, US5952935, US6058481, US6337619
UL94 Polycarbonate
10.5%
11.0%
10.5%
10.9%
10.5%
11.0%
11.0%
12.3%
RP10E
RP15E
RP40E
RPK40E
Limited Lifetime
1
2
3
4
North America: +1 512 776 9000
Toll Free: 1 800 237 7769
Europe, Middle East, Africa: +44 1440 714 850
Asia Pacific: +852 3160 9800
Latin America: +52 55 5081 1650
3.3" x 4.8" x 1.1"
8.5 cm x 12.2 cm x 2.8 cm
5-16 VDC, Linear supply recommended
3
hid g l o b al.com
HID Prox: 2.0" (5 cm)
Indala Prox: 1.2" (3 cm)
EM4102 Prox: 2.8" (7 cm)
Read range listed is statistical mean rounded to nearest whole centimeter. HID Global testing occurs in open air. Some
environmental conditions, including metallic mounting surface, can significantly degrade read range and performance;
plastic or ferrite spacers are recommended to improve performance on metallic mounting surfaces.
Measured in accordance with UL294 standards; See Installation Guide for Details.
NSC = Normal Standby Current; See Installation Guide for Details.
Not available on 9xxL part numbers.
An ASSA ABLOY Group brand
© 2016 HID Global Corporation. All rights reserved. HID, the HID logo, multiCLASS SE, iCLASS SE, iCLASS, Seos, Indala, HID Prox, Secure Identity
Object, SIO, Tursted Identity Platform, TIP and iCLASS Elite are trademarks or registered trademarks of HID Global in the U.S. and/or other
countries. All other trademarks, service marks, and product or service names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners.
2016-05-18-hid-multiclass-se-readers-ds-en PLT-00303
×Ííïðñ×Ííîð
ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î
ر²»§©»´´Ž- λ¯«»-¬ó¬±óÛ¨·¬ øÎÌÛ÷ -»²-±®- ±ºº»® ¾¿-·½ ¿²¼ º«´´óº»¿¬«®»¼ ³±¼»´- ¬± -«·¬ »ª»®§ ¿½½»-- ½±²¬®±´
¿°°´·½¿¬·±²ò ̸» ¯«·½µó·²-¬¿´´ -»²-±®- ¿®» »¨¬®»³»´§ º´»¨·¾´»ô °®±ª·¼» ¿ ¹»²»®±«- ¿³±«²¬ ±º ©·®·²¹ ®±±³ ¿²¼
½±²¬¿·² ¾«·´¬ó·² ·²¬»®²¿´ •¬¿³°»® °®±±ºŒ -¸«¬¬»®- ¬± »²¿¾´» °®»½·-» ¬¿®¹»¬ ¿®»¿ ¼»¬»½¬·±²ò
ÚÛßÌËÎÛÍ
×Ííïðæ
×Ííîðæ
Ÿ ß¼¶«-¬¿¾´» ®»´¿§ ¬·³» øðòë ó êì -»½±²¼-÷
×Ííîð ·²½´«¼»- ¬¸» -¿³» º»¿¬«®»- ¿- ×Ííïðô °´«-æ
Ÿ Ó·½®±ó¾¿-»¼ -·¹²¿´ °®±½»--·²¹
Ÿ 绦± ͱ«²¼»® ©·¬¸ ª±´«³» ½±²¬®±´
Ÿ ß¼¶«-¬¿¾´» •¬¿³°»® °®±±ºŒ -¸«¬¬»®-‰
¬± »²¿¾´» °®»½·-» ¬¿®¹»¬ ¿®»¿ ¼»¬»½¬·±²
Ÿ ܱ±® ½±²¬¿½¬ ·²°«¬
Ÿ λ¿¼»®ñµ»§°¿¼ñµ»§-©·¬½¸ ·²°«¬
Ÿ Ì©± •Ú±®³ ÝŒ ±«¬°«¬-
Ÿ λ³±¬» ¿®³·²¹ ¿²¼ -±«²¼»® ·²°«¬-
Ÿ Í©·ª»´ ±°¬·½- Š ¿´´±© º±® ±ºº-»¬ ³±«²¬·²¹
Ÿ ݱª»® ¬¿³°»®
Ÿ כּ²¬»¼ ¾´¿½µ ¾«¹ ¹«¿®¼
Ÿ ߪ¿·´¿¾´» ·² ©¸·¬» ±® ¾´¿½µ
ÌÛÎÓ×ÒßÔ
ÞÔÑÝÕ
Ð×Î
ÉßÔÔ
ÔÛÜ
øËÒÜÛÎ
Ð×Î ÝÑÊÛÎ÷
ÌÛÎÓ×ÒßÔ
ÞÔÑÝÕ
Ü×Ð
ÍÉ×ÌÝØ
ÌßÓÐÛÎ
ÍÉ×ÌÝØ
Ð×Î
Ü×Ð
ÍÉ×ÌÝØ
Ô
Ô
Í
Í
Ô
Í
ÎÑÌßÌ×ÑÒ
ÔÑÝÕ×ÒÙ
ÍÝÎÛÉ
ÉßÔÔ
ÍÑËÒÜÛÎ
ÍÑËÒÜÛÎ
ÊÑÔËÓÛ
ÝÑÒÌÎÑÔ
ÔÛÜ
øËÒÜÛÎ
Ð×Î ÝÑÊÛÎ÷
Ô
Í
ÎÑÌßÌ×ÑÒ
ÔÑÝÕ×ÒÙ
ÍÝÎÛÉ
×Ííïðñ×Ííîð
ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î
ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒÍ
ÎßÒÙÛ
ëòëù
îù
ïëòèù
èòìù
Ÿ ο²¹»æ Ú®±³ ëòëù ¨ îù ø ïòêé³ ¨ ðòê³÷ «° ¬±
ïëòèù ¨ èòìù øìòè ¨ îòë³÷ ¼»°»²¼·²¹ ±² ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸»·¹¸¬
ÓÑËÒÌ×ÒÙ ØÛ×ÙØÌ
Ÿ Ó±«²¬·²¹ Ø»·¹¸¬æ éù ¬± ïëù øîòïí³ ¨ìòëï³÷
Ÿ Ü»¬»½¬¿¾´» É¿´µ כּæ ðòëùóïðùñ-»½
Ÿ Í·¹²¿´ Ю±½»--·²¹æ ÎÌÛ ¿²¼ Í»½«®·¬§ ³±¼»Ÿ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®» ݱ³°»²-¿¬·±²æ ß¼ª¿²½»¼ ¼«¿´ó-´±°»
Ÿ ß´¿®³ λ´¿§æ Ì©± •Ú±®³ ÝŒ ±«¬°«¬Ÿ ײ°«¬ ʱ´¬¿¹»æ ïîóîì ª±´¬- ßÝ ±® ÜÝ
Ÿ ͬ¿²¼¾§ Ý«®®»²¬æ íë³ß
Ÿ ײ¼·½¿¬±®-æ Ù®»»² ø®»¿¼§÷ ÔÛÜ
Ÿ Ñ°»®¿¬·²¹ Ì»³°»®¿¬«®»æ
ïìf Ú ¬± ïîîf Ú øóïðf Ý ¬± ëðf Ý÷
Ÿ Ü·³»²-·±²-æ éþ Ô ¨ îþ Ø ¨ îþ Ü
øïéòé½³ ¨ ë½³ ¨ ë½³÷
Ÿ ͱ«²¼»®æ ß¼¶«-¬¿¾´» ¬± êð ¼Þàïðù øíòðë³÷ö
Ÿ ݱª»® Ì¿³°»® Í©·¬½¸æ ½±²¬¿½¬ ®¿¬·²¹ ïðð³ß íðÊÜÝö
ö ×Ííîð ³±¼»´ ±²´§
ïë ÚÌ
øìòëé Ó÷
ÓßÈò
é ÚÌ
øîòïí Ó÷
Ó×Òò
×Ííïðñ×Ííîð
ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î
ÍÐÛÝ×Ú×ÝßÌ×ÑÒÍ
éòïìê
øïèïòëð÷
ïòèëë
øìéòïï÷
ïòéíç
øììòïè÷
Ý´»¿®¿²½» º±® ¬¸» ¸»¿¼
±º ¿ ýê п² Ø»¿¼ ͽ®»©
òëèì
øïìòèì÷
ß´´ ³±«²¬·²¹ ¸±´»º±® ýê п² Ø»¿¼ ͽ®»©-
òïïè
øíòðð÷
òîíê
øêòðð÷
òðéç
øîòðï÷
íòîèð
øèíòíï÷
Ê·»© -¸±©·²¹ -»²-±® ³±«²¬·²¹ °´¿¬»
©·¬¸ º®±²¬ ½±ª»® ¿²¼ ÐÝÞ ®»³±ª»¼
É×ÎÛ
ÝØßÒÒÛÔÍ
òíêð
øçòïì÷
×Ííïðñ×Ííîð
ÎÛÏËÛÍÌóÌÑóÛÈ×Ì Ð×Î
ÑÎÜÛÎ×ÒÙ
×ÍíïðÉØ øðóðððóíêïóðï÷
Û²¬®§ Ô»ª»´ ÎÌÛ ó ɸ·¬»
×ÍíïðÞÔ øðóðððóíêïóðî÷
Û²¬®§ Ô»ª»´ ÎÌÛ ó Þ´¿½µ
×ÍíîðÉØ øðóðððóíêïóðí÷
Ú«´´§ Ú»¿¬«®»¼ ÎÌÛ ó ɸ·¬»
×ÍíîðÞÔ øðóðððóíêïóðì÷
Ú«´´§ Ú»¿¬«®»¼ ÎÌÛ ó Þ´¿½µ
ÎÌÛêÐÕÉØ
Í·¨ °¿½µ ±º ×ÍíïðÉØ ó ɸ·¬»
ÎÌÛêÐÕÞÕ
Í·¨ °¿½µ ±º ×ÍíïðÞÔ ó Þ´¿½µ
ßÝÝÛÍÍÑÎ×ÛÍ
×ÍíïðÉØÌÐ øëóëíïóíçëóðï÷
Ì®·³ д¿¬» º±® ×Ííïð ¿²¼ ×Ííîð ó ɸ·¬»
×ÍíïðÞÔÌÐ øëóëíïóíçëóðî÷
Ì®·³ д¿¬» º±® ×Ííïð ¿²¼ ×Ííîð ó Þ´¿½µ
ß«¬±³¿¬·±² ¿²¼ ݱ²¬®±´ ͱ´«¬·±²Ø±²»§©»´´ Í»½«®·¬§ ú ݱ³³«²·½¿¬·±²î ݱ®°±®¿¬» Ý»²¬»® Ü®ò Í«·¬» ïðð
ÐòÑò Þ±¨ çðìð
Ó»´ª·´´»ô ÒÇ ïïéìé
©©©ò¸±²»§©»´´ò½±³
Ôñ×ÍíïðíîðñÜ
ѽ¬±¾»® îððè
w îððè ر²»§©»´´ ײ¬»®²¿¬·±²¿´ ײ½ò
Intrusion
Steel Door
Contacts
1078/1076 Series
Overview
Standard Features
The Interlogix 1078 Series Steel Door contacts are designed specifically
for use in the steel doors commonly found in commercial building
applications. The unique housing design features a rugged unibody
construction with flexible ribbed sides for quick, secure installation
without gluing. The magnet housing isolates the magnet from the
surrounding steel for maximum gap distances, both make and break.
Over seven models including: Wide Gap, SPDT, DPDT, and Biased for
High Security applications make the 1078 Series the most widely used
and comprehensive line available.
• Fly leads and terminal options available
• Designed specifically for use in steel doors
• Special ribbed sides allow for easy installation
• Rugged unibody construction for maximum durability and reliability
• Terminal models available for easier installation
• Regular, Wide Gap, SPDT, DPDT, and High Security models available
• Rare Earth Magnet designed for steel door with top channel available
On available models a terminal connection (T) makes installation easier.
Simply strip the wire, insert it into the terminal block and tighten. The
terminal accepts any wire size from 14 to 22 gauge, and has a unique
one piece design for added strength.
An optional Rare Earth Magnet is available. It is designed for use
in metal entry/exit doors with a channel in the top of the door. The
magnet eliminates the need to cut a mounting hole in the door channel.
The flexible magnet housing can be compressed to accommodate
a variety of channel widths for quick, easy installation. Adhesive is
recommended.
The contact contains a hermetically sealed magnetic reed switch. The
reed shall be potted in the contact housing with a polyurethane based
compound. Contact and magnet housing shall snap-lock into a 3/4" or
1" dia. hole. Housings shall be molded of flame retardant ABS plastic.
Color of housings shall be off-white, gray or mahogany brown. The
magnet shall be made of Alnico V. Rare Earth Magnet shall be made of
neodymium iron boron.
Snap-lock insulation bushing for tight fit and maximum gap in steel.
Both contact and magnet plastic housings are constructed of one piece
of thick-walled ABS plastic for maximum strength and durability.
interlogix.com
Steel Door
Contacts
1078/1076 Series
Ordering Information
1076CH-N
1076C-M
1076C-N
1076CW-M
1076CW-N
1076D-G
1076D-M
1076D-N
1076-G
1076H-N
1076-M
1076-N
1076W-M
1076W-N
1078C1-M
1078C-G
1078C-M
1078C-N
1078CT-M
1078CT-N
1078CTW-N
1078CW-G
1078CW-M
1078CW-N
1078-G
1078-M
1078-N
1078W-G
1078W-M
1078W-N
1078WN-3.3K
R1078-M
R1078-N
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Higher Security, Biased for Higher Security Applications, Single
Pole-Double Throw, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
SPDT, 3/8" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
SPDT, 3/8" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Wide
Gap, SPDT, 3/4" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter, Wide
Gap, SPDT, 3/4" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
DPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Double Pole-Double Throw, Gray
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
DPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Double Pole-Double Throw, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
DPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Double Pole-Double Throw, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
SPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Gray
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
High Security, SPDT, Biased for Higher Security, 1/2" Gap,
Single Pole-Double Throw, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
SPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
SPDT, 1/2" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT,
Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, SPDT,
Wide Gap, 1" Gap Size, Single Pole-Double Throw, White
1078C w/1929 Magnet, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Closed Loop, 3/8” Gap Size, Gray
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Closed Loop, 3/8" Gap Size, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Closed Loop, 3/8" Gap Size, White
Recessed Steel Door Terminal Contact, 3/4" Diameter, 7/8" Gap
Size (3/8" in Steel), Brown
Recessed Steel Door Terminal Contact, 3/4" Diameter, 7/8" Gap
Size (3/8" in Steel), White
Recessed Steel Door Terminal Contact, 3/4" Diameter, Wide Gap,
2" Gap Size (3/4" in Steel), White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Closed Loop, Wide Gap, 3/4" Gap Size, Gray
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Closed Loop, Wide Gap, 3/4" Gap Size, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 3/4" Diameter,
Closed Loop, Wide Gap, 3/4" Gap Size, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
1/2" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Gray
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
1/2" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter,
1/2" Gap Size, Closed Loop, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide
Gap, 1" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Gray
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide
Gap, 1" Gap Size, Closed Loop, Brown
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide
Gap, 1" Gap Size. Closed Loop, White
Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1" Diameter, Wide
Gap, 3.3K Ohm Resistor, 1" Gap Size. Closed Loop, White
Mini-Max Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1"
Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, Brown
Mini-Max Recessed Steel Door Contact w/Wire Leads, 1"
Diameter, 1/2" Gap Size, White
North America
T 855-286-8889
Latin America
T 561-998-6114
Specifications
Form A: (R)1078, 1078W, 1078C, 1078CT, 1078CTW
Voltage
100V AC/DC max.
Current
0.5 A max.
Power1.125 in.
7.5 W max. 1.563 in.
(2.86cm)
(3.97cm)
Form C: 1076, 1076W, 1076D, 1076C(D), 1076CW, 1076CH
Magnet
1.563 in.
Voltage1.125 in.
30V1.00
AC/DC
in. max.
Part No. 1921
(2.86cm)
(3.97cm)
(included)
Current
0.252.54cm
A max.
Power
3.0 W max.
Magnet
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
1.00 in.
2.54cm
Part No. 1921
(included)
1.563 in.
(3.97cm)
Dimensional Diagram
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
Magnet
Models: (R)1078, 1078W, 1.00
1076,
in. 1076W, 1076DPart No. 1921
2.54cm
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
(included)
1.563 in.
(3.97cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
1.00 in.
1.563 in.
2.54cm
(3.97cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
Magnet
Part No. 1921
(included)
.375 in.
(.962mm)
1.563 in.
(3.97cm)
.750 in.
.375 in.
(1.91cm)
(.962mm)
.875 in.
Models: 1078C,
1076C, 1076CW, 1076CH .750 in.
(2.22cm)
(1.91cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
.875 in.
(2.22cm)
1.563 in.
(3.97cm)
.875 in.
(2.22cm)
1.625 in.
(4.13cm)
1.563 in.
(3.97cm)
1.56 in.
(3.96cm)
Models: 1078CT, 1076CTW
1.625 in.
(4.13cm)
1.625 in.
(4.13cm)
.875 in.
(2.22cm)
0.938 in.
(2.36cm)
0.938 in.
(2.36cm)
in. Magnet
Rare1.625
Earth
(4.13cm)
0.938 in.
(2.36cm)
0.89 in.
(2.26cm)
0.89 in.
(2.26cm)
.750 in.
.375 in. (1.91cm)
(.962cm)
1.56 in.
(3.96cm)
.375 in..750 in.
(1.91cm)
(.962cm)
.750 in.
(1.91cm)
1.56 in.
(3.96cm)
0.89 in.
(2.26cm)
Magnet
Part No. 1921C
(included)
Magnet
Part No. 1929
(included)
Magnet
Part No. 1929
(included)
.375 in.
(.962cm)
.750 in.
(1.91cm)
1.56 in.
(3.96cm)
Magnet
Part No. 1929
(included)
.375 in.
(.962cm)
.750 in.
(1.91cm)
1.813 in.
(4.60cm)
(R) prefix indicates
Rare Earth Magnet
0.89 in. by
Protected
(2.26cm)
U.S.
Patent 5,844,458.
Magnet
Part No. 1921C
(included)
.375 in.
(.962mm)
1.813 in.
(4.60cm)
0.938 in.
(2.36cm)
Magnet
Part No. 1921C
(included)
.375 in.
(.962mm)
.750 in.
(1.91cm)
1.125 in.
(2.86cm)
Magnet
Part No. 1921C
(included)
1.813 in.
(4.60cm)
1.625 in.
(4.13cm)
1.625 in.
(4.13cm)
Magnet
0.5 in.
0.625 in.
Part
No. 1929
1.27cm (1.59cm)
(included)
Legs may be
cut
0.5for
in.height
0.625 in.
1.27cm (1.59cm)
adjustment
Legs may be
cut for height
adjustment
0.5 in.
1.27cm
1.625 in.
(4.13cm)
0.625 in.
(1.59cm)
Legs may be
cut for height
interlogix.com
adjustment
0.5 in. without
0.625 notice.
in.
Specifications subject to change
1.27cm (1.59cm)
1.813 in.
(4.60cm)© 2013 United Technologies Corporation.
Legs may be
1.625 in.
rights
reserved.
cutAllfor
height
(4.13cm)
Interlogix is part of UTC Climate,adjustment
Controls & Security,
a unit of United Technologies Corporation.
306-3685
2013/11
(75103)
DVM R600 Specification
SPECIFICATION AND TECHNICAL DATA
KEY FEATURES
Scalable: Configurable for systems from tens to thousands of cameras, DVM’s distributed video
architecture seamlessly integrates the video operations of numerous systems onto one virtual
platform, allowing security operators to view and control all cameras, whether across a single
facility or across the globe.
Flexible: Supporting global standards for open integration of physical security products, DVM
can be deployed into modern dedicated or existing IT infrastructure, enhancing interoperability,
and is adaptable to customer requirements.
HONEYWELL DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGERTM R600
Scalable: Configurable for systems from tens to thousands of cameras, Honeywell Digital Video
ManagerTM’s (DVM) distributed video architecture integrates the video operations of numerous
systems onto one virtual platform, allowing security operators to view and control all cameras,
whether across a single facility or across the globe.
Flexible: Supporting global standards for open integration of physical security products, DVM
can be deployed into a wide range of modern dedicated or existing IT infrastructure, enhancing
interoperability, and is generally more adaptable to customer requirements.
Reliable: DVM’s advanced High Availability architecture provides optional system Redundancy
from the Database and Camera Server all the way to the recording location helping to reduce
susceptibility to hardware faults and enhancing both robustness and reliability.
Smart: Reducing the burden on manual detection, DVM’s smart video analytics automatically
detects, analyses and classifies behaviors of people and vehicles as they move through a scene.
Tracking of pre- and post-event data helps to protect against critical footage being missed and
significantly enhances investigations, evidence and outcomes.
Integrated: Seamless connectivity with EBI allows the linking of surveillance with other Security
systems for extraordinary situational awareness. An enterprise-wide view is achieved from a
single workstation promoting operational efficiency.
Intuitive: User-centric design principles ensure that DVM Clients are intuitive and flexible helping
to promote operator productivity and effectiveness when responding to events.
More choice: Support for open standards improves customer choice and DVM’s advanced
Video.Net infrastructure enables integration to a wide range of video devices.
Note: Some features in this specification are based on the use of Honeywell EBI in conjunction with DVM.
Honeywell makes no representations or warranties, express or implied, except to the extent expressly set
forth in a definitive agreement executed between each customer and Honeywell.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
2
HONEYWELL DIGITAL VIDEO MANAGERTM R600
OVERVIEW
Shaped by Honeywell’s technology and integration expertise, Honeywell Digital Video ManagerTM Release
600 (DVM R600) is a scalable, digital closed-circuit television (CCTV) surveillance solution that helps increase
operational efficiencies, reduce lifecycle costs and improve decision-making functionality.
DVM addresses the challenges of today’s video surveillance, security and enterprise operations. Its
architecture takes advantage of your enterprise’s network communications structure – eliminating the need
for extensive dedicated video cables and providing enhanced camera portability and flexibility.
DVM’s flexible architecture also allows you to maximize the use of your existing network infrastructure
investment or re-use existing analogue CCTV infrastructure. This protects your existing CCTV investment
while taking advantage of the latest digital video technologies.
Your staff won’t have to spend valuable time searching through hours of unnecessary recordings looking for
a particular incident; the video images are stored in the system and referenced in the DVM database, from
where they can be quickly located and viewed using DVM’s advanced search capabilities or directly from the
video timeline in the Console Client. In addition, DVM is tightly integrated with Honeywell Enterprise
Buildings Integrator™ (EBI), allowing data sharing across your security solution and enabling more intelligent
recording to help you only capture the video you need, when you need it most.
Honeywell’s DVM and EBI platform delivers more than the simple benefits of digital CCTV. In an environment
where you are continuously seeking ways to optimize your resources, our powerful solutions can help
enhance the productivity and effectiveness of your security and surveillance operations, reduce equipment
and space needs, provide flexibility, and drive down installation and lifecycle costs.
With DVM, your surveillance system is always available and always vigilant, helping to deliver the situational
awareness required to more effectively track and manage events at your facility.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
3
SYSTEM ARCHITECTURE
DVM is built upon industry standard open networking, PC hardware, and software applications that take
advantage of cost-effective, powerful components.
Using commercial off-the-shelf hardware allows you to use the cameras, PC, storage, and networking
hardware of your choice – there is no need to pay premiums for proprietary hardware. Unlike proprietary
Digital Video Recorders (DVRs) and Network Video Recorders (NVR’s), DVM allows you to obtain system
hardware and software upgrades independently which helps lower your support costs. Use of off-the-shelf
components also promotes ease of DVM integration into your existing enterprise system support strategy,
further simplifying support needs and reducing the cost of ownership.
The basic architecture of DVM consists of a Database Server and a Camera Server that can be installed on
the same machine. Additional Camera Servers, Backup Camera Servers and Analytics Servers can be added to
the architecture to support larger numbers of cameras. Video Streaming Servers support video distribution
to mobile devices, allowing security personnel to be more mobile and more effective in the field.
Larger enterprises that are separated either geographically or administratively can link together multiple
DVM systems to create an integrated, enterprise-wide surveillance system using DVM’s Distributed Video
Architecture (DVA). DVA helps to support a central command and control architecture and provides the
ability to share live and recorded video across different DVM systems while also allowing each system to be
autonomous and independently managed.
DVM can also integrate your legacy analogue CCTV equipment into a digital solution and take advantage of
open TCP/IP network technologies to deliver software-based camera switching and control, as well as digital
recording. In this way the enterprise network becomes a “virtual” matrix switcher. This advanced
architecture makes it remarkably easy to add or relocate cameras within your building’s network without the
need for extensive dedicated coaxial cables. New CCTV monitors simply require a network-connected PC
with suitable software and new cameras simply require a network connection. In fact, virtually any PC with a
network connection and adequate security levels can view and control DVM.
Figure 1: DVM System Architecture
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
4
DVM’s advanced High Availability architecture makes it one of the most reliable digital surveillance systems
on the market today. For most systems the failure of a DVR or NVR requires physical replacement with
another unit, which adds hardware and labor lifecycle costs. The loss of the DVR or NVR unit also reduces
productivity and increases risk as the cameras attached to the failed device are no longer available for
viewing and recording. With Honeywell DVM, Database and Camera Servers are available in redundant
configurations; hence a failure in the Preferred Server can be immediately addressed with the system
reverting to the Backup Server. Disruption is thus minimized and recordings and live view can be maintained
without the need for manual cable swapping or hardware replacement.
DVM provides a flexible and cost-effective Redundancy solution for recording servers by providing the ability
to configure pools of backup recording servers. In the event that a preferred Camera Server fails, the first
available Backup Server in the pool assigned will assume control of the cameras allowing live view and
recording to continue. There’s no need to have a 1-to-1 relationship between Preferred and Backup Servers
and, since multiple concurrent server failures are statistically less likely to occur, a smaller number of Backup
Servers is required to reduce the risk of video loss than would be the case when assigning a backup to every
Preferred Server.
High availability is further enhanced for mission-critical sites by providing the ability to configure cameras to
stream and record video to multiple locations simultaneously, providing a redundant recording solution. This
provides a high degree of fault-tolerance and allows continued use of the system even when a physical
storage location has been destroyed by continued use of the secondary location.
All video is digitally stored by DVM on standard IT storage media, reducing the space and maintenance often
required in the past. Since DVM uses standard commercial server and desktop computing equipment, you
can use hardware that meets your IT organization’s standards, thus promoting storage, server and client
hardware replacement that is quick and cost effective. DVM’s cameras are connected directly to the network
in most cases, so there is typically only a power cord and network connection to deal with when replacing
the server hardware. Devices supporting Power-over-Ethernet further simplify upgrade and replacement.
Improved resilience to network failures is provided by the edge storage, where DVM makes use of storage
media inserted in the IP Camera or Video Encoder to store video. This video can be replayed in DVM or
exported for evidence as required.
The use of RAID-1 (disk mirroring) provides fault tolerance for the DVM Database Server software and
database. Additionally, the use of a redundant pair of Database Servers means that failure of one of the
Database Servers does not stop the DVM system. The DVM Camera Servers may also use RAID-5 (disk
striping with parity) or RAID 1+0 (mirrored sets in a striped set), providing a fault-tolerant video storage
solution whereby a disk drive failure does not result in loss of video data.
INTEGRATION WITH ENTERPRISE BUILDINGS INTEGRATOR
(EBI)
DVM functions as the video surveillance application of Honeywell’s Enterprise Buildings Integrator. It
seamlessly integrates with virtually all other building automation subsystems including fire and life safety,
access control, time and attendance, communications, IT sub systems, third party applications and more,
enabling a more intuitive and easy to use security solution.
Users of the integrated security platform benefit from a single login with a fully integrated security context.
Security operators can perform system configuration, viewing, recording, archiving and retrieval of video
recordings from a single EBI workstation, promoting increased operational efficiency, removing operational
silos and reducing training costs.
Intelligent automation, intuitive alarming, video sensor technology and advanced video analytics promote a
predictive security solution, helping to mitigate risk. Recordings can be activated by platform alarms and
accessible directly from the EBI alarm management screen through hotlinks to the recorded video,
promoting a more intuitive security management system.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
5
This integration with EBI includes:
x Full control, view and configuration of DVM systems from within EBI Stations.
x Drag and drop cameras from EBI Station custom displays directly into the DVM Console
client video workspace for rapid access to video footage.
x Integrated facility segregation, whereby cameras can be assigned to the same areas as
points. In this way, operators can only view and control cameras in the areas assigned to
them.
x Integrated operator-based security.
x Integrated Station-based security.
x Alarms and events occurring within EBI can be configured to automatically initiate
recordings, and automatically switch Stations (as well as alarm monitors) to show a
particular camera.
x Enhanced alarm management utilizing EBI’s advanced alarm management tools, including
multistage alarm handling.
x Direct access is provided from within the EBI Alarm and Event summary displays to display
any recordings initiated by an EBI alarm/event or motion detection, dramatically reducing
the amount of time operators need to spend searching for recordings related to events.
x View both live and recorded video from within EBI custom displays. HMIWeb Display Builder
(the tool used to create custom displays) provides ActiveX controls which can be inserted
into custom displays and popup displays to show live and recorded video, as well as pan-tiltzoom and recording controls.
x All DVM system alarms/events appear within the EBI Alarm and Event summary displays.
x System Reports: DVM provides a host of standard reports which are accessible from the EBI
reporting server and cover system status, configuration and use.
Integration with EBI allows DVM to respond to EBI alarms and events with automated recordings and video
call-up, making the system less dependent on operator observations and promoting real-time decision
making. Operators are less susceptible to information overload caused by monitoring too many cameras for
too long; rather they are only presented with information related to an abnormal event or threat situation.
There is no need to watch a video monitor wall, manually call up cameras, or search through dozens of tapes
or hours of background recordings to find the desired information.
The ability to view video as well as monitoring and controlling the facility promotes increased productivity
and greatly improves situational awareness and abnormal event management—providing your operators
with an advanced operating environment.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
6
FLEXIBLE USER INTERFACE OPTIONS
ADVANCED, PROFESSIONAL USER INTERFACE
The DVM Console Client provides a professional surveillance client designed to support the advanced needs
of control room operators. DVM Console provides a powerful, yet flexible, user interface based on extensive
usability studies focused on increasing operator productivity. The advanced features and intuitive interface
provide agile navigation and contribute to improved situational awareness and reduced incident response
times.
The DVM Console client includes the following key features:
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
7
x Advanced multi-level tree: The tree provides a means of logically sorting cameras based on site
layout. The tree structure is automatically built from the EBI Facility Model and displays cameras as
well as multi-camera views that can be dragged and dropped to the video workspace for viewing.
Cameras, Views or whole groups of cameras can be dragged to the workspace for display. The tree
includes a built in search filter which dynamically filters the tree contents based on the characters
typed into the filter field. Operators can also create their own logical groups of cameras to suit
their specific security workflows.
x Flexible video workspace: The video workspace is essentially configurable “on-the-fly” to support
operator and situational needs. Cameras – or groups of cameras – can be dragged into the
workspace displaying views from a single camera to 25 cameras. When there are more cameras
than tiles, additional cameras can be cycled in pages. This provides the ability to easily browse
through all cameras in the group. Camera controls – including PTZ, telemetry, record controls,
pause and jump back options – are displayed as overlaid controls when the mouse pointer is
hovered over the video image, thus providing a clean interface with minimal distractions and
maximum use of the available space until controls are really needed. The workspace can be resized
and supports a range of standard layouts that can be selected to meet operational requirements.
x Timeline: The timeline provides operators with the ability to more easily locate recorded video
from one or more cameras. Recordings are indicated on the timeline and the video play head can
be dragged to desired locations for replay, and dragging the head results in scrubbing of video for
fast searching. Multiple cameras can be linked together to allow time-synchronous video replay –
often termed synchronized playback – to allow operators more insight into the finer details of
security events. The timeline includes multiple controls supporting video manipulation such as fast
forward and rewind, pause, play and various options to jump back defined periods of time for
faster review of video.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
8
x Synchronous Video Playback: DVM Console’s timeline enables the video from a selection of
cameras to be viewed and controlled as a synchronized group. This allows operators to get a full
picture of an incident by viewing multiple angles simultaneously while replaying recordings of an
event.
x Recently Used Camera List: The recently used camera list provides an easy reference and recall of
cameras recently displayed by the operator that are no longer included in the video workspace.
The list can be exposed or hidden as required and provides an image of the scene for the camera
aiding operator recall. Operators can easily select the camera and redisplay it in the workspace
without needing to remember where to find the camera in the tree, thus promoting faster event
response and investigation.
x Efficient Video Export: The DVM Console Client provides the ability to export video directly from
the video timeline. The export range for one or more cameras can be uniquely configured directly
from the video timeline and then exported in a single operation. The simple and intuitive export
workflow simplifies the operator’s task of finding and exporting video evidence and reduces
operational overhead. Video export from the Console client also supports the ability to digitally
sign the export and optional audit log in order to validate the authenticity of the video evidence.
The DVM Console is fully integrated into Honeywell’s DVM and EBI security solution providing an integrated
security model, as well as the ability to send video to EBI’s Alarm and Surveillance Monitors or drag cameras
from EBI custom display pages into the video workspace.
MOBILE CLIENTS
DVM provides a mobile client solution utilizing a dedicated
application on Apple’s iOS-based devices. The clients
maintain the operational security context of the system and
allow security personnel – or anybody with a need to view
surveillance footage – access to both live and recorded
video, control PTZ cameras and start or stop user recordings
on the system.
Due to the bandwidth impact of video streamed across
wireless network, DVM also provides the ability to actively
manage the video supplied by the Streaming Server to the
clients by adjusting the stream quality to align with the
available wireless network bandwidth and thus improve the
user experience when viewing video on the mobile client.
SINGLE, INFORMATION-RICH USER INTERFACE
DVM also provides alternative client options to the DVM Console. This includes both direct access to the
system from the EBI Station Client as well as an Internet Explorer client for more casual viewing.
Integration to the EBI Station environment places DVM’s advanced functionality into a single, well known
user interface for security operators, helping to promote increased personnel productivity and
responsiveness. Operators can perform all viewing, recording, archiving and retrieval of DVM video from
their EBI Station – they do not need to leave their Station to view a separate CCTV system, replace a tape in
the video recorder, activate a recording or search for a video.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
9
Operators can view and move cameras while simultaneously monitoring and controlling doors, hallways and
the facility’s air conditioning system. Integrated navigation displays, menus and toolbars are provided to
allow operators to quickly navigate to the desired display, which may be EBI-specific, DVM-specific, or an
integrated display containing a combination of building management data, security management data and
live (or recorded) video.
Operators can control individual camera pan-tilt-zoom functions – via mouse, joystick or CCTV keyboard –
enter recording commands, view high-quality live images, and record and play stored video. And for ease of
use, the Station uses Web-style navigation buttons, tab views and intuitive, VCR-style recording controls.
When additional detail is required from live or recorded video, operators can also use DVM’s embedded
image enhancement capabilities to digitally zoom into scenes or adjust video characteristics to obtain more
detail needed for enhanced decision-making.
INTERNET EXPLORER CLIENTS
DVM allows any suitable PC (using the appropriate operating system) to be a DVM client, in a similar way to
EBI Stations. In such cases, Microsoft Internet Explorer is used to host the DVM user interface.
This provides the following major benefits:
x Any PC that has a TCP/IP connection to DVM can have full view and control (subject to the user’s
security level). Management, quality assurance, safety and other personnel can thus view cameras
from their own PCs without the need for expensive CCTV monitors and cabling.
x System administrators can configure and maintain DVM (including exporting, archiving, deleting and
restoring recordings) without using an EBI Station.
DVM is configured with login accounts for all users that require access to the system using these clients. Each
user account is assigned a security level, a control level and accessible areas. This security ensures that users
of these clients can only view and control cameras they are authorized to access (in a similar way to EBI’s
operator-based and Station-based security).
The DVM client software is automatically downloaded from the Database Server and installed during the first
request to view the DVM system. This means that no software (other than Internet Explorer) needs to be
pre-installed on the computer. Any computer connected to the site network can be licensed and used as a
DVM client.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
10
ADVANCED, INTEGRATED SECURITY
DVM delivers the type of advanced security features typically expected of high-end video surveillance and
security management systems. DVM allows you to specify which operators can view which cameras, and
even which operators have access to which recordings. This is achieved with no additional configuration
because DVM integrates seamlessly with EBI’s security model. An operator, once assigned areas of viewing
and control within the building, has immediate access to cameras within those areas. The operator’s security
level and control level within EBI determines what degree of view and control they have within DVM, with all
operator and DVM system actions logged and available as evidence.
INTELLIGENT VIDEO STREAMING AND RECORDING
DVM helps incident investigation by recording not only the video after an event trigger (post-event
recording), but also what happened prior to the event (pre-event recording). This provides a complete
picture of the entire event, significantly enhancing investigations and the availability of evidence. This
feature is provided without the need for the expensive continuous background recording provided by many
other systems.
DVM provides multiple options for recording video:
x Alarm/Event-activated Recordings: Integration with EBI enables activation of a recording when an
alarm or event occurs. Your EBI system determines when recordings should be made on any camera,
with video prior to the alarm or event also captured using the pre-record feature.
x Video Analytics Recordings: Video is recorded when DVM detects motion or receives notification from
the video analytics subsystem – either server-based or embedded in the IP Camera or Video Encoder –
of an event of interest. Again, video prior to the event can also be stored with the recording using the
pre-record feature.
x Camera Tamper Recordings: Video is recorded when DVM detects potential tampering on a camera.
Video prior to the event can also be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature – since the
tamper event may result in unusable video, the pre-event record feature may be very useful in
providing evidence of the actual tampering.
x Intercom Activated Recordings: Video and bi-directional audio is recorded (either automatically or
manually) when an intercom call is initiated within the DVM system. Video prior to the event can also
be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature.
x Device Input/Output Recordings: Video is recorded when an input device connected to an IP camera
or video encoder is triggered or an output is activated on configured devices. Video prior to the event
can also be stored with the recording using the pre-record feature.
x Operator-initiated Recordings: These recordings are initiated by an operator during viewing of the
camera. An operator, who has noticed an incident, simply clicks the record button to record the video.
Video prior to the record button being pressed is also stored in the recording using the pre-record
feature. Manual recordings can either run for a pre-determined length of time or can be terminated by
the operator.
x Scheduled Recordings: Recordings are scheduled on particular cameras at specified times. Each
camera has its own schedule, which can be configured for any time in the future. Recurrent (repeated)
scheduling is also provided on a daily, weekly and monthly basis.
x Continuous Background Recordings: Video – and audio if applicable – can be continuously recorded on
any camera at configurable frame rates without the need to enable complex schedules. This type of
recording is essentially resilient to network communication errors between the Camera and Database
Server.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
11
x PTZ-Activated Recordings: Recordings occur as soon as an operator takes control of a PTZ camera. This
helps to ensure that recordings occur without the need for an operator to press the Record button in
the heat of the moment when responding to a security incident.
A combination of all these types of recordings is available on every camera in the system, with each one
individually configured for maximum flexibility and simplicity. All recordings are stored on the hard drives of
the Camera Servers or other network storage locations until they are either deleted or archived. The storage
of recordings is managed automatically by DVM but can also be manually administered for any camera.
DVM provides a great deal of flexibility in terms of the quality of recorded video. Using supported devices, it
is possible to configure video stream profiles that can then be allocated to different recording types, live
view for both static and mobile clients and for server-based video analysis. Various parameters can be
uniquely configured for the streams including video codec, frame rate, resolution, compression and GOP.
Utilizing the video stream profiles allows for the most efficient matching of video requirements to
application thus helping to reduce processor loads, network bandwidth and storage requirements.
ADVANCED VIDEO ANALYTICS SOLUTIONS
Historically, video motion detection (VMD) was widely used as a trigger to record surveillance events of
interest and help reduce operator workload and unnecessary video storage. As video surveillance technology
has advanced, the requirements for intelligent video have moved beyond simple VMD.
Honeywell DVM provides solutions for both VMD as well as integration to the advanced suite of analytics
solutions provided by the Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics product range.
The DVM video content analysis options include:
x Standard Video Motion Detection: Pixel rate-of-change algorithm, often ideal for well-lit indoor area
use. Each frame is compared with the previous one and the amount of difference determines whether
motion has occurred (based on the sensitivity setting). Standard VMD is included as a standard feature
in the product.
x Advanced (Premium) Video Motion Detection: Adaptive algorithm which can “learn” the scene and
adapt to the environment. This allows the algorithm to ignore environmental changes such as rain, hail,
wind, dust, trees swaying and gradual light changes. This algorithm is appropriate for both indoor and
outdoor use.
x Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics: Provides automatic detection, analysis and classification of the
behaviors of people and vehicles as they move through a scene. It significantly reduces false alarms by
suppressing environmental triggers such as: rain, snow, shadows, reflections, flying birds and waving
trees.
DVM’s video analysis solutions provide the ability to exclude zones where false alarms – unnecessary
security operator distractions – may be generated. Regions of interest can be configured to match the
detection area and exclude potential sources of false alarms. Shapes can be drawn with up to 10 vertices,
thus allowing for regions of interest to be drawn around the actual area where activity needs to be detected
(car parks, fence lines, roadways, etc.).
DVM’s video analytics features do not simply replicate the standard functionality available in many of
today’s CCTV systems, they also include:
x Continuous (24hrs a day, 7 days a week) or scheduled (run only during certain times) detection.
x Automatically perform any or all of the following actions:
o
Raise an alarm (of configurable priority) in EBI
o
Activate a recording – with or without pre-event recording – to record for a fixed amount
of time or until the motion has finished (no motion has been detected for a configurable
amount of time)
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
12
o
Automatically display the camera’s live video in a Station or dedicated alarm monitor
x Individual tuning of each region of interest, to minimize false detections.
x Simultaneous tuning and testing of the “regions of interest” by viewing the live video in tuning mode
for some algorithms. Engineers can thus finely tune and test algorithms without any real detections
occurring.
x Support for some video streamer or camera-based motion detection algorithms.
HONEYWELL INTELLIGENT VIDEO ANALYTICS
Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics consists of individual software suites tailored to suit different
application and cost requirements. This unique, patented software tracks up to 20 targets in each camera
view and reports on more than 35 actionable events and behaviors virtually in real time.
The following solutions are available:
x Active Alert® Base: Identifies and classifies the most common user-defined events and behaviors, and
provides basic perimeter intrusion detection. All Active Alert ® solutions can track up to 20 objects per
camera and the Base package identifies 14 different events.
x Active Alert® Standard: All the benefits of Active Alert Base, plus automatic alarming on 28 different
events, incidents and behaviors.
x Active Alert® Premium: All the benefits of Active Alert Standard, plus additional analytics for high risk
facilities and locations such as abandoned object, removed object and possible theft functionality
covering 36 different events.
x People Counter: Powerful traffic flow measurement with real-time or periodic reporting via dedicated
application.
x Smart Impressions®: Smart video solutions promote optimized operations by analyzing individual
customer and vehicular activities and traffic patterns.
CAMERA TAMPER DETECTION
As surveillance systems grow, it can become harder to understand whether cameras are still functioning as
initially intended or viewing the scenes for which they were configured. Changes in camera view may arise as
a result of natural causes such as dirt build up over time or through malicious interference from people who
would prefer that their actions are not recorded.
DVM includes the ability to detect whether a
camera has been tampered with under the
following conditions:
x Changed Field of View (FOV): It can be very
hard for an operator monitoring many
cameras to realize quickly – if at all – that a
camera is no longer observing the scene
originally intended. This could be because the
camera was bumped or intentionally moved
to avoid detection. Either way, the changed
FOV algorithm will detect and alarm this
change.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
13
x Camera Blurred: Camera vision may blur over time due to dust build up or through intentional defocus
by someone wishing to avoid detection or hoping to degrade recorded evidence to avoid identification.
The algorithm provides a means of detecting when the scene is blurred and thus assists in maintaining
the integrity of the system though detection of malicious tampering or alerting to a service
requirement.
x Camera Blinded: This algorithm detects whether a camera has either been blinded by a bright light
source or had the lens covered. Both scenarios may involve an attempt to avoid detection or
identification from recorded video. DVM is now able to detect and alarm when this occurs.
Camera Tamper Detection can be applied to cameras individually, as required. Each condition listed above
can be enabled or disabled and tuned per camera so that it suits the environment and scene being
monitored.
Camera Tamper Detection helps maintain the integrity of the surveillance system and protects your
investment in security. If the system is no longer able to monitor or record the correct scene, then its value is
greatly reduced.
EFFICIENT VIDEO COLLECTION, STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
With DVM’s intelligent recording options, only video you need is recorded. This helps to optimize video
archiving and storage usage by reducing the collection of redundant and irrelevant video recordings.
Additionally, users can specify the quality of the recorded video. This could simply be the number of frames
per second recorded for each camera and for each recording type per camera. For example, a particular
camera can be configured as: 25 frames/sec for viewing, 10 frames/sec for operator-activated recordings
and 15 frames/sec for video motion detection recordings. Recordings from cameras using MPEG-based
encoding can be made using the full frame rate video or I-frames only (or 2nd or 3rd I-frame).
However, for devices supporting multiple connections and high video data rates a dedicated “recording
stream” can be initiated where all settings are configurable, including codec, frame rate, resolution and
compression. This provides a highly customizable solution allowing you to balance your recording and live
view needs with your investment in video storage and bandwidth.
Recordings are displayed either in the dedicated Recordings
display for IE and EBI Clients or in a timeline interface in the DVM
Console Client. The Recordings display provides “quick search”
capabilities by listing all the available recordings for the camera on
the chosen day, as well as a wealth of information relating to the
recordings. The DVM Console client provides even easier recording
search capabilities via a timeline control covering all selected
cameras in the video workspace with available recordings
represented visually on the variable timeline and video scrubbing,
allowing faster searches.
Recordings (or sections of recordings) can be exported as
Microsoft Windows Media files and replayed in Microsoft
Windows Media Player (or equivalent). These files can then be
stored on CD/DVD, emailed or used as evidence of an incident.
Video can be exported as in either the uncompressed native
format (using the Advanced Systems Format file format or .asf for
short), where evidence requirements prohibit video transcoding,
or the Windows Media Video (.wmv format) where transcoding is
acceptable and smaller export files sizes are required.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
14
DVM supports Motion JPEG video for high quality video evidence, as well as other leading differential video
encoding formats such as MPEG4 and H.264 which help reduce bandwidth and storage requirements while
generally maintaining video quality.
ADVANCED SEARCH CAPABILITIES
With Digital Video Manger, users have convenient access to all their important video data, at virtually any
time.
DVM provides powerful search and retrieval
capabilities that free operators from the frustrating
task of fast-forwarding and rewinding video tapes to
find a particular incident. Operators can search for
recorded incidents based on criteria such as
date/time, camera, recording type, the activating EBI
point, alarm/event type and operator notes. They can
then immediately view the retrieved recordings.
These advanced search and retrieval capabilities are
powered by a Microsoft SQL Server relational
database to optimize speed and flexibility.
Even archived recordings can be included in the search, allowing them to be easily located and replayed.
Although an archived recording no longer resides on the Camera Server, its details do, including the name of
the archived media. When an archived recording is selected for viewing, the system instructs the operator to
load the appropriate archival media.
STATE-OF-THE-ART VIDEO STORAGE
DVM supports virtually any Windows compatible storage device, providing you with the flexibility needed to
meet your storage requirements. A DVM system consists of two types of storage: online and offline. Online
storage is used for video clips which must be readily available for review. Typically this type of storage uses
internal or directly attached hard drives or network storage locations. DVM supports virtually all hard drive
configurations supported by Microsoft Windows. For small systems (with low online storage requirements),
internal drives with fault tolerant drive controllers may be used. For large systems (with large online storage
requirements), high capacity, fault tolerant storage arrays may be used. Irrespective of the storage
requirements, DVM is able to makes use of fault tolerant, RAID based storage solutions to provide high levels
of system availability.
Where multiple Camera Servers are used, these storage requirements can be split amongst Camera Servers,
further reducing storage costs. DVM also provides a flexible means to configure storage behavior. Priority
can be given to continue recording even when disk space reaches a pre-configured danger threshold. This is
achieved by automatically deleting older clips that are closest to their deletion dates and thus freeing up disk
space. Importantly, the system can be configured so that surveillance footage required as evidence for
current events is not lost.
Offline storage (archiving) is used for video clips that are not regularly required by operators, but which must
be kept for a period of time. All relevant information about the archived recordings remains within the DVM
database for use in searches. These recordings also appear in the list of recordings for the camera, shown in
a different color to indicate that the recording has been archived and needs to be restored before viewing.
Recordings can also be automatically archived at a pre-defined date/time after the recording has completed.
This makes the archiving process less prone to errors.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
15
Because recordings are stored digitally, they do not suffer from the aging and deterioration problems
historically associated with VCR tapes. In addition, because hard drives and most digital archiving media have
significantly greater data density capabilities, the space required for the storage media has been significantly
reduced and is expected to continue to do so as technology improves.
INTEGRATION WITH ANALOG CCTV SYSTEMS
DVM can be installed alongside an existing analog CCTV system. With this approach, DVM is primarily used
as a digital video recording management system, providing live and recorded video to EBI Stations and
Internet Explorer clients. The existing analog CCTV system is still used for dedicated viewing of cameras using
the CCTV system monitors, keyboards and joysticks.
The DVM system provides digital recording capabilities (including video motion detection and alarm/event
activation), management of recordings, live and recorded view to EBI Stations and Internet Explorer clients,
and integration of video into the EBI custom displays.
The ability to use DVM with an existing CCTV system gives you access to DVM’s many benefits, while
retaining the familiar components of the analog CCTV system.
DIGITALLY SIGNED RECORDINGS AND AUDIT TRAIL (LOG)
DVM provides for the ability to export recordings (or segments of recordings) into standard Windows Media
format files. Every exported recording can be digitally signed to validate the authenticity and integrity of the
origin of the recording by providing evidence that the recording has not been tampered with.
The alternative to Digital Signatures is “Watermarking”, which is used by some digital video systems. Digital
Signatures provide many inherent advantages over watermarking. A visible watermark may obscure part of
an image, whilst an invisible watermark can potentially introduce visual artifacts. In either case, the original
file is altered, which could reduce the evidentiary weight of the digital image. Digital Signatures, on the other
hand, do not alter the original files, thereby offering an advantage over watermarking in some instances.
DVM also provides a complete audit trail (log) of all operator actions and system events. This audit trail
provides you with a record of all changes made to the DVM configuration, as well as when and who
controlled cameras, viewed cameras, and initiated and viewed recordings. It also documents DVM’s
condition at the time of the recording. As with the exported recordings, the exported audit logs are also
digitally signed to validate their authenticity.
The audit trail can be exported when exporting a recording, and then saved with the recording. When used
in conjunction with site chain-of-custody processes and procedures, digital signatures and the audit trail can
enhance the evidentiary weight of a recording in a legal proceeding.
Please note: evidentiary rules vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and there is no guarantee that evidence
derived from DVM will be admissible in any particular jurisdiction. Please ensure that you obtain legal
guidance regarding the requirements for video evidence in your location.
PRIVACY
DVM provides the ability to protect the privacy of people whose actions are recorded by the system. Each
camera can be set to allow playback and export of video only after authorization is received from a manager,
thus preventing operators from reviewing or exporting recorded video without good reason or permission.
SYSTEM DIAGNOSTICS
Honeywell DVM includes a powerful Diagnostic Framework application that provides a unified interface for
running tests, recording system activity, collecting diagnostic information, and viewing logs. It contains a set
of pre-defined tests that are applicable to the DVM system and the current operating environment. The tests
vary depending on whether the Diagnostic Framework is installed on a server or a client computer.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
16
The tests are comprehensive, and typically consist of a number of sub-tests. For example, a system health
test includes sub-tests for versions of OS components, status of services, security configuration, and so on.
The Diagnostic Framework contains a set of pre-defined recording profiles that define what system activity
and parameters to record for particular types of problems.
Diagnostic packages can be created for support purposes and typically include system logs, recordings, and
other files that may help diagnose the issues experienced and assist in rapid fault-finding and resolution.
OTHER POWERFUL FEATURES
x Easy system administration via DVM’s integrated administration user interface.
x Snapshot, whereby on the click of a button by the operator, DVM captures the current frame of video
and saves it as a bitmap image. This is available when viewing both live video and recorded video.
x CCTV Keyboard: DVM supports the UltraKey professional CCTV keyboard from Honeywell Video
Systems. The keyboard provides an alternative client to a PC-based client and is often ideal for
operators more familiar with traditional CCTV keyboards.
x Flexible video workspace allowing the display of up to 25 cameras on a single monitor promoting
greater situational awareness of site conditions by providing a broader overview of areas under
surveillance. Cameras can also be cycled in individual viewports for more efficient use of video displays.
x Sequencing in Views, whereby the presets of PTZ cameras as well as fixed cameras are cycled on a
timed basis, within a single view or within the view port of a multiple camera view.
x Alarm Monitors. If an alarm/event occurs in the EBI system, or video motion is detected, a camera or
group of cameras can be automatically displayed on an alarm monitor.
x Surveillance Monitors. An operator may switch cameras, sequence views and multi-camera views on
dedicated monitors.
x Combined Alarm and Surveillance Monitors. This provides the ability for monitors to be configured to
act as both Alarm and Surveillance monitors. In this case, the monitor behaves as a Surveillance
monitor until an alarm occurs, in which case it will show the alarm video. Once the alarm is
acknowledged, the video previously shown (as a surveillance monitor) is displayed again.
x Image Blocking: Prevents unauthorized operators from viewing live or recorded video when a specific
class of operator takes control of a camera, thus helping to prevent potential collaboration between
operators and suspects.
x Cycling Alarm Monitors. The basic functionality of the Multi Monitor alarm queue is extended by
providing support for a cycling alarm monitor, placed at the end of the alarm queue. This allows each
Multi Monitor alarm queue to display a larger number of activated alarm camera views than there are
physical Multi Monitor screens. The newest activated alarm camera view will enter an alarm queue at
a position appropriate to its alarm priority and the time of the event. Existing activated alarm camera
views reshuffle in the queue to accommodate the new view. In the event that all the available Multi
Monitor screens are full, the oldest activated alarm camera views with the lowest priority are added to
the cycling alarm monitor.
x Video Loss Alarming. The coax connection to a streamer is often a common point of failure in a hybrid
solution (system containing some or all analogue CCTV cameras). Loss of video poses a security risk in
any surveillance system and may not be discovered until it is too late. DVM utilizes the video loss
feature of Axis video servers to provide faster, more reliable user notification when such an event
occurs, thus helping to maintain the integrity of the surveillance system.
x
Bi-directional Audio support: Provides a simple and inexpensive IP Intercom solution utilizing the
existing network camera or video encoder infrastructure. Bi-directional Audio support does not obviate
the need for professional 3rd party IP Intercom solutions.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
17
x
Device Capability Discovery: Provides the ability to query connected IP Cameras and Video Encoders
from supported device families and determine their capabilities, which can then be loaded into the
system to allow immediate configuration and use.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
18
PRODUCT DATA SUMMARY
DVM System Architecture & Capacities
x Client/Server Architecture
x Database Servers with full hot standby Redundancy option
x Camera Servers with N:M Redundancy option
DVM System
Architecture
x DVM Operator Console, EBI Stations and Internet Explorer clients
x Microsoft Windows Server 2012 R2 or Windows Server 2008 R2 and
Windows 8.1 or Windows 7 (all 64 bit)
x Scalable from single to distributed camera servers
x Microsoft SQL 2014 Server database (64)
x Single server (combined Database and Camera Servers)
x Distributed Preferred and Redundant Camera Servers
Solution Architecture
Schemes
x Redundant Database Servers
x Distributed Database Servers
x Mobile Video Streaming Servers
x Distributed Video Content Analysis Servers
x Up to 4000 cameras managed per Database Server – systems can be
expanded by adding additional Database Servers
x Up to 200 cameras per Camera Server (depending on hardware and
system configuration, including video streaming parameters)
System Capacities
x Up to 255 concurrent Internet Explorer Clients
x No software limit on number of DVM Console Clients*
x No software limit on number of MultiMonitor Clients*
x No software limit on number of Mobile Clients*
Networking
x Uses current industry-standard TCP/IP networking over Ethernet or
wireless Ethernet
x Client licensing limited by number of simultaneous connections
* Note: Client capacities are not software-limited but hardware and practical limitations will apply.
Limitations will be determined during solution design based on customer specification for system operation
and hardware utilized.
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
19
DVM Clients
x Microsoft Windows 8.1 and Windows 7
x Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11
x Advanced Operator Control Room Interface with Timeline, multi-level
Camera Tree, flexible Video Workspace and Synchronized Playback
Operator Interface
x Pre-configured camera configuration and viewing displays
x ActiveX viewing controls for inclusion into EBI and HTML displays, with VB
scripting ability
x Scalable screen viewing resolution
x Intuitive Web-style navigation buttons, tab views, PTZ controls and VCR
style recording controls
x Integrated operator security: single security context across Security
System
Operator Security (EBI
Station)
x Integrated control level security
x Integrated area security
x Events logged by operator ID in audit log
x Six levels of access for Internet Explorer clients: Level 1, Level 2, Operator,
Engineer, Supervisor, Manager
Operator Security
(Internet Explorer)
x Up to 255 control levels for operator-initiated actions
x Effective partitioning of facility into different areas
x Events logged by operator ID in audit log
Networking
x Uses current industry-standard TCP/IP networking over Ethernet or
wireless Ethernet
x Client licensing limited by number of simultaneous connections
Live View of Video
Navigation Panel (camera menu) for selection of cameras
x Enabled
Camera Status Indication:
x Disabled
x Recording
x Video Motion Detection/Video Analytics Running
Camera Controls:
x Start Record button
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
20
x Stop record button
x Snapshot button
x Preset Positions (combo box)
x Add/Delete preset positions
x Camera focus
x Camera iris
x Camera zoom
x Camera pan
x Camera tilt
x Enable, disable camera
x Mouse controlled pan-tilt-zoom
x Joystick controlled pan-tilt-zoom
x Initiate Intercom call
x Current date and time
x Amount of time remaining until recording is complete
x Remaining operator reservation period
Indicators:
x Operator currently controlling camera
x Recording in progress
x Video Motion Detection / Video Analytics currently running
x Motion / Video Analytics event currently being detected
x Digital Zoom, Pan and Tilt
Image Enhancement:
x Brightness
x Noise
x Contrast and Sharpen adjustment
Multi-Camera Views
Pre-configured layouts supporting up to 25
cameras per screen
Dedicated support for normal aspect ratio (4:3)
and wide screen (16:9) monitors
Configurable and saved with View number and
name
Cycle preset positions of pan-tilt-zoom cameras
within view ports
Cycle cameras within each view port
Configurable cycle time
Virtually unlimited number of cameras per view
port
Viewing Video from EBI Custom Displays
Live view control
x Embedded into displays
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
21
x Embedded into popup displays
x Display scripting access
x Pan-tilt-zoom-focus-iris-preset controls provided
x Recording controls and snapshot button provided
x Jump to recorded video
x Send camera to Surveillance Monitor(s)
x Embedded into displays
x Embedded into popup displays
Recording viewing
control
x Display scripting access
x Play, stop, pause, rewind, fast forward, step forward, step backward,
slider controls provided
x Snapshot button
x Switch cameras
Display scripting for
Video Controls
x Switch recordings
x Enable/disable PTZ buttons and borders
x Control playback of recording
x Digital Zoom, Pan and Tilt
Image Enhancement
x Brightness
x Noise
x Contrast and Sharpen adjustment
Dedicated Video Display Monitors
x Controlled by operators
Surveillance Monitors
x Numeric keypad shortcuts
x Single view, multi-camera view, sequence views Alarm monitors
x Automatically controlled by EBI Alarms/Events and Video Motion
Detection
Alarm Monitors
x Single view
x Cycling Alarm Monitors
Combination Surveillance
& Alarm Monitors
x Acts as a Surveillance monitor until an alarm occurs, whereby alarm video
is displayed
x Once alarm is acknowledged, surveillance video is re-displayed
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
22
Audio and Input/Output Support
Device Digital Input and Output Ports
Supported on most devices – please see
Compatibility Matrix for specific device support
Recordings can be triggered by changes on
monitored inputs or when switching outputs
Input/Output status provided to operator
Outputs can be triggered by video analytics
alarms
Required for Intercom application with bidirectional audio
Inputs/Outputs can have multiple associated
cameras and thus trigger multiple camera
recordings
Audio / Intercom
Supported on all Axis devices supporting fullduplex bi-directional audio
Calls trigger from field (via IP camera or video
encoder input) or from operator station
Calls can be recorded automatically, manually or
have recording disabled for privacy reasons
Intercom pop-up remains pinned to screen for
duration of call
Operator provided with Intercom call list in the
DVM User Interface
Video Recordings
Recording profiles assigned to recording types. Each profile allows configuration of resolution, frame
rate, GOV/GOP and compression
Recording Types
Operator-Activated
Recordings
EBI Alarm/EventActivated
x Start/Stop with pre-configured duration
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Pre-configured duration per camera
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Record based on trigger from Input or Output from a network camera or
encoder
Device Input/OutputActivated
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Recording can be initiated on multiple cameras by the same input or
output
Scheduled Recording
x Daily, weekly, monthly, yearly recurrence
Video Motion Detection
x Recordings triggered by Video Content Analysis
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
23
or Video Analytics
Activated
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Detection may be enabled/disabled automatically via scheduling
x Record when potential tamper events detected
Camera Tamper
Detection
x Supports Camera Blur, Blind and Changed Field-of-View
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Operator or field-activated Intercom calls
Intercom
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Recording automatically initialized when an operator moves a PTZ camera
PTZ-Activated Recording
x Pre-record based on pre-configured duration
x Record continuously without any trigger
Continuous Background
Recording
x Configurable per camera
x Supports resilience to network failures between Database and Camera
Servers
Recording Metadata
Date & time recording initiated
Operator/Station ID (Operator Activated)
Duration
EBI Point Name (Alarm/Event Activation)
Frame Rate
Operator or Schedule Notes
Resolution
Automatic Archiving Date (If applicable)
Compression
Automatic Deletion Date (If applicable)
Recording Privacy
Manager approval required when accessing protected recordings for the purpose of replaying or
exporting the recording
Configurable individually per camera
Archiving Recordings
Recordings moved to an archive folder for
archiving to long-term storage.
Information about recording remains within the
DVM database for searching
Restore recording for viewing
Automatic archiving of recordings based on
recording end-time
Archival configurable per camera
Archive details can be manually set/altered
Viewing Recordings
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
24
x Timeline control displaying recording availability – play directly from
Timeline in the Video Workspace
x Instant Playback: jump back 5 minutes, 1 minute or 30 seconds
x Jump to next recording
x Time-synchronized playback of 2 or more cameras via Timeline
DVM Operator Console
Client
x Video replay in Workspace along with live view of other cameras
x Play, stop, pause, fast forward, rewind, step forward, step backward,
slider controls
x Motion Search on Recordings
x Video Export from Timeline: 1 or more cameras (up to all cameras in
Workspace)
x Video Export from Timeline: Configure identical or unique export duration
for each camera
x Table of all recordings for the camera for the chosen day
x Video player with recording controls
x Play, stop, pause, fast forward, rewind, step forward, step backward,
slider controls
DVM Internet Explorer
and EBI Station Client
x Snapshot button
x Variable speed, fast forward and rewind
x Direct view of recordings, initiated by an EBI alarm/event or motion
detection, from within the EBI alarm and event summary displays
x Link to popup a display with embedded video control replaying video at
full recorded resolution
Managing Storage
Automatic deletion of recordings – configured
per camera
Deletion dates automatically or manually assigned
Image Enhancement
Digital Zoom, Pan and Tilt
Brightness, Noise, Contrast and Sharpen
adjustment
Video Evidence
Video Export
x Full recording or segment of the recording
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
25
x Single or multiple camera export
x Export selection directly from video timeline
x Export in compressed format using Microsoft Windows Media Video
(WMV) or native format using Advanced System Format (ASF)
x Original recording remains unaltered by Export
x Video player provided to select required segment. Play, stop, pause, fast
forward, rewind, step forward, step backward, select start, select end,
play selected segment controls provided.
x Export system audit log with recording to allow correlation of events with
video
x Both exported recording and audit log can be digitally signed as proof of
authentication and integrity*
x Exported Honeywell DVM files containing a digital signature can be
verified by using the Honeywell DVM Video Export Player application
x Digital Signatures used to protect exported video and system audit logs
x No video evidence is altered when digitally signing video
Security of Evidence
x Default Honeywell DVM Digital Certificate provided
x Customer may provide their own Digital Certificate
All operator and system actions are logged including:
x Start/stop viewing camera or View
x Enabling/disabling cameras
x Adding/deleting/modifying camera, view
Audit Trail (System Log)
x Controlling camera (pan, tilt, zoom, focus, iris, presets)
x Adding/deleting/modifying schedules
x Start/stop of recordings and snapshots
x Export recordings, audit logs
x Modify Video Analytics or Video Motion Detection settings, tuning
x System alarms
* Note: Evidentiary rules vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction and there is no guarantee that DVM recordings
will be admissible in any particular jurisdiction. Please ensure that you obtain legal guidance regarding the
requirements for video evidence in your location.
Video Search
Online and Archived recordings are included in searches
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
26
x Search on all cameras for a particular date range
Simple Search
Parameters
x Today, yesterday, in the last week, in the last month, a particular date, on
or before a particular date, between a range of dates
x Camera
x Recording Type
x Operator or Station ID
Advanced Search
Parameters
x Name, value or description of EBI Point
x EBI Alarm/Event priority
x EBI Area
x Operator Notes
Timeline Search
x Search using video playhead directly from timeline control (DVM Console)
System Reporting
x Honeywell DVM Comprehensive Audit
Audit Reports
x Honeywell DVM System Activity
x Honeywell DVM User Activity
System configuration
reports
x Honeywell DVM Camera Configuration
x Honeywell DVM Video Analytics Events
Activity reports
x Honeywell DVM Clip Summary
x Honeywell DVM Storage Usage
Point Status reports
x Honeywell DVM Process Point Status
Internationalization
x Language packs available for Dutch, French, Italian, German, Russian, Spanish, Simplified Chinese
x Translatable into virtually any local language
x Database provides tables to convert each string of text in the User Interface
x Stations and Clients may use different languages within one system
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
27
CCTV Keyboard
x Honeywell Video Solutions UltraKey Lite and UltraKey Plus Professional CCTV keyboard
x Ethernet-connected to the system
x Uses Surveillance Monitors as Operator User Interface
x Security provided by Operator sign-on PIN
System Documentation
Electronic
Printed
Overview & Planning Guide
Yes
Yes
Installation & Upgrade Guide
Yes
Yes
Operator’s Guide
Yes
Yes
Configuration & Administration Guide
Yes
No
Troubleshooting Guide
Yes
No
Device Setup Guide
Yes
No
Honeywell DVM Application Development Guide
Yes
No
Supported Network Video Streaming Devices and Standards
The supported camera range is continually being expanded and is shown in the latest DVM Compatibility
Matrix – please refer to this document for detailed device qualification information.
Video Standards
x Motion JPEG
Video Encoding Formats
x MPEG4
x H.264 (MPEG4 Part 10 / AVC)
Video Resolution and
Frame Rate
x Resolution and frame rate support dependent on device functionality.
Refer to technical specifications of individual devices.
Video Compression
x 5 Levels, dependent on camera
Open Video Standards
Support
x ONVIF
IP/Network Cameras
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
28
x M-Series
x P-Series
Axis
x Q-Series
x 2xx-series network cameras (including most legacy devices)
OnCam/GrandEye
x Halocam series network cameras
x equIP Series Network Cameras
Honeywell
x HDZ IP Dome Series (Network PTZ cameras)
x ACUIX IP Dome Series (Network PTZ Cameras)
Panasonic
x iPro Series Network Cameras
x Sarix series of Network Cameras
Pelco
x ExSite series of network cameras (utilizing IP conversion card TXB-N-xxx)
x IPELA Generation 2 Network Cameras
x IPELA Generation 3 Network Cameras
Sony
x IPELA Generation 4 Network Cameras
x IPELA Generation 5 Network Cameras
x IPELA Generation 6 Network Cameras
Network Video Encoders/Streamers
x M-Series
x P-Series
Axis
x Q-Series
x 2xxx-series network cameras (including most legacy devices)
Honeywell
x HVE Series network video encoder
Supported Analog Video Streaming Devices and Standards
Analogue Cameras
All fixed and PTZ analogue CCTV cameras supported for video streaming purposes
Analogue PTZ Protocols
Axis
x All PTZ cameras (protocols) supported by the AXIS Video Encoders
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
29
x Ademco RapidDome
x Honeywell KD6i Digital Dome camera
Honeywell
x Honeywell KD6i Special Preset support
x VCL (Video Controls Limited) Orbiter cameras
x Pelco P Protocol
Pelco
x Pelco D Protocol
Tyco
x Sensormatic
PRODUCT HARDWARE SPECIFICATIONS
Please see the DVM R600 Compatibility Matrix for more complete system hardware specifications.
Specification data for EBI Server and Client components are detailed in the EBI Spec & Tech document or the
EBI Compatibility Matrix.
Database Server
Processor: Dual-Core Intel Xeon® 5130 2.0GHz or Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps
higher
Memory: Minimum 8GB RAM
Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft Hyper-V
Display Adapter: 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x 1050 with Hard disk: 73GB SATA 15,000rpm for Operating
24-bit/true color and 32MB Video memory
System, SQL Server and DVM software. Separate 73
GB SATA 15,000rpm hard drive for the DVM
database files and nightly backups
Keyboard: 12 function keys
Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012
R2 or Server 2008 R2, Microsoft Windows 7 (64 bit)
DVDROM Drive
Browser: Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11
Pointing Device: Mouse or touch screen interface
Database: SQL Server 2014 Standard
Notes:
x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported
x If the Database Server is used as a Client then the same minimum requirements for Video memory apply
as shown for the Clients below
x Network interface card: Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended
x Large and/or complex systems or systems with high recording activity require an additional hard drive for
DVM transaction log files
x DVM supports virtualization of Camera Servers using VMware ESX/ESXi 4.0 onwards and Microsoft 2008
Hyper-V
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
30
Camera Server and Video Analytics Server
Processor: Dual-Core Intel Xeon® 5130 2.0GHz or Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps
higher
Memory: Minimum 4GB RAM
Virtualization: VMware and Microsoft Hyper-V
Display Adapter: 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x 1050 with Hard disk: 40GB SATA 7,200rpm for Operating
24-bit/true color and 32MB Video memory
System and DVM software. Separate internal,
external or network storage required for video
recordings (volume based on system configuration)
Keyboard: 12 function keys
Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012
R2 or Server 2008 R2, Microsoft Windows 7 (64 bit)
DVDROM Drive
Browser: Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11
Pointing Device: Mouse or touch screen interface
Notes:
x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported
x 2 x Dual-Core Intel® Xeon® 5140 (3.0GHz or higher) or AMD equivalent recommended for Analytics
Servers running 16 or more camera channels of Honeywell Intelligent Video Analytics
x Additional RAM required for Camera Servers managing cameras configured with pre-record feature
x Network interface card: Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended
x Archiving storage devices required for archiving recordings
x DVM supports virtualization of Camera Servers using VMware ESX/ESXi 4.0 onwards and Microsoft 2008
Hyper-V
Mobile Video Streaming Server and Devices
Processor: Dual-Core Intel Xeon® 5140 2.33GHz or Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps
higher
Operating System: Microsoft Windows Server 2012 Hard disk:
R2 or Server 2008 R2, Microsoft Windows 7 (64 bit) Capacity: 40GB, single hard drive
Software: Windows operating system, Honeywell
DVM mobile Server software
Memory: Minimum 4GB RAM, 8GB Recommended
Video streams supported: from 20 to 90 based on
hardware
Mobile Device OS: Apple iOS8
Mobile devices:
iPad Air and later
iPad Mini Retina and later
iPhone 5 and later
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
31
DVM Console Clients
Processor: Intel Core i5-3570 3.4GHz or higher
Keyboard: 12 function keys
Memory: Minimum 2GB RAM
DVDROM Drive
Monitor(s): Minimum Super VGA monitor Pointing Device: Mouse, USB Joystick or touch
supporting non-interlaced 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x screen interface
1050 pixel resolution
Monitor Count: up to 4 per Client Workstation
Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gbps
Video Graphics Card: Any card able to provide a Operating System: Microsoft Windows 8.1 and
Windows Experience Index subscore of 7.0 or Windows 7 (64 bit), Windows Server 2012 R2 and
higher
2008 R2
Hard disk: 40GB SATA 7,200rpm for Operating
System and DVM software.
Notes:
x Workstation level hardware recommended
x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported
x Network interface card: 100Mbps supported; Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended
DVM Internet Explorer Clients (Including Multi-Monitor and Station)
Processor: Intel Xeon® E5-2620 2.0GHz or higher
Keyboard: 12 function keys
Memory: Minimum 2GB RAM
DVDROM Drive
Monitor Type: Minimum Super VGA monitor Pointing Device: Mouse, USB Joystick or touch
supporting non-interlaced 1280 x 1024 or 1680 x screen interface
1050 pixel resolution
Monitor Count: up to 4 per Client Workstation
Network: TCP/IP, minimum 1Gb/s
Video Graphics Card: Minimum 1280 x 1024 or Operating System: Microsoft Windows 8.1 and
1680 x 1050 pixel resolution support with 128MB Windows 7 (64 bit), Windows Server 2012 R2 and
video RAM and 24-bit/true color
2008 R2
Hard disk: 40GB SATA 7,200rpm for Operating Browser: Internet Explorer 9, 10 and 11
System and DVM software.
Notes:
x Workstation level hardware recommended
x AMD equivalent of Intel specification processor also supported
x Network interface card: 100Mbps supported; Gigabit Ethernet or higher recommended
Network
802.3 Ethernet, 802.3u Fast Ethernet, 802.3z Gigabit Ethernet LAN using standard cable types:
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
32
x
Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP)
x
Fiber Optic
802.11a, 802.11b, 802.11g, 802.11n Wireless Ethernet
Note: Some features in this specification are based on the use of Honeywell EBI in conjunction with DVM
DVM R600 Specification and Technical Data
V1: August 2015
33
North America Honeywell 1985 Douglas Drive North, Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992 Ph: 1-800-345-6700
ext.420 • Asia Honeywell Southeast Asia, Honeywell Building, 17 Changi Business Park Central 1, Singapore
486073, Tel: 355 2828 Fax: 445 3055 0149 • Pacific Division Honeywell Pty Ltd., 2 Richardson Place, North
Ryde NSW Australia 2113, Tel: 1300 138 081 Fax: 1300 138 082 • Europe Middle East and Africa Honeywell
S.A., Hermes Plaza, Hermeslaan 1H, B-1831 Brussels, Belgium+32 2728 2597
Xeon® is a registered trademark of Intel, Inc. Windows Media®, Microsoft® Windows® and SQL Server® are
registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation. VMware® is a registered trademark of VMware, Inc.
Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator, Honeywell Building Manager, Honeywell Security Manager,
Honeywell Life Safety Manager, Honeywell Digital Video Manager, and SafeBrowse are trademarks of
Honeywell International Inc.
Copyright © 2015 Honeywell International Inc. All rights reserved.
www.honeywell.com
Connected Buildings
REACT FASTER TO MITIGATE RISKS
Intuitive Intelligence
Digital Video
Manager Console
Honeywell Digital Video Manager Console
Empowering security operators to do more with less
Honeywell Digital Video Manager Console is a feature rich surveillance client that empowers security
operators to do more with less. Benefiting from an intuitive security-centric design, the DVM Console
employs advanced user-experience design to simplify interactions, increase situational awareness
and enable a more efficient approach to incident response and investigations.
Fast Camera Access
The array of fast camera access features
promotes faster response, informed
decision making and improved incident
management.
• Multi-level navigation tree to locate
cameras faster
• Built-in filter capability
• Fast access to recently used cameras
• System build facility hierarchy of
cameras and DVM views to manage
operator scope of responsibility
• Operator-defined logical camera
grouping
• Group-camera select
Flexible Layout
Achieve extraordinary situational
awareness with a flexible graphical user
interface, customizable to suit individual
security requirements.
• Simultaneous viewing of live and
recorded video
• Locate cameras in the navigation tree
from the workspace
• Increase individual tiles and achieve a
full screen view
• Call-up multi-monitor keypad, change
to full screen mode or clear the
workspace
• Direct access to recently used
cameras extends contextual
awareness and compliments the agile
navigation experience
Predictive Security
• DVM’s video motion detection and
advanced video content analysis
automatically detects objects and
events in the scene
• Objects triggering events are easily
investigation time.
• Timeline with multi-camera summary
display of recordings, allowing for
faster review and navigation of
surveillance footage
• Motion searching, on a single or
multiple cameras, identifies periods of
time where motion has occurred,
promoting reduced operator workload
and investigation time
• Synchronized view on some or all
viewed cameras, enabling operators
to monitor events as they unfold
deeper contextual insight
annotations
• Honeywell’s Active Alert video
analytics package can analyse real
time video for multiple behaviours
operator load and forensic
investigation time
• Seamlessly integrate with third-party
video analytics via Video.net
For more information about DVM R600
visit dvm.honeywell.com
Honeywell Building Solutions
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992
Tel: 1.800.345.6770 ext.612
www.honeywell.com
promoting savings in forensics and
across multiple cameras providing
• Multiple layouts to suit application
• Full drag and drop capability
with motion-sensitive searches and
synchronized playback capability,
video through the use of onscreen
and events, helping to reduce
customizable per operator
Faster access to surveillance footage
identified in both live and recorded
• Display up to 25 cameras at once
• Flexible workspace with overflow
Easier Forensic Investigations
SL754-0515en | 02/16
© 2016 Honeywell International Inc.
• Efficient video export of 1 or more
cameras for faster incident review
• Zooming and scrubbing capability,
promoting easier and faster review
Connected Buildings
Intuitive Intelligence
The Power of Smart Surveillance
Digital Video Manager
R600
Honeywell Digital Video Manager Release 600
Smarter, Faster Security and Surveillance
Simplified safety and security incident management,
enhanced forensic investigation capability,
mobility, and greater insight and control across
your facility. Digital Video Manager (DVM)
R600 is our most advanced and open video
integration platform delivering greater flexibility
in operation - on the go, by voice, or by touch.
Multi-Sensory Operating Environment – Saving
Time and Increasing Flexibility
Mitigate Risk, Reduce Response Time With
Smarter Surveillance
Voice command, mobility, touch screen interface, video walls
The intuitive security-centric Honeywell Digital Video
and more, DVM R600 provides more options, and greater
Manager Console enables security operators to do more
flexibility, helping to save critical detection, analysis and
with less. DVM R600 provides a more efficient approach to
reaction time. New DVM mobile promotes productivity and
incident response and investigations with synchronized video
operational efficiency outside the control room with high
export, promoting financial and time savings. Features such
definition, intelligent streaming and video playback that
as flexible workspace, instant and sychronized playback,
adapts to network conditions.
motion searching and integrated analytics continue to
empower security operators to better manage threats and
Flexibility and power to the operator
reduce response time.
• The ability to multi-task during critical situations and
collaborate while managing incidents empowers security
Faster configuration, flexible operation and reduced cost
operators to do more with less
• Easier configuration and flexible operation enables you to
channel optimized functionality from virtually any device
• Voice command directing cameras displayed and engaging
in dialogue with your system for near real-time update of
to the unique use patterns of your facility (tailoring tours,
privacy zones, wash-wipe etc)
system status, enabling a deeper and quicker understanding
of your system
• Save cost through more efficient use of hardware,
supporting greater data throughput and more devices per
• Optimized, easier to use workspace allows users to focus on
video without distractions and with greater awareness of
Camera Server, and promoting reduced initial hardware and
future system maintenance costs
system status and recording
• Video sensor technology and latest video analytics promotes
• Flexibility of video playback (tile or timeline) for greater
a predictive security solution and helps mitigate risk
operational flexibility
Via Video Wall, DVM Console,
tablet or smartphone...the
largest to the smallest... leverage
the power of DVM R600
2
Voice control for live monitoring and control of your
facilities? Now you’re talking smart surveillance...
Broader Choice with Tighter Connectivity
Confidence and Compliance
Helping you to continuously evolve and adapt to changing
DVM R600 provides a migration path to a compliant and more
security threats, DVM R600 allows rapid adoption of the
secure IT environment, helping to mitigate risks and provided
latest industry trends and innovations. Support for open
added confidence in investment.
integration of security products (ONVIF) and enhancements
to Video.Net integration, promotes freedom of choice and
Greater insight and resiliency
• DVM R600 promotes higher availability and reliability with
interoperability.
enhanced system-wide server and recording, edge recording
Enhanced interoperability, streamlined engineering
and support for multicasting.
• Accelerated product discovery promotes configuration time
savings and reduces operational disruption
• Intelligent back-up of camera servers supports high
availability of recordings
• Adopt advanced IP camera innovations with higher
resolutions, edge analytics, edge recordings and multistreaming to help realize higher productivity, better asset
utilization and improved security
• Multi-layered, high density and high volume surveillance
capability promotes ease of scalability and expandability for
a smarter long-term investment
• Promote capital savings through freedom of choice to a
• Camera server recording paths can be optimized for a
more balanced utilization of video storage and increased
resiliency of the system
• The DVM R600 Camera Server also self-monitors broader
metrics including memory, power supply, disc failure and
more, enabling greater insight into system health
• Integrated alarm management helps to highlight potential
issues before they impede performance, promoting
wider range of devices
increased resiliency and reliability
• Realize the benefits of Wide Area and Distributed
Surveillance, now possible with architecture innovations
and new mobile client support
Productivity gains from optimized user experience including voice control of cameras
Extraordinary situational awareness on-the-go with mobile devices
Operational benefits
More efficient incident response and forensic investigations, promoting financial
and time savings
Integrate future surveillance technologies faster
Help reduce cost with more devices per camera server
3
Honeywell Digital Video Manager Release 600
Smart, Integrated Surveillance
Integrated technologies enable you to do more with less.
While traditional, standalone security applications provide
clear benefit to end users, the real power lies in managing
the different functions – intrusion detection, time and
attendance monitoring, access control and surveillance for
example – as one integrated security solution and converging
this with your building and life safety management systems.
The Honeywell Enterprise Buildings Integrator (EBI) platform enables
facility-wide integration into a common operator interface. It helps
remove operational silos, enable intelligent automation, intuitive
alarming and operational efficiencies through operating as one unified,
collaborative environment.
The result? A connected ewnterprise that helps increase operational
efficiency, provide strategic protection and reduce risk to property, people
and assets across your entire enterprise.
As an integral part of the EBI suite, DVM’s live and recorded video clips
can be linked to alarm and events for extraordinary situational awareness,
insight and control to assist in effectively mitigating risks to your people,
property and assets.
About Honeywell
Honeywell Building Solutions (HBS) is a leading provider of intelligent
security, building, energy and life-safety management solutions and
services to thousands of facilities around the world. From design to
installation, commissioning to maintenance support, HBS taps into
both our global portfolio and our local expertise to deliver customized
solutions that solve your business challenges – today and tomorrow.
For more information about DVM R600
visit dvm.honeywell.com
Honeywell Building Solutions
1985 Douglas Drive North
Golden Valley, MN 55422-3992
Tel: 1.800.345.6770 ext.612
www.honeywell.com
SL-53-2516 | 01/16
© 2016 Honeywell International Inc.
Datasheet
AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera
Flexible, 360° multisensor camera
AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera is an 8-megapixel multisensor fixed camera with four varifocal lenses that enable
overview and detailed surveillance. With one IP address, one network cable, PoE support, IP66 and IP67 ratings, the
four-camera-in-one unit provides a flexible, cost-effective solution for multidirectional surveillance in large indoor and
outdoor areas, and at the intersection of hallways and roads. Each camera head can be moved along a circular track. The
tilt angle and the field of view of each lens are adjustable, and each camera head can rotate to support Axis’ Corridor
Format. The specially designed clear cover, with no sharp edges, ensures undistorted views in all directions.
> 8 MP, 360° multisensor camera, one IP address
> Flexible positioning of four varifocal camera heads
> 1080p videos at 12.5/15 fps; 720p videos at 25/30 fps; quad view stream
> Axis’ Zipstream technology
AXIS P3707-PE Network Camera
Camera
Image sensor
Lens
Notification: email, HTTP, HTTPS and TCP
Progressive scan RGB CMOS 4 x 1/2.8”
Data streaming
Event data
Varifocal, 2.8–6 mm, F2.0
4x1080p capture mode:
Horizontal field of view: 108°–54°
Vertical field of view: 57°–30°
4xHDTV 720p capture mode:
Horizontal field of view: 67°–36°
Vertical field of view: 37°–20°
Adjustable focus and zoom, fixed iris
Built-in
installation aids
Pixel counter
Minimum
illumination
Color: 0.3 lux, F2.0
Shutter time
720p: 1/28000 s to 2 s
1080p: 1/22500 s to 2 s
Video
Video
compression
4 x 1920x1080 (1080p) to 160x90
Quad view 1920x1440 to 480x270
Frame rate
25/30 fps (50/60 Hz) with 720p capture mode
12.5/15 fps (50/60 Hz) with 1080p capture mode
Video streaming Multiple, individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion
JPEG
Axis' Zipstream technology in H.264
Controllable frame rate and bandwidth
VBR/MBR H.264
Image settings
Color, Brightness, Sharpness, Contrast, White balance, Exposure
control, Exposure zone, Fine tuning of behavior at low light,
Rotation: 0°, 90°, 180°, 270° including Corridor Format, Text and
image overlay, Privacy mask, Local contrast
Camera angle
adjustment
Pan ±90°
Tilt 28°-92°
Rotate ±90°
Security
Supported
protocols
One IP address for all channels
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSa encryption,
IEEE 802.1Xa network access control, Digest authentication, User
access log, Centralized Certificate Management
IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSa, SSL/TLSa, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP,
CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP v1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II),
DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, SFTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP,
DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH
System integration
Application
Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®
Programming
and AXIS Camera Application Platform; specifications at
Interface
www.axis.com
AXIS Video Hosting System (AVHS) with One-Click Connection
ONVIF Profile S, specification at www.onvif.org
IP66-, IP67-, NEMA 4X- and IK09-rated
Die-casted aluminum, polycarbonate dome
Sustainability
PVC free
Memory
1 GB RAM, 256 MB Flash
Power
Power over Ethernet (PoE) IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 2
Typical 4.8 W, max 5.5 W
Connectors
RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE
Storage
Support for microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC card
Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage
(NAS)
For SD card and NAS recommendations see www.axis.com
Operating
conditions
-30 °C to 60 °C (-22 °F to 140 °F)
Humidity 10–100% RH (condensing)
Storage
conditions
-40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F)
Approvals
EMC
EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 55024,
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A+B,
ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B, RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B,
KCC KN32 Class B, KN35, EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4
Safety
IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22
Environment
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-6, IEC 60068-2-14,
IEC 60068-2-27, IEC/EN 62262 IK09, IEC/EN 60529 IP66/IP67,
NEMA 250 Type 4X
Dimensions
Diameter: ø 270 mm (10 5/8 in), Height: 91.5 mm (3 5/8 in)
Weight
2.2 kg (4.9 lb)
Included
accessories
RJ45 mounting tool, Installation Guide, Windows decoder 1-user
license
Optional
accessories
AXIS T8415 Wireless Installation Tool, AXIS T94M02D Pendant
Kit including weather shield, AXIS T91 Mounting Accessories,
AXIS T8120 15 W Midspan 1-port
For more accessories, see www.axis.com
Video
management
software
AXIS Camera Companion, AXIS Camera Station, Video
management software from Axis’ Application Development
Partners available on www.axis.com/techsup/software
Languages
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese
Warranty
Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option, see
www.axis.com/warranty
H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Baseline, Main and High Profiles
Motion JPEG
Resolutions
Network
IP address
General
Casing
Analytics
AXIS Video Motion Detection 3, Active tampering alarm
Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling
installation of third-party applications, see www.axis.com/acap
a. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit. (www.openssl.org), and cryptographic software written by Eric
Young ([email protected]).
Event triggers
Analytics, Edge storage events
Environmental responsibility:
Event actions
Overlay text, pre- and post-alarm video buffering, video
recording to edge storage, SNMP trap
File upload: FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS network share and email
www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility
©2016 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or
trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice.
1531595/EN/M1.9/042016
www.axis.com
Datasheet
AXIS Q3708-PVE Network Camera
180º overview in challenging light conditions
AXIS Q3708-PVE is a fixed dome with multiple sensors, providing an easy, reliable and cost-efficient one-camera installation. With WDR – Forensic Capture and excellent light sensitivity, it covers large areas even in challenging light
conditions. Its three sensors together give a 180º panoramic view with smooth capture of movements at up to 30 fps
in 3 × Quad HD or 20 fps in 3 × 5 MP resolution. The camera’s factory-focused lenses eliminate the need for manual
focusing. It is effectively installed indoors or outdoors with a wide operating temperature range powered by standard
PoE+. AXIS Q3708-PVE comes with a repaintable weather shield.
> 180º panoramic overview
> Three sensors, one IP address
> Enhanced light sensitivity and WDR – Forensic Capture
> 3 x Quad HD at 30 fps or up to 15 MP at 20 fps
> Axis’ Zipstream technology
AXIS Q3708-PVE Network Camera
Camera
Image sensor
3 x 1/1.8” progressive scan CMOS
Lens
3 x lenses, fixed focus, 5.0 mm, F2.8
Combined horizontal angle of view: 180°
Day and night
Automatically removable infrared-cut filter
Minimum
illumination
Color: 0.3 lux, F2.8
B/W: 0.06 lux, F2.8
Shutter time
1/71500 s to 1 s
Camera angle
adjustment
Pan +/- 180°
Tilt 18°–75°
Video
Video
compression
H.264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC) Baseline, Main and High Profiles
Motion JPEG
Resolutions
3 x (2560x1920 to 480x270)
Frame rate
3 x Quad HD (2560x1440): Up to 25/30 fps with power line
frequency 50/60 Hz
3 x 5 MP: Up to 16/20 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz
Video streaming Multiple, individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion
JPEG
Controllable frame rate and bandwidth
VBR/CBR H.264
Axis' Zipstream technology in H.264
Image settings
Network
Security
Supported
protocols
Compression, Color, Brightness, Sharpness, Contrast, White
balance, Exposure control, Exposure zones, Fine tuning of
behavior at low light, Text and image overlay, Privacy mask,
Capture alignment
WDR – forensic capture: Up to 110 dB depending on scene
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSa encryption,
IEEE 802.1Xa network access control, Digest authentication, User
access log, Centralized Certificate Management
IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSa, SSL/TLSa, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP,
CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP v1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II),
DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, SFTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP,
DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH
System integration
Application
Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®
Programming
and AXIS Camera Application Platform; specifications at
Interface
www.axis.com
ONVIF Profile S, specification at www.onvif.org
Analytics
AXIS Video Motion Detection 3, Active tampering alarm
Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling
installation of third-party applications, see www.axis.com/acap
Event triggers
Analytics, Edge storage events
Event actions
File upload: FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, network share and email
Notification: email, HTTP, HTTPS, TCP and SNMP trap
Video recording to edge storage
Pre- and post-alarm video buffering
Overlay text
Built-in
installation aids
General
Casing
IP66- and NEMA 4X-rated, IK10 impact-resistant aluminum
casing with transparent, polycarbonate cover and dehumidifying
membrane
Encapsulated electronics
Captive screws (T30)
Color: White NCS 1002-B
For repainting instructions and impact on warranty contact your
Axis partner.
Memory
2.5 GB RAM, 512 MB Flash
Power
Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3at Type 2 Class 4, max. 25.5 W,
typical 18.3 W
Connectors
RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T
Storage
Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage
(NAS)
Operating
conditions
-40 °C to 55 °C (-40 °F to 131 °F)
Humidity 10–100% RH (condensing)
Storage
conditions
-40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F)
Approvals
EN 55022 Class A, EN 50121-4, IEC62236-4, EN 61000-3-2,
EN 61000-3-3, EN 55024, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2,
FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A, ICES-003 Class A, VCCI Class A,
RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class A, KCC KN32 Class A, KN35,
IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22, EN 50581,
IEC/EN 60529 IP66, NEMA 250 Type 4X, IEC 60068-2-1,
IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-30, IEC 60068-2-78,
IEC/EN 62262 IK10
Dimensions
205 x 205 x 172 mm (8.1 x 8.1 x 6.8 in)
Weight
2.5 kg (5.5 lb) including weather shield
Included
accessories
RJ45 Push-pull connector (IP66), Torx L-key T30, Weather shield,
Installation Guide, Windows decoder 1-user license
Optional
accessories
Axis Mounts
AXIS PoE+ Midspans
For more accessories, see www.axis.com
Video
management
software
AXIS Camera Companion, AXIS Camera Station, Video
management software from Axis’ Application Development
Partners available on www.axis.com/techsup/software
Languages
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese
Warranty
Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option, see
www.axis.com/warranty
a. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit. (www.openssl.org), and cryptographic software written by Eric
Young ([email protected]).
Environmental responsibility:
www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility
Pixel counter
©2016 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or
trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice.
1525421/EN/M1.6/042016
www.axis.com
Datasheet
AXIS P3224-VE Mk II Network Camera
Str eamlined and versatile, outdoor-ready HDTV 720p fixed dome
AXIS P3224-VE Mk II is a streamlined, outdoor-ready fixed dome that provides HDTV 720p video. It features a varifocal lens and remote zoom and focus, which eliminates the need for hands-on fine tuning. Equipped with WDR –
Forensic Capture to handle scenes with strong variations in light as well as Lightfinder technology for exceptional light
sensitivity, this versatile camera provides outstanding video quality in both strong and poor light conditions. It supports Axis’ Zipstream technology that significantly reduces bandwidth and storage requirements. The vandal-resistant
AXIS P3224-VE Mk II is IK10 rated.
> HDTV 720p video quality
> Outdoor ready and IK10 rated
> Remote zoom and focus
> Lightfinder and WDR – Forensic Capture
> Axis’ Zipstream technology
AXIS P3224-VE Mk II Network Camera
Camera
Image sensor
Lens
Progressive scan RGB CMOS 1/3”
Varifocal, 2.8–10 mm, F1.6
Horizontal field of view: 90°–34°
Vertical field of view: 48°–20°
Remote focus and zoom, P-Iris control, IR corrected
Day and night
Automatically removable infrared-cut filter
Minimum
illumination
HDTV 720p 25/30 fps with WDR - forensic capture and
Lightfinder:
Color: 0.18 lux, F1.6
B/W: 0.04 lux, F1.6
HDTV 720p 50/60 fps:
Color: 0.36 lux, F1.6
B/W: 0.08 lux, F1.6
512 MB RAM, 256 MB Flash
Power over Ethernet IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 3,
max 7.1 W, typical 4.6 W
Connectors
RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE
Storage
H.264 Baseline, Main and High Profile (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC)
Motion JPEG
1280x960 to 160x90
Support for microSD/microSDHC/microSDXC card
Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage
(NAS)
For SD card and NAS recommendations see www.axis.com
Operating
conditions
-30 °C to 50 °C (-22 °F to 122 °F)
Humidity 10 to 100% RH (condensing)
With WDR: 25/30 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz
Without WDR: 50/60 fps with power line frequency 50/60 Hz
Storage
conditions
-40 °C to 65 °C (-40 °F to 149 °F)
Approvals
EMC
EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, EN 55024,
EN 50121-4, IEC 62236-4, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class A and B,
ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B, RCM AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B,
KCC KN32 Class B, KN35
Safety
IEC/EN/UL 60950-1, IEC/EN/UL 60950-22, IEC/EN 62471
Environment
IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-14
IEC 60068-2-6 (vibration), IEC 60068-2-27 (shock),
IEC 60068-2-30, IEC 60068-2-78, IEC/EN 60529 IP66,
NEMA 250 Type 4X, IEC/EN 62262 IK10
Dimensions
Height: 104 mm (4 1/16 in)
ø 149 mm (5 7/8 in)
Weight
800 g (1.8 lb)
Included
accessories
Installation Guide, Windows decoder 1-user license, Mounting
bracket, Cable gasket, Resistorx T20 L-key, Drill template,
Connector guard, Weather shield
Optional
accessories
AXIS ACI Conduit Bracket A
AXIS ACI Conduit Adapters
AXIS T94M01L Recessed Mount Kit
AXIS T94T01D Pendant Kit including weather shield
AXIS Mounts
Smoked dome
Video
management
software
AXIS Companion, AXIS Camera Station, Video management
software from Axis’ Application Development Partners available
on www.axis.com/techsup/software
Languages
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Russian, Simplified
Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Portuguese, Traditional Chinese
Warranty
Axis 3-year warranty and AXIS Extended Warranty option, see
www.axis.com/warranty
Video streaming Multiple, individually configurable streams in H.264 and Motion
JPEG
Axis' Zipstream technology in H.264
Controllable frame rate and bandwidth, VBR/MBR H.264
Multi-view
streaming
2 individually cropped out view areas
Pan/Tilt/Zoom
Image settings
Digital PTZ
Supported
protocols
Compression, Color, Brightness, Sharpness, Contrast, Local
contrast, White balance, Exposure control (including automatic
gain control), Exposure zones, Fine tuning of behavior at low
light, WDR - forensic capture: up to 120 dB depending on scene,
Text and image overlay, Mirroring of images, Privacy masks
Rotation: 0°, 90°, 180°, 270°, including Corridor Format
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSa encryption,
IEEE 802.1Xa network access control, Digest authentication, User
access log, Centralized Certificate Management
IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSa, SSL/TLSa, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP,
CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnPTM, SNMP v1/v2c/v3(MIB-II),
DNS, DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, SFTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP,
DHCP, ARP, SOCKS, SSH
System integration
Application
Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®
Programming
and AXIS Camera Application Platform; specifications at
Interface
www.axis.com
AXIS Video Hosting System (AVHS) with One-Click Connection
ONVIF® Profiles S and G, specifications at www.onvif.org
Analytics
IP66- and NEMA 4X-rated, IK10 impact-resistant casing with
dehumidifying membrane
Encapsulated electronics and captive screws
Color: white NCS S 1002-B
For repainting instructions of casing and impact on warranty,
contact your Axis partner.
Power
Pan ±180°, tilt -5 to +75°, rotation ±95°
Network
Security
General
Casing
PVC free
Camera angle
adjustment
Frame rate
Remote zoom, Remote focus, Pixel counter
Memory
1/66500 s to 1 s
Resolutions
Event data
Built-in
installation aids
Sustainability
Shutter time
Video
Video
compression
Data streaming
AXIS Video Motion Detection 3, Active tampering alarm
Support for AXIS Camera Application Platform enabling
installation of AXIS Cross Line Detection and third-party
applications, see www.axis.com/acap
Event triggers
Analytics, Edge storage events
Event actions
File upload: FTP, SFTP, HTTP, HTTPS, network share and email
Notification: email, HTTP, HTTPS, TCP and SNMP trap
Video recording to edge storage
Pre- and post-alarm video buffering
Send video clip
Overlay text
a. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit. (www.openssl.org), and cryptographic software written by Eric
Young ([email protected]).
Environmental responsibility:
www.axis.com/environmental-responsibility
©2016 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or
trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice.
1633651 /EN/M1.7/082016
www.axis.com
DATASHEET
AXIS P72 Video Encoder Series
Full-featured, cost-effective video encoders with H.264
> Full frame rate
> Simultaneous
H.264 and
Motion JPEG streams
> Edge storage
> High resolution
quad-view
> Two-way audio
> Power over Ethernet
AXIS P72 Video Encoder Series offers powerful, full-featured and efficient integration of analog cameras into an IP-based video surveillance system and is ideal for locations such as gas
stations, convenience stores and small offices.
AXIS P72 Series enables a cost-effective way to gain
all the benefits of professional network video without
discarding existing analog investments. The video encoders offer advanced network capabilities with great
video performance and excellent audio quality.
AXIS P72 Video Encoder Series comprises two 4-channel
models: the standalone AXIS P7214 Video Encoder and
AXIS P7224 Video Encoder Blade for use with an Axis
video encoder chassis.
AXIS P72 video encoders offer one H.264 and one
Motion JPEG stream per channel at full frame rate in all
resolutions up to D1 (720x576 50 Hz or 720x480 60 Hz).
AXIS P72 Series offers two-way audio and intelligent
video capabilities such as video motion detection, active
tampering alarm and audio detection.
AXIS P72 Series includes support for Power over Ethernet
(IEEE 802.3af), which enables the encoders to receive
power through the network cable. The encoders also
provide pan, tilt and zoom support, enabling control of
analog PTZ cameras. AXIS P7214 also has a memory card
slot for edge storage.
Dimensions - AXIS P7214 Video Encoder
1. Video inputs
2. Audio in
3. Audio out
4. Memory card
5. I/O
6. RS-485/RS-422 serial port
7. Power
8. Network connector
Dimensions - AXIS P7224 Video Encoder Blade
1. Video inputs
2. Audio in
3. Audio out
Accessories
1. AXIS T91A02 Din Rail Clip
86 mm (AXIS P7214 only)
2. AXIS P7701 Video Decoder
3. AXIS P8221 Network I/O Audio Module
4. AXIS T8310 Video Surveillance Control
Board
www.axis.com
Technical Specifications - AXIS P7214 Video Encoder
Video
Video
compression
Resolutions
Frame rate
H.264 Baseline and Main Profiles (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC)
Motion JPEG
720x576 to 176x120, 1536x1152 to 176x120 for quad view
H.264: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz)
15 fps in quad view in full resolution
Motion JPEG: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz)
15 fps in quad view in full resolution
Video streaming One individually configured H.264 and one Motion JPEG stream
per channel at full frame rate
More streams if identical or limited in frame rate/resolution
Controllable frame rate and bandwidth
VBR/CBR H.264
Image settings
Pan/Tilt/Zoom
Compression, Color, Brightness, Contrast, Text and image overlay,
Mirroring of images, Privacy mask, Aspect ratio correction,
Enhanced deinterlace filter, Video termination, Antialiasing,
Temporal noise filtering
Rotation: 90°, 180°, 270°
Wide range of analog PTZ cameras supporteda
100 presets/camera, Guard tour, PTZ control queue
Supports Windows compatible joysticks
Audio
Audio streaming Two-way, full duplex and half duplex (2 mic/line inputs, 1 line
output)
Audio
compression
Audio
input/output
Network
IP address
In:
AAC-LC 8 or 16 kHz 8–64 kbit/s
G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s
G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s
Out:
G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s, µ-law PCM 16 kHz 128 kbit/s
G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s
External microphone input or line input
Line level output
Audio streaming, record (AU) and play uploaded (WAV, AU) clips
AU (G.711 µ-law 8-bit 8/16 kHz mono), WAV (PCM 16-bit
8/16 kHz mono)
One IP address for four channels
Security
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSb encryption,
IEEE 802.1Xb network access control, Digest authentication, User
access log
Supported
protocols
IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSb, SSL/TLSb, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP,
CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnP™, SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS,
DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP,
ARP, SOCKS
System integration
Application
Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®,
Programming
specifications at www.axis.com
Interface
ONVIF Profile S, specifications at www.onvif.org
Intelligent video Video motion detection, Active tampering alarm, Audio detection
Event triggers
Intelligent video, External inputs, Video loss, Edge storage events
Event actions
File upload: FTP, HTTP, network share and email
Notification: email, HTTP and TCP
Video and audio recording to edge storage
Pre- and post-alarm video buffering
PTZ preset, Play audio clip, External output activation
Data streaming
Event data
Built-in
installation aids
Pixel counter
General
Casing
Standalone, metal casing, wall mount
Memory
512 MB RAM, 128 MB Flash
Power
8–20 V DC, max. 8 W; Power over Ethernet
IEEE 802.3af/802.3at Type 1 Class 3
Connectors
DC input terminal block
4x analog composite video BNC inputs
RJ45 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX PoE
Terminal block for four configurable external inputs/outputs
Terminal block for RS-485/RS-422 (full duplex)
2x 3.5 mm jacks for microphone or line input (mono)
3.5 mm jack for audio output (mono)
Edge storage
MicroSD/microSDHC/microSDXC slot supporting memory card up
to 64 GB (card not included)
Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage
(NAS)
Operating
conditions
0 °C to 50 °C (32 °F to 122 °F)
Humidity 20–80% RH (non-condensing)
Approvals
EN 55022 Class B, EN 55024, IEC/EN/UL 60950-1,
EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2,
FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B, ICES-003 Class B, VCCI Class B,
C-tick AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, KCC KN22 Class B, KN24
Weight
570 g (1.26 lb)
Included
accessories
Installation Guide, Installation and Management Software
CD, Windows decoder licenses, Power supply, Mounting and
connector kits
Video
management
software
AXIS Camera Companion (included), AXIS Camera Station
and video management software from Axis’ Application
Development Partners (not included). For more information, see
www.axis.com/products/video/software
Warranty
Axis 3-year warranty, see www.axis.com/warranty
a. Drivers available for download at www.axis.com
b. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/), and cryptographic software written by
Eric Young ([email protected]).
©2014 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or
trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice.
Technical Specifications - AXIS P7224 Video Encoder Blade
Video
Video
compression
Resolutions
Frame rate
H.264 Baseline and Main Profiles (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC)
Motion JPEG
720x576 to 176x120, 1536x1152 to 176x120 for quad view
H.264: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz)
15 fps in quad view in full resolution
Motion JPEG: 25/30 fps (50/60 Hz)
15 fps in quad view in full resolution
Video streaming One individually configured H.264 and one Motion JPEG stream
per channel at full frame rate
More streams if identical or limited in frame rate/resolution
Controllable frame rate and bandwidth
VBR/CBR H.264
Image settings
Pan/Tilt/Zoom
Compression, Color, Brightness, Contrast, Text and image overlay,
Mirroring of images, Privacy mask, Aspect ratio correction,
Enhanced deinterlace filter, Video termination, Antialiasing,
Temporal noise filtering
Rotation: 90°, 180°, 270°
Wide range of analog PTZ cameras supporteda
Support for one PTZ driver
Multiple camera presets supported, Guard tour, PTZ control queue
Supports Windows compatible joysticks
System integration
Application
Open API for software integration, including VAPIX®,
Programming
specifications at www.axis.com
Interface
ONVIF Profile S, specifications at www.onvif.org
Intelligent video Video motion detection, Active tampering alarm, Audio detection
Event triggers
Intelligent video, External inputs, Video loss, Edge storage events
Event actions
File upload: FTP, HTTP, network share and email
Notification: email, HTTP and TCP
Video and audio recording to edge storage
Pre- and post-alarm video buffering
PTZ preset, Play audio clip, External output activation
Data streaming
Event data
Built-in
installation aids
Pixel counter
General
Casing
Compatible with AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack and
AXIS Q7920 Video Encoder Chassis
Memory
512 MB RAM, 128 MB Flash
Power
12 V DC, max. 6 W
Connectors
4x analog composite video BNC inputs
1x Terminal block for four configurable external inputs/outputs
(on back of rack)
1x Terminal block for RS-485/RS-422 (2–wire)
2x 3.5 mm jacks for microphone or line input (mono)
1x 3.5 mm jack for audio output (mono)
Edge storage
Support for recording to dedicated network-attached storage
(NAS)
Operating
conditions
0 °C to 45 °C (32 °F to 113 °F)
Humidity 20–80% RH (non-condensing)
Approvals
EN 55022 Class B, EN 55024, EN 61000-3-2, IEC/EN/UL 60950-1,
EN 61000-3-3, EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2,
FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B, ICES-003 Class B,
VCCI Class B, C-tick AS/NZS CISPR 22 Class B, KCC KN22 Class A,
KN24
EN 55022 Class B for AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack and
AXIS Q7920 Video Encoder Chassis
One IP address for four channels
Weight
210 g (0.46 lb)
Security
Password protection, IP address filtering, HTTPSb encryption,
IEEE 802.1Xb network access control, Digest authentication, User
Included
accessories
Installation Guide, Installation and Management Software CD,
Windows decoder licenses
access log
Supported
protocols
IPv4/v6, HTTP, HTTPSb, SSL/TLSb, QoS Layer 3 DiffServ, FTP,
CIFS/SMB, SMTP, Bonjour, UPnP™, SNMPv1/v2c/v3 (MIB-II), DNS,
DynDNS, NTP, RTSP, RTP, TCP, UDP, IGMP, RTCP, ICMP, DHCP,
ARP, SOCKS
Video
management
software
AXIS Camera Companion (included), AXIS Camera Station
and video management software from Axis’ Application
Development Partners (not included). For more information, see
www.axis.com/products/video/software
Required
hardware
AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack or AXIS Q7920 Video Encoder
Chassis
Warranty
Axis 3-year warranty, see www.axis.com/warranty
Audio
Audio streaming Two-way, full duplex and half duplex (2 mic/line inputs, 1 line
output)
Audio
compression
Audio
input/output
Network
IP address
In:
AAC-LC 8 or 16 kHz 8–64 kbit/s
G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s
G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s
Out:
G.711 µ-law PCM 8 kHz 64 kbit/s, µ-law PCM 16 kHz 128 kbit/s
G.726 ADPCM 8 kHz 32 kbit/s or 24 kbit/s
External microphone input or line input
Line level output
Audio streaming, record (AU) and play uploaded (WAV, AU) clips
AU (G.711 µ-law 8-bit 8/16 kHz mono), WAV (PCM 16-bit
8/16 kHz mono)
a. Drivers available for download at www.axis.com
b. This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the
OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/), and cryptographic software written by
Eric Young ([email protected]).
More information is available at www.axis.com
©2014 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or
trademark applications of Axis AB in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered
trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right to introduce modifications without notice.
51358/EN/M1.8/032014
www.axis.com
DATASHEET
AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack
Full frame rate, high-density video encoder rack solution.
> High density
> 1U 19” industry
standard rack
> 3 expansion slots for
video encoder blades
> Built-in universal
power supply
> Compatible with all
Axis Blades
AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack is a high-density solution for seamless and professional
installation of video encoders. AXIS 291 1U is designed for expanding applications and is ideal
for airports, hotels and train stations – premises where analog cameras are already installed.
AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack combines high reliability
and functionality with quick, flexible and professional
installation. The rack is designed to migrate from 4 to 18
analog cameras into high performance, IP-based, digital
solutions, using only one Ethernet port.
AXIS 291 1U is designed for applications that need to be
able to expand, not only by adding more channels, but
also by using different types of cameras.
AXIS 291 1U is a 19” video encoder rack that holds up
to 3 interchangeable and hot-swappable blades. Together
with the video encoder blades, this rack provides MPEG4 and Motion JPEG video at 25/30 frames per second
at up to 4CIF resolution on all channels simultaneously.
AXIS 291 1U can also provide H.264, dependent on the
blade version.
The video encoder enables pan/tilt/zoom control over the
network of all leading brands of analog video cameras
on the market.
45991/EN/R1/1112
www.axis.com
Technical specifications – AXIS 291 1U Video Server Rack
Operating
conditions
Approvals
291 1U Video encoder rack
Expansion slots
3 slots for Axis video encoder blades
Casing
Metal casing for standalone or rack mounting
Power
100 – 240 V AC, 1.9 A max 80 W (with 3x243Q)
Connectors
Ethernet 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX/1000BASE-T, RJ-45 (Gigabit
Ethernet)
3 terminal blocks:
4 alarm inputs
4 outputs
RS-485/422 half-duplex
Weight
Included
accessories
0 ºC – 45 ºC (32 ºF – 113 ºF)
Humidity 20 – 80% RH (non-condensing)
EN 55022 Class B, EN 61000-3-2, EN 61000-3-3, EN 55024,
EN 61000-6-1, EN 61000-6-2, FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B,
VCCI Class B, AS/NZ CISPR 22, ICES-003, ITE, UL, cUL, EN
60950-1, CB-certificate, KTL
3.7 kg (8.2 lbs) excluding blades
Installation Guide, mounting kit, AC power cable
More information is available at www.axis.com
Compatible video encoder blades
Blade
No. of channels
AXIS Q7406
6
AXIS Q7414
4
AXIS P7224
4
AXIS 243Q
4
AXIS 241Q
4
Video compression*
Frames per second in max. resolution
External inputs/outputs
PTZ support
Multiple streams at 30/25 in D1 per channel
8 configurable
●
Multiple streams at 30/25 in D1 per channel
8 configurable
●
Multiple streams at 30/25 in D1 (8 streams total)
4 configurable
●
30/25 in 4CIF per channel
4/4
●
21/17 in 4CIF using 1 channel,
20/17 in CIF per channel using 4 channels
30/25 in 4CIF using 1 channel,
30/25 in CIF per channel using 4 channels
4/4
●
Motion JPEG
6/5 in 4CIF per channel
4/4
●
MPEG-4
21/17 in 4CIF, 30/25 in 2CIF
Motion JPEG
30/25 in 4CIF
4/4
●
H.264
Motion JPEG
H.264
Motion JPEG
H.264
Motion JPEG
MPEG-4
Motion JPEG
MPEG-4
Motion JPEG
AXIS 240Q
4
AXIS 241S
1
Dimensions
Dimensions
Front view
Back view
31 mm (1.2”)
44 mm (1.8”)
*H.264 is also known as MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC. In the table, MPEG-4 refers to MPEG-4 Part 2.
467 mm (18.4”)
134 mm (5.3”)
263 mm (10.4”)
483 mm (19.0”)
©2011 Axis Communications AB. AXIS COMMUNICATIONS, AXIS, ETRAX, ARTPEC and VAPIX are registered trademarks or trademark applications of Axis AB
in various jurisdictions. All other company names and products are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective companies. We reserve the right
to introduce modifications without notice.
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
1001 Labore Industrial Court. Suite B Vadnais Heights, Minnesota 55110
tel: 651-490-986B fax: 651-490-1636
RFP RESPONSE
CLIENT: l\lICLEOD COUNTY
PROJECT: COUNTYWIDE SECURITY /SURVE1LLANCE
SYSTEM
SUBl\lIITTED: OCTOBER 5, 2016
PREPARED BY: PHILIP HAATAJA, ACCT MGR
www.nac-hvac com. 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical -Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Seivices
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Tab 1
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical -Building Automation • Electrical • Plumbing • Sheet Metal • Preventative Maintenance -Service Repairs - Combustion Services
CHP ~
~<f:Q:t. . . , ~.,O.."'M,
'<~
'e:1~-G ~41~,s.;w~,,;,;&~
"'""""'1 T
Mechanical & Electrical Services
Combustion Heat & Power
-·,:.~
1001 Labore Industrial Court, Suite B Vadnais Heights, Minnesota 55110
ADivision of NAC
tel: 651-490-9868 fax: 651-490-1636
October 5, 2016
Mcleod County
830 11th Street East, Suite 110
Glencoe, MN 55336
Mr. Scott Grivna
Attn:
Purchasing/Bldg. Maint. Supervisor
Re: Countywide Security/Surveillance System
Mr. Grivna
Please see the attached response to your RFP for a new security/surveillance system. In the document
you will find pricing, product information, design information, and other related details for a complete
install using Avigilon access control and CCTV products. NAC chose to use this product because it was
the best fit for how the RFP was written, and its ability to comply with the requirements of the project.
Though our design may be more expensive than others, NAC included everything required to have a fully
functional system that will meet the needs of the county for years to come. If you would like a valueengineered solution we can consider some of the ideas I point out later in this letter.
As you know, NAC is a privately owned Minnesota business, headquartered in Vadnais Heights, MN. We
have been in business for over 30 years and have over 400 employees. We have almost 100 field
personnel dedicated to service, and are available 24/7 based on our customer's needs. In our
technology department we have dozens of professionals who are dedicated to service, engineering,
design, and management. With this depth of talent, NAC is uniquely positioned to provide
comprehensive design advice at the beginning of a project, expert installation during the project itself,
and long term service after completion.
The total project proposal is $399,500.00 and includes software, hardware, equipment, labor,
startup/commissioning, training, documentation, etc. The warranty included with the base proposal
covers parts and labor for a period of one year. The warranty on all Avigilon equipment is three years,
but can be extended to five (5) years for an additional charge.
The Enterprise system included in the base proposal meets and exceeds the requirements of the RFP.
Should it be too expensive a project for the county to do right now, NAC can offer some valueengineered options. Here are some ideas:
1. Omit supply of access control cards (RFP does not call for any)
2. Omit installation of request to exit motion detectors (RFP does not call for them)
3. Omit installation of door position switches (RFP does not call for them)
4. Omit installation of badging software in access control system (RFP does not call for it)
5. Omit new readers in locations where existing readers are located (Rf P does not call for new
equipment throughout the system}
6. Omit redundant power supplies on VMS servers (RFP does not call for them)
7. Omit hot-swappable RAIO drives in the two NVR/VMS servers
8. Reuse the existing WinPak/NetAXS/NX-1000 access control system as-installed
9. Expanding storage capacity on NVR's to accommodate future IP camera installations
10. Change from Enterprise to Standard version software for Avigilon VMS system
www.nac-hvcic.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal- Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services
CHP
£kn
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Elecbical Services
A Division of NAC
Once the installation is complete the County will be in the maintenance/operations phase of the project
and will ultimately have to deal with maintaining the system in good working order. This can be done by
your own staff, or by NAC, or by a combination of both. Some ideas to consider for ongoing
maintenance are:
1. Add 4th and 5th year manufacturer supported warranty coverage on Avigilon CCTV equipment
2. Add 4th and 5th year manufacturer supported warranty coverage on Avigilon access control
equipment
3. Add annual service plan for maintaining both security systems:
a. Operational testing & service
b. Software maintenance and service
4. ftc.
We are eager to take the next step in being your partner of choice on this project. Thanks again for
giving NAC an opportunity to continue being a service provider within the county. If you need further
clarification of any of the design details please call me.
Service Account Manager
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An A/firmative Action, Equal Ernployment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumblng - Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs. Combustion Services
~JA\~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 2
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing -Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services
BID BOND
TRAVELERS CASUALTY AND SURETY COMPANY OF AMERICA
Hartford, Connecticut 06183
SURETY:
(Name, legal status and principal place <4 husiness)
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
One Tower Square - 2SHS
Hartford, CT 06183-6014
CONTRACTOR:
(Name, legal status and address)
Northern Air Corporation d/h/a
NJ\C Mechanical and Electrical Services
l 00 I Labore Industrial Court, Suite 0
Vadnais Heights, MN 55110
OWNER:
(Name. legal status and address)
McLeod County
2391 I lennepin A venue N
Glencoe, MN 55336
BOND AMOUNT: Five Percent of Amoun! Bid ---------------- (5% of Amount Bid)
PROJECT:
(Name, location or address, and Project number.
Security/Surveillance System
if any)
The Contractor and Surety are bound to the Owner in the amount set forth above, for the payment of which !he Contractor and
Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, jointly and severally, as provided herein.
The conditions of this Bond are such that if the Owner accepts the bid of the Contractor within the time specified in !he bid
documents, or within such time period as may be agreed to by the Owner and Contractor, and the Contractor either (J) enters
into a contract with the Owner in accordance with the tenns of such bid, and gives such bond or bonds as may be specified in
the bidding or Contract Documents, with a surely admitted in the jurisdiction of !he Project and otherwise acceptable to the
Owner, for the faithful pcrfonnance of such Contract and for the prompt payment of labor and material furnished in the
prosecution thereof; or (2) pays to the Owner the difference, not to exceed the amount of this Bond, between the amoun!
specified in said bid and such larger amount for which the Owner may in good faith contract with another party to perform the
work covered by said bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise to remain in full force and effect. The Surety
hereby waives any notice of an agreement between the Owner and Contractor to extend the time in which the Owner may
accept the bid. Waiver of notice by the Surety shall not apply to any extension exceeding sixty (60) days in the aggregate
beyond the time for acceptance of bids specified in the bid documents, and the Owner and Contractor shall obtain the Surety's
consent for an extension beyond sixty (60) days.
ff this Bond is issued in connection with a subcontractor's bid to a Contractor, the te1m Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed
to be Subcontractor and the tenn Owner shall be deemed lo he Contractor.
When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location of the Project, any
provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions
confonning to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is
that this Bond shall be construed as a statuto1y bond and not as a common law bond.
The Company executing this bond vouches that this document conforms to American Institute of Architects Document A310, 2010
Edition
Signed and sealed this 28th day of September, 2016.
(Seal)
KLEIN AGENCY, INC.
3570 No. Lexington Ave. Ste. 206
St. Paul, MN 55126
(651) 484-6461
The Company executing this bond vouches that this document confonns to American Institute of Architects DocumentA310, 2010
E~~n
2
INDIVIDUAL OR PARTNERSHIP ACKNOWLEDGMENT
STATE OF
COUNTY OF
On this
- - -- - - -- - day of - - - - - - - - - - - , before me
persona11y appeared
to me known to be the person - - -- - -- described in and who executed the forgoing
he - - - - executed the same as
free
bond, and acknowledged that
act and deed.
_ _ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ Notary Public
CORPORATION ACKNOWLEDGMENT
STATEOF ~ O T A
COUNTYOF ~
c,297'-i
Onthis
dayof
~
, 2016 ,beforeme
personally came
Lynn Btshop
to me known,
President
who being by me duly sworn, did depose and say; that he is the
of
Northern Air Corporation d/b/a NAC
Mechanical and Electrical Services
the corporation described in and which executed the above instrument; that he knows the seal
of said corporation; affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said corporation, and that he
signed his name thereto by like order.
SURETY ACKNOWLEDGMENT
STATE OF MINNESOTA
COUNTY OF RAMSEY
On this
28th
day of
September
, 2016 , before me
appeared
John C. Klein
to me personally known, who, being
Travelers Casualty and Surety
duly sworn, did say that he is the Attorney-in-Fact of
Company of America
of
Hartford, CT
that the seal affixed to the foregoing instrument is the corporation seal of said corporation;
that the said instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of
its Board of Directors; and he did also acknowledge that he executed the said instrument as
ct and deed of said Com any.
; the fr
RITA M. CARLSON
NOTARY PUBLIC· MINNESOTA
My Commission &pi1es Jan. 31, 2020
Notary Public
WARNING: THIS POWER OF ATTORNEY JS INVALID WITHOUT THE RED BORDER
POWER OF ATTORNEY
~
TRAVELERS J
Allorney-In Fact No.
Farmington Casually Company
Fidelity and Guaranty lni<ur:mc:c Company
1''idelity and (;uaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc.
St. l'aul )!'ire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
St. Paul Mercury lnsuran~·c Company
Travelers Casualty and Surely Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America
Unilcd States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
Certilicatc No.
230679
QQ6 8 47 2 5 7
KNOW ALL MEN HY THESE PRESENTS: That Farmington Casually Company, SI. Paul Fire and Marine Insurance Company, St. Paul Guanlia11 Insurance
Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company, Travelers Casualty and Surety Company, Travelers Ci,sualty and Surety Compauy of America, and 1:nitecl States
Fidelity and Gu:·1ranty Company arc coiporations duly organized under 1he laws or the SLHle of Co1111ecticut, that Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company is a
corporation duly org,mized under the Jaws of the .State of Iowa, and that ridcli1y and Guaranty Insurance Underwriters, Inc., is a corporation duly organized under 1he
h1ws of the State of Wisconsin (herein collectively called the "Companies"), and that the Companies do hereby make, rnnstitute and apJ)oint
John C. Klein, Stephen M. Klc::in, Kristin M. Bakos, and Clint Rodningen, Jr.
or 1he City of _ __:S::.t:.•...c
:. ]..:>':IU
:.::c.l_____________ • Stale 01,·______;.N
.;. ;lc:.i1"1'::
n.e=.
=cso=ta=-------- - - - . 1licir (rue and lawfol Attomey(s)-in-J'act,
each in their separate capacity if more than one is named ahove, co ~ign. execute, seal and acknowledge ,111y and all bonds, rccogni,.ances, conditional undertakings and
01hcr writings obligatory in 1hc nature thereof on behalf of the Companies in Lheir husiness of guaranteeing. the fidelity of persons, guaranteeing 1he performance of
contracts ancl cxccutin~ or guara111ccing bonds and undcnakings required or pennilted in any actions or proceedings allowed by law.
IN WITNESS WIIElU~O}f , the Companies have caused !his in~Lrumenl to he signed and Iheir corpornte seals to be hereto affixed, 1his _____2_8_ l_h_ _ _ __
Jay of
Junt:
. 2016
.
Farmington Casually Company
1-'idelity and (;uaranty Insurance Com11any
Fidelity and (;uaranty Insurance linderwritcrs, lot.
St. l'aul 1''ire and Marine Insurance Company
St. Paul Guardian Insurance Company
State of Connecticut
City of Hartford ss.
St. Paul Mercury Insurance Company
Travelers Casualty and Surety Com11any
Travelers Casualty and Surely Company of America
United States Fidelity and Guaranty Company
By:
Kober( L. Raney, Senior \/lee Presiden1
On this the
28th
day of June
2016 , hcfore me per.~om,lly appe,1red Robert L. Raney, who acknowledged himsel r to
be the Senior Vice President ofFmmington Casualty Company, Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company, Fidelity and Guaranty ln&urancc Undcrwri1ers, Inc:., St. Paul
Fire and Marine Insurunc;e Company, St. Paul Gumdi,111 Insurance Company, St. Paul Mercury Insurance Co1npany, Travelers Casu~lly and Surety Company, Travelers
Casualty and Surely Comp,my of America, and United Swtes Fidelity and Guaranty Company, and tlia1 he, a~ such, bdng authorized so to do, cxccu1cd the foregoing
in~trumen! for lhe purposes therein co11tained by signing on belwlf of the corporations hy himself as a duly uu1hori1,ed officer.
In Witness Whereof, I hereunto &ct my hand and official seal.
fvly Conunission expires the 30th day of June, 2021.
' -Marie C. Tetreault, No1ary Pui,lic
58440·5-16 Printed in U.S.A.
WARNING: THIS POWER OFATIORNEY IS INVALID W ITHOUT THE RED BORDER
A C O RD®
I
CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE
~
DATE (MM/00/YYYY)
9/29/2016
THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS
CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES
BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED
nc.PRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER•
...
•ORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to
the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the
c ertificate holder in lie u o f s uc h en dorse m ent(s}.
~~CT Traci Marauis
PRODUCER
Cobb Strecker Dunphy & Zimmermann
612-349-2469
r~_...t,u,i· 612-349-2490
150 South Fifth Street
J~~k_ss· [email protected]
Suite 2800
Minneapolis MN 55402
tNSURERfSl AFFORDING COVERAGE
NAIC#
rtg,,,,£"1)·
I
19488
23396
1NsuR.e.R A ,Amerisure Insurance Company
INSURED
NORTAIRI
1NsuRER s ,Amerisure Mutual Insurance Comoanv
Northern Air Corporation
NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services
1001 Labore Industrial Court, Suite B
Vadnais Heights MN 55110
INSURERC :
INSURER D :
INSURERE :
INSURERF :
CERTIFICATE NUMBER· 749708672
COVERAGES
REVISION NUMBER·
THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD
INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS
CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN. THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,
EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS.
INSR
POLICY EFF
POLICY EXP
TYPE OF INSURANCE
LIMITS
POLICY NUMBER
LTR
!MMIDDNYYYI IMM/00/YYYYI
INSD
CPP2089069
8/28/2016
8/28/2017
A X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY
EACH OCCURRENCE
$1 ,000,000
ioAMAfft T6 RENTED
$1,000,000
CLAIMS-MADE
OCCUR
PREMISE!. rEa occurrence\
wv:I
-n
,X-
I
I
I
w
~on1ractua1Liab
JL. ~,u1eQ1icl£ El:mn
R
GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:
POLICY [Zj PROJECT
OTHER:
p
L ; LOC
CA20B8B76
AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY
~
MYMO
ALL OWNED
AUTOS
HIRED AUTOS
-
X
UMBRELLA LIAB
A
M
GENERAL AGGREGATE
$2,000,000
PRODUCTS · COMP/OP AGG
$2.000.000
$
1e'i:";;~1•c:v r lNuLt LIM1
$1,000.000
BOOILV INJURY (Per pe,son)
$
ccidenl1
/Per accident\
$
CU2089070
OCCUR
CLAIMS-MADE
8/28/2016
8/28/2017
EACH OCCURRENCE
$10,000,000
AGGREGATE
$10,000,000
IX I RETENTION $0
WORKERS COMPENSATION
AND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY
ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE
OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED?
(Mandatoty In N HI
II yes. describe under
WC2089071
8/28/2016
8/28/2017
YIN
G
Leased/Rented Equipment
X
PER
1STATUTE 1
I OTH·
ER
E.L. EACH ACCIDENT
NIA
$
Stop Gap: ND
$1 ,000,000
E.L DISEASE · EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000
E.L. DISEASE · POLICY LIMIT $1.000.000
DESCRIPTION OF OPE.RA.TlON.S below
A
$10,000
$1,000,000
BOOILV INJURY (Per accident) $
PROPERTYDAMAGE
$
AUTOS
NON-OWNED
AUTOS
Coll: $2,000
EXCESS LIAB
OEO
8128/2017
~ """'"""
Comp: $2.000
A
8/28/2016
MED EXP (Aoy one person)
PERSONAL & ADV INJURY
CPP2089069
8128/2016
8/28/2017
Limit: $300.000
Special Form
Deductible: $2.500
Actual Cash Value
DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS I LOCATIONS/ VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule. may be attached if more space is required)
All Wurk Pet'fut'med
Aclclitional ln~,ured only i f r~quir~d hy written contract ~1ith t'espect to General Liability, Automobil0.
T.ic:1bilit.y ~nd Umbroll~/Exc~ss LL:ibility: McLeod County and others as required by written contract.
CERTIFICATE HOLDER
CANCELLATION
SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE
THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS.
McLeod County
830 E 11th St
Glencoe MN 55336
© 1988-2014 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.
ACORD 25
(2014/01)
The ACORD name
and logo are registered
marks of ACORD
CVIGILOn
fHE BESf EVIDENCE'
29 September 2016
To whom it may concern,
Avigilon High Definition Video Management Solutions are distributed and installed exclusively
by Avigilon Authorized Enterprise Solution Partners. These Authorized partners are required
to be extremely well versed in video surveillance system design, data network infrastructure
installation and support. In addition, Avigilon requires each Authorized Partner to maintain a
service center to support each and every Customer site. These service centers MUST have
a minimum of two (2) Avigilon Certified Technicians per location that have successfully
completed & attained the minimum certification requirements of Avigilon University. They
also must compete ongoing training to ensure competency on all new products. Avigilon Staff
works exclusively with our Solution Partners to ensure that systems are properly designed to
ensure end user satisfaction.
NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services is an Avigilon Authorized Enterprise Certified Solution
Partner.
Avigilon chose NAC Mechanical and Electrical Services because of their knowledge
base in networking and security management applications. NAC Mechanical and Electrical
offers their customers unsurpassed
knowledge & support for High Definition Video
Management and access control solutions that work seamlessly with the security force
management teams that monitor and secure customer facilities. They have successfully
completed the certification requirements of Avigilon University and continue to exceed our
expectations of support and knowledge. I
am confident you will find their talent and
competency to be unsurpassed by any other vendor.
If there are any further questions, please do not hesitate to contact me directly at
612.723.9412
Respectfully,
Jeff Halbert
Regional Sales Manager, MN
>iEAO OFFICE
4th Floor. 858 Beatty St. Vancouver. BC. Canada V68 IC1
MAtl Box 378. 11101. 1001 W. Bro;idway, Vancouver. BC.
PH
604.629.5182
FAX
C:arn:1cia V6H 4E~
<304 629 5183 SUPPORT 1.888 281.518) avigllon.com
Mcleod County
Security/Surveillance System
Addendum A
September 23rd, 2016
Adjustments to sections in the original RFP below are in red.
3.02
Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a
security/surveillance system capable of providing the following :
K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can support
250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events. All
communication should be 128-bit Advanced Encryption Standard (AES)
encrypted.
3.03
Existing Infrastructure
B. Wide Area Network
1. Glencoe
a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb:
i.
Courthouse & Law Enforcement Center (main data center)
ii. Health & Human Services
iii. North Complex
iv. Annex
2. Hutchinson
a. All buildings are fiber connected at 10Gb:
i.
HATS (secondary data center)
•
10Gb Fiber connection and 100Mb failover connection to
Courthouse
ii. Extension Office
iii. Solid Waste
5
BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS ( UPDATED COUNTS AND ADDRESSES FROM MEETING)
5.01
The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any combination
which buildings are selected for final approval based on budgetary
constraints.
5.02
McLeod County Court House (830 11th St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
Management Software for
Access
Management Software for
Cameras
5.03
1 Software program
McLeod County Court Administration (830 11 1" St. E. Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
A licable Hardware
5.04
32 new doors with
access readers
10 new IP cameras
1 Software program
4 current doors with
access readers
McLeod County Law Enforcement (801 1oth St. E Glencoe, MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current doors with
access readers. 7 new
doors with access
readers
No cameras in the Law
Enforcement building are a
part of this project
5.05
McLeod County North Complex (2391 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN
55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add
6 current doors with
access readers and 6
new doors with access
readers
6 current analog
cameras and 3 new IP
cameras
5.06
McLeod County Annex (2397 Hennepin Ave N Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add New Camera
5.07
Add 2 access readers
1 360 degree camera in
main hallway
McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed (2397 Hennepin Ave N
Glencoe, MN 55336)
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
Add 2 access readers
2 camera outside
coverinq both buildinqs
"We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, it's
negotiable based on cost.
5.08
McLeod County Health and Human Services (1805 Ford Ave N Glencoe,
MN 55336)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add new
5.09
14 current doors with
access readers and 1
new door with access
reader
2 current analog
cameras and 5 new IP
cameras
McLeod County Solid Waste (1065 5th Ave SE Hutchinson, MN 55350)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Incorporate Current Analog
and IP Cameras
18 current doors with
access readers on Keri
System. 4 Current
Honeywell readers. Add
2 doors with access
readers.
29 current cameras to
integrate into new
system
5.1 O McLeod County Fairgrounds (840 Century Ave SW Hutchinson, MN
55350)
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Add Cameras
5.11
3 current doors with
access readers on a
Keri System. Add 6
doors with access
readers.
Add 3 cameras in
Commercial Building
and 1 in Dairy BuildinQ
McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop (208 1st Ave S Brownton, MN
55312)
Door Access Readers and
1 access readers for
A plicable Hardware
walk in door
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but
it's negotiable based on cost.
5. 12
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop (19955 Fa Icon Ave
Glencoe, MN 55336)
2 access readers for
walk in doors on each
end of building
*We would prefer conduit for cables run in the shops to protect them, but
it's negotiable based on cost.
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Mcleod County
Security/Surveillance System
Addendum B
September 29th, 2016
Adjustments are highlighted below in Red:
IMPORTANT DATES:
RFP Advertised
Thursday, September 1st
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference
Friday, September 16th
Last Day for Questions
Wednesday, September 21st
Last Addendum lssucd:
Friday, September 29th
Proposal Due Date
Wednesday, October 5th
Present at Board
Tuesday, October 18th
Project Completion:
Friday, January 27 \ 2017
1
SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1)
paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3)
complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveillance. Submittal shall be SEALED and
1
submitted by Friday, September 30 ", 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the following
address:
One original for time/date stamp,
one(1)papercop~andone
electronic copy with original.
Mcleod County
Attn: Scott Grivna
830 11th Street East
Suite 10
Glencoe, MN 55336-2200
Proposal is to be signed only by persons aulhorized to enter into a contracl with McLeod
County.
'S SIGNATURF
Page4
CHP &b
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical &Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Tab 3
www.11ac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, EQual Employment Opportunity Empioyer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services
CHP
Deb
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Scope of Work:
NAC is proposing to install an integrated Avigilon access control and video surveillance system
throughout the county to meet the needs of the RFP. Installation includes:
1. New Avigilon CCTV/VMS servers with Avigilon Enterprise VMS software installed in two
locations for recording video footage from the existing analog cameras and new IP/POE
cameras, includes licensing for all views
2. New Avigilon analog to digital encoders, mounting hardware, and cabling for integrating existing
CCTV views into new Avigilon VMS server
3. New Avigilon IP/POE cameras per requirements
4. Avigilon access control server software provided for customer provided VM application
5. Integration/convergence programming with detailed floorplan maps showing position and
status of all access control locations & cameras
6. New card readers, Request-to-Exit (REX) motion detectors, door position switches, and wiring
for existing access control doors that are being converted to the new system
7. New card readers, Request-to-Exit (REX) motion detectors, door position switches, electric
locking devices, and wiring for existing access control doors that are being converted to the new
system
8. Demolition of existing access control wiring and devices
9. Project management, mobilization, equipment, labor, materials, etc.
Locations involved in this project are:
1. Law Enforcement, Court Admin, Courthouse
2. North Complex
3. Annex
4. Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed
5. Health and Human Services
6. Solid Waste
7. fairgrounds
8. Brownton HWY Shop
9. Silver lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employmeni Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing - Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance. Service Repairs. Combustion Services
,..~4\.~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP
Deb
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Technical advantages of proposed system:
1. The product compatibility list for the Avigilon Video Management System {VMS) has thousands
of cameras on it from many manufacturers. This makes the VMS very versatile for future
expansion
2. The Avigilon Enterprise VMS supports unlimited users and can be accessed via a deployed
software client, webpage, and remote apps
3. The VMS server configuration is automatically backed up to other Enterprise servers within the
system, two of which are included in this design
4. The access control system includes all of the software required to manage a huge population of
users and includes issuance of photo ID's
5. The VMS's High Definition Stream Management system intelligently manages network
bandwidth
6. The VMS supports camera resolutions up to and including 30 megapixel
7. The VMS supports low cost video analytics solutions for detecting traffic patterns, objects left
behind, loitering, etc.
8. The VMS and access control software suites have free updates available directly from the
manufacturer's website without recurring fees or expenses.
9. All Avigilon products include a three year manufacturer's warranty covering the product itself.
In the case of the VMS servers the warranty is covered by Dell, and includes onsite Dell service
for the three year term
10. The product warranty on all Avigilon products (not including labor) can be extended to five years
for an additional fee
11. See the attached product datasheets for other market leading features
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Eqt..al Empl::lyment Opportunity Employar
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Seivice Repairs - Combustion Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Tab4
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services
Mcleod County
Security/Surveillance System
Request for Proposal
August 30111 , 2016
McLeod County
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL
FOR: County Security/Surveillance System
Scope and Specifications of the Proposal
SCOPE: McLeod County (referenced to as the COUNTY throughout this proposal) would
like to implement a County-wide, pure TCP/TP·based surveillance camera system that is
fully compatible with any existing analog cameras at all county sites. All solutions must
address the needs of both new IP cameras and existing analog cameras to operate within the
same system and consider IP replacements as analog cameras fail. Further, the proposed
system must fully comply and integrate with the existing Cisco based network
infrastructure and systems throughout the COUNTY. We currently have multiple sites
with individual recording devices and would like to create a more centralized solution to
only two locations; The Glencoe Court House and the Highway building in Hutchinson.
The solution will need to address future growth for additional cameras.
Additionally, the COUNTY would like to implement the management application software
and hardware for an IP-based Access Control solution that provides integration and
convergence with the above mentioned camera surveillance system. The Access Control
System should have two primary component areas, door control hardware and the
management application software that can run in a virtual environment. We would also like
to implement a system that can scale as we combine the four separate systems we currently
have into one. It would be a big advantage if the system could utilize Active Directory
groups to manage access. Utilizing components of the current systems can be taken into
consideration.
McLeod County reserves the right to modify the Scope and Specifications as circumstances
require, including but not limited to adding, changing, or deleting proposed locations.
PROPOSAL SUBMITTED BY: NAC Mechanical
&
Electrical Services
(Company Name)
1001 Labore Industrial Ct, Suite B
(Address)
Vadnais Heights, MN 55110
(State/Zip Code)
Page 2
Philip Haataja
(Typed Name of Person Submitting the Proposal)
651-490-1636
320-828-4609
(Fax ft)
(Phone#)
September 30,
2016
(Date of Proposal Submission)
Page 3
IMPORTANT DATES:
RFP Advertised
Thursday, September Ist
Mandatory Pre-Proposal Conference
Friday, September 16th
Last Day for Questions
Wednesday, September 21st
Last Addendum Issued:
Friday, September 23rd
Proposal Due Date
Friday, September 30th
Present at Board
Tuesday, October 18th
Project Completion:
Friday, January 27111 , 2017
SEALED SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS: Please include one (1) original and one (1)
paper copy, as well as, one (1) electronic copy in PDF format for a total of three (3)
complete sets of the Proposal for a Security/Surveill ance. Submittal shall be SEALED and
submitted by Friday, September 3ot11, 2016 at 2:00 pm. Send proposals to the fo llowing
address:
One original for time/date stamp,
one (1) paper copy, and one
electronic copy with original.
McLeod County
Attn: Scott Grivna
830 11th Street East
Suite 10
Glencoe, MN 55336-2200
Proposal is to be signed only by persons authorized to enter into a contract with McLeod
County. ~
RESPONDENT'S SIGNATURE
NAC Mechanical & Electrical
Services
COMPANY NAME
Page4
Table of Contents
Page
1
Submittal Requirements and Proposal Format.. ............................................. 6
2
Terms and Conditions .................................................................................. 12
3
Scope of Services .............................................. ... ........................... ............ 19
4
General Roles and Responsibilities ............................................................. 23
5
Base System Requirements .............................................................. ........... 32
6
Optional Security System Requirements .. .... ................................................ 34
7
Data Network Requirements ........................................................................ 35
8
County Responsibilities ................................................................................ 36
9
Summary RFP Costs ............................ ........................................... .. ......... .. 37
10 Bill of Material and Equipment Specifications ............................................... 38
11 Respondent Assumptions .................................. ............... ............ ....... ...... .. 39
12 Installation Methodology and Drawings ............................. ......................... ..40
13 Acceptance Testing .................... ... ... ............ ....... ... .................................. .... 41
14 Software Upgrades and LDAP Interface .... .. ... ...................................... ....... 42
15 Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support Capabilities, and
References ... ..................... ............. .. ...... ..... .. ........................................... .... 43
16 Project and Maintenance Tearn ................ ......... .. ............................ .... ..... ... 48
17 Exceptions and Clarifications ..... ..................................... ....................... ...... 49
Pages
1
SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS AND PROPOSAL FORMAT
1.01
Respondent agrees not to hold the Owner of the project
responsible for simple typos, minor omissions, misspelling of
words, or other specification inconsistencies, where reasonable
persons, familiar with the type of work specified herein, would
understand the scope as though such conditions did not exist.
1.02
Proposal Clarification Questions: After reviewing all proposals
received in response to this RFP, the County may develop a list of
clarification questions to be addressed by the Respondent. The
County or its agent shall send these questions to the Respondent
for clarification. The Respondent shall provide a response within
three (3) working days following the inquiry.
1.03
Submittal Requirements: Proposals shall be submitted by tab
number as instructed below. The Respondent agrees and shall
comply with all provisions and specifications as stated in this RFP
unless otherwise stated in the Exceptions section of this RFP. Any
additional cost or factors to meet a specification or requirement
must be noted in the Exceptions section. Failure to respond to
these requirements may result in the proposal being considered
non-responsive.
A. Tab 1 - Minimum Criteria
1. Cover letter - with overall price, any special conditions, and
signature
2. A brief profile of the firm, including the following:
a. A brief history of the business
b. Organizational structure of business
3. The overall qualifications of the business to provide the
services requested
B. Tab 2- Required Documents
1. Proposal Bond (original - with seal - in original Proposal)
2. Proof of required insurance
3. Certifications and/or letter from manufacturer(s) that the firm
is an authorized installer and maintenance provider
4. Five-year maintenance support guarantee from
manufacturer and Respondent
5. Addenda -Any addenda issued subsequent to the release
of this solicitation must be signed and returned with the
firm's proposal. Failure to return signed addenda may be
cause for the proposal to be considered non-responsive.
C. Tab 3- Executive Summary/Overview
Page 6
1. Written summary of the understanding of the scope of work
to be performed
2. Technical summary of the system proposed, including
details about any "improvements" over and above the base
request (for example, resiliency/redundancy, system
management, database consolidation, or larger number of
ports)
D. Tab 4 - Main Body of Response (Sections 1-8) (With original
only)
E. Tab 5- Cost
F. Tab 6 - Bill of Material, Equipment Specifications, and Drawings
G. Tab 7 - Respondent Assumptions
H. Tab 8 - Installation Methodology and Drawings
I. Tab 9 - Acceptance Testing
J. Tab 10 - Software Upgrades and Active Directory Interface
K. Tab 11 - Respondent and Subcontractor Qualifications, Support
Capabilities, and References
L. Tab 12 - Project T earn and Maintenance T earn
Resumes/Certifications
M. Tab 13 - Exceptions and Clarifications
N. Tab 14 - Exhibits
0. Tab 15 - Sales Documents and Brochures
1.04
Exceptions to the RFP: Respondents may find instances where
they must take exception with certain requirements or specifications
of the RFP. All exceptions shall be clearly identified in the
Exceptions section, and written explanations shall include the
scope of the exceptions, the ramifications of the exceptions for the
COUNTY, and a description of the advantage to be gained or
disadvantages to be incurred by the COUNTY as a result of these
exceptions.
1.05
Alternate Proposals: Respondents who wish to submit an
alternate premise-based proposal may do so. If more than one
proposal is submitted, all must be complete and comply with the
instructions set forth in this RFP.
1.06
Respondent Contact/Questions about the RFP:
Page 7
A. Respondent communications shall be limited to contacts defined
herein. Failure to comply with this provision may result in
disqualification or evaluation penalty.
B. It shall be the Respondent's responsibility to learn all aspects of
the RFP requirements. Should any details necessary for a clear
and comprehensive understanding be omitted or any error
appear in the RFP documents, or should the Respondent note
facts or conditions that in any way conflict with the letter or spirit
of the RFP documents, it shall be the responsibility of the
Respondent to obtain clarifications before submitting a proposal.
C. Questions may be submitted up to Wednesday, September
21st. After that time, no further questions shall be accepted.
Submit questions to: Scott Grivna at
Scott. [email protected] .mn .us
1.07
Addenda: It is incumbent upon each Respondent to carefully
examine all specifications, terms, and conditions contained herein.
Any inquiries, suggestions, or requests concerning interpretation,
clarification, or additional information shall be made in writing,
through the recipient named above. The County shall not be
responsible for any oral representation(s) given by any employee,
representative, or others. The issuance of a written addendum is
the only official method by which interpretation, clarification, or
additional information can be given. No addenda shall be issued
later than five (5) business days prior to the date for receipt of
proposals, except an addendum postponing or withdrawing the
request for proposals. Respondents must acknowledge receipt of
addenda in their proposals.
1.08
Request for Proposal: It is the sole responsibility of the
Respondent to ensure that they have received the entire Request
for Proposal.
1.09
Proposal Bond: A Proposal Bond in the amount of 5% of the
proposal price, payable to McLeod County, is required for this RFP.
The Proposal Bond can be in the form of a bond or cashier's check.
The bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business
in the State of Minnesota and with a rating of "A" or higher as listed
in the A.M. Best & Company latest published rating guide. The
bond or cashier's check shall not expire until the Contract is
awarded and shall guarantee that (1 ) a Respondent shall not
withdraw its proposal after the closing time and date of this RFP, or
(2) the awarded Respondent shall promptly execute a Contract and
deliver any specifications required by the County prior to start-up of
the Contract. The bond or cashier's check shall be invoked by the
County to ensure payment of the Respondent of damages incurred
by withdrawal of a proposal, or failure to enter into a Contract after
award. Proposal bonds, without interest, shall be returned upon
Page 8
receipt of appropriate insurance documents and/or a Performance
Bond, where/if applicable. No proposal shall be considered without
a proper form of security.
1.10
Performance Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish
within ten (10) days of notification of award a Performance Bond in
the amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod
County as security for the faithful performance of the Contract. The
bond shall be issued by an agency authorized to do business in the
State of Minnesota with a rating of "A" or higher, as listed in the
A.M. Best & Company latest published rating. An attorney in fact
who signs a Performance Bond must file with the bond a certified
copy of his/her power of attorney to assign said bond. The awarded
Respondent, upon failure or refusal to furnish within ten (10) days
of notification the required Performance Bond, shall pay to the
County, as liquidated damages for such failure or refusal, an
amount in cash equal to the Proposal Bond.
1.11
Payment Bond: The successful Respondent shall furnish within
ten (10) days of notification of award a Payment Bond in the
amount of 100% of the proposed price, payable to McLeod County
as security for payment as required by statute of all persons
supplying labor and material. The bond shall be issued by an
agency authorized to do business in the State of Minnesota with a
rating of "A" or higher, as listed in the A.M. Best & Company latest
published rating. An attorney in fact who signs a Payment Bond
must file with the bond a certified copy of his/her power of attorney
to assign said bond. The awarded Respondent, upon failure or
refusal to furnish within ten (10) days of notification the required
Payment Bond, shall pay to the County, as liquidated damages for
such failure or refusal, an amount in cash equal to the Proposal
Bond.
1.12
Descriptive Material: The County is not responsible for locating or
securing any information that is not identified in the Respondent's
proposal and reasonably available to the County. To ensure that
sufficient information is available, Respondent must furnish as a
part of the proposal all descriptive material necessary for the
County to (1) determine whether the product offered meets the
requirements of the RFP and (2) establish exactly what the
Respondent proposes to furnish in terms of supplies, materials, and
services.
1 .13
Diagrams: Diagrams shall be submitted with the RFP. The
diagrams shall include the proposed system, any construction work
needed, connections to the network, location of equipment, etc.
1.14
Subcontractors: If Respondent's organization will use
subcontractors, they must be identified under the References tab of
your response.
Page9
1.15
Request for Additional Information: Prior to the final selection,
Respondents may be required to submit additional information
regarding the Respondent's qualifications and experience that the
County may deem necessary to further evaluate the proposal's
qualifications.
1.16
Proposal Award: The RFP consists of a base proposal
configuration that shall be accepted or rejected in its entirety and
proposal options that the County may accept or reject individually
without regard to the listing order of the option, but only as the
County determines is in its best interest.
1.17
Right to Accept/Reject: The County reserves the right to reject
any or all proposals and waive any irregularities. The County also
reserves the right to choose the proposal that is deemed in the best
interest of the County based on any or all criteria, etc. In addition,
the County reserves the right to negotiate any or all items and
terms of proposal.
1. 18
After Hours Cost: Some work may have to be done after hours
depending on the intrusion of that work to Mcleod County
Employees or Constituents. These costs shall be included in the
total price presented in the RFP response.
1.19
Denial of Reimbursement: The County shall not reimburse
Respondents for any costs associated with the preparation and
submittal of any proposal, or for any travel and/or per diem costs
that are incurred.
1.20
Gratuity Prohibition: Respondents shall not offer any gratuities,
favors, or anything of monetary value to any official, employee, or
agent of McLeod County for the purpose of influencing
consideration of this proposal.
1.21
Right of Withdrawal: A proposal may not be withdrawn before the
expiration ninety (90) days from the proposal due date.
1.22
Rights to Submitted Material:
A. All proposals, responses, inquiries, or correspondence relating to
or in reference to this RFP, and all reports, charts, and other
documentation submitted by Respondents shall become the
property of McLeod County when received.
B. The County reserves the right to retain all proposals submitted
and to use any ideas in a proposal regardless of whether that
proposal is selected. Submission of a proposal indicates
acceptance by the Respondent of the conditions contained in
this Request for Proposal.
1.23
Selection Criteria: Proposals shall be evaluated based on, but not
limited to, the following criteria:
Page 10
A. Cost - The price included in the RFP response shall be the price
evaluated. There SHALL NOT be an opportunity for a BEST
AND FINAL OFFER. Respondent is encouraged to include their
best prices in their initial response. Evaluation shall include upfront costs as well as long-term maintenance protection.
B. Technology -Ability to meet the County's security configuration
goals, hardware/door/network configuration, feature functionality,
and system management.
C. RespondenUManufacturer - Financial stability, references,
installation methodology, project and maintenance teams
experience and certifications, and long.term product support.
D. Support- Number of trained technicians, remote and on-site
response time guarantee, dispatch distance, remote monitoring
maintenance capabilities, and adherence to maintenance
requirements.
1.24
Selection Committee: Proposals may be evaluated by a Selection
Committee. The Selection Committee may, at its option, request
any or all Respondents to provide on-site demonstrations of the
proposed system.
1 .25
Submittal of Qualifications: Respondents should submit
experience and qualifications as described in the RFP. Additional
information may be submitted as appropriate to further describe
vendor and provide product capabilities.
Page 11
2
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
2.01
Contract: Any award of a contract resulting from this RFP will be
made only by written authorization from McLeod County upon
approval by the McLeod County Board of Commissioners. The
Sample Contract is included in the Exhibits section as 18.01. The
contract between McLeod County and the Contractor shall consist
of (1) the Request for Proposal (RFP) and any amendments thereto
and (2) the proposal submitted by the Contractor in response to the
RFP. In the event of a conflict in language between these two
documents, the provisions and requirements set forth and/or
referenced in the RFP shall govern. The County also reserves the
right to clarify any contractual relationship in writing with the
concurrence of the Contractor, and such written clarification shall
govern in case of conflict with the applicable requirements stated in
the RFP or the Contractor's proposal. In all other matters not
affected by the written clarifications, if any, the RFP shall govern ...
2.02
Termination/Cancellation of Contract: McLeod County may
cancel the contract at any time for breach of contractual obligation,
convenience, or non-appropriation of funds by providing the
Contractor with a written notice of such cancellation. Should the
County exercise its right to cancel the contract for such reasons,
the cancellation shall become effective on the date as specified in
the notice of cancellation sent to the Contractor.
2.03
Compliance with Laws: In connection with the furnishing of
supplies or performance of work under the contract, the Contractor
agrees to comply with the Fair Labor Standard Act, Equal
Opportunity Employment Act, and all other applicable Federal and
State laws, regulations, and executive orders to the extent that the
same may be applicable, and further agrees to insert the foregoing
provision in all subcontracts awarded hereunder.
2.04
Incurred Expenses: This RFP does not commit the County to
award a contract, nor shall the County be responsible for any cost
or expense that may be incurred by the Respondent in preparing
and submitting the proposal called for in this RFP, or any cost or
expense incurred by the Respondent prior to the execution of a
contract agreement.
2.05
Indemnification: The Contractor agrees it shall defend, indemnify,
and hold harmless the County, its officers, and its employees
against any and all liability, loss, costs, damages, and expenses,
including attorneys fees that the County, its officers, or its
employees may hereafter sustain, incur, or be required to pay
arising out of the negligent or intentional acts or omissions of the
Contractor's officers or employees
Page 12
2.06
Insurance
A. The Contractor agrees, in order to protect itself and the County
under the indemnity provision set forth above, to at all times
during the term of this contract have and keep in force
insurance policies that meet the following minimum
requirements:
$1,500,000 Each Occurrence
$3,000,000 General Aggregate
$3,000,000 Products and Completed Operations Aggregate
The policy should be written on an occurrence basis, not a
claims·made basis
The Member will be included as Additional Insured
An Excess or Umbrella Liability policy may be used in
conjunction with primary coverage limits to meet the minimum
limit requirements
The Contractor agrees to name the County as an additional
insured on said policy.
B. An automobile liability insurance policy that meets the following
minimum requirements:
$1,500,000 on a Combined Single Limit Basis
Auto coverage should include: Any Auto, including Hired and
Non-owned
The member will be included as Additional Insured
Note: Auto coverage should be waived only when the
contractor's work under the contract clearly does not involve the
use of a vehicle on the Member's behalf.
C. Workers Compensation insurance in the statutory amounts.
1. Bodily injury by Accident: $500,000 each accident
2. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 each employee
3. Bodily injury by Disease: $500,000 policy limit
D. Professional liability should be required for individuals who
perform professional or semi-professional services. Some
examples of professionals who should obtain this type of
coverage include, but are not limited to individuals who are
medical service providers, architects, engineers, attorneys, and
consultants. Minimum limits of liability should be:
Page 13
1. $2,000,000 per Wrongful Act or Occurrence
2. $4,000,000 Annual Aggregate Level 1
E. Certificates of insurance showing the coverage listed above shall
be provided to the County prior to the effective date of this
contract, and the County shall be named as an additional
insured under the liability policy required above.
2.07
Safety: Respondent shall take the necessary precautions and bear
the sole responsibility for the safety of the methods employed in
performing the work. The Respondent shall at all times comply with
the regulations set forth by federal, state, and local laws, rules, and
regulations concerning OSHA and all applicable state labor laws,
regulations, and standards. The Respondent shall indemnify and
hold harmless the County from and against all liabilities, suits,
damages, costs, and expenses (including attorney's fees and court
costs) that may be imposed on the County because of the
Respondent's, Subcontractor's, or supplier's failure to comply with
the regulations.
2.08
Ownership of Work Product(s): Any work product, including but
not limited to software programs, documentation, memoranda,
correspondence, and/or files generated by the Contractor in the
course of this work for the County is the sole property of the
County. All work products must be surrendered to the County at the
completion of the Contract. The Contractor shall prepare and
maintain all records required by the County to substantiate the
amount and types of services rendered and for other purposes. The
County shall inform the Contractor of the need for and nature of all
such records.
2.09
Warranty of Integrated Security System: In a contract resulting
from this RFP, Contractor shall warrant that during the warranty
period, all hardware, equipment, and licensed software (including
third-party software installed or recommended by Contractor or its
subcontractors) of the integrated security system solution shall
perform at a minimum in all material aspects within the
specifications and functional requirements defined by the Scope of
Service/Work of the RFP. The foregoing representations and
warranties shall be in force as to each version or release of
software, system, components, networks, and equipment.
2.10
Independent Contractor: Nothing contained in this agreement is
intended or should be construed as creating the relationship of
co-partners or joint ventures within the County. The Contractor shall
remain an independent contractor, and all employees of the
Contractor or its subcontractors shall remain the employees of the
Contractor or subcontractor and shall not become the employees of
the County. No tenure or any rights or benefits, including worker's
compensation, unemployment insurance, medical care, sick leave,
Page 14
vacation leave, severance pay, or other benefits available to
County employees shall accrue to the Contractor or employees of
the Contractor performing services under this agreement.
2.11
Nondiscrimination; All Contractors agree that during the life of the
contract, the Contractor shall not discriminate against any
employee or applicant for employment because of race, color,
creed, national origin, sex, marital status, disability, sexual
orientation, age, religion, or status with regard to public assistance,
and shall intend a similar provision in all subcontracts entered into
for the performance thereof. All proposals shall be accompanied by
a signed statement of this fact, with failure to sign reason for
proposal rejection.
2.12 Default and Cancellation:
A. If the Contractor fails to perform any of the provisions of this
Request for Proposal or so fails to administer the work as to
endanger the performance of the contract, this shall constitute
default. Unless the Contractor's default is excused, the County
may, upon written notice, immediately cancel this agreement in
its entirety.
B. Back orders, failure to meet delivery requirements, or failures to
meet specifications in the contract authorizes the ordering entity
to cancel the contract, or any portion of it, purchase elsewhere,
and charge the full increase in cost and administrative handling
to the defaulting Contractor. In the event of default, the County
reserves the right to pursue any other remedy available by law.
A Contractor may be removed from the Contractors list,
suspended, or debarred from receiving a contract for failure to
comply with terms and conditions of the contract or for failure to
pay the County for the cost incurred on the defaulted contract.
2.13 Severability: Every section, provision, or part of this agreement is
declared severable from every other section, provision, or part
thereof, to the extent that if any section, provision, or part of this
agreement shall be held invalid by a court of competent jurisdiction,
it shall not invalidate any other section, provision, or part thereof.
2.14 Third-Party Products; Contractor agrees to assign or pass
through to the County or otherwise make available for the benefit of
County, any manufacturer's or supplier's warranties applicable to
any third-party software, hardware, or equipment provided by
Contractor or its subcontractors under a contract resulting from this
RFP.
2.15 Title to Software: By submitting a proposal, the Respondent
represents and warrants that it is the sole owner of the software or,
if not the owner, that it has received all legally required
authorizations from the owner to license the software, has the full
Page 15
power to grant the rights required by this solicitation, and that
neither the software nor its use in accordance with the contract
shall violate or infringe upon any patent, copyright, trade secret, or
any other property rights of another person or organization.
2.16
New Material: Unless otherwise provided for in this specification,
the Respondent represents and warrants that the goods, materials,
supplies, or components offered to the County under this RFP
solicitation are new, not used or reconditioned. It represents that
they are not of such age or so deteriorated as to impair their
usefulness or safety and that the goods, materials, supplies, or
components offered are current production models of the
respective manufacturer.
2.17
Ownership of Intellectual Property: All copyright and patent
rights to all papers, reports, forms, materials, creations, or
inventions created or developed in the performance of this contract
shall become the sole property of the County. Upon request, the
Contractor shall promptly provide an acknowledgment or
assignment in a tangible form satisfactory to the County to
evidence the County's sole ownership of specifically identified
intellectual property created or developed in the performance of the
contract. This excludes ownership of proprietary software belonging
to the vendor, except software developed specifically for the County
for which the County pays.
2.18
Term of Software License: Unless otherwise stated in the
solicitation, the software license(s) identified in the pricing schedule
shall be purchased on a perpetual basis and shall continue in
perpetuity. The County reserves the right to terminate the license at
any time, although the mere expiration or termination of this
· contract shall not be construed as intent to terminate the license. All
acquired license( s) shall be for use at any computing facilities, on
any equipment, by any number of users, and for any purposes for
which it is procured. The County further reserves the right to
transfer all rights under the license to another state agency to which
some or all of its functions are transferred.
2.19
Return of Assets: Except as otherwise provided in the Contract, or
upon termination of the Contract, the Contractor shall return all
County·owned assets, including but not limited to stored data and
information.
2.20
Excessive Downtime: Equipment or software furnished under the
contract shall be capable of continuous operation. Should any part
of the equipment or software become inoperable for a period of
more than four (4) hours, the Contractor agrees to pro·rate
maintenance charges to account for each full hour of inoperability
beyond four (4) hours. The period of inoperability shall commence
upon initial notification. In the event the equipment or software
remains inoperable for more than three (3) consecutive calendar
Page 16
days, the Contractor shall promptly replace the equipment or
software at no charge upon request of the County. Such
replacement shall be with new, or refurbished product(s) of
comparable quality, and must be installed and operational within
three (3) consecutive calendar days following the request for
replacement.
2.21
Proposal Acceptance/Rejection: The County reserves the right to
accept or reject any or all proposals received as a result of this
RFP, or to negotiate separately with competing respondents, and to
waive any informalities, defects, or irregularities in any proposal, or
to accept the proposal or proposals that, in the judgment of the
proper officials, are in the best interest of the County.
2.22
Firearms: No provider of services pursuant to this Contract,
including but not limited to employees, agents, or subcontractors of
the Contractor, shall carry or possess a firearm on County premises
or while acting on behalf of McLeod County pursuant to the terms
of this agreement. Violation of this provision shall be considered a
substantial breach of the Agreement and is grounds for immediate
suspension or termination of this contract.
2.23
Other Contract Terms:
1. Compliance with Laws/Standards
2. General: The Contractor shall abide by all Federal, State,
and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations
now in effect or hereinafter adopted pertaining to this
Contract or to the facilities, programs, and staff for which the
Contractor is responsible.
3. Licenses and Permits: The Contractor shall procure all
licenses, permits, or other rights necessary for the fulfillment
of its obligation under this Contract. The Contractor
indemnifies, saves, and holds harmless the County and any
agents, commissioners, officers, employees, or volunteer
workers thereof from any and all claims, demands, actions,
or causes of action of whatsoever nature or character arising
out of, allegedly arising from, or related to the execution or
performance of the services of the successful Respondent
provided for herein.
4. Force Majeure: Neither party shall be held responsible for
delay or failure to perform when such delay or failure is due
to any of the following, unless the act or occurrence could
have been foreseen and reasonable action could have been
taken to prevent the delay or failure: fire, flood, epidemic,
strikes, wars, acts of God, unusually severe weather, acts of
public authorities, or delays or defaults caused by public
carriers, provided the defaulting party gives notice as soon
as possible to the other party of the inability to perform.
Page 17
5. Inability to Perform: Contractor shall make every reasonable
effort to maintain staff, facilities, and equipment to deliver the
services to be purchased by the County. The Contractor
shall immediately notify the County in writing whenever it is
unable to provide the agreed upon quality and quantity of
services or reasonably believes it is going to be unable to
provide this level of service. Upon such notification, the
County shall determine whether such inability requires a
modification or cancellation of this Contract.
B. In the event the County terminates the Contract for cause in
whole or in part as provided above, the County may procure,
upon such terms and in such manner as the County may deem
appropriate, services similar to those so terminated, and the
Contractor shall be liable to the County for any excess costs for
such similar goods or services. The Contractor shall continue
the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated
under the provisions for this section.
C. The rights and remedies of the County provided in this section
shall not be exclusive and are in addition to any other rights and
remedies provided by law or under this contract.
D. Payment Terms: Payment terms shall be event based and
negotiated with the successful vendor prior to contract signing.
The County shall issue no payment until they have verified the
invoice. The County shall retain at least 10% of all authorized
payments until acceptance of the work is authorized.
E. Software Licensing Agreements: Within the RFP response,
Contractor agrees to provide copies of software licensing
agreements for all proposed software applications and operating
systems.
Page 18
3
SCOPE OF SERVICES
3.01
The COUNTY plans to procure a premise-based County-wide
security system to replace the current four separate door access
systems, as well as a surveillance system to replace a number of
separate systems and anticipates that the entire system shall be
completed by to January, 2017.
3.02
Upon completion of this project, the County shall have a
security/surveillance system capable of providing the following:
A. All cameras and door hardware must be fully compatible with the
COUNTY's existing Cisco based network infrastructure.
Purposed equipment must be new from the manufacturer and
qualify for warranty and maintenance services.
B. All new cameras shall be TCP/IP cameras that utilize PoE. (No
Analog Cameras or converting to 1/P) Cameras and overall
system must integrate fully with COUNTY's existing Cisco VLAN
technology and Quality of Service requirements. Further, video
streams between camera and the agreed upon network
video storage solution must be able to be configured for both
uni-cast and multi-cast transmission modes.
C. All cameras shall be full-featured, vandal resistant, fixed dome,
and wall mount TCP/IP cameras designed for indoor and
outdoor applications. Outdoor cameras shall be sealed for
outdoor use and provide IP66 protection against water, wind or
dust.
·
D. All new cameras shall be high resolution, high sensitivity
integral color cameras and should accommodate monitoring
visibility day and night under parking light illumination
conditions. IP cameras must offer Wide Dynamic Range and
provide a mechanical cut filter for IR Sensitivity. Administrative
user(s) must have the ability to adjust the color and brightness
of each camera. Cameras must support 4CIF 01 resolution at
30fps.
E. All new cameras shall be immune to shock and vibration and
be vandal-resistant by being able to withstand the equivalent
of 1201bs of force.
F. Proposed video surveillance system shall be network video
storage agnostic, and scalable to accommodate our
requirements for retention and pertormance.
G. Proposed video surveillance system must allow recorded video
to be played back in the forward or reverse direction, frame by
frame, and from beginning or end of the clip using standard
VCR~like buttons. Solution must be able to record from 1-30
Page 19
FPS on a per camera basis. System must have the capability
to record when motion occurs and suppress video recording at
other times at the camera end, not the video storage. Must also
have the ability to define zones where a recording trigger
would not be enabled. System must also have the ability to
define recording schedules through Internet browser only.
H. Proposed video surveillance system must provide video
authentication, checksums, and reporting to ensure videos are
not altered in any way to ensure the chain of evidence.
I. Proposed video surveillance system must provide simultaneous
viewing of both live and recorded video through a web browser
interface exclusively. Complete system must be able to be
administered through a web browser including full control of
any PTZ cameras.
J. Proposed video surveillance system must be able to view up to
16 images on a single display with at least a resolution of
1024x768. Internet browser display must allow for viewing of
different cameras from the network video storage
simultaneously.
K. Proposed video surveillance system must provide a
comprehensive authentication system that allows user
authentication against Microsoft Active Directory for
simultaneous access to all the network video storage for Countywide cameras. Further, the system must also provide
comprehensive role-based authorization for each user.
Administrative user(s) must have the capability to create new
users and define granular control over all system and camera
functions.
L. Proposed system must be expandable for future camera
installations without forklift upgrades or visible topology
changes to the end-user through the web interface. The
system shall not require individual client licenses and the
system shall not require any reoccurring license fees.
M. Contractor shall provide property notices at each county site of
installed video surveillance systems.
N. The successful Contractor shall warrant all materials and
equipment furnished under the contract are in good working
order, free from defects and in conformance with system
specifications. All installed equipment must conform to the
manufacturer's official published specifications.
0. Contractor must provide pricing for three years warranty and
support on the proposed project. Vendor technical support shall
Page 20
be available for business hours support and Next Business Day
Replacement.
P. Contractor must detail what is included and define if provided by
manufacturer or by Contractor in the standard warranty for
each item proposed.
Q. Contractor must provide warranty service availability beyond
the initial three years for each item proposed. Specify annual
cost and period of extension.
R. Solution must support Motion based recording that can be
configured to save disk space, change operators views and
send alerts.
S. Central Operations Manager must be able to access video from
the network video storage, instantly.
T. The video management solution must have the ability for the
operator to trigger any camera that is not actively archiving
video. This trigger shall be initiated from an http call to the
system.
U. Solution must provide the ability for multiple cameras to be
updated at once using the Batch administration feature from
the Operations Manager leveraging an Excel template.
V. Video surveillance solution must entail internal Digital zoom
capabilities that can focus in on any object instantly using the
inbuilt zoom feature on non PTZ cameras. This feature must be
able to be turned off if deemed necessary.
W. Video Surveillance Operations Manager must provide full
converged integration with Physical Access Control Manager
X. Vendor must provide an IP-based Access Control Management
solution that can provide door access and monitoring of any dry
contact point.
Y. The IP-based Physical Access Control System should have two
primary components, door control hardware (gateways and
modules) and an appliance based web management application.
Z. The access control solution should support a thin client model.
Clients from computers running a Windows operating system
can contact the Physical Access Manager and download and
install an application that allows interaction with the Physical
Access Manager for administrative purposes.
A. All users on the Physical Access Manager can be
configured to use Microsoft Active Directory groups for
authentication and door access.
Page 21
B. The physical access manager should enable the creation of
badge templates, badge printing, taking user photographs, and
enrolling users into Physical Access Manager User database.
C. No additional licensing or fees should be charged for the
integration with the Video Surveillance Management Solution
and the Physical Access Control System.
D. HTTP/S URLs can be invoked as a result of any event or alarm
by way of the Physical Access Manager. Event data can be
inserted in the URL to integrate with any external application
that accepts URL invocations, such as Cisco Digital Medial
Signage solution.
E. Access Manager Appliance and Video Management Solution
should be qualified to run in a virtual environment.
F. The Physical Access Control System must allow Physical
Access Gateway images to be upgraded using the Physical
Access Manager.
G. The Physical Access Manager client should support a 1click
client application which gives the administrator access to live
and archive video from the Video Surveillance System.
H. Motion Detection events in Video Surveillance System can also
be recorded in the Physical Access Manager Events window.
System also should allow the Physical Access Manager to
trigger local door alarms or other annunciation devices attached
to the Physical Access Control System when motion detection
events occur in Video Surveillance System.
I. The Physical Access Manager must have the ability to plot
cameras and any controlled access point on a graphical map or
floor plan. Physical Access Manager should integrate with Video
Surveillance System and enable video to be pushed to the
administrators and users of the Physical Access Control Solution
based on Events.
J. Administrators of the Physical Access Solution should have the
ability to access live camera views from the system.
K. The Physical Access solution should entail gateways that can
support 250,000 cached credentials and 150,000 cached events.
All communication should be 256- bit Advanced Encryption
Standard (AES) FIPS 140-2 certified encrypted.
3.03
Existing Infrastructure
A. The County's primary network infrastructure consists of a mix of
cisco network switches.
Page 22
1. We have 6 buildings in Glencoe
2. We have 3 buildings in Hutchinson
B. Wide Area Network
1. Glencoe
a. Single mode fiber between the Courthouse and the
following three locations:
i.
Health & Human Services
ii. North Complex
iii. Annex
b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County shares
a 1 gigabit fiber connection to MN.IT with Courts and the
City of Glencoe PD, and State Department of Corrections.
2. Hutchinson
a. The County has a 10 gigabit point to point connection
between their HATS facility in Hutchinson:
i.
Extension Office
ii. Solid Waste
b. State of Minnesota MN.IT Connection: The County HATS
facility has a backup 100 megabit connection to MN.IT in
case of a fiber down issue between Glencoe and
Hutchinson
C.Cable
1. CAT 6 cable will be required for any new cable runs.
D.UPS
1. Courthouse and LEC
a. The County Courthouse and LEC MER locations are
equipped with UPS system and backup generator power.
b. All TER locations have existing APC UPS systems and
utilize APC Network Manager Management system.
2. All other County facilities MER and TER are equipped with
APC UPS systems and utilize APC Network Manager
Management system.
4
GENERAL ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
4.01
Permission to Proceed
A. The Contractor's first task shall be to submit a Statement of
Work with an estimate of schedules and benchmarks. The
document should identify in detail the exact tasks that the
Page 23
County and Contractor must perform and/or be responsible for
in order to accomplish the delivery and installation of the
system. The Contractor shall project delivery date and
installation period by function (cable, under-carpet wiring,
switch, stations, etc.), which shall allow the Contractor to meet
the required completion date.
B. The Contractor shall provide the County with shop drawings of
the proposed equipment placement for each location prior to the
procurement of equipment or commencement of work. The
Contractor shall make corrections and additions as necessary to
the design documents. Equipment lists, data sheets, etc., shall
be provided in MS Word, MS Excel, and MS Visio.
C. The submittals must be received and approved by the County
prior to the procurement of material or the commencement of
work. Any procurement or work performed prior to this approval
is at the Contractor's own risk.
D. The project timeline shall not be altered due to lateness of
submittals. The Contractor shall remain bound to deliver a
timely, complete, and finished project as stipulated in their
contract.
E. The failure of the Contractor to provide submittals as required
herein may result in the cancellation of the contract.
F. Contractor must obtain the County's permission before
proceeding with any work necessitating cutting into or through
any part of a building structure.
4.02
Damage and Cleanup
A. Existing floors, walls, ceilings, or any structural piece shall not be
drilled or cut without prior approval of the County. The
Contractor shall be held responsible for and make payment on
any damage caused from the delivery and/or installation of its
work.
B. The Contractor shall keep the premises clean from debris and
rubbish. After each workday, the Contractor shall remove any
rubbish or waste from the working area. If the County is required
to clean up, the cost shall be charged back to the Contractor.
4.03
Project Manager
A. The Contractor shall appoint a Project Manager who shall be the
main point of contact regarding the project for the County. The
Project Manager is responsible for the following:
1. Ensuring the contract is completed successfully in a timely
manner.
Page 24
2. Guaranteeing the work and performance of all employees
and subcontractors that have been hired by the Contractor.
3. Completing and submitting all required submittals and
documentation.
4. Attending all project coordination and/or construction
meetings as required by the County, plus chairing a weekly
project status meeting throughout the duration of the project.
5. Maintaining the project status meeting minutes and
distributing them to all participants within two days following
the meeting.
6. Providing written status reports to the County Project
Manager on a regular interval.
7. Informing the County of all unexpected conditions and
problems that may result in delay or expense. The
Contractor must report issues immediately upon discovery
and must provide the County with the option(s) for resolving
them.
B. If the Contractor seeks to change the Project Manager during the
course of the project, such change is subject to prior written
approval from the County.
C. The County reserves the right to request a new Project Manager
during the course of the project if the Project Manager does not
perform to the County's satisfaction.
D. The Contractor shall re-verify closet locations with the County's
Project Manager prior to installation.
E. Prior to ordering, furnishing, or installing any equipment, the
Contractor shall obtain the County's written approval of
equipment, locations, layout, and installation.
F. If other Contractors' work delays the Contractor, that information
must immediately be communicated to the County's Project
Manager and appropriate extra time may be allowed. Shipping
delays are the sole responsibility of the Contractor.
4.04
Cable Management System
A. The Contractor shall use the County's cable management
system where equipped to provide a neat and efficient means
for routing and protecting fiber and copper cables and patch
cords on telecommunication racks and enclosures.
4.05
Installation Requirements
Page 25
A. The Contractor shall perform the upgrades, installation,
configuration, training for the County's personnel, and support of
the proposed systems.
B. Contractor and/or its subcontractors are fully authorized/certified
to supply, upgrade, install, configure, provide warranty service,
and troubleshoot/support the proposed equipment.
C. All installing personnel have completed certified manufacturer
training, or the Contractor shall contract with manufacturer for
installation of all proposed components.
D. For any equipment items/systems accepted by the County and
made part of the contract, the delivery, installation,
configuration, testing, user training, and documentation must be
included in the project schedule.
E. The Contractor shall take responsibility for proper ordering,
shipping charges and delivery of all component parts. This
includes any components to be ordered from any third-party
companies. The Contractor shall be responsible for proper
storage of delivered equipment.
F. The personnel listed in the Respondent's proposal shall be the
personnel assigned to this project. If changes are required, the
Contractor shall gain written approval from the County's Project
Manager prior to assignment of substitutes.
G. Manufacturer(s) or a certified training agency thereof must be
offered to the County employees on products supplied.
H. The Contractor has, with staff employees, previously configured
and operated a system with components as quoted.
I. Any technician(s) dispatched to install or fix a failed component
shall have been factory trained and certified by the
manufacturer of the proposed equipment. The Contractor is
responsible for following industry standards and all
manufacturer installation and maintenance practices.
J. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to
understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this
scheme in the furnished devices. Currently, the County uses a
mixture of static addressing and DHCP. The County shall work
with the vendor to enable DHCP addressing for all new devices.
K. The Contractor must install hardware in a secure manner.
Screws shall be tightened to a torque just sufficient to secure
equipment without deforming washers beyond their original
diameter.
Page 26
L. All rack-mount equipment shall be secured as recommended by
the manufacturer with consideration to airflow, power, and patch
cable connections.
M. The Contractor shall be responsible for labeling all cables and
equipment components installed as part of this project. In doing
so, make the labeling of each component. ..
1. Unique, to prevent it from being confused with other similar
components.
2. Legible and permanent enough to last the life of the
component. Handwritten labels shall not be permitted.
N. Velcro straps shall be installed snugly without deforming cable
insulation. Straps shall be spaced at uneven intervals not to
exceed 4-foot. No sharp burrs should remain where excess
length of the cable tie has been cut.
0. The Contractor shall make the system properly operational and
physically secure by mounting equipment and related
accessories into walls, consoles, and racks as required.
Manufacturer's guidelines for installation shall be followed.
Discrepancies in installation procedure or inability to complete a
given task due to a shortage of materials or malfunctioning
equipment shall be reported to the County immediately upon
discovery.
P. Systems described in this document, once configured by the
Contractor, shall be delivered to the customer installation
location and installed by the Contractor without any additional
cost or expense to the County, and the County shall not be
deemed to have accepted any equipment until the date of
acceptance.
Q. The Contractor shall unpack equipment from shipping material
and organize equipment into the kits from which it shall be used.
This includes checking to ensure that all equipment is complete
and fully functional. Empty boxes and packaging shall be neatly
organized per the County's instructions and removed if
requested.
R. The Contractor shall be responsible for the removal of existing
equipment not incorporated. That equipment shall be
inventoried, boxed, and removed by Contractor and placed in a
specified location as designated by the County. The boxes shall
clearly show the inventoried contents. The County shall be
responsible for disposal of equipment.
S. The Contractor shall provide a weekly update to the County
Project Manager on the project status.
Page 27
T. Client quantities included in this RFP are estimates. The
Contractor shall be required to perform station surveys to verify
quantities. Any increases in components prior to acceptance
shall be at pre-cutover costs, and deletions shall not be charged
restocking fees.
U. The Contractor shall supply one complete set of hardware and
software documentation/manuals for all provided items at no
additional cost.
4.06
Security
A. When deploying any product, software, or application associated
with this RFP, the Contractor shall harden the resulting
system(s). Hardening includes the following actions:
1. Determining the purpose of the system and minimum
software and hardware requirements
2. Documenting the minimum hardware, software, and services
to be included on the system
3. Installing the minimum hardware, software, and services
necessary to meet the requirements using a documented
installation procedure
4. Installing necessary patches
5. Installing the most secure and up-to-date versions of
applications
6. Configuring privilege and access controls by first denying all,
then granting back the minimum necessary to each user
7. Configuring security settings as appropriate, enabling
allowed activity and disallowing other activity
8. Enabling logging sufficient for the County staff to determine
equipment faults or configuration problems in the equipment
9. Archiving the configuration and checksums in secure storage
prior to system deployment
10. Testing the system to ensure a secure configuration
11. Using secure replication procedures for additional, identically
configured systems, making configuration changes on a
case-by-case basis
12. Changing all defau It passwords
13. Testing the resulting systems
4.07
Project Closeout and Acceptance
A. Punch List - Work or materials found to be incomplete, of
unsatisfactory quality, failing to meet the specifications in the
RFP package and resulting contract, and/or unacceptable to the
Page28
County shall be documented in a punch list by the County and
provided to the Contractor to rectify.
B. Punch List Approval - The punch list shall be considered
complete only after having been signed by the County.
C. Acceptance -Acceptance shall occur after all of the following
conditions have been met:
1. All items/systems have been delivered, installed, configured,
tested, and transitioned into service.
2. The system, including all ancillary devices, applications, and
options made part of the contract, has had 30 consecutive
days with 100 percent availability.
3. All of the work has been completed in accordance with the
contract and RFP specifications (including testing
procedures as outlined in the accepted response).
4. Training as specified is complete.
5. The system operates in conformance with manufacturer's
published specifications.
6. The system is transitioned to service.
7. All of the documentation requirements have been met.
8. All outstanding punch list items have been completed.
9. The system post-cutover requirements have been
completed.
1O. The Contractor has supplied test results needed to verify
compliance with the specifications found in this RFP
package.
11 . The Contractor has certified in writing to the County that the
system is installed and operational in accordance with these
specifications and is ready for use.
12. The County or the County's designated representative has
inspected the installation and provided written approval.
13. Software refresh has been completed (to ensure all systems
operate on the latest software).
D. At this time, upon the County's written acceptance, operational
control becomes the responsibility of the County. This
constitutes Date of Acceptance. The warranty for the entire
system and all components begins as of this date.
4.08
Service and Support
A. Server and Software Maintenance - The Contractor shall provide
all necessary server and software maintenance on a turnkey
Page 29
basis during the first year warranty period and any subsequent
maintenance term. The Respondent shall be responsible for
operating system and database tuning, patches, hardware, and
software diagnosis, recovery, and version upgrades as needed.
Contractor shall work directly with the County on application
modifications, diagnosis, recovery, customization, configuration,
and how-to questions. Contractor shall manage backups of
data, application, operating system, and database management
system as required to provide for full recovery in the event of a
disaster or hardware failure. The Contractor shall coordinate
and work with the server hardware maintenance provider in the
diagnosis and repair of the server hardware. Contractor shall
perform restores and recovery without the County's assistance.
B. Warranty Period and Maintenance - The Contractor, by entering
into a contract with the County, warrants and represents that all
materials, equipment, and services delivered to the County
pursuant to the contract conforms to all of the specifications
contained or referred herein. The Contractor further guarantees
to replace all materials, equipment, software, or services that
may be rejected by the County due to defective materials or
workmanship for a minimum of one year following final
acceptance of all systems. Failure or neglect of the County to
require compliance with any term or condition of the contract
specifications shall not be deemed a waiver of such term or
condition.
C. The following must be included in the warranty period and under
maintenance contract:
1. Monday-Friday, 8:00 a.m. - 5:00 p.m. call-out on minor
alarms
2. Seven day per week 24-hour call-out coverage shall be
provided for the items listed below.
a. Critical alarms
b. System outages
3. Three-hour on-site response time for critical alarms and
system outages
4. Software upgrades
5. Patches
6. Corrective maintenance
7. All labor except for upgrades to major software releases
8. Materials
9. Next business day for non-critical components
10. Remote support
Page30
11 . Telephone support to assist County Building personnel with
technical and system management issues and questions
12. Database backups for business continuity
13. Off-site software storage
14. Work to completion
15. 24 hour x 7 days a week service center
16.24 hour x 7 days a week alarm monitoring and remote
trouble resolution (Respondent must include all hardware
and software required to support this application in base
surveillance system cost.)
D. Maintenance Guarantee - A signed letter from both the
Respondent and manufacturer is required guaranteeing
maintenance of the proposed system over its five (5) year life.
Should the manufacturer discontinue this product or cease to do
business, the Respondent guarantees to stock an adequate
supply of components to maintain the system over its five (5)
year life. Further, should the Respondent cease to do business,
the manufacturer guarantees to provide components and
services for this installation over its five (5) year life.
Page 31
5
BASE SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
5.01
The COUNTY reserves the right to accept or reject in any
combination which buildings are selected for final approval based
on budgetary constraints.
5.02
McLeod County Court House
5.03
Add Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
18 access readers.
Add Cameras
8 new cameras
Management Software for
Access
1 Software program
Management Software for
Cameras
1 Software program
McLeod County Court Administration
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
5.03
5.04
Replace 6 current access
readers from Old Keri
System
McLeod County Law Enforcement
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current doors with access
readers. 8 new doors with
access readers
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras not part of the Jail
Video System
6 current analog cameras
McLeod County North Complex
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6 current access readers
and need 1 new
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add
5 current analog cameras
and 3 new cameras
Page 32
5.05
5.06
5.07
5.08
5.09
McLeod County Annex
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add 2 access readers
Add New Camera
1 360 degree camera in
main hallway
McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed
Add Door Access Readers
and Applicable Hardware
Add 2 access readers
Add Cameras
2 camera outside covering
both buildings
McLeod County Health and Human Services
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
14 current badge readers
and 2 new doors
Incorporate Current Analog
Cameras and add new
4 current cameras and
1new outside and 360
camera upstairs
Mcleod County Solid Waste
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
20 current access readers
on Keri System. Add 2
readers. 4 Current
Honeywell readers
Incorporate Current Analog
and IP Cameras
29 current cameras to
integrate into new system
McLeod County Fairgrounds
Page 33
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
Add 8 access readers
Add Cameras
Add 3 cameras in
Commercial Building and 1
in Dairy Building
5.1 O McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop
1 access readers for walk
in door
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
5.11
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop
2 access readers for walk
in doors on each end of
building
Door Access Readers and
Applicable Hardware
6
OPTIONAL SECURITY SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
6.01
McLeod County Court House
Scalable Video Storage
Solution
Included in base
proposal
6.02
Current requirements to hold
video for 30 days and over
right
Scalable to incorporate the
contents of the LEC DVR,
HHS DVR, and NC DVR
McLeod County HATS
Secondary Scalable Video
Storage Solution
Included in base
proposal
Current requirements to hold
video for 30 days and over
right
Scalable to incorporate SW
DVRs and New Fairground's
cameras.
Page 34
7
DATA NETWORK REQUIREMENTS
7.01
The Contractor shall have as a part of its implementation team
someone completely capable of analyzing and implementing proper
Quality of Service configurations necessary to support this
surveillance system utilizing current and new customer provided
Cisco network devices. This person shall be available throughout
the implementation phase of the project to assist the project team
with each building assessment, engineering and configuration
recommendations for implementing the surveillance system across
the County's existing LAN.
7.02
The Contractor must provide a complete network assessment and
make recommendations on any configuration changes needed to
support the proposed system.
7.03
The Contractor shall provide a report that identifies any errors,
including any latency and jitter issues, and shalt provide
recommended resolutions.
7.04
The Contractor shall provide detailed LAN configuration
specification and best practices required to support all installed
surveillance components.
7.05
Implementation
A. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to
understand its IP addressing scheme and for implementing this
scheme to support all applications provided under the RFP.
B. The Contractor is responsible for working with the County to
ensure the proper VLAN and QoS configurations are
implemented to support all applications provided under this
RFP.
C. The Contractor shall be responsible for understanding the
County's network device naming convention and shall
implement device names on all new devices and all relocated
devices.
7.06
When installation is complete, the Contractor shall furnish the
County with two complete sets (in three-ring binders} and on soft
copy in MS Office format of data network project documentation.
Contractor shall provide documentation as follows:
A. Logical diagrams showing all installed equipment.
B. IP addresses assigned to all equipment shall be noted both on
diagrams and on a separate table/spreadsheet.
Page 35
8
COUNTY RESPONSIBILITIES
8.01
Patch Cord Connections - The County shall provide and complete
all patch cord connections required in all (MER) and (TER)
locations.
8.02
VMware environment to create servers on which to load the
required management applications.
Page 36
t-J~-:__:-
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 5
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical. Building Automation - Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services
9
SUMMARY RFP COSTS
9.01
Base
McLeod County Court House
McLeod County Court Administration
McLeod Law Enforcement, CourtAdmin, Courthouse
s
212,430.00
McLeod County North Complex
$
35,1230.00
McLeod County Annex
s
8,330.00
McLeod County Glencoe HWY/LEC Shed
$
9,510.00
McLeod County Health and Human Services
s
34,360.00
McLeod County Solid Waste
$
49,200.00
McLeod County Fairgrounds
s
38,580.00
McLeod County Brownton HWY Shop
$
4,700.00
McLeod County Silver Lake/Lester Prairie HWY Shop
s
7,160.00
S
399,500.00
Total Project:
9.02
Option 1
McLeod County Court House
Option 1
Included in proposal
McLeod County HATS Option 1
Included in proposal
Option Total
Page 37
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Tab 6
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services
~J~~
CHP &b
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Bill of Materials:
This project includes the following hardware and software items:
11
Avigilon intelligent controllers with hardware chassis
49
Avigilon two-door controller boards for access control
4
Avigilon two-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies
1
Avigilon four-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies
1
Avigilon eight-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies
7
Avigilon sixteen-door access control hardware panels with integrated power supplies
116
Avigilon access badge/card readers (mix of mullion mounting styles)
167
Single pole door contacts, surface mount
116
Request-to-exit motion detectors, surface mount
13
Custom-built interface/control for existing ADA power door openers
11
Avigilon 4-channel encoders with mounting hardware
25
Avigilon IP/POE cameras with integrated IR illuminators and mounting hardware
2
Avigilon NVR's with 10TB storage drives
40
Avigilon Enterprise camera licenses (one IP camera per license, one encoder per license)
1
Avigilon LDAP integration license
128
Avigilon VM software for access control system
1
Avigilon access control badging license
300
HID access control credentials
As
Installation of electric lock hardware for above
needed
NOTE: This project will require the following IP addresses (quantities):
1. NVR's/VMS servers: two required
2. Access control VM: one required
3. Access control headends: 11 required
www.nc1c-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Eaual Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical- Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing • Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Tab 7
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing· Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services
~~~r-
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP f\:::b
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
The following assumptions were made regarding the project:
1. Most of the work can be done during normal business hours
2. Wiring installed in open warehouse areas will not be inside of
conduit/raceway
3. Any asbestos in the work areas will be addressed/abated by the County
4. A quantity of three hundred (300) access control cards is sufficient for the
County's needs
5. Cable run inside of drop ceilings does not need to be in conduit/raceway
6. County does not have a preference on cable or cable management
manufacturer
7. County will provide adequate POE network ports as needed for the design
8. County does not require this project to be managed as a prevailing wage
job where payroll reporting and documentation is required
9. The system design doesn't require more than five partition/functional
building groups
10.The County will provide remote access to servers (at least for installation
and testing)
11.County will provide suitable network rack space and cable management as
needed for application
www.nac-hvac.com. 24 HoJr ServiGe
An Affirmative Aciion, Equal Empioyment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services
~J~~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 8
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical • Building Automation • Electrical • Plumbing • Sheet Metal • Preventative Maintenance • Service Repairs • Combustion Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Installation methodology and drawings
This system will be installed using industry accepted standards and in accordance
with the manufacturer's recommendations. Installation approval drawings will be
provided by NAC once we are awarded the project and updated with as-built
information once the project is complete.
www.1ac-hvac.corr1, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Aciion, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services
~JA\~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 9
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action . Equal Employment Opportunl!y Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs· Combustion Services
CHP &b
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Acceptance Testing
Documentation supporting the manufacturer's recommended acceptance testing
procedure will be provided with product submittals
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunily Employer
HVAC Mechanical . Building Automation . Electrical • Plumbing • Sheet Metal . Preventative Maintenance • Service Repairs • Combustion Services
~!:'i\.~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
ADivision of NAC
Tab 10
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs. Combustion Services
~-:!~C
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP &b
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Software updates for the Avigilon ACCS VMS and ACM access control software
can be accessed for free directly from the manufacturer's website:
http://avigi Ion. com/sup po rt-and-down Ioads/for-software/softwa re-updates-anddown loads/. The updates are typically applied by the end user, but NAC can
provide this for an additional recurring annual fee. Updates made available by
Avigilon are frequent, and typically done to address things that come the to the
manufacturer's attention. Applying the update is not usually required to keep a
system operational, but doing them at least twice per year is usually
recommended.
When a software update is applied to the server it will be automatically pushed
out to the client locations so part of the process ends up being automated.
LDAP Integration is included with the Avigilon Enterprise VMS. LDAP is included
as an additional feature on the Avigilon access control solution.
www.nac-hvac.r.om, 24 Hour Service
An Affi-mative Action, Equal Employment Opportun;ty Empl::iyer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation -Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs -Combustion Services
t-J.!i\.~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP
fkD
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 11
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action. Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical - Plumbing - Sheet Metal- Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services
15
RESPONDENT AND SUBCONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS, SUPPORT CAPABILITIES, AND
REFERENCES
15.01 Information about the Respondent
A. Company name
B. Legal name (if different)
C. Years in business
D. Number of years selling systems similar to this Proposal
E. Contact person
F. Full mailing address
G. Telephone number
H. Fax number
I. E-mail address
J. Name and phone number of bonding company
K. Number of full-time employees
L. Number of technical/installation personnel (minimum of four
dedicated to this project)
M. Names and titles of personnel who would be providing the
training for the equipment in this project (attach listing of
experience with similar projects)
N. Name of person who would be project manager for this project
(attach listing of experience with similar projects)
0. Dunn and Bradstreet Number
1. Respondent- 130729189
2. Equipment Manufacturer -
o7 9 4 214 2 o
15.02 Qualification and Requirements
A. If more than one (1) company is involved in the installation,
training, and/or support after installation, there must be a Prime
Contractor. This Prime Contractor assumes responsibility for all
other entities involved.
Page 43
1. List Prime Contractor here:
NAC Mechanical & Electrical Services
B. The response shall include a statement from all involved
Respondents agreeing that the configuration shall work as
specified and that all Respondents shall work under the Prime
Contractor to resolve any configuration or interoperability
problems during the installation process at no additional cost to
the County. Write statement below.
The system will work as specified and all work
will be done under the prime contractor to resolve
any issues at no added cost to County .. signed
15.03 Experience and Existing Customers - How many similar systems
has the Respondent sold/installed?
6 -A. In the area: -
B. Statewide: 10- -
c. Nationwide:
N/A
15.04 Surveillance System -All prospective Respondents must provide a
minimum of three installation and three maintenance references
using the reference format provided below. The references must be
in the State of Minnesota, similar in scope and size to the County's
project and must demonstrate the following:
A. At minimum, two of the three references must have the exact
system you are proposing.
B. References must demonstrate that the Respondent has
extensive knowledge of all equipment proposed and has at least
one (1) year of experience with the same system(s) in the same
environment.
Page 44
C. References will be contacted - please verify information
before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All
references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 1O
to 15 minute call may be anticipated.
Reference Format: ( #-1 of three)
Organization Name Roseville School District
Address
Roseville, MN
Type of Business _K
_1_2_ E_d_u_c_t_i_
· o_n_ _ __ _ _ _ _ __ _
Contact Person -=-.=.=:..::...._=-:..::..=..::....
Sean Thao _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Telephone Number _;6:;._;5;._1_-.. .6.. ; . .3.. ; . .5_-_1.
;; . .6.;; . .6....:.
;; 0_ _ _ _ _ __ _ __
Contact Email Address
Dates of Installation
_
Description of System
SEAN. [email protected]
2 o1 5- 2 o1 6
___________
...:...__...:..._____.;..__.;;..
Districtwide CCTV system
Number of Networked Locations >12
- - - - - -- - - - - -
Page 45
C. References will be contacted - please verify information
before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All
references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 1O
to 15 minute call may be anticipated.
Reference Format: ( # 2 of three)
Organization Name Eden Prairie Center
Address
- -Eden
- - Prairie,
- - -- -MN- - - - - - -- - - - -
Type of Business
Shopping Center
Contact Person Kim Barritt
Telephone Number _9_5_2_-_5_2_s_-_2_1_0_0_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Contact Email Address
kim. barri t [email protected]
Dates of Installation _2_0_ 1_s_-_2_0_1_6_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _
Description of System Enterprise CCTV
Number of Networked Locations__1_ _ _ __ _ __ _ __
Page45
C. References will be contacted - please verify information
before submitting. Use the format below for all references. All
references will be called. Please inform your contacts that a 10
to 15 minute call may be anticipated.
Reference Format: ( # 3 of three )
Organization Name
Address
Brunswick Corporation
Lebanon, MO
Type of Business Manufacturing
Contact Person
Lee
-Jeremy
----- - - - - - - -- - - -
Telephone Number_2_1_8_-_3_8_5_- _6_4_0_6_ _ _ _ __ _ _ __
Contact Email Address
Jeremy . [email protected] corn
Dates of Installation -=-=-=--"'--=-=-=2 o14 - 2 o1 6 - - -- - - - - - - Description of System CCTV, Access, network, etc.
Number of Networked Locations
Dozens
- -- - - - - - - - -
D. Subcontractors/Partners
1 . The applicable terms and provisions of the contract
documents shall bir:id every subcontractor. Further
information about subcontractors may be requested prior to
award.
2. Identify all subcontractors or partners used for any purposes.
Failure to disclose subcontractors/partners may lead to
disqualification. Include separate sheet(s) labeled
"Subcontractors/Partners," if necessary.
Business Name
Years Experience Type of Work Percent of Project
Midwest Lock & Safe
,
>20 years in business
Lockwork & electrified door locking hardware
20-25% of project is lockwork
Page45
E. References for Subcontractors/Partners - Include below three
(3) references for EACH subcontractor. (Duplicate this page if
needed for multiple subcontractors.) Again, preference shall be
given to Respondents with references for implementations at
organizations most similar to the client.
Subcontractor References will be contacted - please verify
information before submitting. Utilize the format below for all
subcontractor references. All references will be called. Please
inform your contacts that a 10 to 15 minute call may be anticipated .
Subcontractor Reference Format
( #1 of three)
Organization Name 1) St. Johns University
Address Collegeville, MN
Type of Business
Higher Education
Contact Person Gary Jorgenson
Telephone Number_32_0_-_3_6_3_-_3_3_0_3_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Contact Email Address
Dates of Installation
----------------
-----------------
Description of System _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Number of Networked Locations_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Page 46
Subcontractor Reference Format (#2 of three)
Organization Name_ G_e_n_e_r_a_l _ M_i_l_l_s_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Address
Minneap olis. MN
Type of Business Manufacturing/Food
Contact Person Matt O'Sullivan
Telephone Number (_7_6_3_>_2_9_3-_2_4_1_8_ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Contact Email Address - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - 0 ates of Installation
- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - -
Description of System ________________
Number of Networked Locations_ _ ___________
Page 46
Subcontractor Reference Format ( #3 of three)
Organization Name Sherburne County
Address
Elk River, MN
Type of Business County Government
Contact Person - Bill
- - Marks
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -Telephone Number_7_6_3_-_2_6_5_-_3_1_2_8_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Contact Email Address
Dates of Installation
---------------
----------------
Description of System _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Number of Networked Locations_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
15.05 Surveillance System Service after Installation
A. How many service personnel trained in maintaining the proposed
systems does Respondent employ in the County's area? Please
indicate location closest to the County.
1. Trained Service Personnel: - - - 2. Location: - - - - - B. Provide the address of Respondent's service center(s) closest to
the County:
1. Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
2. Address - - - -- --
- - - -- - - - -- - -
3. Telephone Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
C. Who shall maintain parts inventory? At what location?
1. Company _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Page 46
2. Address
-------------------
3. Telephone Number _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
4. What critical component parts are kept in stock at this
location?
15.06 Financial statements - Upon request, financial statements from the
Respondent, Manufacturer, and subcontractor(s) inclusive of cash
flow sheet, income sheet, balance sheet, and asset liability
statement for the last three (3) years shall be provided.
Page 47
t-JA\~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 12
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical· Plumbing - Sheet Metal- Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs - Combustion Services
~JA\.~
CHP~
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of NAC
Service Operations:
Service Operations Manager
Service Operations Manager
Phone:651-255-3549
Fax:651-490-1636
Email: [email protected]
Service Technical Manager:
Charlie Kistler
VP Service Division
Cell: 651-230-7729
Phone:651-490-9868
Fax:651-490-1636
Email: [email protected]
lnvoicin1:
Geri Galbrecht
Email: [email protected]
Phone: 651-255-3540
Fax:651-490-1636
Accounting:
Email: [email protected]
Brenda Sjerven
Phooe:651-25S-3SS5
Fax: 651-490-1636
Service Contacts
Account Manaeer:
Philip Haataja
Email: [email protected]
Cell: 320-828-4609
Office: 651-490-9868
Fax: 651-490-1636
Service Dispatch:
Service Coordinators
Email: [email protected]
Direct: 651-255-3528
Phone: 651-490-9868
Fax: 651-490-1636
Emergency:
24 Hours
Phone: 651-490-9868
Folk>w prompts for erther
same day or next business
day service
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equa Emp1oyment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation - Electrical- Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance - Service Repairs. Combustion Services
'6-!:~~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Project Team:
1. NAC Organization
a. NAC is an industrial technology business working in the low voltage
industry under the Union Limited Energy Agreement. All NAC install
technicians and apprentices have already, or are undertaking
ongoing union trade education program at the local JATC
2. Account Manager
a. Phil Haataja has worked in the security industry in Minnesota for
over 10 years and is a degreed engineer
3. Project Manager
a. Joe Demuth has worked in the security industry in Minnesota for
over 15 years and is a union employee, general foreman
classification. He is certified for many security management systems,
is a licensed Power Limited Technician (PLT)
4. Project Engineer
a. Dan Van Ampting has worked in the security industry in Minnesota
for over 10 years and is a licensed PLT and is also CompTia A+
Certified
5. Field Technicians
a. Brian Newcomb- Licensed Power Limited Technician, union
employee journeyman classification
b. Jon Emmerich - Licensed Power Limited Technician, union employee
foreman classification
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
.A.n Affirmative Aciio11, equal Employment Qp~ortunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical - Plumbing • Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Seivice Repairs· Combustion Services
-
This certificate acknowledges that
Dan Van Ampting
has successfully completed the
Online: ACC Video Analytics
Course Completed:
Jan 15, 2016
~&m?~~
John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training
aVIGILOn'·
'-
This certificate acknowledges that
Dan Van Amptina
has successfully completed the
Access Control ManaQer (ACM)
Course Completed:
May 02, 2016
o/&m?~~
John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training
CVIGILOn"'
--
This certificate acknowledges that
Dan Van Amptino
has successfully completed the
Aviqilon Control Center™ Administrator
Course Completed:
Jan 07, 2016
to/&hn~~
John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training
aVIGILOn'·
This certificate acknowledges that
Dan Van Ampting
has successfully completed the
Access Control Manager™ Basics Certification
Jun21,2016
This d€'signation is valid for one year
q&hn~~
John Haspel - Director, Global Product Training
CVIGILOn'·
CHP f\:::b
Combustion Heat & Power
Mechanical & Electrical Services
A Division of N.AC
Tab 15A
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical· Building Automation· Electrical· Plumbing· Sheet Metal· Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services
Avigilon™ Access Control Manager
Virtual
OVIGILOn
Avigilon·· Access Control Manager Virtual is a physical access control system (PACS) that is VMwarel'l Ready for deployment in
a virtual server environment, eliminating the need to maintain a separate, stand-alone server or dedicated network appliance.
Access Control Manager Virtual is purpose-built for organizations that have migrated their IT infrastructure to a secure, private
cloud environment, allowing them to maintain enterprise-grade physical security without the risk of storing sensitive informotion
on a shared server hosted in a public cloud.
Ivmware· l
L
r------- --~
___ , -
-~---~ ---
------,
READ~
APPLICATION
SOFTWARE
L------------------------------------------------------ J
INTEGRATED ACCESS CONTROL VIRTUAL APPLIANCE
Avigilon" Access Control Manager Virtual is a web-based, access control virtual nppli,mce that leverages open architecture,
integrates identity mnnagement and video surveillance to achieve the highest level of scalability with the lowest cost of ownership.
PHYSICAL AND LOGICAL SECURITY CONVERGENCE
Avigilon·· Access Control M,mager Virtual allows organizations to seamlessly integrate IT and physical security systems. such
as Identity and Access Governance (IAG), Security Information and Event Management (SIEM), Physical Security Information
Management (PSIM) and HR systems to correlate physical and logical security event information, monitor alarms and rapidly
respond to unauthorized activities.
BENEFITS
Video and alarm integration with Avigilon" Control Center (ACC)
Eliminate the cost of stand-nlone servers and software
Increase the efficiency and use of computer room resources
Highly scnlable design with decreased deployment time
Reduce both capital and operational expenditures
SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 I sales<l.C.:,vigilon com I avigilon .com
ACM
Specifications
SYSTEM
RECOMMENDATIONS
VMSystem
VMware"' vSphere ESX 4.x, 5.x
VMware'" vSphere ESXI 4 ,x, S x
Processor
2, with 2 cores per processor
Storage
500 GB minimum
Memory
4GB
Network
1 GB Ethernet Port
Card Readers
16 • 2,048
Ma~. Slrnultaneous Oper•tors
50
Max. Identities
500,000
M"x Stored Events
150.000,000
SUPPORTED IT
PLATFORMS
Linux"'
OpenLDAP~
VMware~ Reedy
SOL Server
Oracle RDBMS
Firefox~
Google Chrome""
Apple Sijfarl'"
Internet Explorer"'
HID VertX EVO~
SUPPORTED ACCESS
CONTROL SOLUTIONS
HID Global
Mercury Security
ASSA ABLOY
Alleglon
Farpolnte Data"
Easylobb-y" by HID
LlfeSafe1Y Power
SUPPORTED VIDEO
INTEGRATION
SOLUTIONS
Avlgllon•· Control Center
Exacq Technologies by Tyco Security
Dedicated Micros
ORDERING
INFORMATION
AC-APP-t6R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appli~nce with 16 Readers
AC-APP-32R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appliance with 32 Reioders
AC-APP-64R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appliance with 64 Readers
AC-APP-128R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appliance with 128 Readers
AC-APP.256R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appliance wflh 256 Readers
AC-APP-512R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appliance with 512 Readers
AC-APP-1024R-VM
Access Control Virtual Appliance with 1024 Readers
AC-APP-2048R-VM
Acce~s Control Vfrtu111 Appliance with 2048 Re6ders
)
ACM
.)(,)li'I
'C1G Av1<1,lu1, ~l•'I.IU•dllu, .\I• llljhb ._,_.,,vt:d
A•11c; ION.lh-=:.'\VIG,llONC;.i.;u,("I: !l\.'IC.LONCONTROl CfNTr:~ ••'lfl•,•l.lt:t:•,i.(l,(;1 ""'·~·•..... G:.m.1u·dt <.,;, !:,~vlubl.lv. /t'•l>tCVOo,·dll•0.,,1,:,(lt' 11o•u
.,,.·.1c G1nt,11.1..:,upoull•O",On .:..:.:.AAO:.U'i,31(1\IP :o,nro,H'Y t.:"U'lll·P;l'lf)•l<.1(1~1),l"" lf.i(lq,...,,..$Qt(~O<I')•~
111.:: F.,.11,,u:·:tt, c,.,1., '> • •11:1,1:>l\'1,:(l 1:.,.,h=:•"<'" •,• '",•:.ou,,,.:: 0dl11t ir•<. f' ,.,.F,» ,·,u Ii, 0<1;.11 "'t: l•o:t(Jt:·1 e1•11(:1,•)!11,,.. Mu.;,,., r,: ....d.sllo,, l:1tc11•cl (>.:.•~·~• 0'1CI ,1s. :09,~.,":: 1r.,91,c1r,•ct1 ;,1:,,1e,in.>•~~ 01 Jil;,:,r.<.,•l C.'C'lrr,n,·.,iio,n t •111,ii: .r. /'I tP!)•~',.'"'l l•,1(1.:1,n;a•k .,,, I.• 1,n ln,v.111r1<.
Of'l.,.nl OAt> > .i •,.-1.1h~t:tt:tl t••VY •,;.,a. u :h: Vu..-..Lf\<V' F-;.111,.~1,: ,,r,
•h 1<1<11.• "'' •t'~,;~10:•eo..i 1, ..t1c·:,.,,I(:; .,, ,..i.,i,,le 1.,, '/M,·,~·e
11•, k1~Qo; "''C' ve11Je•·•<1•ko; .,, 1t•c VM·ne• .' ::(l""~l.,11(1" O:,i,(', 1,1•;,•Ju:c " ' •·:\ '""''"""e<I 111>1P,•1\ "'<''f 110 mo tl•IIE>M,irl(S "1111\e11
,('.,ro<-r.:1\·1~ tf;,..(I·~ 11,•t e1b11t."·t..t ·J' ~, •.,. ~~1ni.11.1I~ ,,,.,i :,, f,,uc•·,.JI., ~,; "~fl• t•.,,Jt:..,011. 1111ti~ ~hit J ,,,..,., 1~ l'O', di" n••"o:• 1>rc,w,·,:r~•·1~· ,r ~··t' ud;alt:(I 11;ade,n\;arll' A\/\~'1(1" t,·.,,s,~.,;;to;an ,>•M~C'i~ u ·n \,>•o.~l•~",;
;>;a;~·\h •~iJ'fl'I II\ 11·.E> v11•lP.(l l'lit,"lf(><. 01 Arn••,,.•··~ 1;11,.,.,
!ii,.,,,., •·•J
""i;
w,,,..
t.4:1~·:tUtr, .itr,v-'
Mercury Security
OVIGILon··
Mercury Security Corporation is the global leader in the supply of OEM access control hardware.
Built on an open platform, with over 2 million panels sold, Mercury has the largest installed base and
greatest accumulated run time of any access hardware provider in the world. Headquartered in Long
Beach, California, Mercury has been providing enhanced access control technology since 1992.
II
DOOR CONTROLLERS
Avigilon" Access Control Manager distributes the policies and schedules for all identitir,s and hardware
configurations to the following, Mercury Security controllers to ensure security is enforced at the door· even if
upstrec1m network communications are interrupted.
AC-MER-CONT-1DR (Mercury EP1501)
Single door, Power-over-Ethernet controller that include'.:i the doorireader interface module all
in one unit. The policies and schedules for all idtmtities. and for all hardware configurations.
from the databases in a Access Control Manager appliance arc distributed into the controller
so security is enforced at the door, even if the upstream network communications are
intP-rruptP.d. Supports all standard reader technologies, including Wiegand, clock and data,
magnetic stripe, keypods. LCD and l)iometrics. Can be expanded to run 16 additional doors.
Platinum Elite
~
MERCURY
AC-MER-CONT-2DR (Mercury EP1502)
Two door controller that includes the two door/render interface module all in one unit.
The policies and schedules for all identities. and for all hal'dwar~ configurations. from the
database in a Access Control Manager appliance are distributed into the controller so security
is P-nforced at the door. even if the upstream communications are interrupted. Supports all
standard rP.r1dP.r tP.chnologies. including Wiegand. clock and data. mai;:inetic stripe, keypads,
IITIEIIIC
LCD and biometric'.:i. Can be expanded to run 62 additional doors.
ME:RCURY
AC·MER-CONT-64DR (Mercury EP2500)
64 door controller. Enhanced capabilities to retain large database configurations from any
Ac.:cess Control Manager appli,rnce. The policies and schedules for all identities, and fo1
all hardware contigu1c1tions, from the database in a Access Control Manager appliance are
distributed into ttic controller so security is enforced at the door, even if the upstream network
communications are interrupted. Supports all standMd (Wiegm1c1 interfc'lcP.) rf!ader technologies.
Requires AC-MER-CON-MR51E (single door, PoE interface) or AC-MER·CON-MR50 (single door,
RS-485 interface) or AC-MER-CON-MR52 (dual door, RS-485 interfoce) door/reader interface
modules at each door that runs from the AC-MER-CONT-64DR controller.
Mercury Sec:urity Model
AC-MER-CONT-1DR
On-bonrd rP.ader support
Can be expanded
Yes
AC-MER-CONT-2DR
AC-MER-CONT-64DR
2
0
Yes
Yes
Number of doors that can be added
16
62
64
Includes card reader
No
No
No
Includes door intf!rface
Yes
Yes
No
Supports wide range of readers
Yes
Yes
Yes
Power over Ethernet (PoE)
Yes
No
No
Maximum identities (cardholders)
145,000
145,000
370,000
Event Buffer
50,000
50,000
50,000
DOOR INTERFACE MODULES
AC-MER-CON-MR51E (Mercury MRS1E)
A network connected, .<.ingle-door, PoE capable interface panel that provides an ideal integration solution when a
II
network connection to the door is desired. Two reader ports support separate in/out readers of all types and technologies, including
Wiegand, clock and data, magnetic stripe. keypads, LCD and biometrics. Auto-addressable and directly managed by the Mercury
intelligent controllers, the AC-MER-CON-MR51E is capc1ble of elaborate processes <'ind procedures without host intervention.
AC-MER-CON-MRSO (Mercury MRSO)
A low cost, high performance single card rt'!acler interface panel that is capable of all the 1/0 needed for controlling a single door.
Each AC-MER-CON-MR50 will interface one card reader, two general purpose input monitor points and two control relays to provide
access control and security monitoring through a Mercury EP intelligent controller
AC-MER-CON-MR52 (Mercury MR52)
A low cost. higl1 performance device that provides all the 1/0 needed for controlling two doors with auxiliary point control and
monitoring . The AC-MER-CON-MR52 will interface 2 c;ird reader!';, 8 general purpose input monitor points and 6 control relays to a
Mercury EP series intelligent controller.
Mercury Security Model
AC-MER-CON-MR51E
AC-MER-CON-MRSO
AC-MER-CON-MR52
On-board reader support
2
Includes card 1·eader
No
No
No
Supports wide range of readers
Yes
Yes
Yes
Upstream to controller
PoE
RS-485
RS-485
Works with AC-MERCONT1-1DR
Yes
Yes
Yes
Works with AC-MERCONT1-2DR
Yes
Yes
Yes
Works with AC·MERCONT1-64DR
Yes
Yes
Yes
INPUT / OUTPUT MODULES
AC-MER-CON-MR161N (Mercury MR161N)
Mercury's Access Platform AS-MER-CON-MR161N is., multi-device interfc1ce p;:inel for OEMs providing the ability to
II
monitor high concentrations of inputs together with a low requirement for output control. Bc1sed on the intelligent next-generation
Mercury Access Foundation, the AS-MER-CON-MR161N is capable of supporting 16 general purpose input circuits which c;in be
individually set for nor1T1c1lly-open or normally-closed operations and rnn be declmed supervised and non-supervised. Individually
configurable parameters can be set for !:iensitivity ranges, timing pc11r.1meters and end-of-tine resistance values.
AS-MER-CON-MR160UT (Mercury MR160UT)
T11e Access Platform. AS-MER-CON-MR160UT is a muiti-devi<;e interface pa1,el for OEMs c'lnd provides the nbility to control high
concentrfltions of outputs. It provides 16 general pu1pose outputs as Form C relay contacts. Based on the intelligent next-generation
Mercury Access Foundi"ltion, tt,e AS-MER-CON-MR160UT provides individually confiqurable purrnneters to be set for timing and for
fail-safe vs. fail secure modes. The MR16out can be configured to control outboard devices flnd can be activated by the condition of
selected system devices locally or regionally without host intervention.
Mercury Security Model
AS-MER-CON-MR161N
AS-MER-CON-MR160UT
Monitor High Volume of Inputs
Yes
No
Monitor High Volume of Outputs
No
Yes
Supports 16 input circuits
Yes
No
Supports 16 output circuits
No
Yes
Configurable Parameters
Yes
Yes
I.lo!..
...
,:,
,,
...
,,,
. ·,\
~~4\.~
Mechanical & Electrical Services
CHP ~
Combustion Heat & Power
A Division of NAC
Tab 15B
www.nac-hvac.com, 24 Hour Service
An Affirmative Action, Equal Employment Opportunity Employer
HVAC Mechanical - Building Automation - Electrical- Plumbing· Sheet Metal - Preventative Maintenance· Service Repairs - Combustion Services
OVIGILOn
Avigilon Control Center™ Software
Nith HDSM™ Technology
Avigilon Control Center (ACC) is an easy to use video management softwJre, and has optimized t,ow security professionals manage and
inte1Jct with nigh definition video. As iJ distributed network platform with enterprise-class reliability. Avigilon Control Center is able to
efficiently capture, manage and store higt1 definition surveillance video while intelligently munaging bandwidth and storage. Avigilon
Control Center CQn be pre-installed and configured on an Avigilon High Definition Vicleo Applit1nce, Network Video Recorder (NVR) with
the industry's l1igl1est NVR network tllroughput or work t1s stand-alone soitwore, to meet the needs of a wide variety of installations.
Avigilon Control Center recorcls and manages botl1 video and .Judio from the Avigiion .. line of megapixel cameras (from 1 - 5 MP ancl 4
- 7K based un horizontal resulution). ACC can seamlessly integrate with conventional analog camerns. along with a broad range of t11ird party IP cameras and encoders, giving you the ability to build a hybrid system - providing you with a budget-conscious migration from
analog to digital. ACC software's easy-to-use interface Dllows personnel to evaluate and responcl to events will1 minimal training.
COLL/\BORATIVE INVES.TIGATIONS
Aviqilon Control Center uses our patented HDSM ·
software technology to efficiently compress and preserve
image quality while intelligently manaCJillCJ HD image
tr,111s111issio11 throughout the Avigilon system - ~endinq
only the requestecl portions of r.11pturecl im<1ges
to opr.r1:1tor workstr1tions. This tr.c.hnology delivers
exception11I image quality wt1ile providing immcrJiatr.
savings in transmission txmdwidth allowing operators
to use less powerful workstations and therelJy reducing
cu~ls. Our HDSM tect1noiogy levernyes leading irm1ging,
hardw<'Jre, data cornpres~iun arid inforrnatiun lecllnologies
to mnximize perform:1nce of the Aviqilon systern
ENTERPRISE SERVER MANAGEMENT
INTELUGENT \HRTUAL MATRIX
KEY FEATURES
Easiest-to-use interface on the market
Collaborative investigations
RosiliC?nt enterpriso server managcmenl
Centrnlized system administration
intelligent virtual matrix
Mulli-megapixel high dynamic range image display
Data protection and storngo mnnagement
Integrated graphic mapping for system layout
HD recording arid playback timeline
Bnndwidth manngement nnd ,emote viewing
Bookmark and export HD surveillance footage
Advanced video searct1
)
SUPPORT ·, 888 281 518:.1 I sc1les rt.ivigilon ~om : ,wig·ron.rnm
Advanced Control Center Features
Alarm Escalation
• Allows the creation of completr. ~nd ·to-end workflows for the monitoring, assignment, and acknowledgement of alarms,
\CC Mob/le
• Provides pusl1 alarm notifications, access to live a11d recorded video, and integrated audio talkdown from Android and iOS mobile devices.
POS Transaction Engine
• link HD surveillance footage (viewed instantly) with transaction data to address compliance requirements and reduce shrinkage and theft.
License Plate Recognition
• Detects specific regional license plates as they appear in the camc,ra field of view to monitor vehicle traffic.
Self-Learning Video Analytics
, Configure custom video analytics bosed events as alarm and rule triggers.
Acquisition Manager
, En!>u1es tl1at all Avigilon cameras, regardless of resolution, are configured to collect exceptional HD and Ultra HD image quality over a wide
range of lighting conditions.
Simple Camera and Server Installation
• Plug-and-play capabilities for NVRs and cameras that automatically identify themselves on the network, without manual configuration or
searching - elimimiting complex network configuration.
Detailed Management, Monitoring, and Reporting of System Status and Security
• Detailed logs of storage, network, and overall system status to ensure the highest possible system uptime for critical applications.
Seo/able Integration with Legacy Systems
• Distrihuted architecture features a .NET-based API thi'lt can easily be integrated with other systems. such as access control and b1JilcJing
management.
...
..
System Architecture
1;)
-
I
-
I
I
- - - - -- -- -- - -- Camera Network -
I
-
I
- - - - - - - - - - - - --
I
I
llliro p~1ly
-r,u:~q1.;tio11
--- ~
I
I
I
I
l•C(
s,~,,
I
ViP.wing Netwo,k - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1
ACM lf1l~~1·~1!if),I
I
--------------
1
I
[
J-
~J.
.ACC Clic·f• I
I
I
I
•
I
- - - - - lillOIROI - - - - -
1
I
CORE, STANDARD & ENTERPRISE
To create a system most suited for your 5UNeillance needs, the Avigilon Control Center software is
offered in tl1ree editions: Core, [email protected] ancl Enterprise. The Enterprise eclition includes more cidvanced
features for o sophisticated solution, where.:is the Standard edition is used for more focused neecls or for
those looking to transition to HD surveillance in <l cost-effective way. ACC Core is an entry-level version
of our award-winning software that delivers advanced high definition surveillcince rnpabilities, ease of
use. and superior image quality to smaller implementations. No matter what the size of your installation,
you can customize a solution that is rigl1t for you.
System
Core
Standard
Number of cameras per server
24
48
300
Number of cameras per site
24
48
10 000
Number of client lkenses per server
2
5
Unlimited
High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Device Support
Core
Standard
Enterprise
Automatic device discovery
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Rialto·· analytics appliances
Yes
Yes
Yes
HD Pro cameras
No
No
Yes
H4 HD cameras with self-learning video analytics
Yes
Yes
Yes
HD cameras with self·learning video analytics
Yes
Yes
Yes
HD Micro Dome, HD Multisensor. HD P11nornrnic, HD PTZ cameras
Yes
Yes
Yes
ONVIF cameras & encoders
Ye~
Yes
Yes
Avigilon encoders
Yes
Yes
Yes
100
Number of servers per site
Tllird-party IP cameras & encoders
Enterprise
H.264 support
Yes
Yes
Yes
MPEG4 support
Yes
Yes
Yes
MJPEG support
Yes
Yes
Yes
JPEG2000 support
Yes
Yes
Yes
Client
Core
Standard
Enterprise
Powerful, easy-to-use client interlace
Yes
Yes
Yes
Self-learning video analytics overlny
Yes
Yes
Yes
Web browser client interfuce
Yes
Yes
Yes
Joystick support
Yes
Yes
Yes
ACC Mobile/ Gateway
Yes
Yes
Yes
Saved views
No
Yes
Yes
Maps
No
Yes
Yes
Web pnges
No
Yes
Yes
Windows user authentic.:1tion
No
No
Yes
Editable Site View
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intelligent Virtwil Mntrix
No
No
Yes
Collaborative investigations
No
No
Yes
Enterprise
Recording, Searching and Playback
Core
Standard
Hourly configurnble recording schedule
Yes
Yes
Yes
Intelligent motion search
Yes
Yes
Yes
Thumbnail search
Yes
Yes
Yes
Event search
Yes
Yes
Yes
Multi-camera export
Yes
Yes
Yes
Live export
Yes
Yes
Yes
POS trnnsaction se<1rch
No
Yes
Yes
Alarm search
No
No
Yes
License plate event search
No
No
Yes
For tile most cwrent list of
integrations and add-ons supporrr.d
by Avigilon Control Center software,
please visit ovigilon.com
Add-On Modules and Integrations
Core
Standard
Enterprise
Point of Sare TransJction Engine
No
Yes
Yes
Avlgi!on deve!oped and supported Integrations
No
Yes·
Yes
3rd party system Integrations
No
Yes
Yes
Additional Features
Core
Standard
Enterprise
E-Mail event notification (mot.ion & system event)
Yes
Yes
Yes
Central station notifications
No
Yes
Yes
Digital input email trigger
No
Yes
Yes
Manual digital output trigger
No
Yes
Yes
Audio recording
No
Yes
Yes
Audio output
No
Yes
Yes
Rule triggers
No
3
Unlimited
'CO•'llmScope iPcltch, RS2 Acc.css.lt. 005 Aamadeus? and DSX only
Self-le<1rninq video analytics event configuration
No
Yes
Yes
Redundant recording
No
No
Yes
Failover connections
No
No
Yes
Alarm escalation
No
No
Yes
Scheduled and one-time video archive
No
No
Yes
License Plate Recognition
No
No
Yes
Detailed Product Features
• R~cr.ivr.s ,ind translates transaction i11formatio11 from point-of-sale
sources in multiplr. P.ncoding formats.
Integration Options
Records and manages video from thP. full rnngP. ot Avigilon high
definition rnmeras .
, Provides tile ability to link point-of-sale sources with video for the
ability tu monitor and review sales transactions.
• Rules can be used to generate events bosed on point-of-sc1le
transaction exceptions .
• Monitor video and alarms remotely via 11 mobile device.
, Provides access to system video from a wide range of web browsers.
, Supports the recording and management of a wide range of third·
party vitleu a11d audio sources
• Supports the control of digital input triggers and triggering digital
outputs through an 1/0 t)oard
• Rules can be used to genernte licens0. plntr. notificntions.
• Live license plate rP.cognition is 11vailable throuqh an imaqe panel
overlay.
Recording
• Streams live ancl recorded video up to 60 fram0.s pr.r sr.cond .
• The Avigilon Application Programming lntr.rfl'lcr. (API) ennbles the
simple integration of Avigilon video surveillance with thirc1-p,u1y
applications.
• The Alarms tub provides the ability to monitor live alarm events
received by access systems integrated with the Avigilon software.
Users are giver, the ilbility to assign, acknowledge and investig,:1tc
alarm video.
• The Armed Image Panels display live alarms as they are triggered
within the video monitoring workspace. arid provide the i.lbility to
acknowl~dgr. and invr.stigfltP. the live video.
• lntr.gration alorms only nP.ed to be acknowleclqed in one system to
be marked as acknowledged and processed in both.
• Avigilon develops and mnintnins integrations to a variety of 3rd party
r1pplications. The current list of ilvailable integrations is provided
here: http ://avigllon.com/support-and-dow nloads/for-software/accintegratlon-and-plug -in-downloads/
• Avigilon offers an SOK for 3r<1 pmties to crer1te system integrations
with the Avigilon Control Center ~oftw,irr. Some of the available
integrntions are listed here: http:1/avig lion.com/support-anddownloads/for-software/system -lnteg ratlo n-features/
• Support prioritizing sfr0.11ming flt 30 fromes per second on 4K (8MP)
cameras.
• Streams live and recorded video from cameras up lo a resolution of
7K (30 MP) - 6720 x 4488.
• Decompresse~ H.264 virlr.o through the client qraphics card to help
leverage the client's totol processing powr.r.
• No proprietary recording hardware, h,mJw,ue multiplexer or timedivision technology is required for running the Avlgilon system
• Scalable to ,;;upport up to 100 se1vP.rs 1Jnd/or 10,000 cameras per site.
• All recorded video and auclio is digit;illy signed using 256-bil
encryption so video can be authr.ntirntr.cJ for evidentiary purposes.
• Secure, command and control communication usinq SSL to protect
against eavesdropping or tampering.
• External systr.rn alarms c:nn be c:nn be pre-selected and configured tu
be monitored and trigger event driven video operations,
• Video and audio recording cnn be defined by a recording schedule
<1ssigncd to each video source.
• Rr.cording schedules are b3sed
011
event types that trigger video
recording ovr.r a timP. period each clay per week.
• VidP.o recording Gm also oc:c:ur manually by user triggered rec:ording.
• Alarms and rules can l)e triggered by self-1earni11g video analytics
based events.
importance of eacl1 message is color coded.
• Each recorded event includes a pr~-cvent and post-event recording
option to provide context for a given situation.
• A maintennnce loq and audit trnil of all systr.m ~rrors and evP.nts is
accessible thrnugh the client 5oftware illld the Admin Tool.
, Reference frame recording is an option whe11 no events are detected.
• Motion detection is provided for each individuvl video source with
adjustvble sensitivity, tt1resl1old vnd detection zones.
• Monitor system health from 011e location The status of conneded
Sites, servers and devices can be exported in PDF format.
• System wide software updc1tes can be performed from any client with
, Primary 1rnd secondary video streams from each H.264 video source
me recorded 1rnd maintained for il set nmount of time before the
prima1y stream is discarded as n means of increasing record time.
, The maximum recorded video retention lime ca11 be set for each
access to tt1e Site.
• System configu1ntion dntn, including devic:e connection r1etflils, c:nn
be backer1 up ,rnd rr.storf!rJ to new servers in the Site.
Video and Audio Controls
video source.
, License plate recognition is performed within n spec:ific region of il
Security
cnmerr1's fi0.ld of view. Dr.tr.cted license pint~ d1Jta is stored with the
vidP.o dvta.
, Each system user can be granted specific live monitoring,
investigative. system administration. and device access.
, A Watch List event can be created and used to monitor for the
, Child sites can be connected to a pMent site to create site families.
appearance of specific license pl<1tes.
, Pan, tilt, zoom (PTZ) controls tllrougll tt1e RS-485 interface of a video
• All user, group, and permission settings for a cllild site can be
source cc111 be used c111d configured by the Avigilon system.
synchronized with cind controlled by a parent site.
• A corporntc rnnking hiP.rnrc:hy cc1n bP. set up to nccurotf?ly reflect
to a r1Jl0. event.
• On-screen messages are displayed in one location and the
il
company's adminislrntive structure.
• Ench system user can only access features that are subordinate to
their rank within the system hierarchy.
• Device access can be specific to cameras, encoders, maps, web
pages and saved views.
• Windows Ar.live Directory users can bP. irnportad and added to
Avigilon Control Center Client groups.
• Imported Windows users can use their Windows credentials to access
the Avigilon system.
• Permission groups Ciln b~ copir.d to diffr.rent sites and automatiCillly
applied to usP.rs imported from the snme Active Directory.
• Ability to securely encrypt camera control traffic (If supported by the
camera).
• Cha11ge camera authentication without disconnecting from a server.
• The network settings for a video and audio source can be changed
through tile Avigilon software.
• Each camera's imsge quality and image rate can be cl1anged without
affecting the settings of other cameras.
, The system automatically displays an H .264 camera's secondary
stream for live vif?wing when there is insufficif?nt bilndwidth to displily
the primary stream.
• A camera's exposure, iris. lR filter, backlight compensation. gain,
priority, st1arpe11inq, saturation, focus, and white balance can be set
through the Avigilon system.
• The image dimensions of JPEG2000 camera video can be changed.
• Camera irn<1ge con be rotated 90°, 180' or 270°.
• Privacy zones
can be added to a cc1mera·s field of view to block
private areas in live and recorded video.
• Mnnually triggered video recording can be set to stop after a
mnximum recording duration
System Administration
Rr.corded video can be automiltically ilrct1ived on a schedule.
• Automatic archive can be configured to span a specific time period.
cameras, or age of video.
, The system can be set to delete the oldest archived video when the
• Audio Input. output, gr1ln and volume can be ch,mged.
• Optional full-duplex two-way audio communication.
• Audio sources can be linked to any video source that is connected to
the system.
System Display and Control
disk is full to milk€:' room for new video recordings .
, Archived video can be saved to a local folder, mapped network drive.
nr.twork storoge men, USS or dirr.ct ilttachcd stornge.
• Eniail notificotions are nvailablc to tell users 1md system
adn1inistrc1tors when c1n event or system health error occurs Emails
can be set to occur on a scl1edule. and rnn inclurJe camerfl snnpshots
related to an event.
• Notifications rnn be sent to a central monitoring station whenever a
configured event occurs
~
• Joysticks to control video display and specific system functions.
• Customizable k0.ybonrd commands.
• 1 to 64 video streams cnn be displayed simultnncously on n single
monitor.
• Live and recorded video can be displayed in non-standnrd.
customiznble layouts.
, S<1ve views for reuse.
, The system can be set to bias video display to a lower frame rate or
The system maintains an information log whic:h Ciln be usP.d to trigger
to a lower image resolution if the ciient network bondwidth or client
rules or externvl notifications.
processing power is insufficient to displny the full frnme rate and
, When a rule is triggered. the system can be set to execute actions in
rr.sponse.
• Users cnn b~ set to r~cr.ivr1 customiz~d on screen messages related
image resolution .
• Information about the camera and scene can be displayed over live'!
or recorded streaming video_
• The Video Analytics Activity overlay displays a color-coded bounding
box around moving objects categorized as humans or vehicles.
• Configure the ability to display analytics activity for individual cameras
or for the system.
Tlie ability to stream video and audio is limited only by the system
hardware capabilities.
• The appllcatlon window display ccin be shared with other users for
collaborative investigations while viewi11g both live and recorded
video.
Avallable Languages
• Arabic
• Chinese (Simplified)
• Chinese (Traditional)
• Czech
• Danish
• Dutch
• English
• Finnish
• French
• German
• Hebrew
• Italian
• Japanese
• Norwegian
• Korean
, Polish
• Live and recorded video and audio can be streamed simultaneously
on the same monitor.
• Portuguese (Brazil)
• Portuguese (Portugal)
• Russian
• Slovak
• Avigilon Virtual Matrix software can be used to provide remote
control of multiple monitor displays, including video w11lls. that
ca1, be controlled by remote users with the appropriate rights and
permissions.
• Spanish
• Swedish
• Avigilon Virtu.:il Matrix so~ware can display video, maps, and web
pages from multiple Sites simultaneously.
• The same live or recorded video stream can be viewed at different
zoom levels and areas of interest.
• Switch from live to recorded video on demand for an instant replay of
recently recorded video.
• Cycle through a series of opened views (guard tour) based on 11
specified interval.
• All video sources connected to the system are displayed.
• Drag and drop a vid~o source from a tree of video sources into a
window for live or recorded video and audio monitoring .
• Drag and drop a saved view from a tree of views into a window for
·, live or recorded video and audio monitoring.
; Configure how the tree of video sources. maps, web pages and vi€ws
is displayed.
• Armed image panel is one or more regions in o window for displaying
video directly linked to triggered alarms and rules .
• Alarms can be acknowledged directly from an armed image panel.
• Digital outputs cnn be manually triggered from the video monitoring
area.
Maps
• Create a map to represent the physical location of c11merns and
other devices throughout the surveillance system.
• Maps are created from images stored in JPEG. BMP. PNG. or GIF
image formats .
• Maps can cont.iin links to other maps and reference a subsection of
a camera's field of view.
• Drag and drop a video source from a map into a window for live or
recorded video and audio monitoring
, Cameras on a map are highlighted if the came1a is linked to an alarm
that has been triggered.
• A map within a map is highlighted if it contains a camera that is
linked to an alarm ttlat llas been triggered.
• Turkish
System Requirements
Avigilon Control Center Client
Minimum
Recommended
Operating System
Windows Vista, Windows 7 (32-bil or 64-h,t).
Windows 8, Windows 8.1 or Windows 10
Windows 7 {64-bit)
Processor
Intel Dual Core 2.0 GHz
Quad Core 2 .0 GHz
System reQuirements for;:, machine that will
1nly b~ used as
c1
rt-molt:.> monito, ing dlt:.>nl
eitt1 a single mo11itor with a resolution of
t:280 x 1024. Adc1ition,:ii monilor~ ~nd high~r
~~solutions may requlrt- addillonal proc~sslny
,esou rr.es.
System RAM
2GB
2 GB
Vicleo Carel
PCI Express, Direct>< 10.0 compliant with
256 MB RAM
PCI Express, DirectX 10.0 compliant with
256 MB RAM
Network Interface
1Gbps
lGbps
Harcl Disk Space
500 MB
500MB
Minimum
Recommended
Operating System
Windows Vista 64-bit. Windows Server
2008, Windows Server 2012, Windows
Server 2012 R2, Windows 7, Windows 8,
Windows 8.1 or Windows 10
Windows Server 2008, or Windows 7.
Processor
Intel Quad Core Xeon 2.0 GHz
Intel Quad Core Xeon 2.0 GHz
System RAM
4GB DDR2
4 GB DDR2
Network Interface
1 Gbps Intel Pro/1000 or Broadcom
NetXtreme II server adapters
1 Gbps Intel Pro/1000 or Broadcom
NetXtreme II seJVer adapters
Hard Drives
SATA-11 7200 RPM Enterprise Class Hard
Drives
SATA-11 7200 RPM Enterprise Class Harcl
Drives
Minimum
Recommended
Operating System
Windows Vista 32-bit or 64-bit, Windows
Server 2008, Windows Server 2012,
Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows 7,
Windows 8, Windows 8.1 or Windows 10
Windows Server 2008, or Windows 7
Processor
Intel Quad Core Xeon 2.0 GHz
Intel Quad Core Xeon 2 .0 GHz
Avigilon Control Center Server
· Server Configuration
System rcQuirements for a HD NVR Server
with c1 r~c.:urc.Jl11y t:opc:1<:ily or 32 MBis
(256 Mbps) f'rom up to 128 cameras Tile
spcc.ific;itinn!; h~lnw ,:1rP. intended for ,Jn HD
NVR Server with only remote viewing.
Avigilon Control Center Server
. Workstation Configuration
Syste111 requi,emellts for a HO NVR
Worl<st;:,tion with a recording c;ipacity of
l MB/, (80 Mbp,;) from up to 64 c<1mer,:15 and
.rl~ aollily lo vl~w liVE::! and re<.:ordt::!d irnc,ye
doto 1oco11y. rhis system should be oble to
s11pport ll['l to two monitor~ witl1 ~, re~oh1tion
of 1280 x 1024 eac:ll,
System RAM
2 GB DDR2
4 GB DDR2
Network Interface
1 Gbps
1Gbps
Video Card
nVidia Quadro FX 570 dual DVI
nVidia Quadro FX 570 dual DVI
Hard Drives
SATA-U 7200 RPM Hmd Drives
SATA-11 /200 RPM Hard Drives
Minimum
Recommended
Operating Systf:m
Windows Vistn 64-bit. Windows Server
2008, Windows Server 2012. Windows
Server 2012 R2, Windows 7. Windows 8,
Windows 8.1 o r Windows 10
Windows Server 2008. 01 Windows
Processor
Quad Core 2.0 GH2
Quad Core 2 .0
System RAM
4 GB DDR2
4 GB DDR2
Hard Disk Space
500 MB
500MB
Avigilon Control Center Gateway
Avly1lon Control Cr.ntC":'r G<1tr.wny cnn br.
installed 011 the sa,n" comput.,, as Avl!,)11011
Control Center se,ve,. but for op1imol
pr.rformnnc:r. rr.!;110!; it is recommended thut
tt1e Gi>lr.wny be lri5tr>ll~d 5~pmntdy. Thr.
Gateway can handle up to 36 concur1E:-ut
video slre.:inis it inst;:,lled on o computer with
th~ listr.c1 rr.ciuirr.mr.nt~.
Avigilon Control Center Mobile
Android version 4.x or 5 .x
GH,
iPad with iOS 7, 8 or 9
Aviqilon Control c ..m.,r MolJil" (ACC Mobil")
is currently only ;:,v,1iloble tor the listed device
iPhone with iOS 7, 8 or 9
plt1tforms. For ,,II other mobile devices. us.e
lht::! Avigilon Cont,o, c~nlt:!1 W~h Cli~n l.
iPod Touc.:h with iOS 7, 8 or 9
Avigilon Control Center Web Client
Internet Explore.- version 9.0 or later
Firefox version 15 or later
Avlgolon Control Ct,nlt,r Wt,b Clit<nt can ho,
access"d from the llst"tl w.,t., L>r ows..rs.
Chrome version 20 or later
Sc1fori version 9 .0 or later
Windows Vista 64-blt
Windows Server 2008
Avigilon Control Center LPR Plugin
Avigilon Cor>trol Cente1 LPR Plugin is
!-iupportr.d on thr. li5tr.d opor,:iting s.y5tem~.
. ''°' \•
••,. l't,"'11-
,,,,., ..
'
rt:• •n
... "",.,"'_.1'1\
~-,,-" f
r,nftt.• wP+s·1t·•u1n'::!:lC: \W
.r......
Windows 7
~-..,i.:r '"'" ~0t,C\:t4Hi".\.".,1,-t1,::.: 11".uG,.1.t.11,:ir,. , 1,\. 1.U•vJa.rA.\"l.t,i,(i.t:., c>.·.1 ... ,"' ...1,."J .,-. ....-..... , _ , .. _ .. _,,_ , ,
,.;. , ,. .......
• ,.... .......
I '111 ,
,•• •"''I;-,•
.... ,,..._,,..,_ • 1,.°' • II•• r ,..,.., ,,,, 1•" iii'- ·I • •I'!. ~ /.,._'l.nt: f~"'
' " • •1 t4t !UArl .. 'tll\ ',
tt.i.1, t •.-,,w,
••ff'l:,••""'t"' ... ,
,, ~ .. •r,.1,:u..,,1, .. 1.,1, ,,...-,...1.,. ....., ,,.,. • 11, .. . t
t
"•·''-'"•
": :,,,,,11•vt9 •,h• •"'
1.i:i,,
I
7
Avigilon™ Self-Learning Video Analytics
OVIGILOn
Avigilon Self-Learning Analytics extend the effectiveness of your security personnel by providing effective
monitoring and enabling proactive, real-time response from your team. Built from the ground up to manage highdefinition video, Avigilon offers analytics embedded in Avigilon cameras up to 5K (16 MP) resolution.
Through the use of advance pattern-based analytics and teach -by-example technology, Avigilon video analytics are
designed to increase the productivity of security personnel whi le making monitoring more affordable and efficient.
\
Advanced pattern-based analytics
Avigilon advanced video pattern detection technology
is able to accurately recognize t11c movements
of people and vehicles while ignoring motion not
relevant to ri scene. Embedded into cameras up to
5K (16 MP). the system's ribility to const;:intly lenrn
reduces fcilse positives and helps ensure iJlerts ilre
meaningful, which avoids wasted time and improves
~fficiencics.
KEY FEATURES
Pattern ·based object classificc1tion nnd trncking technology.
Continuous1y·self-1earni11g analytics with no manual calibration required .
Efficient installation and setup.
Operator input teach-by-exampl€! technology.
[email protected] in cameras for resolutions 1-16 MP
Analytics appliances for any IP cameras or analog system.
Real time on11lytic rule- based nlmm notificntinns.
Teach-by-example technology
Fully integrnted with Avigilon Coritrol Center for an end-to-end analytics
~OIUtic>n.
Our tP.ach-by-example object classifier technology
enables users to provide feedback about the l'lccuracy
of alarm events generated by Avigilon devices. Rather
than decreasing analytics sensitivity to reduce false
alarms, the feedback trains the device, increasing the
accuracy of the analytics used to determine whicl1
alarms arc real and wl1icl1 arc false to further improve
a low false-positive alarm rate.
Over time. the system le<1rns the scene and is nble to
prioritize important events bnsed on user feeclbnck.
This increases sensitivity to conditions that are of
,:oncern while reducing false alarms to keep the focus
>n what matters.
SUPPORT 1.888.781.5182 I s;:,les.i.oavigilon .com
avigilon .co,n
Powerful forensic video analytics accelerates forensic se11rch timP.~ using a
fully unified ACC' client.
Cost effective. No additional servers required .
No additional licensing r~quir~d for annlytics nnd ru1es-b<1seo events.
Key Features and Benefits
Ease of installation and ongoing accuracy
Point-and-shoot setup. Self-lP.arning vicl0.o analytics works out of the box with no m:inual calibration required .
ielf-leaming analytics and teach-by-example technologies
Teach-by-example technology lowers false-alarm rates and increases detection and confidence levels.
Broad variety of devices
Avigilon devices embedded with self-leiJrning video analytics include appliances and cnmercis wit11 resolutions from 1 MP to SK (16 MP).
Pattern-based object classification and tracking technology
Object classification and trocking using pattern-bnsP.d nnolytics algorithms ;ire tuned to recognize people and v ehicles, while ignoring nuisance
motion.
Operator input teach-by-example technology
Teach-by-example technology em1bles users to provide feedback to the system about accuracy. which further enhances the pattern-based
analytics database.
Integrated with Avigilon Control Center (ACCJ
Fully integrntcd with ACC client and ACC mobile so that users cc1n respond in real time even from mobile devices. Analytic cilarm notifications cnn
be automc1tically sent to nny authorized client based on configured rules.
Analytics appllances for IP cameras or analog system
Add self-learning video analytics to IP or <1nalog surveillance camern with Avigilon uniJlytics upplionces.
Idle scene mode
Idle scene mode reduces bandwidth and storage. and is triggered by analytics specific objects rather U1c1n motion detection.
Powerful forensics
Forensic search capabilities of analytics events <lcr.elernt0. SP.arch times using n fully unified ACC client.
Cost effective
No aclditional servers required.
No licensing required
Fully emh0.clc1cd P.dge 1m11lytics with no 11dditiom1I rules-based licensing on earner as.
The Avigilon Video Management Solution
Avigilon Control Center (ACC) video management software provides the i3bility for analytics events and alarms to be
viewed and searched through an intuitive user interface. Real time events and forensic capabilities detect ancl notify
scene changes. missing objects and rules violations - all through an easy-to-use interface. Avigilon Control Center
software gives you full control over event playback, enabling you to quickly retrieve evidence to speed up response
times and investigations.
RULES ANO ALARMS
The Avigilon Control Center rules engine enables you to selectively apply analytics-based events as alarms and rule
triggers, providing local or mobile users with immediate notifications for suspicious activities.
INTELLIGENT SEARCH OF CLASSIFIED OBJECTS
Avigilon Control Center software uses powerful analytics technology to intelligently senrch for specified events of
classified objects to help you find the video you need quickly.
2
Avigilon Analytics Rules
The following is a complete list of Avigilon self-learning video analytics features for object detection and
classification for live or forensic events.
fhe following images are for illustration purposes only.
OBJECTS IN AREA
The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles in the region of interest
(ROI) is exceeded.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
OBJECT LOITERING
The event is triggered when a person or vehicle stays within a specified ROI for the specified
duration.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
OBJECTS CROSSING BEAM
The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles cross the directional
beam that is configured over the camera's field of view. The beam can be unidirectional or
bidirectional.
Directional arrows and line must be manually drawn.
OBJECT APPEARS OR ENTERS AREA
The event is triggered by each person or vehicle that enters the ROI.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
OBJECT NOT PRESENT IN AREA
The event is triggered when there is no person or vehicle present in the ROI.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
OBJECTS ENTER AREA
The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles have entered the ROI.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
3
OBJECTS LEAVE AREA
The event is triggered when the specified number of persons or vehicles have left the ROI.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
OBJECT STOPS IN AREA
The event is triggered when a person or vehicle in a ROI stops moving for the specified
threshold time.
Detects objects in the whole scene or manually drawn ROI.
I
DIRECTION VIOLATED
I , /. I\jl
·~ t·I •..,.. ' I
'·
I
/ I .:i.l ' ..·:-,.
ii I
'\I
Ll· ', '-."··
I;\
The event is triggered when a person or vehicle moves in the prohibited direction of travel.
Directional arrows and line must be manually drawn.
CAMERA TAMPERING
The event is triggered when the scene unexpectedly changes .
Affects whole scene.
4
Specifications
ANALYTICS
SOFTWARE
REOUIREMENTS &
CAPABILITIES
ACC versio11 5 4 or hl~he•
Setup with Avigilon Control Center
Setupwl1h Avlgilon Rlolto .. D~vlc~s for Third-Porty Com~ras
Avigilon View
Real· Time Alerts and Events Configuration
So,t up in ACC 5 4 or later
Reoi-nme Alert$ ono Events Nollflcotlon
ACC S client. other mulliple notilications possib,e based on rules engine configurotion
Forerisic Search Capabilities
Set uµ In ACC S A or lat"r
Display of Vl<lr.o ACC Client for Fo,-ensic Searches
ACC 5 client
1-3MP: bullet. dome and camera form factors
SUPPORTED
Avlg1lon H3A se,1es
VIDEO ANALYTICS
OEVICES
Avi9ilon HO f'ro series
4K
\8 MPJ, 4. SK (12
MP)
.,nr1 SK (\6 MP)
'-5 MP and 4K (8 MP): oullel. dome ond comero form foclors
Avigllon H4 series
Rialto ,4. A4 and R-Serl"s
Av1Qilon View sottwore is reQuired
Avlgllon Rialto seties
S11pr,ortr.d rr.~oh1tion~:
D1
720 and 1080p /1920 x 1080) resolutions at 30fps usin~ RTSP H.264 video streamiriy
Analog ~rd p~,ty camera connection supports D1 resolution JI 30fps
SK (16 MP) HD Pto
4944 X 3280
4.5K (12 MP) HD Pro
4608 X 2592
·- ------------------,
•4K (8 MP) Ultra HD and 4K (8 MP) HD Pro
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - .
3840 X 2160
5 MP
7.697 X ltJ44
3MP
7048 X 1536
2MP
(1080p)
1920 X 10BO
1MP
(720p)
128J X !20
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
•
'I, 1
I-'~
'
Avigilon
HD Pro Cameras
I
4K (8 MP). 4.5K (12 MP)
and 5K (16 MP)
If
5
..,.," ....
"J.11.
,uur1
•(
,·,.·
,. • \
....._.1,,
..
,....,
-
f
;It
I
t\ ./ /\ .-!n I" J ,..._t411 'A
ft.
!I
!I
,1'),,,
. ... '-:
'•
.
" "'"'
• '
,'&!
...,... .. ,..
~
.h\-tl'IJ•t - ~ ~- - -- ' ~
~
'(ll"IJ
•
...
., ,., ......
1"'1'"'
.C.111 2016
Dt.•·.-1
4-Port H.264 Analog Video Encoder with
Audio Support
OVIGILOn
Avigilon offers a broad range of high definition cameras - from 1 - 5 MP and 4 - 7K (based on horizontal
resolution) - and me available in a variety of formats, including dome, panoramic and fixed. Whether it's a small
storefront that requires a few cameras or a large complex system requiring complete coverage of numerous
areas, you can trust that you're getting an exceptional solution for your security needs.
VI
Q'.
w
a
sz
w
0
w
0
>
I.?
9<t
z
<t
The innovative H.264 analog video encoder is just one way Avigilon can help provide the very best monitoring
and protection.
Avigilon am1log video encoders minimize bandwidth
and storage requirements while capturing high-
KEY FEATURES
4 video ch,mnels
quality surveillance footage (in full resolution of up
to 30 images per second per analog camera) for
Max resolution 720 x 480 (NTSC) or 720 x 576 (PAL)
greater coverage and enhanced overall protection .
30 images per second from each port
H .264 and Motion JPEG compression
ONVIF compliant API
Using standard network equipment, the analog
Motion adaptive 3D deinterlacing
video encoder seamlessly integrates with Avigilon
Control Center and NVRs to create a network-b;:ised
Suppo1t for PTZ and dome cameras via RS-485 interface
surveillance solution with unmatched performance,
Up to 4 privacy zones available per channel
ease of use, and ease of installation. Plus they
also feature 3D motion-adaptive de-interlacing for
sharper, more accurate video.
4 audio input channels
4 audio output channels
External 1/0 terminals
Power over Ethernet, 24 VAC or 12 VDC power input
Automatically connects to Avigilon Control Center NVMS
Rack mount kit allows 3 encoders in 1U of rack space
SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 I sc1l~stoavigilon.com I avigilon .com
ENC-4P-H264
Specifications
ENCODER
NETWORK
~
Video Standard
NTSC: PAL
Video Format
Composite Video 1.0 Vpp ,uith 75 Ohin sclec.tablc termination
Video Input
BNC connection
Max Resolutlon
(per channel)
(H) x 4!l0 (V) NTSC;
720 (H) X 576 (V) PAL
no
Image Rate (per channelt
30 NTSC at mAx. resolution: 25 PAL
lmsge Compression Method
H 264 (MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC); Motion JPEG
Motion Detection
Selectable sensitivity and threshold
Privacy Zonc,s (per channel)
UDto4 zones
Audio Input Channels
4
Audio Output Channels.
4
Audio Compression Method
G.711 PCM SkH,
Audio Input/Output
Linc jnput/output, 1/0 mini-fack (3 S mmt
PTZControl
RS-'185 i11\e1fa<:e
PTZ Protocols
American Dynamics Sensormatic, AXSYS, AXSYS DCU. Ernitec ERNA. Honeywell Diamond. Kalatel ASCII, l>elco D. Pelco P, TEB Lillne, V,con
.,,tended. Vicon riorni•t. Vlu ..olec l"gacy. Vlueol"c MACRO
External 110 Te1mlna1s
4 Alarrn 11,. 4 Alarni Out
Network
1008ASE-TX
Cabling Type
CATS
Connector
RJ-45
API
ONVIF complianc" version 1 02. 2 00, Profii" S (www.onvif.org)
Security
Password pro1ection. HTTPS encryption, digest .:1uthentication, WS authentication. user access log, 802.1x port bosed aulhenticotion
Protocol
1Pv4, HTIP. HTTPS, SOAP, DNS, NTP, RTSP, RTCP, RTP. TCP.UDP. IGMP, ICMP. DHCP. Zeroconf, ARP
Streaming Protocols
RTP/UDP, RTPIUDP multicast. RTP/RTSP/TCP. RTP/RTSP/HTTP/TCP. RTP/RTSP/HTTPSfTCP. HTTP
Dimensions (LxWxH)
140 n,n,
Weight
06:> k\J (14 lbS)
MECHANICAL
ELECTRICAL
Video Channels
Power Source
X
123 ,nm
X
38 mm 15.5""
X
4 8"'
X
1.5"')
voe: 12v
VAC: 24V
PoE, IEEE802 3af Closs 3 com1111~nt
ENVIRONMENTAL
Power Consumption
SW
Power Connector
2-pln terminal block
Operating Temperature
12 voe:: .1o•c: to 48'C (14"F to 11S'F);
Storage Temperature
-10 ·c to 70 ·c (14 'F to 15s 'F)
Humidity
20
24 VAC or POE: -10"C to SO'C (14'F to 122'F)
CERTIFICATIONS
80% Rclfltive humidily (non-conoensingJ
CF
Certifications/Directives
UI.
Safety
UL r;o\lS0-1
CSA60950-1
IEC/F.N 60950-1
Electromagnetic Emissions
FCC Part 15 Subpart B Class B
IC ICES-003 Class B
EN 550:.12 Class B
Electromagnetic Immunity
EN 55024
cUI.
ROHS WFFF
RCM
KC
EAC
EN 61000-&-3
EN 61000-3-2
EN 61000·3·3
EN 61000·6·1
KN 2:.1
KN 24
Outline Dimensions
1 - - •s..s; - - l
l _ I_ _ _ _
140 _ __
QVIGILOn
11 .51
-·-
~'!'!'?
0
0
[4.8]
123
0000
10
-~
10
10
•O
«:rvuif.m.rn·,
0I
r _
I
I
0 00
2
0
• •
0000.
I ell
2"'
3 i:l
""
©JV:~ll!.©lfll
.
01 0 0 0
2
•
0000
1 I>
t I>
H l
• ·ilO
·~Vl©l!.©ll'II
01 0 00
2
3
•
[X.X]
INCHES
X
MM
0000
I C)
11!1)
a ,::,
• <ti
~
0
··)
~
ENC-BRK1U
Ordering Information
ENC-4P.H264
4-Port H .264 Video Encoder wi(h 4 Audio Inputs iOnd 4 Audio Oulputs
ENC-BRKIU
1\J EIA (19"") Rack Mount~ble Brocket tor 3 ENC-4P,H264
:.i.:.;1:.1
-..:OIF, l•....•()1lc11 l:(:,·c,,,,,,,.:-in
~~·:',' ~·.~...'~I.',~,~,.:~I/I:·;:~.'.~:1'.-~·~••;,~.
.,, 1·; :.c.•,1·~(; ;
l'\11 ·
::•·:<. ~ ~,;~,·,~n
~!:~ 1nl·; :;•~:I
·\VIC.:~·:;:·~
~•·P. ,\\'IL:IL:.·,,-.
or,:,
,·.1,(I :'\\/ c:
:
_,;.•, ':oNl'~<..:L t :Nreo .:,,~ :..:,c~n ~,~; ~• ,\·1!•.: ·:,,, ,_.~,.:,c, t1,o,, Otl•E': · p·oc,...~111.:, ..-es.,~
1:1m~, ,"';·~:'.."•~ ',:.~•;.~• :~'. ;::, ~.:~' ~:~~·!:·~~~~~:~•, 11,.~,·1:',.',.·:,..',1~~1 ''.~I::~: ~:;,;'·'~:,1~·0,;1~~; ·~.'.,,11;~ ~-~~~~: ~:~:~1:t:•~·~~...~:·~~',1~4:~ .',!:.:,.~:1:1~·.~~.·~;:;1:1,r,1~,.':~'~'~·:~~I
1,:,1,e~: e,e1, ,Y,;-. ,e i
a 1,.i:,em~1i.s oi~he · •E$J:~::.:•Y.?
~I:'!l;:·.•, ,;~~~'.':;u~·~ ..~~;~11~~·; I:~.~ .I~~.~~:~~~.: ' .1~::~. ,~~•:~~.:·: :,'I~:.:~:·:::Iii,;:·,•;:;:>::•·
Jun~ 2016 Re\' ]
CVIGILOn··
TRUSTED SECURITY SOLUTIONS
H4 Fisheye Camera Line
The new Avigilon:· H4 Fisheye camera line is designed to provide a complete high resolution 360-degree
panoramic view of a scene with no blind spots. The H4 Fisheye camera line is a cost-effective. easy-to-install
solution designed to provide clear image detail and broad coverage with fewer cameras.
By providing quality imaging and situational awareness, the H4 Fisheye camera is an essential component of the
complete Avigilon solution and a valuable addition to any existing surveillance solution.
OVIGILOn
..
OVIGILOn
The H4 Fisheye has a sleek, low-profile design rnaking it
KEY FEATURES
suitable for installations where aesthetics are important
and allowing it to fit in with a,chitectural features without
6.0 and 12.0 megapixel resolution models
detracting from the surroundings. Its IK10-1ated, vandalproof r1nd IP66 weather protected housing is ideal for indoor
c1nd outdoor envlro11ments such as retail stores, theatres,
gas stations, manufacturing, healthcAre. commercial and
educational facililies.
Built on the H4 platform, the H4 Fist1eye is available in
360 degree field of view fish eye lens
Patented High Definition Stream Management (HDSMt Technology
Content adaptive IR technology provides effective illumination through the
field of view, while maintaining excellent scene illumination
6 and 12 megapixel (MP) camera .-esolution~ . It delivers
exceptional image quality !'?Ven in harsh P.nvironments and
Integrated IR (Infrared) LEDs provide uniform illumination in the dark, even
lighting conditions, ond keeps bandwidth and stornge to
at O lux, up to a mAximum of 10 m (32.8 ft) away
a minimum. Its content aduptive IR technology provides
effective brightness while maintaining excellent scene
Idle Scene Mode lowers bandwidth and storage usage if there are no
illumination in dark environments. The H4 Fisheye also
motion events detected in the scene
allows users to zoom in. focus r1nd investigAte a region of
interest (ROI) in live or recorded video while preserving full
IP66 certification offers total dust ingress protection and protection
situational awareness.
against high-pressure water jets
Harnessing t11e strength of Avigilon Control Center (ACC)"
Avigilon LightCatcher technology provides exceptional image quality in
software, High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)'.
low light environments
technology and idle scene mode technology, the H4
Fi5heye camera intellige11lly and efficiently ma11ages video
dat11, lowering br1ndwidth and storage. The powerful clienl-
Vandal resistant with IK10 impact rating
~ide de-warping coupled with virtur1f PTZ technology allow5
easy navigation throogh live or recorded video, enabling
ONVIF Profile S Compliant
security operators lo view and track an object of interest
from point A to B.
Specifications
IMAGE
PERFORMANCE
Image Sensor
IMAGE CONTROL
NETWORK
PERIPHERALS
MECHANICAL
12.0 MP
1/2.3" progressive scan CMOS
Ac live Plxels (H x V)
2000
Imaging Area (H x VJ
4.8mm x 4.8mm (0.189"" x 0.189")
X
2000
2992
X
2992
4 .6mm x 4.6mm (o.1so· x 0.180")
IR lllumlnatlon
llf' to 10 m (32,8 ft)
Minimum Illumination
0.13 lux(F2.2)in color modr.;O lux(F2.2) in monochrom" mode with IR 0.491ux(F22) in color mode; Olux(F2.2) In monochrome mode with IR
Image Rate
LENS
6.0MP
111.8'" progressive scan CMOS
H.264
30fps
20 fps
MJPEG
15 fps
10fps
Dynamic Range
93clB
81<.lB
Lens
1.45 mm, F/2.2
Horizontal Angle of View
1so· hemisphere
Field of View
360'
Image Compression
Method
H.264 {MPEG-4 Part 10/AVC). Motion JPEG
Streaming
Multi-stream H .264 and Motion JPEG
Bandwidth Management
HDSM: ILlle Scene Mode
Motion Detection
Pixel motion
Electronic Shutter Control
Automatic, Manual (117 lo 118000 sec)
Iris Control
Fixed
Day/Night Contml
Automatic:, Manual
Flicker Control
SO Hz, 60 Hz
White Balance
Automolic, Manual
Backlight Compens<,tion
Adjustnbl"
Privacy Zones
Up to 64 zones
Network
100BASE-TX
Cabling Type
CAT5
Connector
RJ-45
ONVIF
ONVIF Profll" S rnmplfant
Security
Password protection. HTTPS encryption, digest authenticotioi>, WS authei,tication, us.,, ac:c:r.~s log, 802.1x port hi,sed authentication
Protocol
1Pv4, HTTP, HTTPS, SOAP. ONS. NTP, RTSP, RTCP. RTP, TCP.UDP, IGMP, ICMP, OHCP, Zeroconf, ARP
Streaming Protowls
RTP/UOP, RTP/UDP multicast, RTP/RTSPITCP. RTP/RTSPIHTTP/TCP. RTPIFffSPIHTTPS/TCP. HTIP
Device Management
Protocols
SNMP v2c. SNMP v3
Audio ln~uvOutput
Line level 1/0 and internal microphone
Audio Compression
Method
G.711 SkHZ
External 1/0 Termin&ls
Alarm In, Alarm Out
Onboard Storage
microSDHC/microSDXCIUHS-1 - minimum class 10 or better recommended
Dimensions Camera
160 mm x 51 mm; 6,2" x 2,0'"
(0sH)
With bracket 162mm x 70mm; 6 38" x 2 .75"
Weight
WithNPT
160mm x 124mm; 6 31" x 4.89"
Camera
0.826 kg; 1.77 lbs
With bracket 0.94 kg; 2.07 lbs
WlthNPT
ELECTRICAL
Aluminum
Housing
Vandal resistant. Surtace mount: or pendant mount with NPT adapter.
Finish
Powder coot. RAl 9003
Power Consumption
25.5Wmax
Power Source
VDC: 12 Vt-/ 10%, 2.12S W m,n., L P.S. per 1EC 60950-1
PoE: IEEE 802.3af Class 3
PoE1-: IEEE 802.3at Class 4
Power Connector
ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Temperoture
CERTIFICATIONS
1.138 kg; 2.5 lbs
Body
DC power input adapter
-40 'C to 1-55 ·c (·40 "F to 131 "FJ with 12 V DC or PoE• power
-20 ·c to •·55
H •f to 131 'f) with PoE power
·c
IR llluminator Behavior
IR llluminator power is reduced to 8 m (26.2 ft) when PoE is used .
IR illuminator will not turn on if temperature is 45
(113 ·f) o• higher.
Storoge Temperature
.25·c to •50 °C (·13 °F to 122 'F)
·c
Humidity
0 • 95% non-cond,,nslng
Certlficatlons/Olrectives
UL
Safety
UL 60950-1
Envlronmenti,I
IK10 lmpaL1 Rating (camera housing only)
ULICSA/IEC 60950-22
IEC 60529 IP66 Roting
Electromagnetic
Emissions
FCC Part 15 Subpart B ClilsS B
EN SS032
EN 61000·3·2
cUL
Eleclromagnetic lmm1Jnity EN 55024
CE
ROHS
CSA60950-1
IC ICES-003 Class 8
WEEE
RCM
IEC 62471
IEC/EN 60950-1
EN 61000·6·3
EN 61000-3-3
EN 61000-6-1
I
SUPPUl?I 1888 2815182 I ,ulest,.:iv,g,lon com · "v,yolo11, ""'
2
Outline Dimensions
0144
[5.67]
0160
[6.31]
, ee ~ -
0
(}
3 x0 3.4 SLOT
[0.141
INC:H~S
MM
With Mounting Bracket
0141
[5.56)
0162
(6.38]
(INCLUDEO IN THE H4F·OO·IR PACKAGE)
0121
(4.77)
0
~ j
70
r
~~=====;!>=='=::;;::,'
\
(2.751
[email protected]@111l
/
.....
-
s:
7
With NPT Adapter
12 x 0 4.3 SLOT
[0.17)
0160
[6.31]
26
(1.03] -
(H4F·OO·IR + H4F-MT·NPTA1)
~
1.5" ~ 1.0" NPT
EXTERNAL THREAD
0
124
[4.89]
Ordering Information
MP
LIGHTCATCHER TECHNOLOGY
LENS
IR
6 .0L-H4F-D01-IR
6.0
./
Fisheye
./
12.0-H4F-D01-IR
12.0
Flsheye
./
) H4F-MT-NPTA1
NPT adapter for the Fisheye Dome Camera
CM-MT-WALL1
Pendent well mount compotible with H4F-MT-NPTA
....\'~ • ~ ,·.:,,,·I ', ·.::·." .'"~~I( ,:" ' .
~.I(:.::·,..'<
II " '
''
!••!<"
'
I'
1••
111 )
,, 1\1 ,
tlh ' " ' o
11•
, , ,<10,ln• t )I T , 1 ,.1,,1,,1
'
I I I I o
11•,XI,
."I·.,',·,;
Ill,
o •.'~ : . ; :·\ ' :.'' .\:"·
I ,l,il1•
~
l•
•
V"• J •(•, 1 (, ! ) " " l "• P")I
•
\ ,',
I
::·;~:"):I ,1; I.·~ '~ .
"Ill\
hi
(
r, , ,,1 •1',1 r 1t1 •"'•
oI
:.1-:.-.r "'~.~.'''"··'·. r :~· .~: • ~· .' •'" :,
11 '• ',VI ,: , 1(1
~
/W
'/ I< ,11, I , " ' •\Ill
I.: 11:.,, : :· ~ ..·:·.::I:\.'1• (,: ·~·: ·• '-~.:•.·,.\,~":."..\ \ .: :. ,", •' : ::·.. ;:.\I~.::. .··:,··11: ,1 ':._ ·.:.,·.' ''..:..
I
I\
, '
<I,
• , • ••,Ill
•>11
o
~,
I• Ito
' J I , I II',
'
•
I 1, ' ' .,,111 " " • ' I
"
,
y I
I • "
"
I o, ,•M, 1
, ( , ll'! "· ~ '
I'
:,
'
CVIGILOn~
TRUSTED SECLJRITY SOLUTIONS
H4 SL Dome Camera
with Lig htCatcher™ Technology
Built on the Avigilon"' H4 platform, the H4 SL camera line combines exceptional image quality with an innovative and
modular design that is easy to install at a cost-effective price. It harnesses
0L1r
High Definition Stream Management
(HDSM)"' technology to efficiently manage video data and uses idle scene mode technology to lower bandwidth
and storage usage when there is no motion detected in the scene. The H4 SL camera line integrates with Avigilon
Control Center (ACC)"' video management software and is ONVIF compliant for integration with a third-party VMS.
r--:i
•
II
ii
Straight out of the box, the H4 SL camera is
designed and packaged for simple ordering and
quick and flexible installation. This camera line's
u
--
KEY FEATURES
1.3 and 2.0 mega pixel resolution models
Patented High Ddinition Strec:1m Mc:1nc1gement (HDSM) Tecllnology
discreet and moduli.~r design allows it to seamlessly
fit in to its surroundings. Dome models come with
3-9 m111 F/1.4 lens with remote zoom and focus
surface and in-ceiling mounts that can quickly and
Content adaptive IR technoloqy provides effective illumination through the
easily be alternated. The H4 SL camera's I K10-
liP.ld ofvi0.w. whil0. mflinlnining exceptional scene illumination
rated, vandal-resistant and IP66 dust and water-
Wi- Fi camerci configuration support
resistant housing make it ideal for monitoring a
variety of indoor and outdoor environments. such
Avigilon L1ghtCatct1er"" technology provides exceptional image quality in
low light environments
as hallways, public entrances and lobbies of banks,
schools, retail outlets and hotels.
Dual Exposure Wicle Dym1mir. Rr1nge
lnteyratecl IR (Infrared) LEDs provide uniform illumination in the dark, even
Al O liJX, up lo nlflXimUm of 15 m ('v50 ft) away
Idle Scene Mode lowers bandwidth and storage us.ige if there are
no
motion events Lletected in the scene
IK10 vandal resistant construction and IP66 compliant
SUPPORT 1 888 281 5182 I ;c1les'«<1v191lor, com I ,.v,yilo11 com
1
Specifications
2.0MP
1.3 MP
IMAGE
PERFORMANCE
Image Sens.or
112.a·· progrt,ssiw SCM CMOS
Aspect Rotio
5:4
16:9
Active Pixels (H x V)
1280 x1024
1920 X 1080
Imaging Are,:, (H x V)
3.7 mm x 3 Omm; 0,14<;'' x 0118"
5 6 mm x 3.1 mm; 0 .22" x 0.122"
IR lllumtnatlon
1S m (50 It) malt. dlstanc" at O lux
(high power 850 nm LEDs)
Minimum lllumin,:1tion
LENS
IMAGE CONTROL
NETWORK
PERIPHERALS
0,01 lu, (F/1.4) in color mud.,; 0 lux (F/1.4) i11 monod1tom" mod" with IR
Image Rate
30 fps
Dynamic Range
100 dB
Resolution Scaling
Down tu 384 x 216
Lens
r-11,<1, 3-9 mm, motorized, V,Jtifocol
(Aspect ratio) HFoV
(5:4\ 26"
Image Compression
Method
H.264 (MPEG·4 Patt 10;AVC). Motion JPEG
GO"; (16:9) 39• - go•
St,.,amlng
M11lti-strc,arn H.264 and Motion JPEG
Bandwidth Management
HD5M: Idle Scene Mode
MoUon Detection
Pixel
Electronic Shutter Control
Automatic, Mat1l1al (1/6 to 1/8000 sec)
Iris Contl'ol
Automolic, ManuJI
Day/Night Control
Automatic, Mnnunl
Flicker Control
50 l-1z. 60 Hz
White Ba~c1nce
Au1omr.itic:. M,1nunl
Backliyht Cotnµensatlon
ALljustoGI"
Privacy Zones
Up to 64 7ones
Nelwork
100BASE,JX
Cabling Type
CAT5
Connector
RJ-45
ONVIF
ONVIF compliant witt1 version 1 02, 2.00, Profile S
SeCUl'ity
Password protection, H rTPS encryplion. di9est Quthenticotion. WS .:iuthenticolion. user access 109, 802 Ix port bosed out'1enticalion
Protocols
1Pv4, HTTP, HTTPS, SOAP, DNS. NTP. RTSP, RTCP, RTP. TCP, UDP, IGMP. ICMP. DHCP, Zr,roconf. ARP
S1reamln9 Proto<:ols
RTP/UOP. RrPiUDP 11111ltic:1>st, RTP/RTSP/TCI'. RTP/RTSP;HTTP/TCP. RTP/RTSP/HT f PS/TC:1'. HTTP
Device Management
Protocols
SNMP v2~. SNMP v3
\JSBPort
USB lO
Onboard S1orage
mic.:roSDimic.:roSDHC/rnic.:roSDXC slol - mmimum dns!:i G; dii~S 10/UHS-1 or b~ll~, ,~c.:omm~nd~d
MECHANICAL
ELECTRICAL
SURFACE MOUNT
IN-CEILING MOUNT
Dimensions (LXWXH)
147 mm x 147 mm x 119 mm:
!:, ,$" X $,8" X 4,!"
174 mm x 174 rnm ,x 162 mm:
6,9" X 6,9" X 6.4"
M,1x Cnillltg ThicknC":"~S
n/n
32 mm (125")
Weight
0.78 kg: 1.72 ll)S
0.77 l<g: 169 lbs
Dome Bubble
Po1ycJ1bonatc. clear
Body
Polycrirborinle
Housing
Vandal re-sistont
Finish
f".og coJI. cool grey
:~1,0· pan. :io· - !)5" till, t180" azimuth
CERTIFICATIONS
NPT
x 166 mm:
t
WALL MOUNT
269 mm x 153 mm x 214 mm:
10.6" X 6,0" X 8.4"
2.04 kg; 4.49 ll)S
0.77 l<g; 1.69 lbs
Powder coat. cool grey
Power Consumption
7Wn,.,~
Power Source
PuE: IEEE802.3af Class 3 compliant
RTC Bockuo Battery
3V m.:inganese lithium
Storage Temperatu,e
153 mm x 153 mm
6.0"" 6,0" x 6 S"
Poiycflrbor1"telfllumlnum
Adjustment R,:,nge
ENVIRONMENTAL Operating Ternpero1ure
PENDANT MOUNT
NPTADAPTER
-30 ·c 10 •60 ·c 1-22 'F to 140 'Fl
-10 "C to +70 ·c (14 ·F to 158 •r ·)
Humidity
O - !J5% non-c.:onUensinQ
Certifications1Direct1ves
UL
Sn(<;.>ly
UL 60950-1
cUL
CE
KC
CSA 60950-1
WEEt
RCM
IEC/EN 60950-1
Environmental
IK10 lmrac:t Rating
UL/CSA/IEC 60950-22
IEC &0529 lP66 Rnliiig
E1ectrom.:ignet1c
=:mlsslor.:s.
FCC D~rt 15 Subpart B
Class 8
IC:ICES-Om
Class B
EN <;5022 C.lass B
Electromagnetic (mmunity
EN 5S024
SUPPORT 1888 281 5182 I saleseoav,g,lon com · av,g,ton com
l<N :l2
KN35
EAC
ROHS
IEC 62471
EN c;1Q00-6-3
EN 61000·6-1
EN 61000·3"2
EN 61000-3-3
EN 5503;,
EN 501'.l0,4
2
Outline Dimensions
Surface Mount
[2.sl
(H4SL·DO·IR)
63
j4.Jj
119
[2.4]
[s.sj
60
M7
[2.sJ
63
In-Ceiling Mount
INCHES
MM
(H4SL·DO·IR + H4SL·MT·DCIL)
[s.9]
[6.91
/J)l49
174
[3.aj
2X 96
[6.9J
[6.4]
(,li174
162
2.6]
66
NPT Adapter
(H4SL·DO·IR + H4SL·MT·NPTA)
[6.5]
166
!s.ol
[s.o]
(1)153
!s.ol
153
¢ 153
:-,l1PL't)Rr 1 ~HO / 81 S 18/ I ; ,, 1psroav jg,1<.J11,.,)lll
,lv•<:_11101 l<.111·
3
NPT Adapter and Pendant Wall Mount
(H4Sl·DO·IR + H4Sl·MT·NPTA + CM·MT·WALL1)
[10.6)
269
[8.8[
223
:_2.sJ
64
I
[4.7]
120
[s.21
132
Ordering Information
MP
WDR
LIGHT CATCHER
TECHNOLOGY
LENS
IR
IP66
1.3C-H4SL·D01·1R
1.3
./
./
3·9mm
./
./
2.0C·H4SL·D01·1R
2.0
./
./
3 ·9mm
./
./
H4SL-MT-DCIL1
In-ceiling mounting adapter for the H4 SL dome camera
.\.i4Sl MT NPTA1
NPT ad;,pter for ""' H4 SL dome camera
CM·MT-WALU
Pendant wall mount
0
0
H4-AC-WIF11-NA
USB Wl•Fi Ade~er for North America, La1i11 America (except Brazil), Taiwan
H4·AC-WIF12-EU
USB Wi·Fi Adapter for European Union
HD Network Video Recorder Server
OVIGILOn
Avigilon's end-to-end surveillance solutions deliver image detail no other system can match. Avigilon"' Control
Center software, featuring High Definition Stream Management (HDSM)'" technology combined with
OLir
broad range
of mega pixel cameras (from 1 MP to 29 MP) provide unprecedented clarity-while effectively managing storage and
bandwidth requirements. Our components are scalable and can work together in an end-to-end system, or can be
customized to create your own powerful and cost-effective solution.
The innovative HO network video recorder is just one way Avigilon can help provide the very best monitoring and
protection.
Our Network Video Recorders (NVRs) have
Avigilon Control Center preloaded and configured
for maximum performance and reliability,
KEY FEATURES
Preloaded and configured with Avigilon Control Center High Definition
Network Video Management Software
making them easy to integrate into any Avigilon
surveillance system. NVR servers can record up to
Records up to 32 M B/s of image data
32 MB/s of image data from up to 128 cnmerns.
Supports up to 128 camera channels
Supports up to 30 images per second per ci'Jmera channel
RAID 5 hard drive configuration
Up to 21 TB effective recording capacity (after RAID 5 applied) that is
expandable using HD-NVR-EXP2
Hot-swappable hard drives and power supplies
2 gigabit Ethernet ports
2U rack mount chassis
SUPPORT 1.888.281.5182 I soles~avigilon .c:om I avigilon.com
HD•NVR
Specifications
SYSTEM
MECHANICAL
ELECTRICAL
ENVIRONMENTAL
Control Center Edition
Enterprise. Standarcl and Core compatible
Recording Rate
Upto 32 MB/s
Camera Chann~ls
Up to 128
Recording Image Rate
Up to 30 images per second per channel, total of 3840 for 128 channels
Local Viewing
No
Opereting System
Microsoft"' Windows Embedded Slandard 7
Hard Disk Drive Configuration
Hot-swappable, RAID 5
Rc,cordlng Storage Capacity
Up to 21 TB c,ffectlvc, (ilftc,r RAID 5), expandable using HD-NVR-EXP2
Processor
Intel'' Xeon» Processor E5-2407
Memory
12 GB RAM (3 x 4GB)
Network Inter face
2 Gigal)it Ethernet RJ-45 ports (1000B.ise-T)
Video Outputs
1VGA
Ortir.alOrivc,
1 DVD-RW
Form Factor
2U rack mount chassis
Dime11sio11s (LxWxH)
611.1 mm x 434 mm x 86 8 mm: 24.06" x 11.09• x 3.42"
Weight
28.2 kg (62.17 lbs)
Power Input
100 to 240 VAC. 50160 Hz, auto•swltching
Power Supply
SinQle hot-swappable. dual-redundant optional wflh HD-NVR2-2ND-PS
Power Consumptioh
495W
Operc1ting Temperaturr:,
10• C to 35• C (SO' F to 95• F)
Storage Temperature
.40• C to 65' C (-40' F to 149' F)
Humidity
20 80% Rdativ" 1,umirlity (non c:onrl.,nsing)
Operating Vibration
0 .26G at S Hz to 350 Hz for 2 minu1es
Stor;,gr. Vibration
1,87Grms "' 10 Hz to 500 Hz for 15 rninulc,,
Operoting Shock
1 shock pulse of 31G for up to 2.6 ms
Storage Sho~k
6 shock pul,es of 71G for up to 2 ms
Operating Altitude
-15 2 m to 3048 m (-50 ft to 10.000 ft)
Stor.,ge Altiludo,
-15.2 m lo t0,668 m (·SO rt Lo 35,000 rt)
!EMOTE PC CLIENT Operating Syslem
KEOUIREMENTS
Processor
Window Visla. Windows 7 (32-bil or 64-bll) or Windows~
Intel Duar Core 2.0 GHz (minimum); Quad Core 2.0 GHz {recommended)
Memory
2 GS RA.M
VldeoC,ird
PCI EsprP.sS. DlrectX 10.0 compliant with 256 MB RAM
Network Interface
I Gbps
Ha rd Disk Space
500 MB
Rack moum kit (brackets, rails, and hardware)
SUPPLIED
ACCESSORIES
Cable manogement orm
Rock bezel
USB keyboard
USB mouse
Power co1d
CERTIFICATIONS
ORDERING
INFORMATION
)
Sofety
EN 60950-1:2006 ·• A.11:2009
IEC 60950-1:2005 Ed2
EN 62311:2008
Electromagnetic Emissions
EN 55022:2006 + A.1:2007
CISPR 22:2005 1 A1:2005
EN 61000-3-2:2006
IEC 61000-3-2:2005 (Class D)
EN 61000-3-3:1995 + A1:2001 + A2:2005
IEC 61000-3-3:1994 • At:200t • A2:2005
Electromagnetic lmmunily
EN 55024:1998 • Al:2001 • A2:2003
CISPR 24:1997 (rnodified)•A1:2001 • A2:2002
3.0TB-HD-NVR2
3 .0 TB storaQe, Network Video Recorder Server
5.0TB-HD-NVR2
5.0 TB sto,a!)e, Network Video Recorder Server
10.0TB-HD-NVR2
10.0 TB storago,. Network Video Ro,curdo,r So,rvo,r
15.0T0-HD-NVR2
15.0 TB storage, Network Video Recorder Server
21.0TB-HD-NVR2
21 O TB storage, Network Video Recorder Server
HD-NVR2-2ND-PS
s.,condary redundant powr:,r supply
HD-NVR2-LPRPROC-24
LPR processor kit
HD-NVR2-EXP2-CARD
Expansion card for connr:,cting storegc expansion to an HD-NVR2
HD-NVR-EXP2-10TB
10 TB RAID 6 expansion. 2U rack mount
HD-NVR-EXP2-20T8
20 TB RAID 6 expansion. 2U rack rnount
HD-NVR-EXP2-30TB
30 TB RAID 6 o,xµansion, 2U rack mount
' Control Center licenses n,ost be purchased separately
HD·NVR
201~ lfJ1S. .).-.,<a,lo" ~,c,o1:a1,o,,
Jj'· • gh1:
·c:~1..\"l'I un C";<:,::c,,C11\":< ·1 ::,1:. ,1:a 111 ....,mn:, •o iccn:c ,: 91,3r :cr,v,,~n tC":\~::C". l:> :,n\• cu1:v,1nl11. ••dJ~'"•' du,nn :1.1(1C";ll'l:111t r,:11cnl n1 n1 ~er N::llt:Ct.ml 1>1nr,t:r.y i,9111~ n, A\11!,•nn L·o,.,0,.,11,,n ~ · ll\11('('n1.(':1•,
AVIGIV,;,'i 110"..,\4 O<'l::I 11:t.l I ::cnN1r101\1 ~Tk(o\M U4NAt; ~MENi :1- '.J::itl.) n,c uu.:11 '$h:1c:c nno:o, ·cg1::v.:,:.:d l1noc-•h o( ,\111'?'d1>·• C;:,1>1>·...111>·1111 Cnnnon <1r, e."<:• JU.."d,cl on:: wo,IO..,!O<: t:'lh1•1 .:i.·oo~ :1 nt,11' ::s n,~,, :,,co 11c·.:,, ,-,11y tr. lll" ui111q1<::1c-11•<1 ,i,r :1:0• "\"g,\:('·t:111·.i,~>M<" (\
~~•flot"!tWOMM'lt.
<11tl»t"tH<1a\\ONO(I> NC'lito:k:.o~Mtotlh5 ~11fQ
""°
Solution for
McLeod County
11/16/2016
RICOH MP C4504
RICOH MP C4504 (NEW COLOR COPIER/PRINTER/SCANNER)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
45 BLACK AND WHITE AND 45 COLOR PAGES PER MINUTE
2.0 GB RAM AND 320 GB HARD DRIVE, CPU: 1.75 GHZ INTEL ATOM PROCESSOR
10.1” SUPER VGA TOUCHSCREEN STANDARD
ENVELOPE, HIGH-GLOSS COATED, AND LABEL PRINTING CAPABILITIES
UP TO 300 G/M2 PAPER WEIGHT (160 LB. INDEX)
220 SHEET SINGLE-PASS DOCUMENT FEEDER STANDARD
POSTSCRIPT OPTION INCLUDED
1,000 SHEET STAPLING/SORTING FINISHER INCLUDED
24 SECOND WARM UP TIME AND 4.0 SECOND FIRST COPY OUTPUT TIME
COLOR NETWORK PRINTING, COLOR NETWORK SCANNING STANDARD
4 X 550 SHEET PAPER TRAYS STANDARD, PLUS 100 SHEET BYPASS TRAY
DELIVERY & INSTALLATION INCLUDED. RETURN OF UP TO TWO MACHINES INCLUDED
STATE OF MINNESOTA CONTRACT #84340, VENDOR # 203973
STATE OF MN CONTRACT # 84340 PURCHASE PRICE:
$9,201.00
STATE OF MINNESOTA CONTRACT # 84340 SERVICE PLAN
•
•
•
All Service, Preventive Maintenance Calls, Parts, Labor, & Unlimited Toner
0-4 Hour Service GUARANTEE
No Shipping Charges, No Handling Charges, No Fuel Surcharges
RICOH MP C4504 SERVICE & SUPPLY COSTS
BLACK AND WHITE PAGES BILLED AT
COLOR PAGES BILLED AT
$0.0105 PER PAGE
$0.0625 PER PAGE
(NO BASE AMOUNT, BILLED PER PAGE ONLY)
(NO BASE AMOUNT, BILLED PER PAGE ONLY)
*NO SHIPPING CHARGES ON SUPPLIES (TONER)
*NO CHARGE FOR REFURBISHING MACHINE
*PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE INCLUDED
*NO FILING CHARGES
*0-4 HOUR ON-SITE RESPONSE TIME GUARANTEE
*NO CHARGE FOR EXTRA TONER USAGE
*MORE LOCAL PARTS AND CERTIFIED TECHNICIANS THAN ANY VENDOR IN THE AREA
Andrew Larson
Senior Account Executive
612-798-1268
[email protected]
City of Stewart
RESOLUTION NO. 2016-122
RESOLUTION APPROVING A CONTRACT WITH THE
MCLEOD COUNTY SHERIFF'S DEPARTMENT FOR POLICE COVERAGE
WHEREAS; the McLeod County Sheriffs Department Contract is estimated for the
following amounts:
1.
2017
$107,174.10
WHEREAS; this is a one year contract beginning on January 1, 2017 and ending on
December 31, 2017
BE IT RESOLVED by the City Council of the City of Stewart, County of McLeod, Minnesota,
approves a contract with the McLeod County Sheriffs Department for police coverage for
the year of 2017
tft._!.
( l
Adopted by the City Council of Stewart on __.__:J._.___day
of ·,I) OL-' E...f'i\\Qe
/
Ja~Peirce, Mayor
AT'~ST:
l(<fXdkl J/(Jdo//
Ronda Huls, City Clerk-Treasurer
1
.2016
$51.53 per hour for a yearly cost of $107,174.10. The City of Stewart will also provide
through its Mayor, continuing input as to performance review of the deputy.
INSURANCE: The County shall maintain municipal liability insurance in an amount equal to
V.
or greater than the maximum liability applicable to municipalities as set forth in Minnesota
Statutes, Section 466.04, subd.1, as revised. The county agrees to add the City as an
additional insured to the County's liability coverage.
INDEMNIFICATION: The County agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the City, and its
VI.
officers, employees, and agents, harmless from and against all claims, damages, losses, and
expenses, including attorney fees, arising out of or resulting from the County's performance
or failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement; but only to the extend caused in
whole or in part by the negligent acts, errors, or omissions of the County or anyone for
whose acts the County may be liable.
VII.
This agreement is entered into and approved by the County of McLeod and the City of
Stewart this _ _ _ _ _ day of _ _ _ _ _ _ __, 2016.
Dated: _
____..:/_;+/ ;.....:
; </-r,6_,_I'""'
(,. _ _ _ __
s~
Mavor
/;if/;
Dated:- - - - ' --'--t
I I ; .....,_"--+,""'--"""
l -------Stewart City Clerk
Dated:
Dated:
--------------
--------------
McLeod County Board Chair
McLeod County Administrator
AGREEMENT TO PROVIDE LAW ENFORCEMENT SERVICES
I.
PARTIES: The parties to this agreement are the County of Mcleod, a municipal corporation
formed under the laws of the State of Minnesota, hereinafter referred to as "County" and
the City of Stewart, a municipal corporation formed under the laws of the State of
Minnesota, hereinafter referred to as "City".
II.
TERMS OF THE AGREEMENT: The terms of this agreement shall commence January 1, 2017
and shall end December 31, 2017. This agreement may be terminated by either party upon
60 days written notice addressed to the Mcleod County Sheriff or the Mayor of Stewart.
Ill.
DUTIES OF THE MCLEOD COUNTY SHERIFF: The Mcleod County Sheriff shall provide a
deputy to work each week for a total of 40 hours doing police duties within the City of
Stewart. The supervision of the deputy shall remain with the Mcleod County Sheriff, subject
to consultation and review with the Mayor for the City of Stewart. The deputy may leave
the city limits if his duties within the City of Stewart require him to do so, and the deputy
shall be available on an as needed basis similar to the mutual aid agreements by which the
City Police assist the Mcleod County Sheriff's Office or other law enforcement agencies.
Mcleod County shall be responsible for hiring, training, insuring and providing pay and
benefits for the deputy. The Sheriff shall bill the City of Stewart on a monthly basis
indicating days and hours the deputy worked . The County shall be responsible for providing
all equipment for the deputy. Clerical duties for the deputy will be provided by the Sheriff's
record staff and reports will be provided to the City of Stewart.
IV.
DUTIES OF THE CITY OF STEWART: The City of Stewart will pay within 30 days of receipt any
charge for services by the Mcleod County Sheriff's Office. The 2017 hourly rate shall be
'Jr
It',
.~
"'
East Parking Lot
I
I
I
r,
I
I
l
Outdoor
Arena
Agribition
.Bldg
Show
Arena
I
I
I
I
I
I
L-
Horse
Barn
I
12 Ft.
Gate Entrance
- - .- 1
I
I
I
I
I
.J
I
~
I
-~
])
J...-•i--.-..C~
~
.,...._
G)
~,,_1,.,111£..
;;i
Midway
:,
0.
"'ii,
Announcers
Booth
CJ
:,
·,:r.:'
·1
Demo
Pit
C.
- ~4:
I
I
00
I
L __ ~
G;[J
' [~]
I
. Commercial
I
r
I
·--:Er·-
l
11 . ..·
...
I
l
-
n g;r L;"·"'JJ> J
..· ·
..,... ,...·.··
::
.12 Ft.
Gate Entrance
t; ~~,, : ., ;<£-:•r(k~it~~~~i~i•,.,:;M~1i·J~;;•u·•~~tM;i;,.~.;c:f:.~;.~dfo;t~}\~k',;,;,N?~:; ~~ili~;~!i
4
0
<"
~
·1
'(; /e_
./ ~-
r,
,
...-
~
.)
~
Luedtke Contracting LLC
22418 200th St
Hutchinson MN 55350
320-587-7664
320-583-3732
10-30-16
Estimate for
Mcleod County Parks
Tile
Trench tile line project A
Backfill with washed sand and
place intakes by sidewalk
$ 2,246.00
Trench tile line project B
Backfill with washed sand and
place intakes by sidewalk
$11,727.00
Estimated Price: $ 13,973.00
Estimate is good for 30 days. This estimate is for completing the job/project as described above. It is based on our
evaluation and does not include material price increases or additional labor and materials which may be required should
unforeseen problems or adverse weather conditions arise after the work has started.
You will be invoiced when the job is complete. Payment is due upon receipt of invoice unless otherwise specified. A
finance charge of 1 1/,% per month (18% annual) will be charged on any balance not paid by the due date.
AFTER BOTH PARTIES (the customer and Luedtke Contracting) SIGN BELOW, THIS ESTIMATE BECOMES A
WRITIEN AGREEMENT BETWEEN MCLEOD COUNTY PARKS AND LUEDTKE CONTRACTING FOR PROVIDING
THE SERVICES FOR THE JOB/PROJECT STATED ABOVE.
McLeod County Parks
David Luedtke
Owner
Hjerpe Contracting, Inc.
Hutchinson, MN 55350-0517
PO BOX 517
16246 Hwy 15 S.
Bid Proposal & Contract
I
\
Date
10/18/2016
Mcleod County Fairgrounds.
Attn: Randy
840 Century Ave. SW
Hutchinson, MN 55350
Phone#
Proposal#
' \ 2222
E-mail
Fax#
320-234-8305 320-234-7305
[email protected]
Terms
Qty
Description
Rate
Total
Tile courtyard on a unit price basis
Furnish and install 4" SDR35 PVC Sewer pipe, half Perfwith sock and rock bedding per LF.
Furnish and install 4" drop inlet per each
Saw cut concrete per LF.
Concrete patch per each
Thank you for the opportunity to bid your work.
Total Bid Price
9.00
75 .00
6.00
700.00
9.00
75.00
6.00
700.00
$790.00
Upon signing below, both parties agree to this bid proposal.
Date: - - - - -
Date: - - - - -
Accepted By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Accepted By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Hjerpe Contracting, Inc.
Hutchinson, MN 55350-0517
PO BOX 517
16246 Hwy 15 S.
Bid Proposal & Contract
Mcleod County Fairgrounds.
Attn : Randy
840 Century Ave. SW
Hutchinson, MN 55350
Phone#
Date
Proposal#
10/18/2016
2224
E-mail
Fax#
[email protected]
320-234-8305 320-234-7305
Terms
Qty
Description
Rate
Total
Option #2: Furnish and install tile line coming from the west catch basin by the pavilion.
Average depth no more than 3'.
I
245
5
60
16
60
I
Connect to existing catch basin per each
Furnish and install 6" HOPE Perftile bedded in rock
Furnish and install 6" drop inlets per each
Bit Saw Cutting/LF
Bituminous Patch 3" per Sy
Concrete Saw Cutting/ LF
Concrete Patch
Thank you for the opportunity to bid your work.
Total Bid Price
500.00
17.00
85.00
3.00
55.00
6.00
700.00
500.00
4, 165.00
425.00
180.00
880 .00
360.00
700.00
$7,210.00
Upon signing below, both parties agree to this bid proposal.
Date: - - - - -
Date: - - - - -
Accepted By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
Accepted By:- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Hjerpe Contracting, Inc.
Hutchinson, MN 55350-0517
PO BOX 517
16246 Hwy 15 S.
Bid Proposal & Contract
Mcleod County Fairgrounds.
Attn: Randy
840 Century Ave. SW
Hutchinson, MN 55350
Phone#
Date
Proposal#
I 0/18/2016
2223
Fax#
E-mail
[email protected]
320-234-8305 320-234-7305
Terms
Description
Qty
Rate
Total
Option # 1: Furnish and install tile line coming from the east side of the horse barn and ending
by the cafe.
Average depth of 4 .5'.
I
Connect to existing catch basin per each
Furnish and install 6" HDPE Perftile bedded in rock
Furnish and install 6" drop inlets per each
Bit Saw Cutting/LP
Bituminous Patch 3" per Sy
Concrete Saw Cutting/ LF
Concrete Patch
Thank you for the opportunity to bid your work.
485
5
104
29
30
I
Total Bid Price
500.00
17.00
85 .00
3.00
55.00
6.00
700.00
500.00
8,245 .00
425 .00
312.00
1,595 .00
180.00
700.00
$11,957.00
Upon signing below, both parties agree to this bid proposal.
Date: - - -- -
Date: - - - - -
Accepted By: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Accepted By:- - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement